31A-067 (11) No
No
Drawings for items of electric equipment that are to
be furnished by the Owner and shall make all
connections complete to all of these items of
equipment, whether each specific item is indicated on
the Drawings or not.
2 . All motors shall be connected and installed complete
with all controlling devices, motors and circuit
protection devices, and disconnects as required by the
National Electrical Code. All control wiring shall be
color coded.
3 . The Electrical Subcontractor shall accept delivery of
electrical equipment from other Contractors and from
the Owner, shall install the same complete, and shall
furnish and install all additional devices and
equipment required to make the installation complete
in all respects .
3 . 02 TESTING
A. Balancing Loads :
ew
1 . Connected loads, in general, are indicated in circuit
schedules . Circuits shall be so connected to the
panelboards that the total load is distributed as
!�* nearly as possible, equally between each line and
neutral . Ten percent will be considered a reasonable
and allowable unbalance. Branch circuits shall be
balanced on their own panelboards, and feeder loads
shall be, in turn, balanced on the main distribution
panel. Reasonable load test shall be arranged to
verify load balance if requested by the Public Works
Department .
B. Measurements :
1 . Before ordering any materials or doing any work, all
dimensions shall be field measured and this division
shall be responsible for the correctness of same. No
extra charge or compensation will be allowed on
account of difference between actual dimensions and
the measurements indicated on the Drawings; any
difference which may be found shall be submitted to
the Architect-Engineer for consideration before
proceeding with the work.
END OF SECTION
w 2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
29
7 . Pull boxes shall be adequate size to accommodate the
conductors installed therein without excessive bending
of the conductors, which would damage the conductor
insulation.
8 . Pull and splice boxes that are not indicated on the
Drawings, but shall be provided as required for splice
and ease of pulling conductors . Boxes to be code
gauge galvanized steel and sufficient size to pull,
rack, and splice cables contained therein.
9. Coordinate work with other trades involved so that
exact locations may be obtained for all outlets, ..
apparatus, appliance, and wiring.
10. The locations shown on the Drawings are subject to
modification due to conditions arising as construction
progresses, such as swing or doors, layout of
furnishings, locations of partitions, etc. Such
changes shall be observed and executed as a part of
this Contract. Verify all locations shown in
accordance with the General Drawings before installing
work, correcting such discrepancies as they arise
during the installation, without additional cost to
the Owner.
11 . Dimensions shall be given by the Architect-Engineer �*
where same are necessary to suit equipment layouts .
Verify the locations of work with all other trades
previous to installation, and assign space
requirements and locations so that there will be no
conflicts in space requirements of each trade.
12 . The accompanying Drawings indicate approximately the *�*
layout of the work to be done. Exact locations shall
be, in all instances, as designed or as centered on
the job from measurements given by the
Architect-Engineer.
13 . Installation and location of outlets in equipment
rooms shall be made after other locations of piping
and equipment have been established to avoid
interferences .
F. Equipment Connections :
1 . The Electrical Subcontractor shall carefully check
other Sections of these Specifications to determine
all items of electric equipment that are being
furnished under the overall Contract and shall check
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
28
on
on
10. Splices and taps shall have a minimum equivalent
40 mechanical strength and insulation as the conductors.
11 . Joints, taps, and splices in conductors No. 8 AWG and
larger shall be made with solderless pressure
ON connectors; No. 10 AWG and smaller shall be made with
"wire nut" connectors.
12 . Where solid conductors are to be connected directly to
the devices without the use of lugs, such as occurs at
lighting switches and plug receptacles, the wires
shall be formed into a loop to fit around the screw.
13 . Where wires and cables are connected to metallic
surfaces, the coated surfaces of the metal shall be
polished before installing the mechanical connector.
The enamel coating of the conduits shall be removed
where a ground clamp is to be installed.
E. Outlet and Junction Boxes :
1 . Receptacle boxes, unless otherwise noted, shall be
.. approximately 18 in. or 24 in. above the finished
floor. Switch outlets shall be 4 ft. above finished
floor, unless otherwise noted. The Electrical
Subcontractor shall check with Architectural and
Structural Drawings for interferences .
2 . Junction and outlet boxes, where exposed to the
weather and wet locations, shall be of the threaded
hub type and provided with watertight screw-on cover
gasket.
3 . Outlet boxes shall be of sizes and type to accommodate
(1) structural conditions, (2) size and number of
raceways and conductors or cables entering, and (3)
device or fixture for which required.
4 . Boxes shall set plumb and true in building surface and
furnished with suitable plaster rings where so
required.
5. All outlets installed in masonry shall be so set that
their outer edges are 1/4 in. in back of finished
surface.
6. Outlet boxes shall not be supported by the conduit.
Suitable means shall be provided to support the outlet
box to take the weight of the fixture.
Mw
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
27
w
cleaned of all concrete, mortar, or other foreign
matter, and all threads in boxes shall be left clean
and true upon completion of the work.
D. Conductors:
1 . The installation of wire cables includes all splicing
of the wiring cables to each and connecting them to
panelboards, receptacles, switches, control boxes,
motors, and all other electrical apparatus . ^
2 . No wire shall be drawn into conduit until all work
which may cause injury is completed.
3 . Branch circuits shall be arranged to balance the loads
on the phases of the panelboard feeders . Where three
or four wire circuits are indicated, the circuit shall
consist of separate phases and a common neutral .
(Circuit numbers shown on the Drawings are for
identification only. )
4 . All wires and cables for power, lighting, and control
shall, as far as practicable, be continuous from
origin to destination. At the end of these wires and
cables, a sufficient slack shall be left as may be
required for making proper connections .
5. Splices shall be kept to a minimum and made only when
necessary and only in suitable boxes .
6. Feeders shall be installed without splice, except in
long runs where necessary to facilitate pulling.
7 . Feeders shall be identified by number and phase at
terminal points where passing through pull or junction
box. Identification shall be stamped or permanently
marked pressure tape on durable metal or plastic tag
attached with cable tie.
8 . Branch wiring shall be color-coded with color for
phase conductors, white for neutral conductors, and .�
green for grounding conductor where required.
9. Connectors, splice and tap fittings, and other ,R
conductor hardware shall be compatible with the
conductor metal . Mechanical connectors, splice, and
tap fittings shall be of the proper size for the
conductors and designed for the application. They
shall be applied thereto according to the
manufacturer' s direction using the proper tools .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
26
3 . All conduit shall be supported by approved hangers,
w, racks, clamps, or clips fastened to expansion inserts
or lead anchors in accordance with the National
Electrical Code. Spacing of supports for conduits and
raceways shall be in accordance with the National
' Electrical Code.
4 . All conduit expansion fittings shall be installed in
each run wherever it crosses an expansion joint in the
structure. All conduit runs in slab shall be
separated as much as possible.
5. Conduits shall be in full length wherever possible.
All conduits shall be plugged with approved discs
during construction and be dry and clean before
pulling wires .
6. Minimum size of conduit of EMT shall be 1/2 in.
A. 7 . The inside and outside of all steel and flexible
conduit, including factory-made elbows, and all boxes
and fittings, including bolts and screws, shall be
Im protected against corrosion by an even coating of zinc
applied by the galvanizing process .
8 . For installation of raceways, the Electrical
Subcontractor, under this Section, shall keep himself
fully informed as to the work of other trades being
installed and shall give full information to all other
Sections involved sufficiently in advance of the work
and shall so arrange his work with the other trades so
that there will be no delay in the progress of the
project as a whole.
9. Where raceways are cut in the field, they shall be
square cut using approved cutter. The cut ends shall
be reamed to remove burrs and sharp edges . Threads
cut on conduit in the field shall have the same
effective length and the same thread dimensions and
taper as the factory cut conduit threads .
10. Raceways shall be joined by means of couplings or
unions . Joints shall be set up tight. Runs shall be
straight and true. Elbows, offsets, and bends shall
be uniform and symmetrical .
11 . All raceways shall be cleaned prior to pulling in
wiring and cable. This cleaning shall remove all
foreign matter, including water from the raceways .
All boxes in which the raceway terminates shall be
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
25
no
IM
6. Electrical apparatus, such as junction and pull boxes,
controls, and apparatus, shall be made accessible.
No
B. Grounding:
1 . Requirements of the National Electrical Code relative am
to the protective grounding of all equipment and
services shall be followed, together with the rules
and regulations of the local utility company and other
applicable codes and regulations . ""
2 . Except where specifically indicated otherwise, all
exposed non-current carrying metallic parts of
electrical equipment, grounding conductor of
non-metallic raceways, and neutral conductor of the
wiring system shall be grounded. The ground
connection shall be made at the main service equipment
and shall be extended to the point of entrance of the
metallic water service or to driven rods on the
exterior of the building. .�
3 . The Electrical Subcontractor shall make tight and
proper all metallic components and equipment to one
another and to ground using a positive foolproof
system of connections . Provide and install bonding
and grounding conductors with approved termination
where required. �.
4 . A No. 12 AWG insulated equipment ground conductor
shall be installed in each length of flexible metallic
conduit connection to motors and other equipment
components for continuity. Positive ground connection
with the ground wire shall be made at each outlet box,
motor, and other equipment components by means of ..
positively secured ground clamp in each.
C. Conduit Raceways and Fittings :
1 . All metal conduit, enclosures, and raceways for
conductors shall be mechanically joined together to
form a continuous electrical continuity and bond and
shall be grounded as required by the National
Electrical Code.
2 . All conduit shall be concealed where possible and so
installed so as not to damage or run through
structural members. Exposed conduit shall be run
parallel with, or at right angles to, the walls of the
building.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
24
an
go
holders to existing fire alarm panel . Add auxiliary
contact for door holders in panel .
C. Add fire alarm horn and light units where shown on the
Drawings. Horns to be Simplex Cat. No. 2901 . Audio
visual units to be Cat. No. 4904.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. General :
s
1 . The Electrical Subcontractor shall endeavor to lay out
and perform his work in such a manner as to cause no
delay in the construction by other trades .
2 . The Electrical Subcontractor shall verify all
measurements and shall be responsible for the
correctness of same. No allowance will be made for
differences between actual measurements and those
shown on the Drawings .
3 . If, in laying out his work, the Electrical
Subcontractor finds that the work of other trades
might interfere with him, the Architect-Engineer shall
be notified at once. The right is hereby reserved by
the Architect-Engineer to make reasonable changes in
arrangement of equipment, piping, etc. prior to the
roughing in, if interference is found, without
additional cost to the Owner.
4 . All work shall be installed in such a manner as to be
readily accessible for maintenance, repair, and
operation. Deviations from the Drawings must be
approved by the Architect-Engineer without additional
PW cost to the Owner.
S. The locations of outlets, apparatus, and equipment are
go approximate only and the runs of feeders, mains, and
branches are not necessarily to be made exactly as
shown on the Drawings . The exact locations of such
work shall be determined after full consideration has
been given to work of other trades and without changes
in the design of the systems . The entire installation
shall conform to the latest issue of the National
WA Electrical Code and state and local inspection
authorities .
w
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
23
on
MW
an
and operational at the time of acceptance
subsequent to completion of the installation
phase.
(5) A listing of the As-Built cabling and
components installed. •�
(6) A record of the dynamic test results, both
data communication simulation and the real
time photographs showing the Time Domain
Reflectometer (TDR) measurements of the
individual cable segments .
(7) Formalized As-Built Drawings indicating the
physical cable plant, component and node
locations.
(8) A topology diagram depicting the network
configuration for Owner' s reference when
additions, changes, or modifications are made **
to the original design.
L. Video Cable System:
1 . Furnish and install video cable and junction boxes,
with blank covers, in all locations shown on the
Drawings .
2 . Video cables shown in Student Rooms to be left in
blank boxes in Student Rooms and fed to Collection
Rooms on Third Floors of respective dormitories .
Cables to be left with sufficient length to go to
future termination point in Collection Rooms .
.e,
3 . Video boxes on First Floors to have pull cord through
floor, ready to pull cable at a future time by the
Owner.
4 . Television cable to be Type RG-6U.
M. Fire Alarm System Modifications :
a. At existing doors where floor or wall mounted hold
open devices are to be installed, furnish and install
system type smoke detectors on both sides of said
doors and connect into existing zone for that area.
Detectors to be Simplex No. 2098, 24 volt D.C. ..
b. At doors indicated to be held open, connect new door
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
22
b. The Contractor shall certify all twisted pair
cable drops with a time domain relectometer (TDR)
device in order to verify compliance with IEEE
Specifications . The test results for all cable
drops must meet or exceed the following
Specifications when tested from each end.
(1) Compliance with EIA/TIA T569B wiring sequence
s
(See Section 3. 13 .B) .
(2) Distance: Less than 90 meters .
(3) Attenuation at 10 . 0 MHz : Less than 6. 95 dB.
(4) Near end cross-talk (NEXT) at 10. 0 MHz :
Greater than 44 .D dB.
(5) Cable Resistance: Less than 9.4 OHMS (18 . 8
loopback) .
(6) Noise: Less than 100 mv.
(7) TDR testing will be performed with 10 ft.
Category V patch cables, one at TDR and one at
signal injector.
(8) Document all data obtained in cable
certification process for each drop, including
Outlet IO and a Pass/Fail status .
13 . System Documentation:
a. Prepare and submit four (4) copies of operation
and maintenance manuals, neatly bound as outlined
in this Specification.
b. Manual to include:
(1) Basic power operational procedure.
(2) All available manufacturer' s service
literature for each major system components.
(3) A system block diagram with all input/output
terminations and patch points identified.
(4) System certification which verifies that the
network conforms to the applicable industry
standard and that the performed of the
physical layer was fully exercised, tested,
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
21
wire end by marking with "E-Z" tape markers or
equivalent.
g. All terminal block connections shall be readily
accessible. Spare punch down blocks, equivalent
to 10 percent of those in actual use, shall be
provided.
h. Splicing of cables is not permitted between
terminations at specified equipment. .�
i . Form, in a neat and orderly manner, all conductors
in enclosures and boxes, wireways and wiring
troughs, providing circuit and conductor
identification. Tie as required using T & B "Ty-
Raps" of appropriate size and type. Limit spacing
between ties to 6 in. and provide circuit and
conductor identification at least once in each
enclosure.
j . Provide ample service loops at each termination so
that plates, panels, and equipment can be
demounted for service and inspection.
11 . Acceptance Testing:
a. Acceptance testing shall be performed by the
Architect-Engineer and Owner during a period
designated by the Owner. The period of time
required for acceptance testing is two (2) working
days . Contractor shall furnish a minimum of one
(1) technician for the acceptance testing period.
This area shall be completed with all furnishings
ready for occupancy.
b. Make additional mechanical and electrical
adjustments within the scope of the work and which .�
are deemed necessary by the Architect or Owner as
a result of the acceptance tests .
12 . Testing and Inspection: 4W
a. Test and inspect all parts of the work provided
under this Section and as required by codes, WX
standard or authorities having jurisdiction,
conduct all tests and inspections to the complete
satisfaction of the Architect and all authorities . so
Notify the Architect and al involved authorities
at least 1 week prior to testing or inspection.
Do not cover work prior to testing or inspection.
am
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK WA
16100
20
..
w�
regarding all items . Such conformity shall have
40 precedence over this Specification.
b. Secure equipment firmly in place, including racks,
conduit, and cables . Provide fastenings and
no supports adequate to support loads .
C. Install work neatly, with boxes, equipment, etc. ,
plumb and square. Adjust layout as necessary to
preserve symmetry and aesthetics . Install
equipment to provide maximum safety to future
operators .
d. Clearly, logically, and permanently mark
connectors, jacks, cables, and cable terminations .
e. Provide ventilation as required to maintain
equipment within manufacturer' s specified
temperature limits .
10 . Wiring:
w a. Provide racks, wire, conduits, and raceways
according to standard broadcast practices . Do not
exceed 30 percent fill in conduit.
b. Exercise care in wiring to avoid damage to cables
and equipment.
■
C. Wiring shall not rest on ceiling material nor
touch any heat sources . Conduits exposed to
physical abuse shall be run in RSC, 3/4 in.
minimum.
d. Install all data wire and cable. Ensure proper:
(1) Pulling tensions .
(2) Quantities .
(3) Types .
(4) Lengths .
(5) Routing.
(6) Wire group separation.
(7) Identification.
e. The interconnection of all equipment requiring
shielded cable shall be by Belden Type 9451, or
equivalent, unless otherwise specified.
f. All wires shall be permanently identified at each
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
19
w�
..
Im
6. Labeling:
a. Each cable shall be labeled: no
(1) Where it enters a termination or patch panel .
No
(2) On the front of the patch panel or punch
block.
b. Cables shall be labeled using preprinted or write- sm
on markers with a clear overwrap to protect the
labeling. If preprinted markers are utilized, the
clear overwrap shall cover the entire legend. •.
c. All cables will be labeled to reflect closet,
room, and series. Closet will be designated by
roman numeral in caps, room number by "room" and
room number, and series by letter.
7 . Field Quality Control :
a. Employ a Job Superintendent or Project Manager
during the course of the installation to provide
coordination of the work of the Division and of
other trades and to provide technical information
when requested by other trades . This person shall
be responsible for all quality control during �.
installation, equipment set-up and testing.
8 . Cleaning and Protection: .�
a. Protect equipment during transit, storage, and
handling to prevent damage, soiling, and
misalignment. Coordinate with General Contractor
for secure storage of equipment before, during,
and after installation. Do not store or install
equipment where conditions fall outside
manufacturer' s recommendations, for temperature
and humidity.
b. Take appropriate steps to protect installed
equipment from theft.
9. General Coordination (Data and Telephone Wiring) : �.
a. Entire system shall conform completely with
pertinent codes, laws, ordinances, regulations,
standards, criteria, or other requirements,
including, but not limited to, structural support,
fire rating and health/safety requirements
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100 "
18
an
so
devices .
on (2) Neat and uncluttered wire termination.
(3) Cable marking materials shall be employed
go throughout the length of each cable run. The
Contractor shall label each cable at the ends
and at each splice/unction point. Contractor
shall label cables in accordance with 3 . 5
on Labeling.
d. Provide firestopping for electrical penetrations
go through fire-rated floors, walls, and other
partitions of building construction.
4 . Testing of Data Cables :
a. Each pair and the shield of each cable shall be
tested for opens, shorts, grounds, and pair
reversal. Grounded and reversed pairs shall be
corrected by the Contractor. Open and shorted
pairs shall be examined to determine if the
problem is caused by faulty termination. If the
termination is proper, the bad pairs shall be
tapped at both ends and noted on the punch down
sheets .
b. If any data cable contains any bad conductors or
pairs, the entire cable shall be replaced at no
.. charge to the Owner.
c. All terminated UTP cables shall conform to the
Specifications outlined in Appendix A, "Category 5
Specifications . "
S. Grounding:
a. All equipment racks, housings, and raceways shall
be grounded.
b. Data system shall contain a single point ground.
All cabinets, racks, etc. shall be connected to a
single point ground which, in turn, will be
connected to the grounding systems conductors in
that area.
c. All manufacturers grounding requirements shall be
adhered to as a minimum.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
17
(4) Wall Plates and Connectors :
(a) Furnish and install faceplates, boxed and
inserts based on equipment as manufactured
by Hubbell .
(1) Data - Category 5 5110 Type.
(2) Voice - FTJ Type.
(b) Data runs will be punched down (8 wires)
to Category V RJ45 patch panels using
EIA/TIA 568B standard.
(c) Voice station wires will be punched down
to 110 Type blocks .
(d) Provide two port faceplates for "Data
Only" locations and three port faceplates
for combined voice/data locations .
(5) Patch Panel : Hubbell Cat. No. MCC5806110A19
(48 port Cat. 5 UTP RJ45 patch panel) . Other
catalog entries refer to different port w'
densities, as appropriate (or equivalent,
Ortronics, e.g. ) .
(6) Voice cable to be Cat. 3 .
3 . Installation of Data and Telephone Cabling: .�
a. Install materials and equipment in accordance with
manufacturer' s printed instructions to comply with
governing regulations and industry standards **
applicable to the work and as shown on approved
shop drawings .
(1) Contractor shall rigidly adhere to
manufacturer' s published specifications for
pulling tension, minimum bend radii, and
sidewall pressure when installing all cables .
b. Arrange and mount all equipment and materials in a
manner acceptable to the Architect/Engineer and
Owner.
C. Installation shall conform to the following basic
guidelines :
(1) Use of approved wire, cable, and wiring
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
16
d. All data runs must be installed without cross-
connects between wall jack and patch panel
terminations in Telephone Room.
e. Voice runs may be cross connected on 110 blocks .
f. Data cabling shall be Category V, unshielded
twisted pair, (UTP) , with a blue sheath as
�. manufactured by IBM, Belden, or AT&T.
(1) The installed cabling must meet or exceed the
following Specifications:
(a) UTP (unshielded twisted pair) , Category V
rated, 24 AWG solid bare CU, PVC jacket, 4
p a r i s.
(b) Nominal Capacitance at 1 KHZ: 4 PF/FT.
(c) Nominal Velocity of Progragation: 67
percent.
(d) Nominal Delay: 1 . 5 NS/FT.
(e) Nominal Condr/ D.C.R. at 20C: 27
OHMS/1000 FT.
(f) Characteristic Impedance: 100 OHMS plus
or minus 15 percent.
(2) Frequency Max. Attenuation Min. Crosstalk
1 MHz 6. 3 dB/1000 Ft. 62 dB/1000 Ft .
4 MHz 13 dB/1000 Ft . 53 dB/1000 Ft.
10 MHz 20 dB/1000 Ft. 47 dB/1000 Ft.
16 MHz 25 dB/1000 Ft. 44 dB/1000 Ft.
20 MHz 28 dB/1000 Ft. 42 dB/1000 Ft.
100 MHz 67 dB/1000 Ft. 32 dB/1000 Ft.
(3) Physical Characteristics:
(a) Maximum pulling tension: 41 lbs .
(b) Minimum bend radius : 2 . 00 in.
(c) Nominal diameter: .217 in.
(d) Cable shall be Belden No . 1583A or
approved equal .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
15
MR
door contacts, Edwards Cat. No. 62 - normally closed -
circuit open with magnet engaged, and Edwards Cat. No.
340-465 - 4 in. bell, 24 volts.
J. Fiber Optic Cable System:
1 . Furnish and install complete fiber optic cable system
as shown on the Drawings and as described below.
2 . Cable to be Siecor Cable, 12 strand FDDI-Rated,
62 . 5/125 micron, UL Rated DFNR indoor, e.g. Annixter
Cat. No. 370-947-FDDI-12 or approved equal .
3. Patch Panel Connectors: ST or ST-Type (ceramic tip,
stainless steel hardware) or equal by AT&T, Siecor,
3M, or AMP.
4 . Patch Panel : AT&T lightguide type, wall or rack
mountable as required.
5. Cable to be installed in conduit as shown on the
Drawings .
K. Telephone and Data Systems :
1 . Furnish and install complete system of telephone and
data cables, outlets, wall plates, connectors, patch
panels, conduit, and all other components to make a
complete installation.
2 . Telephone and Data Wiring:
a. The work in this Section shall be performed by a
Contractor who has been prequalified by the °`
College. Acceptable Contractors are:
1 . Hogan
2 . Comm-Link
3 . Hass Electric
4 . Orchard Electric
b. Work of this Section shall include the
installation, termination, and testing of all data
and telephone wiring from the outlets indicated on
the Contract Drawings to the Basement Data/Tel
Room indicated as Telephone Room.
C. Each Telephone/Data outlet drop shall consist of
two data and one voice drop, run from each outlet
location to Telephone Room.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
14
go
s
shall be submitted to, and approved by, the
Architect-Engineer prior to ordering.
a. Fixture "A" : 2 - 26 watt fluorescent, surface
mounted. To be Litecontrol - Opalese Cat. No. S-
wo D-17213-WA-CWM-120 .
b. Fixture "B" : 2 - 13 watt fluorescent, wall
mounted. To be Litecontrol - Firenze Model Cat.
®' No. W-1-30F213-XA-white, with extruded top lens
and rotary switch mounted on end of unit.
40 C. Fixture "C" : 1 - 15 watt fluorescent, wall or
ceiling mounted. To be Simkar Cat. No. DCO-115
PS .
d. Fixture "D" : 2 - 40 watt fluorescent, wall
mounted. To be Lightolier "Belmont" Cat. No.
5483 .
e. Fixture "E" : 5 - watt LED exit light, ceiling or
wall mounted. To be Energi-Lite Cat. No. LEDP-Red
- canopies and arrows as required.
f. Fixture 11E-11' : Same as Fixture "E, " except to be
self-powered - Cat. No. LEDPXN-Red.
g. Fixture "F" : 2 - 40 watt "U" lamps, recessed
mounted. To be Columbia Cat. No. UJ-240-EXA-LE-
120 .
h. Fixture "G" : 2 - 21 watt fluorescent, semi-
recessed. To be Designplan Cat. No. RAB212DLX -
opal lens .
i . Fixture "H" : 2 - 20 watt fluorescent, wall
mounted. To be Lightolier Cat. No. 5481 with
rotary switch.
j . Fixture "J" : 2 - 40 watt fluorescent, surface or
suspension mounted. To be Metalux Cat. No. WS-
240A.
I . Door Alarm System:
1 . Furnish and install door alarm systems in four
locations as shown on the Drawings .
2 . System to consist of key switch ahead of transformer,
Edwards Cat. No. 592, 120 watts, 24 volts, 20 VA and
w
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
13
an
go
the National Electrical Code. Disconnects shall be
horsepower rated, heavy-duty type, positive action,
quick-make, quick-break mechanisms with provisions for ""
locking the operating handle in the open position and
with interlocking cover that prevents opening door
when external handle is in the "on" position. I,
10. Furnish and install, for all mechanical equipment,
motor-starting, protecting, and controlling devices .
All such equipment shall be of the same manufacturer ""
throughout. Type of starters shall be approved as to
type, mounting, etc. by Thermostatic Control
Subcontractor prior to submittal to the Architect-
Engineer.
11 . Motor starters and switches shall be manufactured by
Allen-Bradley, or approved equal by General Electric ow
or Westinghouse.
H. Lighting Fixtures : „W
1 . Furnish and install lighting fixtures on all light
outlets shown on the Drawings. All lighting fixtures
to have label of Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. No
Fixtures to be complete in all respects with all
required glassware and lamps. All lamps to be new.
Furnish and install all required hardware to fit in
all type ceilings . Fixtures are to be cleaned after
lamps and diffusers are installed. Any chipped,
cracked, or otherwise defective material is to be
replaced.
2 . Fluorescent fixtures shall be provided with energy
efficient type ballasts . Ballasts shall be electronic **
type.
3 . All fixtures shall be installed complete with lamps of
the type and size indicated in the fixture schedule
and of the energy efficient type.
4 . All fixtures to be independently supported from
building structure.
5. The following is the schedule of lighting fixtures to
be furnished and installed. Fixtures are identified
by letters herein and corresponding letters on the
Drawings . Manufacturers name and catalogue numbers
are listed to show type and standard quality.
Equivalent fixtures by other manufacturers will be
considered. Complete schedule of lighting fixtures
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
12
4W
operation, all motors and control apparatus unless
specifically mentioned as being connected under other
Divisions .
2 . Motors that are not part of a completely assembled
unit shall be properly aligned and checked for
rotation.
3 . A sufficient length of flexible seal-tite conduit
'w shall be installed at all motor connections to prevent
transmission of noise and vibration.
•• 4 . Starters and controls shall be rigidly secured and
installed plumb and level.
5. Manually operated devices, such as pushbuttons and
manual starters, shall be provided under this Section
and shall be located to permit convenient operation
and be readily accessible and shall have pilot light
of "on" operation and shall be in NEMA enclosures .
Furnish nameplates for each control station as called
for in these Specifications.
6. Starters shall be NEMA sized and horsepower rated with
enclosure as indicated on the Drawings and of the line
voltage fused disconnect type. Starters shall have
*' overload protection in each phase, shall be of the
magnetic type, shall have auxiliary control contacts
accessories as required for the applicable wiring of
motors and control circuitry, and shall have
pushbuttons as required, pilot lights, and on-off-
automatic selector switch mounted on the enclosure
door. Starters for fans shall be Allen-Bradley
Bulletin 509, with hand-off automatic selector switch,
pilot lights, and 24 volt control circuit in NEMA 1
enclosure. No substitutions will be allowed. Multi-
speed starters to be Allen-Bradley Bulletin 52 2 with
accessories listed above.
7 . Furnish and install overcurrent protection for motors .
Motor nameplates shall be checked for current rating
to determine correct overload elements .
+A 8 . Manual motor controls shall be horsepower and voltage
rating as required.
9. Disconnect devices, when not included with equipment
furnished under other divisions of the Specifications,
shall be provided and installed under this Section of
the Specifications to comply with all requirements of
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
11
onow
"M
20 amp. , 120/277 volt AC with side connection screw
terminals and toggle handle. ,
2 . Switches shall be single pole, double pole, 3-way,
4-way, or key operated as indicated by the symbol .
Where more than one switch is shown at one outlet,
they shall be installed under one plate in an order
appropriate to the location of the outlets being
controlled.
3 . Feeder cables, originally from different takeoff
services, shall be completely isolated from one
another and shall not be placed in same enclosure
unless suitable isolation barriers are provided. This
shall apply to all boxes, cabinets, pull boxes, cable
support boxes, etc. .
4 . Receptacles shall be flush mounted rated for 20 amp.
at 125 volts, composition base suitable for side
wiring having polarized slots and U-shaped grounding
slot and break-off lug for two circuit installation.
S. Plates for switches, receptacles, or blank outlets ..
shall be stainless steel, satin finish. Plates over
grouped devices shall be suitably ganged.
6. Devices shall be furnished by Hubbell, Leviton, or
equal to the following Slater numbers :
a. Light Switches, single pole - No. 790-AG, 20 amp. , aw
120/277 volts, Brown. Key switches to be same
quality as switches listed above.
b. Light Switches, 3-way - No. 793-AG, 20 amp. ,
120/277 volts, Brown.
C. Light Switches, 4-way - No. 794-AG, 20 amp. ,
120/277 volts, Brown.
d. Switch and Pilot Lamp - No . 711-LH. ,,,
e. Duplex Receptacles - No. 5342-AG, 20 amp. , 3 wire,
125 volts, Brown.
f. G.F. I . Receptacles - P&S Cat. No. 1591, Brown,
Feed Through.
G. Motor Starters and Switches :
1 . The Electrical Subcontractor shall connect, ready for
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
10
4 . Wire and cable shall be General Electric, Okonite,
Hatfield, or approved equal .
D. Outlet and Junction Boxes :
1 . Outlet boxes and covers shall be pressed galvanized
steel, unless otherwise noted or required by the
National Electrical Code, and shall be as required for
their use.
2. Outlet boxes shall be of sizes and types to
accommodate (1) structural conditions, (2) size and
number of raceways and conductors or cables entering,
and (3) device of fixture for which required.
„■ 3 . Boxes occurring at plastered surfaces shall have a
suitable plaster ring installed.
4 . Where multiple devices are located at one point, gang
type boxes shall be used.
S. Pull and junction boxes, whether surface or flush,
shall be galvanized code gauge.
6. Pull boxes and wireways shall be standard NEMA-1
enclosures with cover plates and screws, bonderized
paint finished.
7 . Pull and splice boxes not indicated on the Drawings
* shall be provided as required by the National and the
Massachusetts Electrical Codes .
8 . Outlet boxes and covers shall be as manufactured by
Steel City Electrical Company, General Electric
Company, Raco, or approved equal .
?? E. Nameplates :
1 . The Electrical Subcontractor shall label all cabinets,
panels, disconnect switches, motor starters, controls,
pull boxes, etc. in the electrical system which shall
follow the designation shown on the Drawings .
2 . The nameplates shall be applied and firmly anchored
laminated black phenolic plates with engraved white
lettering.
F. Wiring Devices and Plates :
1 . Switches shall be flush mounted, Specification Grade,
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
9
�w
4 . Flexible steel seal-tite conduit shall be used for
flexible connections to all motors or other removable
equipment to facilities removal and connections .
5. Surface metal raceway shall be used for branch
circuits in finished rooms where there are no chases "
or walls or cannot be fished.
B. Wireways:
1 . Where indicated on the Drawings, approved metal
wireways shall be furnished and installed complete
with the necessary complement of fittings, connectors,
and accessory parts. Wireways shall be of the
"lay-in" type with standard knockouts and with screw
covers for full channel access . All sheet metal parts
shall be coated with a rust inhibitor and finished in
grey baked enamel . All hardware shall be plated to
prevent corrosion.
2 . Wireways shall be made to accommodate conductors as
required in accordance with applicable rules of the
Massachusetts Electrical Code.
3 . Wireways shall be securely supported by approved
methods at 5 ft. intervals .
4 . Wireways and fittings shall be as manufactured by
Midland-Ross Company, or approved equal by Square "D"
or General Electric.
C. Conductors :
1 . Conductors shall be 98 percent conductivity copper, .A
with 600 volt insulation, and shall be of types
indicated below, unless otherwise shown on Drawings.
Aluminum conductors will not be permitted.
2 . The minimum sizes of wire shall be No. 12 THHN
stranded; control circuits shall be No. 14 THHN,
unless otherwise noted. All branch circuits more than
100 ft. in length to the first outlet shall be at
least No. 10 for the entire distance up to the first
outlet. Wire sizes No. 10 and larger shall be
stranded. All sizes called for in the Specifications
or on the Drawings are American Wire Gauge (AWG)
sizes .
3 . Type MC cable shall be used for power wiring in
soffits .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK .�
16100
8
40
40
D. Alternate Bid Item No. 4 :
Im
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 4 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for all costs in connection
with the installation of telephone, computer, CATV,
as and power outlets in all dormitory student rooms as
shown on the Construction Drawings . Work of this
Alternate shall include all cables, conduit, wiring
40 devices, and all associated cutting and patching.
E. Alternate Bid Item No. 5:
No 1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 5 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor and
materials required to replace all existing underslab
4 sanitary piping as shown on the Contract Drawings .
This Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the
exact location of all buried lines and providing all
necessary cutting and patching of existing concrete
floor slabs .
F. Alternate Bid Item No. 6:
go
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 6 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
ON materials, and other costs in connection with
replacing all existing sprinkler heads on the first
through fourth floors and all attic spaces in the
Cushing, Emerson, and Jordan Houses .
No
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Conduit:
1 . Rigid conduit shall be used for all raceway runs run
in trenches or pits, run exposed within 6 ft. of
floor. Rigid steel conduit shall comply with the
latest applicable Federal Specifications . Conduit to
be galvanized rigid steel.
2 . Electrical metallic tubing shall be used for all
raceways run on walls or ceilings above 6 ft.
Electrical metallic tubing shall comply with the
latest applicable requirements of the National
Electrical Manufacturers Association.
3 . Couplings and fittings for electrical metallic tubing
shall be of the setscrew type.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
7
�r
..
00
damaged thereby which becomes defective during the term of
the Guarantee/Warranty.
MW
1 . 08 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Refer to SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT for Record on
Drawings .
B. Record Drawings shall reflect all changes from the
Contract Drawings whether by Change Order or by field .m
conditions . Record Drawings shall show all underground
conduits.
1 . 09 ALTERNATES r
A. Alternate Bid Item No. 1 :
00
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 1 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
materials, and other costs in connection with removal
of all remaining glass transom panels on the second,
third, and fourth floors of Cushing, Emerson, and
Jordan House and installation of new 3/4 in. veneer
plywood panels .
B. Alternate Bid Item No. 2 :
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 2 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
materials, and other costs in connection with new
flooring, ceilings, and wall finishes (as indicated on
the Finish Schedule Drawings) at the first floors of
Emerson and Jordan House. Included in this price is
all related demolition. ..
C. Alternate Bid Item No. 3 :
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 3 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
materials, and other costs in connection with new
handicapped ramp at the northwest porch of Emerson
House, new handicapped entrance door and hardware, new
handicapped toilet room, including walls, door,
hardware, finishes, plumbing fixtures, accessories,
supply and waste piping, all related HVAC, all related
electrical and lighting, all related fire protection,
and all patch to match of existing finished disturbed
as a result of this Alternate.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
6
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The work shall be performed in such a manner as to conform
to the codes and regulations governing such work, as may
be required by Local and State ordinances . This
Contractor and his Subcontractors shall inform themselves
of all State and Federal work safety rules and
regulations, including the provisions of the Occupational
Safety and Health Act of 1971 . All workmen employed on
the project shall be instructed in the requirements and
shall observe same at all times.
B. All work installed under these Drawings and Specifications
must be installed in strict accordance with the
requirements of all local, state, and other departments
having jurisdiction, the utility companies, and with the
requirements of the Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. ,
National Bureau of Fire Underwriters, Massachusetts State
Building Code, Fire Protection Regulations, NFPA, and/or
similar codes applied hereto. Where provisions of the
Contract Documents conflict with any codes, or rules and
regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract
requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules, and
regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern.
1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide for the
delivery of all his materials to the building site when
required so as to carry on his work efficiently and to
avoid delaying his work and that of other trades .
B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall, at all times, fully
protect his work and materials from injury or loss by
others . Any injury or loss which may occur shall be made
good without expense to the Owner. The Electrical
Subcontractor shall be responsible for the proper
protection of all his materials until the building is
accepted by the Owner.
1 . 07 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY
A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall and hereby does warrant
! that all work executed and all equipment furnished under
this Section shall be free from defects of workmanship and
materials for a period of one year from date of final
acceptance of this work. The Electrical . Subcontractor
further agrees that he will, at his own expense, repair
and replace all such defective work and all other work
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
5
reasonable changes in location prior to installation
at no expense to the Owner. All lines are �*
diagrammatic and exact locations are subject to the
approval of the Architect-Engineer.
2 . Before submitting his bid, the Electrical .�
Subcontractor shall visit the site with the Drawings
and Specifications and shall become thoroughly
familiar with all conditions affecting his work since
the Electrical Subcontractor will be held responsible
for any assumption he may make in regard thereto.
3 . The Electrical Subcontractor shall, at all times, have
a foreman or superintendent on the project authorized
to make decisions and receive instructions as if the
Electrical Subcontractor himself were present. The
foreman or superintendent shall not be removed or
replaced without the express approval of the
Architect-Engineer after construction work begins .
The Electrical Subcontractor shall employ only
competent and experienced workmen at a regular
schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the
job. The Electrical Subcontractor shall also exercise
care and supervision of his employees in regard to
proper and expeditious layout of his work.
B. Products :
1 . All materials used in this Section shall be U.S . made,
new, full weight, and first class in every respect,
without defects, and designed to function properly in
that portion of the work for which they are intended
and with the same brand of manufacturers for each
class of material or equipment.
2 . Equality of material or equipment other than those
named or described in this Section will be determined
in accordance with the provisions of the Contract and
as specified further herein.
3 . All work installed under these Drawings and
Specifications must be installed in strict accordance
with the requirements of all local, state, and other
departments having jurisdiction, the utility
companies, and with the requirements of the
Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. , National Bureau of
Fire Underwriters, Massachusetts State Building Code,
Massachusetts Electrical Code, and/or similar codes
applied hereto.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
4
�w
provisions and procedures. Approval by the Architect-
Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials
to the site.
B. Shop Drawings : Within 30 days of award of the Contract,
the Electrical Subcontractor shall submit, for approval,
six (6) copies of a complete list of manufacturer' s shop
drawings, detail prints, and data sheets for the following
items :
Lighting Fixtures, Data and Telephone Outlets and
Equipment
Data, Telephone, and Television Wire
Conduit, Wire
Door Alarm Equipment
+�* Starters and Disconnects, Wiring Devices
Wireways, Television Cable
Panelboards, Fire Alarm Components
Fiber Optic Cable and Equipment
Do not release for shipment, deliver, or install any
equipment or material without the prior approval of the
Architect-Engineer.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Execution:
1 . The Electrical Subcontractor shall refer to the
Drawings for a full comprehension of the work to be
done and for conditions affecting the location and
placement of his equipment and materials . These
Drawings are intended to be supplementary to the
' Specifications and any work indicated, mentioned, or
implied in either is to be considered as specified by
both. Should the character of the work herein
contemplated or any matter pertaining thereto be not
sufficiently explained in the Specifications or
Drawings, the Electrical Subcontractor may apply to
.. the Architect-Engineer for further information and
shall conform to such when given, as it may be
consistent with the original intent. The
Architect-Engineer reserves the right to make any
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
3
ML
equipment shall be the property of the Owner and
delivered to such places designated by the Owner.
11 . Fiber optic cable system.
12 . Television cable system.
13 . Modify and add to existing fire alarm system.
B. Items To Be Furnished Only: (NONE REQUIRED UNDER THIS
SECTION. )
C. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections :
1 . SECTION CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS .
a. Cutting, patching, and drilling, except
installation of pipe supports and fastenings . +*
2 . SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND WALL COVERING.
a. All painting.
D. Extent: The work required under this Section, without
limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing
of all labor and materials required to supply and
distribute proper power, including all conduit and
controls, to all electrical fixtures, accessories,
devices, motors, motor controllers, etc. , and all other
materials, equipment, and labor necessary, whether or not
such items are specifically indicated on the Drawings or
in the systems in all respects ready for continuous and
trouble-free operation.
E. Intent: It is the intent of the Contract Documents to
include all work and materials necessary for erecting
complete, ready for continuous use, all electrical and
special systems shown on the accompanying Drawings, or as
hereinafter described. These Drawings shall be taken in a
sense as diagrammatic; branch circuit runs, electrical
equipment, etc. and methods of running them are shown, but
it is not intended to show every fitting, wire, or device,
nor every structural difficulty that will be encountered
during the installation of the work.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
2
SECTION 16100
ELECTRICAL WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
�r
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Complete system for power, including necessary branch
circuits, control switches, and outlet.
2 . Complete system for power, including feeders, all
final connections to motors, motor starters, motor
disconnect switches, and power receptacles as shown on
the Drawings .
3 . All conduits, conduit fittings, outlet boxes,
wireways, wiring devices, hangers, supports, and such
other items required for a complete installation.
.■ 4 . Lighting fixtures as called for.
5. Furnish and install complete system of data and
telephone systems as described on the Drawings .
6. Complete wiring of all items of equipment furnished by
the Owner and/or under other Sections of these
Specifications .
7 . Furnish and install system of boxes and wiring for
television system.
8 . Starters and disconnects .
�. 9. Modifications of fire alarm system.
10 . Disconnect and remove existing electrical equipment
made obsolete by new construction. All removed
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
16100
1
i
i
i
i
SECTION 16100
ELECTRICAL WORK
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 2
1 .04 Quality Assurance 3
1 .05 Reference Standards 5
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 5
1 . 07 Guarantee/Warranty 5
1 . 08 Record Drawings 6
1 . 09 Alternates 6
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 7
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Installation/Application/Erection 23
3. 02 Testing 29
x'
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ELECTRICAL WORK
' ! 16100
0
t
RM
b. Prior to this final adjusting and balancing, the
Subcontractor shall have thoroughly checked and
tested all parts of the system for complete and
proper piping connections, proper electrical
connections, proper lubrication of all parts and
equipment, proper direction of rotating for
equipment, chilled water piping and control all
piping, and otherwise see that all systems are
mechanically and electrically complete.
c. This Contractor shall coordinate all work with
the work of this trade.
2 . Defective Work: If inspection or tests indicate
defects, Such defective work or material shall be
replaced or repaired as necessary and inspection and
tests repeated. Repairs to piping shall be made with
new materials. No caulking of screwed joints or
holes will be acceptable.
END OF SECTION
e�w
a�w
+� 2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
81
through the building shall be furnished and installed
by this Contractor.
H. Valves :
1 . Valves shall be full size of piping in which they are
installed and shall not be reduced to pump, coil, or
temperature control valve size unless specifically
noted on the Drawings .
I . Equipment:
1 . All items of heating and ventilating equipment shall
be carefully installed where indicated on the
Drawings so as to present a neat finished appearance.
Any item which does not, in the opinion of the .•
Architect-Engineer, conform to the above will
be removed, replaced, and refitted at no expense to
the Owner.
no
3 . 02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Cleaning Out the Air System:
1 . No supply fans or air handling units shall be run for
temporary heating, ventilating, testing, or otherwise ..
without filters in place.
2 . Upon completion of construction and before testing,
the interior of all air handling units and plenums
shall be vacuum cleaned to remove all construction
dirt, dust, etc. before the units are turned on.
3 . See part 2 for duct cleaning procedures .
B. HVAC System Adjustment:
.A
1 . Introduction:
a. The final adjustments and balancing of the air
systems, chilled and hot water systems, and the
temperature control system shall be performed by
the Balancing Contractor, under the supervision
of this Contractor. All labor and instruments
necessary to complete this work shall be provided
by the Balancing Contractor. The temperature
control manufacturer shall provide labor and .�
technical assistance as required by the Balancing
Contractor.
Ma
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING .W
15500
80
4
4M
accessibility, but changes of magnitude or which
40 involve extra cost shall not be made.
2 . Access doors or panels shall be furnished to other
trades for their installation at each valve, damper,
or apparatus above inaccessible hung ceilings, in
chase, or walls .
E. Dampers :
1 . Install volume dampers and splitter dampers one gauge
heavier than the duct where shown on the Drawings for
balancing the air flow. Equip all dampers with
accessories as specified herein.
2 . Fire dampers shall possess a one hour or two hour
standard fire protection rating as required in
accordance with NFPA No. 252, containing inspection
service and bear UL label .
F. Flexible Connections :
1 . Install flexible materials as specified on the inlet
and outlet sheet metal connections to air moving
apparatus and where indicated on the Drawings . Clip
4" ends with galvanized iron collars . When molded, the
complete flexible connection shall have a minimum
width of 5 in. , including 1 in. slack.
G. Hangers and Supports :
1 . Support piping on hangers not more than 8 ft. apart
up to 1 in. size or not more than 10 ft. apart on 1-
1/4 in. size or larger, clevis hangers, rod and beam
clamp or sidewall brackets . Support drops from
overhead main at top and bottom of drop and ends of
horizontal runs and elsewhere as required with split
clamps and protecting saddles anchored to building
steel or wall to prevent sway.
2 . Duct Support: Galvanized steel angles shall be
securely fastened to duct and suspended from building
structural framing.
3 . Equipment Supports : All equipment shall be firmly
supported on, or suspended from, the building
structure. Steel angles, fasteners, rods, and
vibration eliminator units required to support the
equipment without undue transmission of vibration
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
79
am
MW
10 . All pipes passing through floors, ceilings, walls, or
partitions exposed in the building shall be fitted
with nickel or chrome plated plates at ceiling, MW
floor, and each side of walls or partitions. These
plates shall be securely fastened to pipe sleeves or
ceiling construction. IM
11 . Vent all high points and drain all low points
throughout the system.
4W
C. Insulation•
1 . Insulation shall not be omitted on ducts and piping •-
behind masonry walls. Covering shall be applied
before masonry proceeds . Longitudinal seams on
jackets shall be located so that they are not visible am
from the floor. Remove all stickers from covering.
2 . Insulation shall be applied over clean pipe with all
joints butted firmly together and sealed with butt 00
strips .
3 . Insulation shall run through all hangers and sleeves ,W
and have an 18 gauge sheet metal saddle equal to
three times the pipe diameter in length. All pipes
over 2 in. in diameter shall be supported through
insulation by fitting a protection saddle to the
thickness of the insulation inside the vapor barrier
jacket. Protection saddle shall be equal to Grinnell
Co. Figure 160 to Figure 165A insulation shield
protection saddles .
4 . All fittings, valves, etc. shall be insulated with
the proper factory precut insulation. The ends of
the insulation shall be tucked into the throat of the
fitting and the edge adjacent to the pipe covering
tufted and tucked into fully insulated pipe fitting.
The one-piece PVC fitting cover shall then be secured
by taping the ends to the adjacent pipe covering.
D. Access Door:
1 . Locate all equipment which must be serviced,
operated, or maintained in fully accessible
positions . Equipment shall include, but not be
limited to, motors, controllers, valves, etc. If
required for better accessibility, furnish access
doors for this purpose. Approved minor deviations
from the Drawings may be made to allow for better
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
78
2 . Where screwed fittings are used, bushings shall not
be used for branch connections or reducers .
Connections to equipment shall be full size of
tappings . Reductions in the run of pipe shall be
made with eccentric reducers .
eA.
3 . All piping shall be run concealed throughout finished
spaces either in furred spaces, shafts, chases, or
above hung ceilings .
4 . Special care must be taken throughout the equipment
rooms, vertical pipe shafts, above hung ceilings, and
elsewhere throughout all floors to maintain maximum
headroom and clearances for access to other equipment
and to avoid conflict with the electrical conduits,
lighting fixtures, other piping, ducts, and equipment
of other trades .
w. 5. All piping shall be installed with proper provisions
to allow for expansion and contraction of lines
without placing undue strain on pipes, fittings, and
equipment. Piping shall be installed to provide
proper pitch for drainage and venting without
trapping any lines, and the HVAC Subcontractor shall
rectify, at his own expense, any improperly installed
pipe, including the expense of cutting and repairing
the building structure or work of other trades
incident to making the required corrections .
6. Reductions in pipe sizes shall be made only by use of
concentric-reducing fittings . No bushings permitted.
7 . Connections to equipment shall be made with unions or
flanges to permit future replacement, removal, and
servicing of equipment. Flexible connections, where
required to isolate movement of equipment from piping
system or of piping system from equipment, shall be
as specified.
8 . All burrs shall be removed, pipe ends shall be reamed
or filed out to full size of bore of pipe, and all
chips removed.
9 . Before any part of the various piping systems is
placed in operation, blow out with compressed air
and/or water to remove all chips and scale and flush
*� and drain until all traces of dirt, scale, and other
foreign matter have disappeared. Refer to other
Sections for additional requirements .
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
77
...
an
supports and cross-framing required for ducts and
equipment . ,M
3 . All slip joints shall be made in direction of air
flow. Branches to and from the main trunk shall be
made at an angle approved by the Architect-Engineer, '"
but shall in no case exceed 45 degrees to the line of
air flow.
Am
4 . All notches for connecting sections of duct and all
grooving seam notches shall not be cut any deeper
than necessary to insure tight corner. Any notched
corners not meeting with the approval of the "R
Architect-Engineer shall be removed and reinstalled
or sealed with solder, subject to the approval of the
Architect-Engineer. .M
5. Where galvanized sheet metal ducts connect to bronze
or copper louvers or other apparatus of dissimilar
materials, the connections shall be fitted with lead
gaskets .
6 . Elbows, where space permits, shall be fabricated with
inside radius no less than the dimension of the duct
in the plane of the elbow. Turning vanes shall be
used where short radius or square elbows are used.
Vanes in square elbows shall be spaced on 3 in. .R
radius on the diagonal for ducts up to 24 in. wide, 6
in. radius for ducts 25 in. to 36 in. wide, and 7 in.
radius for ducts 37 in. to 48 in. wide. All vanes in
galvanized ducts shall be as specified and must be
rigid so as not to rattle or vibrate in the air
stream. ..
7 . The HVAC Subcontractor shall be responsible for the
coordination of the sheet metal installation with the
work of all other trades . Work shall be so installed
that headroom is maximum possible and coordination
with other trades in accomplishing this is mandatory.
B. Piping:
1 . All piping shall be run true and straight at proper
pitch without strain and shall be firmly supported MW
throughout. Provision for expansion and contraction
shall be made with swing connection and, where
indicated on the Drawings, with expansion no
compensators . All pipe shall be cut off cleanly and
threaded with sharp dies, reamed, and burrs removed/
.M
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING **
15500
76
systems damper leakage of controlled within specified
limits .
J. Service and Guarantee:
1 . The complete installation, including all equipment,
shall be guaranteed free from defects in workmanship
and material for a period of 24 months from date of
acceptance in writing by the Owner. Provide at no
cost to the Owner, all necessary service, adjusting,
and checking during the 24 month guarantee period.
2 . During warranty period, the ATC Subcontractor shall
update and implement all latest revisions of software
offered by the Contractor that applies to this
project.
K. Input/Output point control summaries .
2 . 09 ACCESS PANELS
A. Furnish and install access panels at all valves, volume
dampers, etc. installed above plastered ceilings, in walls,
and all other non-accessible spaces . Access panels in
plastered ceilings shall be Karp Type DSC-214 PL (12 in. by
12 in. ) ; access panels in walls shall be Karp Type DSC-211
"Universal" (12 in. by 12 in. ) .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
�s
3 . 01 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. Sheet Metal Work:
1 . Work shall be erected in a first-class and
workmanlike manner, in accordance with the "Low
,o Velocity Duct Standard" and "High Velocity Duct
Standard, " latest editions, published by the Sheet
Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors ' National
no Association, Inc. and shall be approved by the
Architect-Engineer. All ducts, unless otherwise
approved, shall be true to the dimensions indicated
on the Drawings and shall be straight and smooth on
the inside, with neatly finished joints.
2 . The ducts shall be securely anchored to the building
go construction in an approved manner and shall be so
installed as to be completely free from vibration
under all conditions of operation. The Sheet Metal
Subcontractor shall furnish and erect all necessary
go
on 2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
75
40
Management System shall be completely checked, test
run, and adjusted. .�
2 . Before the Architect-Engineer is asked to witness the
functional tests, the entire control and management
system must be complete, controls calibrated. The
controlled devices will be physically inspected and
checked to assure that these terminal devices are, in
fact, under proper control and working smoothly over MW
their entire range of operation.
3 . The adjustment procedure shall include the following
steps : ow
a. Preliminary set up and calibration per
Specifications and shop drawings . Am
b. Physical checkout of all components for
completeness and accuracy, simultaneously with
mechanical system balancing. "'
C. Review of system with Architect-Engineer.
4W
d. Functional test for Owner' s benefit, instruction,
and acceptance.
e. Not less than 30 or more than 60 days after 'W
systems have been in full operation, review
problems with Owner, recheck all adjustments, and
recalibrate as required. .•
4 . The Control Manufacturer shall provide a complete
instructional manual covering the function and 4,
operation of all control and management system
components on the job, which shall include a
trouble-shooting and operating procedure . This manual
shall be furnished to the Owner' s operating personnel aw
and shall show the total integrated control system.
Competent technicians shall be provided for
instruction purposes. The Control Manufacturer shall ow
furnish schematic systems control diagrams to be
located in the Mechanical Room adjacent to the
Temperature Control Console.
S. Control and management systems shall neither be
considered complete nor acceptable until all
conditions of the Sequence of Operation have been
attained, all temperatures are maintained within
specified limits of all operating conditions, and all
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING •
15500
74
OR
b. Equipment Maintenance:
(1) Totalize run time of all major HVAC equipment
such as air handling unit pumps, condensing
units, and boilers.
(2) Tag manufacturer's recommended maintenance
procedures to the proper number of hours of
run time on each piece of equipment above and
print out the instructions in a timely
manner.
w (3) As a minimum, the following maintenance
functions shall be reported:
(a) AHU filter change schedule.
(b) AHU bearing lube schedule.
(c) AHU motor lube schedule.
(d) Pump bearing lube schedule.
(e) All HVAC temperatures .
(f) All DDC control loops .
4.
(g) Any status on alarm.
OR 2 . All reports shall be either displayed on the CRT or
printed out on hard copy as requested by the operator.
3 . Displays :
a. An operator can command a graphic representation
of each and any HVAC system which can be displayed
on on CRT with all connected temperatures and other
associated points displayed dynamically.
.® b. While graphic is being displayed, adjustments can
be made to that individual system and stored for
future reference.
40 I . Adjustment and Calibration:
1 . On completion of the job, the ATC Subcontractor shall
®„ completely calibrate, test, and adjust, ready for use,
all electronic controls, thermostats, valves, damper
motors, and relays provided under his contract and be
present for functional tests on systems . The Building
40
g. 2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
73
is cycled to high speed, the fresh air damper
shall open full .
b. Unoccupied Cycle:
(1) The air handling unit shall be interlocked
with the toilet exhaust fan and building time
clock and shall be re-energized during
unoccupied period.
S. Toilet Exhaust Fan Control:
a. The new toilet/shower room exhaust fans will be
installed with two speed motor and shall operate
as follows :
(1) Occupied Mode: A.
Once warm-up is satisfied, exhaust fans shall
be energized to low speeds and run
continuously. Humidistats shall be installed
in each shower room and should two or more be
energized, the fans shall cycle to high
speed, the fresh air damper on the air
handling unit shall open full, and exhaust
and return damper shall close
proportionately. Once humidistats (Visala-
HMV-30U) are de-energized, fans shall return
to low speed and fresh air dampers shall
return to the minimum position.
(2) Unoccupied Mode:
Fans shall remain off unless any one
humidistat is energized, which will start fan
and air handling units accordingly.
H. Reports and Displays :
1 . The following reports shall be generated on demand or
automatically as setup.
a. Condensate Usage:
(1) Totalize the gallon of condensate consumed,
for monthly period, and totalize gallons used
for the heating season to date.
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING ..
15500
72
A
demands for heat. On lower demand, the fan shall
be deactivated.
b. All unit heaters and cabinet heaters shall require
surface mounted aquastats to prevent cold running.
4 . Air Handling Unit:
a. Occupied Cycle:
(1) On start-up of occupied cycle, via the time
clock, the fresh air damper shall be open to
its minimum position, and the heating coil
valve shall be open full . This shall
constitute a "warm-up" cycle.
(2) The fans shall run continuously on normal
speed and the outdoor damper shall be open to
minimum fresh air as set individually at
temperature control panel.
(3) The room space thermostat shall automatically
reset discharge setpoint to control heating
coil valve. As space demand for heating
drops, the coil valve shall be modulated
closed to finally a closed position. When
space demands for ventilation increases, the
outdoor air shall be modulated open past the
corresponding minimum fresh air position
+'■ (economizer control) .
(4) Room sensor shall automatically reset
discharge setpoint to control heating coil
valve through microprocessor controller. The
face and bypass dampers shall operate as
follows : The integrated controls shall,
above 40 deg. F. , open the face and bypass
dampers and the valve shall modulate; below
40 deg. F. , the valve shall be wide open and
the face and bypass dampers shall modulate.
As space is demanded for heating drops, the
coil valve shall be modulated closed to
finally a closed position. When space
demands for ventilation increases, the
outdoor and exhaust dampers shall be
modulated open past the minimum percentage
and the return damper shall close
correspondingly. Unit shall be interlocked
with bathroom exhaust fans such that as fan
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
71
0M
.®
capable of printing schedules at the building
level . .W
(5) All system reports shall be capable of being
viewed at the operator' s terminal and printed
at the operator' s discretion. no
23 . Panels :
..
a. Control panels shall be fully enclosed NEMA 1
cabinets with all metal construction. Cabinets
shall have hinged door with locking latch on cover
plate. All cabinet locks shall be common keyed. ..
Cabinets shall be wall mounted or freestanding as
required.
b. All indicating devices manually adjusted during
routine operations of system shall be located on
cabinet door. All control devices shall be
located within the cabinet mounted to sub-panel .
G. Sequences :
1 . Building Steam Control Valves :
a. The steam control valves shall remain closed when
outside temperature is above 60 degrees in the
heating cycle. When outside temperature falls
below 60 degrees, valves shall cycle open, subject
to the night stat.
2 . Radiation/Convector Control :
a. Furnish Spartan DDC modulating control valves in .A
each room connected to a room type DDC sensor with
temperature adjustment and override capabilities .
Room stat shall modulate control valve serving
radiation to satisfy space demand on a demand for
lower heating requirements; the N.O. valve shall
close.
b. During unoccupied periods, setpoint of thermostat
shall be lowered to match corresponding and AM
respective space setback temperature as scheduled
at the head end.
3 . Unit Heaters Control : MM
a. Room thermostat shall cycle fan to satisfy space
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
70
�r
the Central Site for printing and/or
permanent storage on hard disk. The system
shall further be capable of transferring hard
disk information onto a floppy disk or
magnetic tape for remote site storage.
(2) The system shall be capable of reporting and
archiving the following information as a
�w minimum:
(a) Outside air temperature history and
degree day history.
(b) Electric demand and usage history.
w (c) All trended points .
(d) All alarms and messages .
(e) Equipment runtime information.
(3) The system shall also provide the following
additional reports for which archiving is not
applicable:
(a) All points summary.
(b) Building operating schedules .
(c) Printout of any graphic screen.
(4) The system shall be capable of providing all
points summaries on a hierarchical basis,
e. g. only the points associated with a
particular graphic shall be selectable and
printed. For example, if the operator is
viewing an air handling unit (AHU) , he may
request an all points summary at this level
and receive only the points associated with
w. the AHU. If the building is being viewed and
an all points summary selected, all building
points will be listed. Similarly, the system
shall print building operating schedules
pertinent to the graphic level being viewed,
e. g. , if a zone or tenant zone group is being
viewed on the graphic display, then the
system shall be capable of printing the
building operating schedules for the zone or
tenant zone group. If the entire building
graphic is being viewed, the system shall be
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
69
an
am
c. Alarm Conditions and Maintenance Messages :
MM
(1) The Central Site shall allow receipt of
alarms and messages while in a functional
mode other than energy management, i .e.
incoming alarms shall be displayed while the "°
operator is utilizing another mode such as
word processing and allow the operator to
automatically return to word processing after
the alarm is received.
(2) The system shall distinguish between alarm
and messages with alarms having a higher
priority.
(3) The system shall be capable of calling up to
three different remote locations to deliver
an alarm or message. The operator shall
determine if alarms or messages are to be
based on temperature limits, status, or
off-normal reporting.
(4) The system shall be capable of printing
maintenance messages when run time
accumulation maximum limits are exceeded.
(5) The text for operator alarm and messages .A
shall be operator definable. The system
shall be capable of storing at least 100
messages each of any length. Generic
messages used for multiple points throughout
the system shall only count as one message.
(6) In the event the Central Site is powered
down, the alarms shall be stored in the
modules until the Central Site is restored.
System should have the optional capability to
deliver simultaneous alarms to multiple
central sites .
(7) The Central Site shall be capable of
transferring all alarms to hard disk for
storage.
d. Reports and Archiving:
(1) The field modules shall be capable of calling
the Central Site during off peak rate hours
to automatically upload all current and
accumulated data. This shall be delivered to
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING •
15500
68
go
00
(g) Overlay alphanumerics and graphics .
on (h) Save the graphic picture.
(i) Display latest process data fully
PU integrated with the graphic display.
22 . Facility Management Functions:
oft a. Trend Logging:
(1) The system shall be able to trend and display
either numerically or graphically any analog
or digital points in the system.
(2) The system shall be able to simultaneously
graphically display any two trended points
within a module function block or any point
in a module versus the outside air
temperature, enthalpy, or relative humidity.
(3) Each field module shall be capable of storing
the most recent 60 samples for each single
trended point or the most recent 30 samples
for each of two trended points from one
module function block.
(4) Each module shall be capable of automatically
uploading on a daily basis all accumulated
.. trend data to the Central Site for permanent
storage on hard disk.
b. Run Time:
(1) The system shall provide run time information
for all digital output and input points on
ate. command from the operator. Maximum run time
limits shall be operator definable and shall
be capable of automatically issuing a printed
message when the run time maximum is
exceeded. The operator shall be able to reset
the run time accumulator.
(2) Run time hours and start time date shall be
retained in non-volatile module memory.
(3) Each module shall be capable of automatically
uploading all accumulated data to the Central
Site for permanent storage on hard disk.
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
67
am
MW
b. The system shall permit the operator to perform as
a minimum the following:
(1) Add and delete points .
(2) Modify point parameters .
(3) Create and modify DDC control sequences.
(4) Reconfigure application programs.
(5) Add and/or modify graphics .
c. All data points within the database shall be
completely accessible as independent or dependent
variables for custom programming, calculations,
interlocking, or manipulation.
d. Graphics Software:
(1) The graphics software shall permit the easy
construction of infinitely variable shapes
and sizes through the use of the mouse' ,
pointing device.
(2) A selection of 64 colors and various fill
textures, line types, and text styles shall
all be accessible through the use of the
mouse interface. The software shall resemble
many of the computer-aided design programs
currently available and allow graphics to be
easily removed, edited, added, or deleted.
(3) Graphics software shall be fully implemented
and operational to accomplish the following:
(a) Create a new graphic picture.
(b) Modify a portion of a graphic picture.
(c) Delete a graphic picture or any portion
thereof.
(d) Call up a graphic picture.
(e) Cancel the display of a graphic picture. .w
(f) Assign conditions which automatically
initiate the display.
MM
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING ap
15500
66
AW
b. Type 2 - Maintenance 1 :
This level shall allow all of Level of functions
plus the changing of all schedules .
C. Type 3 - Maintenance 2 :
This level shall allow performance of Type 2
oft functions plus the changing of all setpoints .
d. Type 4 - Supervisor:
This level shall allow performance of Type 3
functions plus the changing of all system
parameters .
e. Type 5 - System Programmer:
This level shall allow performance of Type 4
functions plus the modifying of the system
configuration.
• f. Type 6 - System Manager:
This level shall allow performance of Type 5
functions plus the changing of passwords .
20 . Power Failure/Automatic Restart at the CM:
a. Power failures shall cause the CM to go into an
orderly shutdown with no loss of program memory.
a�. b. Upon resumption of power, the CM shall
automatically restart and print out the time and
date of the power failure and restoration at the
respective Central Site system.
C. The restart program shall automatically restart
affected field equipment. The operator shall be
able to define an automatic power up time delay
for each piece of equipment under DDC control .
21 . User Control Over System Configuration:
a. Database Creation and Modification: All changes
shall be done utilizing standard procedures and be
capable of being done while the system is on-line
and operational . The system shall allow changes
to be made at the local site through a portable
computer and the CS .
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
65
.m
no
of equipment, including analog readouts in
appropriate engineering units at appropriate
locations on the graphic representation. AM
b. Reed Relay:
(1) Reed relays shall be encapsulate in a
lass-type dust-tight enclosure and plugged
into a plastic or epoxy case. Contacts shall
be rated for 150 percent of the loading
applications . Operating and release time
shall be one millisecond or less . Reed
relays shall have a minimum life span rating
of 10 million operations and shall be
equipped with coil transient suppression
devices .
R.
C. Solid State Relays (SSR) :
(1) Input/output isolation shall be greater than ,w
10 billion ohms with a breakdown voltage of
15 V root mean square, or greater, at 60
hertz. The contact operating life shall be 10
million operations or greater. The ambient ON
temperature range of SSRs shall be 20 degrees
R. to 140 degrees F. Input impedance shall
be greater than 500 ohms . Relays shall be
rated for the application. Operating and
release time shall be provided as integral
part of the relays .
d. Field Relay/Switch Modules :
(1) All field devices that are not required to be *W
physically located at the system served (i .e.
temperature sensors) shall be mounted in a
field relay enclosure or within the GCM/CM ow
enclosure. Field enclosures shall be mounted
as practical for ease of service and
troubleshooting.
,m
19. User Access Restriction: Operator sign-on shall
require an assignable password. Passwords shall have
up to 32 passwords, each of which may be one of six ..
types of system access:
a. Type 1 - Trainee:
This level shall allow readout of data only. The
system shall display all operation data base.
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
64
P.
Am
(4) The building operator shall be able to
41 communicate and direct all control functions
through the use of a 2-button "mouse"
operator interface to monitor and control all
functions and sequences within the system.
to
(5) The Central Site shall allow receipt of
alarms and messages while in a functional
mode other than Energy management, i .e.
incoming alarms shall be displayed while the
operator is in a word processing,
spreadsheet, or other operating mode. The
system must automatically switch from a
non-energy management mode, respond to an
alarm, and return to the exact position left
in the previous functional mode.
(6) The Central Site must be able to generate
standard ASCII file formats to allow use with
third-party software (Lotus 1-2-3, etc. ) to
generate and store owner-designed reports .
18 . Systems Software:
a. The Central Site shall display graphically, in up
to 64 different colors, the following system
information:
(1) General area maps shall show locations of
controlled buildings in relation to local
landmarks .
w. (2) Floor plan maps shall show heating and
cooling zones throughout the buildings in a
range of colors which provide a visual
display of temperature relative to their
respective setpoints . The colors shall be
updated dynamically as zones' comfort
condition change. Locations of space sensors
shall also be shown for each zone. Setpoint
adjustment and color band displays shall be
provided as specified in Specification
Section B. 5 "Setpoints . "
(3) Mechanical system graphics shall show the
type of mechanical system components serving
any zone through the use of a pictorial
representation of components . It shall also
provide a current status of all I/O points
w. being controlled and applicable to each piece
" 2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
63
.w
..
17 . Products - Software:
a. General : AM
(1) The DDC Contractor shall provide all software
required for efficient operation of all the am
DDC functions required by this Specification
Software shall be modular in design for
flexibility in expansion or revision of the
system. 4W
The software shall, as a minimum, include:
00
(a) Complete database entry.
(b) Configuration of all application
programs to provide the sequence of
operation indicated.
(c) Graphics of each system as shown on the
I/O Summary Tables .
(d) Alarm limits and alarm messages for all
critical and non-critical alarms .
(e) Configuration of all reports and point
summaries indicated.
(2) The DDC software shall be provided in these
five categories :
(a) System executive software.
(b) Software for user control over system ""
configuration at the CS location.
(c) Facility monitoring functions . 4W_
(d) Direct digital control .
(e) Application software. dw
(3) Each category of software shall consist of
interactive software modules . Each module am
shall have an associated priority level and
shall execute as determined by the program
controller as defined in the real time
operating system. s.
4W
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING ,w
15500
62
4W
AM
No
a minimum range of -5 degrees F to
152 degrees F and an accuracy of
within 1 degree F. in this
temperature range.
(4) Room temperature shall have an
accuracy of 0.25 degrees F. in the
range of 45 degree F. to 80 degrees
F.
(b) Pressure Instruments:
(1) Differential Pressure and Pressure
Sensors : Sensors shall have a 4-20
mA output proportional signal with
provisions for field checking.
Sensors shall withstand up to 150
percent of rated pressure, without
damaging the device. Accuracy
shall be within 2 percent of full
scale. Sensors shall be
manufactured by Leeds & Northrup,
"* Setra, Robertshaw, Dwyer
Instruments, Rosemont, or be
approved equal .
(2) Pressure Switches: Pressure
switches shall have a repetitive
accuracy of 2 percent of range and
40 withstand up to 150 percent of
rated pressure. Sensors shall be
diaphragm or bourbon tube design.
Switch operation shall be
adjustable over the operating
pressure range. The switch shall
have an application rated Form C,
snap-meting, self-wiping contact of
platinum alloy, silver alloy, or
gold plating. Switches shall be
manufactured by Dwyer Instruments,
or approved equal .
d. Local Site Communication Network:
(1) The modules shall communicate within their
respective network with a token passing
technique. This network shall be consistent
with the IEEE RS-485 standard, including a
minimum baud rate of 9, 600 BPS maintained at
a minimum of 5, 000 feet.
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
61
,w
IM
Wo
accept voltage or current inputs as
appropriate or required. Inputs shall be of .ft
the balanced differential type with both
sides ungrounded such that when used with
4-20 mA loops, one or more inputs can be
connected in series as required, free of no
ground loop interference. Analog inputs shall
accommodate single-ended voltage inputs where
required. a,
(4) Digital outputs shall be terminated on
screw-type terminals . Digital outputs shall
be Form C type sources, internally or No
externally as appropriate, in any mix that
may be required. Digital outputs shall be
fused and capable of at least 3 amps current am
carrying capacity at 120 VAC, solid state, or
electro-mechanical, as appropriate for the
service.
(5) Analog outputs shall be pneumatic 3-15 psig
or electrical 4-20 mA or 0-10 volts unless
otherwise indicated. A feedback signal shall ow
read the actual value transmitted to the
actuator (s) for display on the Central Site,
printout on hard copy printers, or use in any
application program, as appropriate. '"
C. Instrumentation and Control :
(1) Input Devices :
(a) Temperature Sensors : Sensors shall be
of the type and have accuracy ratings as
indicated and/or required for the
application and shall permit accuracy
rating of within 1 percent of the
temperature range of their intended use.
Sensors must be capable of being
calibrated.
(1) Sensors used for mixed air
application shall be the averaging
type and have an accuracy of 1 ""
degree F.
(2) Duct sensors shall protrude into .p
the air stream a minimum of 9 in.
(3) OSA temperature sensors shall have
so
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING ow
15500
60
MW
A
ow
(6) Each CM shall ccntain both software and
,,, hardware to perform full DDC/PID control
loops .
(7) An asynchronous serial port shall be provided
for the interface of maintenance personnel ' s
portable computer. All network interrogation
shall be possible through this port.
(8) CMs shall be capable of proper operation in
an ambient environment of 20 degrees F. to
120 degrees F. and 10
g percent to 90 percent
relative humidity-non-condensing.
rw b. Input/Output Processing:
(1) Each control module shall be capable of
accepting a multiple number of points . There
shall be four types of points corresponding
to industry nomenclature. They are:
+ + (a) Digital In (DI) . For monitoring status,
alarms and accumulating pulses
," (b) Digital Out (DO) . For commanding two
and three state devices, momentary or
maintained contact as indicated in the
I/O Summary Table.
(c) Analog In (AI) . For measuring values .
Analog-to-dwgital conversion shall be a
minimum of 8-bit resolution.
(d) Analog Out (AO) . For control of system
actuators . Analog output resolution
shall be minimum of 8-bit resolution.
(2) Digital input signals shall be terminated on
screw-type terminals and shall be sourced
internally or externally, as appropriate, in
any mix that may be required. Pulse counting
inputs shall be conditioned to reliably read
` and accumulate up to 10
� pulses per second for
direct 2-wire connection of open collector
type flow meters and other pulse train
.� generating equipment.
(3) Analog input signals shall be terminated on
screw-type terminals . Analog inputs shall
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
59
MW
No
application software within a local network
shall be modifiable from the CS . It shall
not be necessary to enter parameters at the
local CMs for control and programs to
operate.
(2) Each CM shall execute application programs,
calculations, and commands via a
microcomputer resident in the CM. The data
base and all application programs for each
GCM shall be stored in read/writable
non-volatile memory (EEPROM) within the GCM
and will be able to upload/download to/from '*
the CS.
(3) GCM (Gateway Control Module) is a special
purpose CM which contains a communication
package to allow transfer of data to and from
al CMs within the local site network. Each
GCM shall receive alarms and reports from the �^^
modules in the local network and shall
initiate calls to CS . In the event the CS is
powered down, the alarms shall be stored in
the modules until the CS is restored.
The CS shall be notified of:
(a) Failure of any function being performed
by the GCM.
(b) Problems within the GCM database. ..
(c) Failure of any CMs .
(4) GCM shall support a Hayes (up to 9, 600 Baud)
"Smart Modem, " or approved combustible
compatible equivalent with RS-232 C
connection and automatic answer/originate
functions . Each GCM shall also be able to
connect directly to CS via hardwired Direct
Connect.
(5) Each CM shall be connected to a local site
network communicating to/from other CMs and
GCM. Each CM shall include self-test
diagnostics which allow the CM to
automatically relay to the GCM any
malfunctions or alarm conditions that exceed
desired parameters as determined by
programming input.
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
58
finished mechanical room floor.
(d) Conduit shall be hot-dipped galvanized,
standard weight mild steel .
(e) All wire shall be stranded copper.
(f) A minimum of No. 12 AWG wiring shall be
used for all power circuits . All wire
and cable insulation shall be rated for
600 volts minimum, unless otherwise
specified.
(g) A minimum of No. 18 AWG shall be used
for control and signal circuits .
Maximum voltage drop, over its longest
installed length, shall be less than 2
percent of the operating voltage.
(h) All control wiring shall have type
THHN/THWN insulation, or a higher
temperature rating where required.
(i) Power circuit grounding shall be in
accordance with the NEC. All groundwire
.� shall be copper.
(j ) Zone Control Modules (ZCM) shall be
microprocessor based and operate in a
stand-alone mode.
15 . Central Hardware:
a. Central Site:
The DDC Contractor shall interface with the
existing central site computer.
16 . Field Hardware: Field hardware shall be of a modular
design to ensure reliability and system performance.
Each control module must be capable of stand-alone
direct digital operation utilizing its own processor,
non-volatile memory, input/output, A to D conversion,
hardware clock/calendar (rechargeable battery backed
for 30 days minimum) and voltage transient and
lightning protection devices .
a. Control Module (CM) :
(1) All point data, DDC algorithms and
* ► 2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
57
pill
No
Control Modules (CM) shall be
microprocessor based and operate in a ow
stand-alone mode. All CMs shall contain
all necessary software programs to
provide DDC and energy management
functions to the equipment being 4W
controlled as specified in the I/O
Summary Tables .
Area Control Modules (ACM) shall be used
to connect the Zone Control Modules
(ZCM) and their corresponding Sub-Area
Networks to the main LAN. �*
d. Wiring:
(1) The DDC Contractor shall install all power
and communication wires to/from CMs .
Termination to module shall be done by DDC
Contractor. .�
(2) The DDC Contractor shall install wires for
the room temperature sensors (from sensor to
the appropriate control module as shown in
Mechanical Drawings) .
(3) The DDC Contractor shall install all sensing
devices and the wiring to module, unless
otherwise noted in the Mechanical Drawings .
(4) The DDC Contractor shall install all control
and monitoring wiring in the Mechanical Room.
(5) The DDC Contractor shall wire and terminate
ICUs for packaged rooftop units .
(6) The following requirements shall be met .�
unless specifically shown otherwise on the
Drawings :
(a) Power circuit wiring shall be installed
in EMT.
(b) Dedicated power circuits shall be
provided for CPU, GCM, and LCUs .
(c) Control or signal circuit wiring shall
be in EMT where exposed to the outside
environment, where required to prevent
mechanical damaged and up to 8 ft. above
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
56
algorithms . This combination of GCM and CMs
+ make up the LAN for that site.
(3) The CS will be able to interrogate any site' s
modules in addition to being able to download
program changes to individual modules .
(4) The CM will be able to initiate all alarm
reporting and selective data uploading to any
CS . All CMs in each remote site will
communicate with each other.
C. Control Concept:
(1) The DDC system herein specified shall replace
the local control loops where indicated.
Proven state-of-the-art technology in the
area of distributed control, instrumentation,
operator communication, and system
integration shall be utilized in this control
system to achieve this goal .
(2) The system shall be capable of providing
detailed and easy to understand diagnostic
information to help isolate and correct
4M problems with minimal downtime. The system
shall be capable of being maintained by
qualified Department of Physical Plant
personnel .
(3) Provisions shall be made by means of a
portable computer for a site interface with
the modules to allow repair and maintenance
personnel to perform diagnostics, interrogate
any point, and reprogram in the field. All
reprogramming shall be dependent upon a
minimum of six levels of security accessing.
(4) The DDC system shall incorporate three levels
of control using a distributed control
architecture.
(a) A Local Area Network (LAN) consisting
of:
The GCM shall contain a dial-up modem
for auto answer/auto dial to any CS in
priority order. The GCM shall contain a
communication system to allow it to
direct data from the CS to CMs .
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
55
(4) Application programs .
(5) System commands . 4M
d. Maintenance Training: The DDC Contractor shall
provide all instructional materials required to „W
instruct 4 maintenance personnel on:
(1) General operation of the CS and field
equipment. Imik
(2) Diagnostics .
MW
(3) Failure recovery procedures .
(4) Operations and use of DDC test equipment.
MW
(5) Alarm formats.
(6) Maintenance and calibration of DDC.
(7) Troubleshooting and repair instructions .
14 . Hardware:
a. Overview: This Specification defines the
requirements for a distributed Direct Digital
Control (DDC) system that interfaces with an
Automated Logic System 20/20 PC Based Central Site
and is capable of handling both analog and binary
inputs/outputs on a "stand-alone" basis . The •"
objective of this control concept is to provide a
control system with a maximum level of flexibility
and reliability by distributing control
requirements over a network of
microprocessor-based control modules . It is also
desired that the system performs enhanced control
operations to minimize energy consumption.
Central Site is already in place and operational;
new (LAN) and software to interface.
b. System Concept:
(1) The entire system, when complete, will have „`
one Central Site (CS) located in the Physical
Plant HVAC office.
(2) Each site will be equipped with a Gateway me
Control Module (GCM) and number of Control
Modules (CMs) to implement DDC control
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
54
of all DDC control loops and scheduled
control sequences . During the test period,
all possible control sequences shall be
exercised either by normal control operation
or forced operation as required. Log and
submit all results .
(3) When the system performance is deemed
satisfactory in whole by the Department of
'"` Public Works, the system y parts will be
accepted for beneficial use and placed under
warranty. At this time, a "notice of
completion" shall be issued by the Department
of Physical Plant - HVAC Department and the
warranty period shall start.
13 . Owner' s Instructions :
a. The DDC Contractor shall provide the services of
competent instructors to provide full instructions
to designated personnel in the operation,
maintenance, and programming of the DDC. The
training shall be specifically oriented to the
system and interfacing equipment installed.
b. Operator Testing: The DDC Contractor shall
provide all training materials required to
instruct four operator personnel on:
(1) System overview.
(2) Operator commands .
' (3) Emergency operation.
(4) Report generation.
C. Programmer Training: 60 hours of on-site hands-on
training.
aw The DDC Contractor shall provide all training
materials requires to instruct 2 programmer
personnel on:
ow
(1) Database entry.
.o (2) Trend logs, reports, and point summaries.
(3) Alarm limits .
+4
OR 2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
53
12 . Acceptance Test and Acceptance :
a. Upon completion of the DDC installation, the DDC
Contractor shall start up the system and perform
all necessary calibration, testing, and debugging
operations . The DDC Contractor shall provide all
calibration documentation, including indication of
compliance with setpoints defined in the I/O
Summary Table. An acceptance test shall be ..
performed by the DDC Contractor in the presence of
the Owner' s representative . The acceptance test
and instruction meeting shall be video taped by
the ATC Contractor and copies of the tape shall be
delivered to the Owner.
b. The DDC Contractor shall submit an acceptance ..®
testing Drawing for the entire DDC system 10 days
prior to the acceptance test. The Drawing shall
include a detailed written test procedure, a
representative set of field data forms for each
type of test, and an outline of the certified test
report that will be presented to the Department of
Public Buildings . The following test shall be *�
performed by the DDC Contractor.
The following two-part tests shall be scheduled
after completion of the equipment and installation
in each building:
(1) The first part includes an operational test
of all field equipment and transmission
media. Perform detailed cross check of each
sensor by making a comparison between reading 4W
at the sensor and a standard test instrument .
Note all results and deviations for review.
Perform cross check of each control point by
making a comparison between control command
at the CMs and field controlled devices .
Verify that all systems are operable in
specified failure mode upon CMs or network
failure, or loss of power. Verify that all
systems return to CMs control automatically
upon resumption of operation or return of
power. All materials and equipment shall
have passed the calibration and
operational tests before commencing the
performance test.
(2) The second part includes performance testing.
These tests shall validate the functionality
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
52
MW
ow
AM
(5) All modems and accessories .
40 9. System Software:
a. The DDC Contractor shall provide all software
No identified in Part 3 of this Specification. The
database required for implementation of this
Specification shall be provided by the DDC
Contractor, including: point descriptor, alarm
limits, DDC calibration variables, graphics,
reports, and point summaries.
Or 10 . Input/Output Summary Table:
a. The system as specified shall monitor, control,
and calculate all of the points and perform all
the functions as listed in I/O Summary Tables
attached to the end of this Specification.
b. The Control Modules (CM) shall have sufficient
computer memory hardware and application software
for a 10 percent (minimum) space point expansion
capability beyond these points listed in the I/O
Summary Tables.
11 . References :
40
a. Codes and Regulations: All electrical equipment
and material and its installation shall conform to
the current requirements of the following
authorities :
(1) Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) .
(2) National Electric Code (NEC) .
(3) National Fire Code.
(4) Uniform Building Code.
(5) Uniform Mechanical Code.
(6) Uniform Plumbing Code.
b. Note: Where two or more codes conflict, the most
restrictive shall apply. Nothing in these
Drawings and Specifications shall be construed to
permit work not conforming to applicable codes .
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
51
control valves for electric/electronic control .
Dorm room radiator control valves shall be **�
normally open (no power) , two-position type,
Spartan VE-13161-VE-1317 .
,W
6 . Smoke Detection:
a. For air systems rated above 2, 000 CFM, provide a
smoke detector downstream of the supply fan and a *NW
second detector in the return or exhaust air
stream. The indication of smoke at either
detector shall cause the supply and return and/or
exhaust dampers to close through a second circuit.
The detector shall indicate an alarm condition at
the Building Management System Panel . The
detector installation and control action shall be �.
strictly in accordance with Pamphlet 90A of the
National Fire Protection Association. All duct
smoke detectors shall be Simplex photoelectric
type.
7 . Low Temperature Safety Thermostat: Electric low
temperature warning thermostats to have low point
sensitive element (not averaging type) , minimum 16
ft. , installed to cover the entire duct area and to
two-positioned manual reset type. Where coils are two
banks, provide two freezestats, wired in series, to
shut down the supply fan. Sensors shall be Johnson
ATOHA-1C.
8 . Equipment:
a. System Hardware: The DDC Contractor shall provide
the following:
(1) Central Site (SC) and Stand-alone Control
Modules (CM) .
(2) All sensing devices and necessary transducers
to perform the functions listed in I/O +�*
Summary Tables .
(3) All relays, switches, indicating devices, and
transducers required to perform the functions
listed in I/O Summary Tables .
(4) All monitoring and control wiring. (See
"PART 4 - EXECUTION, 4 . 02 D. Wiring" for
exceptions) .
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
50
constructed of either galvanized steel or aluminum
for adequate resistance to corrosion. Damper
operator shall be Belimo AF24-SR. Damper frames
must be constructed to facilitate field assembly
of several individual sections into a large damper
area and must be provided with openings or
mounting clips to allow secure fastening of damper
frame to the surrounding ductwork, collar, or fan
housing. Maximum blade length in any section shall
be 48 in. Additional stiffening or bracing shall
be provided for any section exceeding 48 in. in
height. All blades must be provided with suitable
bearings for smooth operation and all blades must
be interconnected to provide unison operation.
b. Dampers shall be provided with either parallel or
opposed blade linkage and arranged for normally
open or normally closed operation as specified for
each.
C. Outdoor air, minimum outdoor air, and exhaust air
dampers shall be provided with appropriate seals
along the blade edges and at blade ends to provide
tight closure with minimum leakage. Air leakage
in the damper closed position shall not exceed 1
percent of system design volume at design
40 percent
of 1500 rpm or more .
4 . Valves :
a. Where indicated, provide automatic temperature
control valves for the service noted on the
Drawings . Valves shall be straight through of
mixing type as required. The valves shall be
bronze or forged brass body with replaceable disc
and a dual sealing valve stem. All valves shall
be Tour & Anderson or Barber Coleman. This
feature shall allow disassembly of the valve top,
inspection and packing replacement without system
shutdown, or valve body removal . Valve body
ratings shall be ANSI Class 125 for screwed or
union fittings and ANSI Class 250 for flared
fittings . The actuator size shall be suitable for
close-off against the system differential
pressure. Valve actuator shall be Belimo AF-24-
SR. No substitutions will be allowed.
5. Electric Valve:
a. Where indicated, provide automatic temperature
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
49
b. Pipe and duct sensors shall be Kele Precon Type 3
electronic non-adjustable in sealed casings .
Accuracy of sensor shall be plus or minus 1/2
degrees F. through industry standard ranges
required for service. Insertion type bulb shall
be used where required for use in non-stratified
air such as return or exhaust air plenums .
Furnish and supervise installation of stainless
steel wells for all piping systems.
(1) For mixed air or stratified locations,
furnish and install averaging bulb type
sensors .
(2) All pipe and duct sensors shall have an
accessible NEMA 1 electrical box for ..
connections and terminations .
(3) Make and model no. as follows :
Duct Temperature Sensors - Kele Precon ST-W
(Water) , St-0 (Outdoor) , ST-FZ (Duct
Averaging) , ST-A (Duct) , Type 2 for ALC and
Type 3 for Andover, or equivalent. (All
connections to be in an enclosure and crimp
connected or on a terminal strip. )
Duct Humidity Sensor - Visala - HMD-30U.
2 . Electronic Damper Actuators:
a. Electronic damper shall be Belimo AF24-SR motor
actuator type. No substitutions will be allowed.
A break mechanism shall prevent the return spring
from driving the motor actuator toward its normal
position unless the power is interrupted. Provide
AV10-18 universal shaft extension or 26-JSA jack
shaft adapter as required.
b. The motor assembly shall include
electric/electronic contracts, hardware, and
brackets to allow proper motion and operation.
AM
3 . Dampers : (AHU Units)
a. Control dampers for HVAC systems shall be opposed ..,
blade and provided to allow effective modulation
or close-off of air flow as required for each fan
system. Damper frames and blades must be
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING �*
15500
48
mob
interconnecting linkages and extend the required
number of shafts through the ducts for externally
mounted damper motors; provide, install, and
locate sheet metal baffle plates to eliminate
stratification on all AHU units; affix baffles
" permanently in place after stratification problem
a: has been eliminated; furnish and install access
doors or other approved means of access through
ducts for service to control equipment.
C. Painting: All finished painting required for
control piping and equipment shall be done by the
General Contractor.
d. Patching: Any patching necessary for the
installation of the control system shall be done
by the General Contractor.
D. Shop Drawings :
1 . The ATC Subcontractor shall make a preliminary
submittal of two sets of drawings to the
OP Architect-Engineer and Smith College for review before
any drawings are submitted through normal channels .
On the preliminary submittals, the temperature control
ranges, spring pressure ranges, method of control and
selection of control devices, description of
operations, etc. will be reviewed and established.
2 . Separate submittals and cuts for valves and dampers
will be forwarded to the HVAC Subcontractor for his
roughing and design information.
3 . The final shop drawings are to be complete with all
devices identified by numbers and letters and those
same identifying numbers used in the description of
!! operation for positive ease in cross-referencing.
Descriptive bulletins shall be included for all
devices; these bulletins identified by the same key
numbers and letters shall be used on the control
layout. Description bulletins and/or control layout
shall include data on sensitivity, pressure ranges,
temperature ranges, means of adjustment, means of
calibration, spring ranges, and all other data
necessary for the Architect-Engineer to check use and
function of each device for its intended application.
4 . At the completion of the job, final corrected "As
Installed" record shop drawings, as well as an
Autocadd disk, shall be furnished complete with all
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
45
low
f. All wiring to the temperature control panels shall
be by the ATC Subcontractor from sources provided
by the Electrical Contractor specifically for that
purpose.
3 . All wiring shall comply with National, State, and
Local Electrical Codes. All power wiring will be
installed and terminated by the Electrical
Subcontractor. Power wiring shall be defined as
follows:
a. Wiring of all devices and circuits carrying
voltages greater than 120 volt (except for power
to the temperature control panels) .
b. Wiring of power feeds to disconnects, starters, �..
and electric motors .
c. Wiring of 120V AC power feeds to all temperature
control panels where required. '
d. Installation of and wiring of line power to fused
disconnects for each air compressor.
e. Power wiring to 120V single phase motors .
f. Wiring from disconnects to compressor motor
starters and from compressor motor starters to
compressor motor.
4 . Related Work:
a. Installation of Valves and Wells : Automatic
temperature control valves and separable wells for
the immersion element, and couplings for flow and
pressure switches furnished by the Control
Manufacturer, shall be installed by the HVAC
Subcontractor under the Control Manufacturer' s
supervision.
b. Installation of Dampers : All automatic dampers
furnished by the Control Manufacturer shall be
installed by the HVAC Subcontractor, or his Sheet
Metal Subcontractor, to see that the dampers are
correctly installed so that they operate freely
and close tightly. It shall be the responsibility
of the HVAC Subcontractor or his Sheet Metal �..
Subcontractor to provide and install blank off
plates when the control application requires;
assemble multiple section dampers with required
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING .m
15500
44
40
C. Scope:
1 . The ATC Subcontractor shall furnish and install all
equipment, accessories, wiring, instruments, and
piping required for a complete and functioning system.
a. The system, as specified, shall independently
control the building' s HVAC equipment to maintain
40 a comfortable environment in an energy efficient
manner. The building operator shall communicate
with the system and control the energy management
within the building via the building central site,
at the Department of Physical Plant, or portable
controller, as manufactured by Automated Logic.
,r b. All materials and equipment used shall be standard
components, regularly manufactured for this and/or
other systems, and not custom designed especially
for this project. All components shall have been
thoroughly tested and proven in actual use.
C. The building control system shall be modular
architecture, permitting expansion or modification
through the addition or change of thermostats,
sensors, actuators, and microprocessor
controllers .
2 . Wiring: All temperature control wiring will be
installed and terminated by the ATC Subcontractor.
Control wiring shall be as follows :
a. All circuits which are activated or deactivated by
temperature control system components, such as,
but not limited to, PE' s and high and low limit
protective devices .
b. All circuits which activate or deactivate
temperature control system components, such as
solenoid air valve.
c. All temperature control panel wiring to terminal
strips and field wiring from terminal strips to
field mounted devices .
40
d. All wiring to the "Auto" side of hand-off auto
switches on units being controlled by the ATC
Subcontractor.
e. Wiring of all electro-mechanical devices required
to be located on or in temperature control panels .
w, 2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
43
w�
graphically at the Central Site (CS) via the existing
software programs.
3 . All components of the direct digital controllers shall
be manufactured by Automated Logic or Andover Control
Systems, Inc. , with peripheral Electric/Electronic *
devices manufactured by Barber Coleman. No
substitutions will be allowed.
4 . All components of the system shall be furnished and
installed by Automated Logic, i .e. Yankee Technology,
Inc. , Ludlow, MA; or Andover Controls, Inc. , i . e.
Engineered Systems, Hampton, NH. The system shall be
a properly integrated system installed by competent
mechanics regularly employed in the profession of
temperature control . Unless specified to the
contrary, all equipment shall be fully proportioning.
The control system shall be complete In all respects,
including room thermostats, immersion thermostats, PE
and EP switches, relays, valves, cabinets and other ..
accessory equipment, and a complete system of air
piping and control wiring, all connected and properly
integrated to the control system.
5. The temperature control system shall be DDC and shall
utilize Electric/Electronic muscle for the air
handling unit dampers and all control valves . The ATC
Subcontractor will be fully responsible for the
installation.
6. All wiring, conduit, junction boxes, fittings, etc. ,
necessary for the temperature control system, shall be
furnished and installed by the ATC Subcontractor and
shall conform to all standards and codes as described
under SECTION 16100 - ELECTRICAL WORK. All control
conduits shall be 120 volt or 24 volts.
7 . Provide nameplates for all control devices . Devices
on panels to have "Lamicoid" nameplates, isolated
control valves, relays, etc. to be marked with stamped
tape.
B. All temperature control work shall be performed by Yankee
Technologies of Ludlow, Massachusetts or Andover Controls, •
Inc. of Hampton, New Hampshire. It is the responsibility
of this Contractor to coordinate all HVAC work with this
Subcontractor prior to submitting a bid.
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
42
go
A,r
compartment, except for explosion resistant units and
�w as noted in the schedule. Explosion resistant fans
shall be provided with appropriate disconnect switches
that shall be field wired.
2 . Prefabricated curbs shall be provided with continuous
welded seams and treated wood nailers and galvanized
construction. Curbs shall be 12 in. high. Curbs
shall include cant strips and be sized to accommodate
roofing material clearances. Curbs shall be
internally insulated with 2 in. acoustical and
terminal fiberglass . Fans shall be Jenn Air Type NBCR
or as approved equal as scheduled.
F. Vent Set Fans :
+war
1 . Exhaust fans shall be belt driven utility fan type in
AMCA arrangement 10 with a single width, single inlet
housing in CW or CCW rotation as noted on the
Drawings . The fan housing shall be constructed of
heavy gauge steel with lock formed seams permitting an
air and watertight seam, complete with a belt and
00 motor guard. The fan wheel shall be forward curved
type, constructed of heavy gauge steel with uniform
stamped steel blades . Wheel to be statically and
dynamically balanced.
40
2 . Utility fan to be equal to Jenn Air.
2 . 08 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
A. General Requirements :
1 . All components of the system shall be furnished and
installed by Automated Logic or Andover Control
Infinity.
2 . The controls shall be a direct expansion of the Campus
Energy Management System as manufactured by Automated
Logic System 20/20 or Andover Control Infinity. It is
mandatory that the installed system be properly
interfaced with the existing Central Site (CS)
computer hardware ALC 20/20 or Andover Control
Infinity configuration and the existing Master Central
Site Software Library located at the HVAC Department
Buildings . It will be the Contractor' s responsibility
to develop site specific ("Building Name") graphics,
including floor plans and elevations, operating
parameters, general area maps, mechanical system
graphics, thermal graphs, all to be displayed
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
41
w
C. Fan performance rpm, brake horsepower, and tip speed, as
scheduled, shall not be exceeded. Fans shall have AMCA .�
Certified test ratings for both air flow and sound. Fan
curves shall be submitted for all units.
D. Inline Fans: "
1 . Inline fans shall be centrifugal backward inclined
bladed with adjustable belt drive or direct drive as
scheduled. Fan housings shall be square galvanized
steel with removable access panels and stainless
fasteners, belt guards, hanger brackets, and vibration
hangers . Units shall have prelubricated pillow block
ball bearings with zerk fittings . Fans shall be
capable of mounting in any position. Back dampers or
control dampers will be provided as scheduled. Fans e,,®
shall have pre-wired disconnect switches and thermal
overload protection as specified.
2 . Fans shall be Jenn Air ILB or IDD or as approved equal
as scheduled.
E. Roof Exhaust Fans :
1 . Roof exhaust fans shall have aluminum domes, minimum
. 064 in. thick with curb caps and stainless steel
fasteners . The dome deflector shall have a beaded
edge for additional strength and bird guard
protection. Motor and drives shall be isolated from
the exhaust air stream. Cooling air for the motor
compartment shall be free from discharge contaminants .
The entire motor and drive assembly shall be mounted
on vibration isolators to provide quiet operation. An
automatic spring loaded belt tightener to insure
proper belt adhesion and reduce belt wear shall be
furnished. A conduit chase shall be provided for
running the electrical wiring through the curb cap
into the power compartment. Automatic spring loaded
or motorized back dampers (as scheduled on the
Drawings) shall be constructed of aluminum with heavy-
duty linkages and gasketed blades . Dampers will fit
onto a holding rack in the prefabricated curb. The
fan motor shall be pre-wired to a non-fused disconnect
switch mounted in a 4 in. junction box located in the
motor compartment. When motorized back dampers are
scheduled, a pigtail on the damper motor shall be
field connected into the disconnect junction box.
Damper motor voltage shall be the same as the fan
motor. Direct drive units shall include SCR speed
controllers mounted and pre-wired in the motor
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
40
a baked enamel finish, with color selected by the
Architect-Engineer.
D. Support brackets shall be die-formed for rigidity and must
be designed to support the elements, piping, and
enclosures . Ball bearing cradles shall be provided for
movement of elements and piping during expansion and
contraction. Supporting brackets with ball bearing
cradles shall be furnished and installed at a maximum of 3
ft. 0 in. o.c.
E. Provide end covers, access panels, inside/outside corners,
columns, splice plates, and trim pieces at each wall.
F. Radiator Type "A" shall be Style "S" slope top enclosure,
5-144 element, 14 in. high cover, single tier element,
1, 570 BTU/lin. ft. with 0 lbs. per hour steam.
G. Radiator Type "B" shall be Style "S" slope top enclosure,
5-144 element, 20 in. high cover, two tier element, 2, 130
BTU/lin. ft.
2 . 07 FANS
A. Fans shall be centrifugal bladed belt drive or direct
drive as scheduled. Impellers shall be backward inclined
with non-overloading characteristics and shall be both
statically and dynamically balanced. Wheel shafts shall
be ground and polished and mounted in heavy duty,
permanently lubricated pillow block ball bearings . Drives
shall be sized for a minimum of 150 percent of driven
horsepower. Pulleys shall be fully machine cast-iron
type, keyed, and locked to the wheel and motor shaft. The
motor pulley shall be adjustable for system balancing.
Motors shall be mounted on adjustable bases . "V" belts
shall be static dissipating. Spun inlet cones with close
tolerances for overlapping wheels to provide optimum
performance shall be provided. All steel fabricated
housings shall be furnished with prime and alkyd coated
surfaces for exterior and interior use. All aluminum
housings shall be furnished in mil finish.
B. Motors shall be open dripproof, single speed, single or
three phase as scheduled. All single phase motors shall
have integral thermal overload protection. All three
phase motors, one horsepower and larger, shall be high
efficiency type with thermal overload protection in the
starter.
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
39
complete with fused disconnect, HOA switch, starter,
and auxiliary alarm contacts for EMS connection.
C. Receiver:
1 . A vented cast-iron receiver shall be furnished, for **
each pump, with a capacity as noted on the Drawings
and complete with low threaded condensate return and
drain connection.
2 . 05 UNIT HEATERS
A. Furnish and install, where shown on the Drawings, unit
heaters as manufactured by the Trane Company, Airtherm,
American Air Filter Company, or equal. Heater shall be
equal to the Trane Company as follows .
B. Model "S" horizontal discharge steam unit heater.
C. Casing shall be of not less than 20 gauge steel
phosphatized and finished with a baked enamel finish.
D. Motor and fan shall be designed for unit heater service
and shall be tested for continuous duty. The entire
assembly shall be resilient mounted. Heater design shall
incorporate means of adequately cooling the motor when the
water is on and fan is not operating.
E. Coil shall be constructed of copper tubes, aluminum fins,
and steel headers . The complete assembly shall be tested
at 500 lbs . hydrostatic pressure.
F. Unit shall be furnished with individually adjustable
louvers .
G. Capacity shall be as scheduled on the Drawings, based on 0
lbs . per hour steam.
2 . 06 FINNED RADIATION
A. Furnish and install, where shown on the Drawings, Sterling
Radiator Co. styles as specified below or equal .
B. Elements shall be single or double tier steel tube and •»
elements, 4-1/4 in. sq. fins, . 032 in. thickness bonded to
1-1/4 in. steel pipe at 40 fins per ft.
A&
C. Enclosures shall be as specified 14 in. high, manufactured
of 16 gauge cold-rolled steel, and shall be furnished with
.ow
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING A*
15500
38
am
4W
drops, and selection procedure shall be certified
in accordance with ARI Standard 410.
2 . 03 STEAM SPECIALTIES
A. Traps : Furnish and install new thermostatic traps at all
existing cast-iron radiators. New thermostatic traps
shall be Tunstall low pressure Model TA angle type with
cast bronze body with stainless steel seat and union end
connections. Float and thermostatic traps shall be
Tunstall Series 50 with cast-iron body and Type 304
stainless steel float. Bucket traps shall be Hoffman
` Series 600 inverted bucket with cast-iron body and
stainless steel bucket, valve seat, lever, and retainer.
This Contractor shall provide ten additional repair kits
for each type of trap. Each repair kit shall include all
parts necessary to replace all interior trap parts, i .e
capsule, ball float, buckets, etc. No substitutions will
be allowed.
B. Condensate Meter: Meter shall be Centry Vortex Series E-
2000 with 2-G05-72A digital output. No substitutions will
be allowed.
C. Vacuum Breakers : Vacuum breakers shall be Hoffman Model
62 with brass body and seat and stainless steel spring.
2 . 04 CONDENSATE PUMP
A. Pump:
1 . Furnish, as shown and scheduled on the Drawings,
46 duplex condensate return pump equal to Domestic
Series CC. The pump (s) will be furnished with two
vertical motors, 3 phase, 60 hertz, 208 volts, 1, 750
RPM' s dripproof, totally enclosed enclosure. The pump
assemblies are to be all bronze in construction with
heat treated stainless steel shafts and built-in brass
strainers .
B. Control :
1 . Each condensate pump system shall be controlled by a
float switch, flanged mounted type, steam tight
gasketed furnished in NEMA-1 enclosure. Each duplex
control pump to have one float switch and one
mechanical alternator to change pump sequence on each
cycle of operation. Alternator enclosure to match
that of float switch and motor. Panel shall be
oft
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
37
Blades shall rotate on stainless steel sleeve
bearings . Maximum damper blade length shall be 60 in.
Leakage rate shall not exceed 9 CFM/square foot at 1
in. WG and 12 CFM/square foot at 4 in. WG.
4 . Insulation: Unit shall be double wall constructed to
prevent fiberglass erosion into the airstream and to
allow cleaning of the unit interior. 2 in. , 1-1/2 lb.
density insulation shall be sandwiched between a solid
interior wall and the exterior wall . Interior wall
shall be minimum 20 gauge galvanized steel . Foil
faced insulation is not acceptable.
M»
S. Filters : Throwaway - pre-filters shall be of the
throwaway type and shall have 2 in. thick fiberglass
media contained in a rigid frame. Final filters shall
be bag type, 75 percent efficient. Filters shall have ..
a rigid supporting maze across both the entering and
leaving faces of the media. Filters shall be sized so
as not to exceed scheduled face velocities . Provide
three extra sets of filters for each unit.
6. Motors : Motors shall be mounted integral to an
isolated fan assembly furnished by the unit
manufacturer. Motors shall be mounted inside the unit
casing. Motor mounts shall be adjustable to permit
drive belt tensioning. Motor shall be 208 volt, 60
hertz, 3 phase "T" frame, totally enclosed type.
7 . Drives :
a. Drives shall be variable pitch, suitable for
adjustment within 5 percent of specified RPM.
8 . Coils :
a. Coils shall be manufactured by the same company as
the supplier of the air handling unit. Coils
shall be designed with aluminum plate fins and
copper tubes . Coil section housing shall be of
the proper depth to permit proper air flow across '
face and bypass damper.
b. Fins shall have collars drawn, belled, and firmly
bonded to the tubes by means of mechanical
expansion of the tubes . No soldering or tinning
shall be used in the bonding process . Coils shall
be mounted in the unit casing to be accessible for
service and can be removed from the unit either
through the side or top. Capacities, pressure
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
36
4. .
40
b. Ceiling Exhaust (CER) shall be Titus Model No .
23RL, all aluminum, adjustable diffuser complete
with adjustable blades and opposed blade damper.
C. Top Supply Register (TSR) shall be Model No. 1707
double deflection register with opposed blade
dampers . All aluminum construction (22-1/2 degree
deflection) .
d. Top Exhaust Register (TER) shall be Model No. 33-
GL5 heavy-duty 11 gauge solid fixed 30 degree bars
spaced on 3/8 in. centers with reinforced bar on 8
in. centers with opposed blade dampers .
2 . 02 EQUIPMENT
A. Air Handling Units :
1 . The Contractor shall furnish and install the indoor
central station air handling unit (s) as shown and
scheduled on the Drawings . The unit shall be
installed in strict accordance with the
Specifications . All units shall be complete with fan
section, coil section, and all accessories specified.
The unit shall be Trane modular units as scheduled on
40 the Drawings .
2 . Unit shall be constructed of a complete frame with
removable panels . Removal of side panels must not
9W affect the structural integrity of each module. All
exterior wall panels shall be made of minimum 18 gauge
galvanized steel . Closed cell foam gasketing shall be
applied where modules are joined.
a. Units shall have an insulated, double wall
galvanized steel drain pan under coil section for
drainage of condensate. Drain connections are to
be provided on both sides of the unit.
b. Full-sized double wall access doors with safety
handles shall be provided for quick access to the
interior of the unit casing. Doors attached by
screws or doors not continuously gasketed are not
acceptable.
3 . Outside Air Dampers: Outside air dampers shall be
provided to modulate the volume of outside air.
Dampers shall be of airfoil design and shall be
opposed blade type with metal compressible jamb seals
and extruded vinyl blade edge seals on all blades .
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
35
M
C. Fractional horsepower motors shall be split phase
or capacitor start, and integral horsepower motors ,o
shall be standard torque induction motors,
dripproof construction, Class B, insulation 40
degrees C. rise with permanently sealed grease
lubricated ball bearings . Nominal motor speed to "�"
be 1750 RPM, unless otherwise called for under
specific equipment.
d. Motors used on V-belt drives shall have adjustable
slide rail bases or other positive means of
adjustment.
17 . V-Belt Drives :
a. V-belt drives shall have drive horsepower ratings ,
no less than 150 percent of motor horsepower and,
in all cases, shall be of sufficient size to start
and bring equipment up to speed without slipping
or squealing.
b. Sheeves shall be cast-iron and dynamically
balanced. All motor sheeves on air handling unit *
fans and centrifugal fans shall be adjustable
pitch type. Sheeves for motor and fan shafts on
drives of 3 HP and larger shall have bronze shaft ..
bushings . Multi-belt drives shall have matched
sets of belts to assure equal tension and equal
wear on all belts .
c. All V-belt drives not enclosed within equipment
cabinets for casings shall be provided with belt
guards for easy removal yet supported to prevent Aot
rattling or other noise. Holes shall be provided
on the guard, opposite all shafts so that speeds
may be checked without removing the guard.
18 . Air Diffusers, Grilles, and Registers :
a. Diffusers, grilles, and registers shall be
Anemostat-Waterloo, Titus, or Barber Coleman equal
to those specified in the following paragraphs .
See Drawings for sizes, CFM' s, locations, and
qualities of various types . In general, all units
shall be installed with face bars parallel to
floor or nearest wall . All volume control dampers
shall be key operated. Finish for all diffusers, �►
grilles, and registers to be factory finished with
color selected by the Architect-Engineer.
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING ""
15500
34
6. A high velocity air sweeper is then inserted
into the branch ducts . (An air sweeper is a
combination air compressor, air line, and air
jet that assists in the removal of all
particulate matter from the ductwork with a
hose connected to the air compressor to supply
up to 175 lbs . of air pressure. )
7 . The registers, grilles, and diffusers are
cleaned with a degreasing agent, dried, and
painted (if necessary) to restore them to
their original condition.
8 . HVAC coils are cleaned. The blower assembly
is removed and also thoroughly cleaned. The
drain pan is cleaned.
9. When all debris and particulates have been
removed from the duct system, both the supply
and return ducts are fogged with an EPA and
FDA approved disinfectant and deodorizer. The
germicide is drawn through the entire system
At with the blower in the HVAC unit.
10 . Cleaned and painted grilles and diffusers are
reinstalled and all precut vacuum openings are
silicone-plate sealed.
11 . The entire system is thoroughly inspected by a
► technician supervisor and witnessed by the
Owner.
12 . Cleaning Up: The Contractor shall, at all
times, keep the premises free from
accumulation of waste materials and leave the
work area clean and neat.
16. Motors :
a. Motors shall be those of a quality manufacturer
with nationwide distribution and service
organization and shall be furnished and installed
by the HVAC Subcontractor ready for wiring by the
Electrical Subcontractor.
b. Unless otherwise called for under specific
equipment, motors 1/3 HP and smaller shall be
single-phase, 115 volt, 60 hertz; motors 1/2 HP
and larger shall be 3 phase, 208 volt, 60 hertz .
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
33
I.
for all services connected to this work and shall
coordinate this work with the work of all trades .
b. The source removal method of removing duct
contaminants is required utilizing equipment
designed specifically for air duct cleaning and *"
disinfection by a qualified technician.
Not Allowed: Shop vacuum systems, utilization of
air handling system blower and/or remote truck
vacuum units .
C. Equipment:
1 . Portable self-contained vacuum with a minimum
of 4, 000 CFM negative air pressurization. ..
2 . Portable unit must have four stage filtration
utilizing a gravity bin, electrostatic air
filter, high efficiency pleated filter, and
asbestos grade 99. 98 percent efficient HEPA
filters .
3 . Amperage draw of unit must not exceed 30 amps .
continuous .
4 . Portable unit must have a safety circuit
breaker and an audible warning alarm to
indicate tripped circuit .
5. Air compressor must provide no less than 175
lbs . per sq. in.
d. Execution: "'
1 . The power vacuum unit must be installed within
50 ft. of the duct to be cleaned.
2 . The exhaust registers, grilles, and diffusers
are removed.
3 . All outlets are sealed closed.
4 . Each section of the duct is isolated to limit *�
the work area.
5. The vacuum machine is started to create a
negative pressure within the duct system.
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
32
will be permitted. Tests shall be repeated after
repairs until satisfactory results are obtained.
d. The following precautions shall be taken during
the pressure tests . All relief valves and
automatic control valves are to be removed. All
system pressure gauges, with scale range lower
than test pressure, shall be removed during
pressure tests .
e. All ductwork shall be pressure tested prior to the
installation of all finished ceilings and wall .
All joints shall be sealed air tight.
14 . Cleaning Out All Piping:
a. The following steps shall be taken to assure that
the piping systems are clean.
low b. After initial flushing with compressed air or cold
water to remove chips and scale, the piping
systems shall be brought up to a temperature of
200 degrees to 210 degrees F. and water circulated
through all piping and heating elements for not
less than two hours, then completely drained and
flushed out while water is still hot (not less
than 170 degrees F. ) . Repeat this step and take a
sample of the water before draining.
►
C. These samples shall be checked for oil, sediment,
and pH. This shall be repeated until water sample
shows oil and sediment is reduced to a trace
acceptable to the Architect-Engineer. If the pH
shows any acid (7 or lower) , the water shall be
treated with sufficient trisodium phosphate to
bring water to an alkalinity of 8 to 10 pH.
d. Immediately before final acceptance by the Owner,
the HVAC Subcontractor shall inspect and clean all
water system strainers and low point drains, check
all water system vents, and see that the system is
free of air and that the expansion tanks are
properly charged.
15 . Cleaning of Duct System:
a. All existing bathroom exhaust ductwork shall be
thoroughly cleaned and sealed by a professional
duct cleaning service. This Contractor shall pay
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
31
w
1-1/2 in.
(3) Mains and Branches 1-1/4 in. to 2
in. . 2 in.
(4) Mains and Branches 2-1/2 in. to 4
in. : 2 in.
(5) Mains and Branches 5 in. to 6 in. :
2 in.
(b) Condensate Return: Alk
(1) Runouts up to 2 in. : 3/4 in.
(2) Mains and Branches 1 in. and less :
3/4 in.
(3) Mains and Branches 1-1/4 in. to 2
in. : 1 in. Mw
(4) Mains and Branches 2-1/2 in. to 4
in. : 1 in. a,.,
13 . Testing of Systems :
a. All testing and balancing shall be by the
College's Consultant, Wing Testing and Balancing,
Inc. This Contractor shall coordinate all work as
required. All tests shall be completed and
accepted before any covering is applied. Tests
will not be acceptable unless witnessed by the
Architect-Engineer or Owner.
b. Test all piping by applying a hydrostatic pressure
using a pump. Be sure all lines are vented free
of all air. Test pressure for steam and
condensate piping to be 125 PSIG.
C. Tests shall be maintained for not less than two
hours, or longer, as necessary to completely check
and inspect the piping. Tests shall be considered
satisfactory only when joints shall show no
visible leaks and pressure remains constant after
a continuous two hour test. Leaks shall be
repaired with new material . Joints shall be
replaced or reworked in a manner satisfactory to
the Architect-Engineer. No wicking, caulking,
compounding, or other makeshift type of repairs
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
30
circumferential joints shall be kept to a minimum.
Raw ends of insulation shall be concealed by
neatly folding in the ends of the jackets .
Fittings, valve bodies, and flanges shall be
furnished with the same jacket materials used on
sw adjoining insulation.
d. Covering shall not be applied until all parts of
the work have been tested by the Contractor and
40 approved by the Architect-Engineer.
e. A vapor barrier shall be installed on all new hot
water piping. It shall be applied in accordance
with the manufacturer' s instructions to maintain
the integrity of the vapor barrier.
f. Pipe insulation shall be rigid performed glass
fiber insulation as manufactured by Baldwin-Hill-
Bhret, Gustin-Bacon, Manville, PPG, Owens-Corning,
or other approved equal .
g. All exposed piping, below 12 ft. 0 in. from finish
..� floor, shall be insulated as specified. An
additional jacket made of 10 mil PVC shall be
applied over using sheet metal straps or approved
lock joints .
h. All steam, condensate, and make-up water piping
shall be insulated with Manville FLAMESAFE
fiberglass pipe insulation, Owens-Corning
fiberglass 25, or approved equal . The insulation
shall have an average thermal conductivity not to
exceed .25 BTU in. per sq. ft. per F. per hour at
a mean temperature of 75 degrees F. Thickness of
the insulation shall be 1 in. Jacket shall be
FLAMESAFE AP. The insulation shall be applied
over clean dry pipe with all joints firmly
together. Longitudinal jacket laps and the butt
strip shall be smoothly secured with Benjamin
Foster 85-20 adhesive.
(1) Steam Supply and Condensate Return:
MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION REQUIRED:
(a) Steam Piping:
(1) Runouts up to 2 in. : 1-1/2 in.
(2) Mains and Branches 1 in. and less :
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
29
10 . Strainers :
a. Provide "Y" pattern strainer in each water pump ..
discharge and suction as shown on the Drawings .
Strainers shall be Yarway, Sarco, Strong, or
Webster equal to Muessco No. 751, iron body with Ak
150 lb. ANSI flanges, and removable baskets .
Provide a blow-off valve on each strainer.
b. Pump suction strainers shall have 3/16 in.
perforated baskets and shall be kept in the system
until the system has been completed, pumps tested,
water circulated for 24 hours, and system flushed,
after which the pump section strainer baskets
shall be removed and stored in the room for future
use.
C. Pump discharge strainers shall have . 057 in.
perforated Monel or stainless steel baskets and
are for permanent use to protect terminal units
and control valves. The HVAC Subcontractor shall
also remove, clean, and reinstall these baskets at
the same time the suction strainer baskets are .,
removed.
11 . Sound and Vibration Isolation: All piping within the
Mechanical Equipment Room, which is hung from overhead "
from structural steel and from floor deck, shall be
installed using isolator units in all hanger rods .
Isolators shall be Korfund, Mason, or Vibration
Eliminator Company, equal to Mason Type DNHS, and
shall be sized as recommended by the manufacturer to
suit the weights of the various suspended pipe sizes
and contacts .
12 . Pipe Insulation:
a. Provide insulation and covering for all work as
described below.
b. All insulation, including covering, shall be fire
resistant and fire retardant and shall have a
flame spread rating not exceeding 25, smoke
developed rating not exceeding 50, all complying
with NFPA 225 and/or UL 723. Adhesives used for
applying and sealing jackets shall also conform to
these same fire retardant and smoke ratings .
C. On exposed insulation, all longitudinal seams
shall be kept at the top of the pipe and
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
28
a�
7 . Thermometers
.« a. Thermometers shall be Jay, Moeller, Palmer,
Taylor, Trerice, or Weiss equal to Taylor
30EJ31009 with aluminum case, industrial glass,
mercury 9 in. scale length, 2 degrees F.
subdivisions. Stem length shall be sufficient to
assure accurate and fast response, but in no case
less than 3-1/2 in. , nor less than one-third of
00 pipe diameter in which installed. Each
thermometer shall be provided with a brass model
or stainless steel separable socket of matching
60% length and with lagging extensions when installed
in insulated pipe. Thermometers shall be
adjustable angle type, positioned as required to
be easily seen and read from normal operator' s
position.
b. Ranges shall be manufacturer' s standard closest to
the following:
(1) Steam system: 25 - 400 deg. F.
(2) Condensate return piping system: 25 - 300
deg. F.
8 . Pressure Gauges :
a. Gauges shall be Ashcroft, Marsh, U.S . Gauge
Company, or Trerice equal to Ashcroft "Quality"
line gauges, Grade A, 1 percent accuracy. Each
gauge shall be installed with a pulsation dampener
(Ashcroft No. 1106B) and a brass level handle
gauge cock (Ashcroft No. 1095) .
b. Model number. size, and range to be as follows :
(1) Ashcroft - No. 1018, 6 in. dial, red set
pointer, dual scale, 0 - 100 PSIG, 0 - 230
ft.
9. Flexible Connections :
a. Flexible connectors, for use at air handling unit
coils, shall have bronze, helical elbows with
woven copper wire shrouds factory assembled and
connections for screw joints . Hose shall have a
minimum design working pressure of 175 PSIG and
shall be Anaconda, Johnson, Atlantic, Flexonics,
Universal, or the Packless Metal Hose Company.
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
27
am
An
k. Steam pressure regulating valves shall be Spence
Model No. ED. No substitutions allowed. See
Drawings for size and location. .�
1 . Steam control valves shall be Tour and Anderson
Model V283-M-10. No substitutions will be
allowed.
6. Identification of Piping Systems:
a. Major piping shall be identified with direction of
flow arrows and printed color coded bands of
plastic tape applied after finish painting of
insulation and bare pipe. Letters to be not less
than 1 in. high. Note color and working on valve
tag chart. Pipe labels shall be Seton Name Plate
Corporation, Style B, wrap around vinyl tape, or
other approved equal, completely wrapped around
the pipe and adhered to itself. Tape and label
background colors shall conform to ASA
recommendations .
b. Piping shall be labeled as follows:
(1) Label all exposed piping which is not in the
same room with major equipment at least once
in each room through which the pipes pass,
but never more than 25 ft. between labels .
(2) Label concealed piping so that labels will be
visible at all access doors or on 25 ft .
centers above hung ceilings .
(3) Label all piping adjacent to major equipment •�
and include zone or equipment numbers when
there are two or more pieces of similar
equipment.
(4) Direction of flow arrows shall be applied to
piping adjacent to all labels and at each
piece of equipment.
C. All valves shall be provided with valve tags as
listed below and all tags shall be secured to
valve stems with brass chains or S-hooks . Tags
shall be approved equal to Seton Name Plate Corp.
Heating - 1-1/2 in. round brass with depressed
black filled letter and number with system
designation letters "HTG" equal to Seton No. P250 .
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
26
on
sk
(2) Globe - 2-1/2 in. and smaller - Stockham
w Figure B-66; 3 in. and larger - Stockham
Figure B-609.
(3) Check - 2-1/2 in. and smaller - Stockham
4% Figure B-319; 3 in. and larger - Stockham
Figure G-931 .
(4) Ball Valves - Watts Series B6000-XH-SS .
e. All shut-off duty valves, 2-1/2 in. and larger,
shall be ball valves, Watts Series G-4000, cast-
' iron body, 316, steel ball and stem, designed for
bubbletight shut-off.
f. Gate and/or globe valves shall not be used as
substitutes for any of the specified valves when
used as balance valves .
g. Balance and/or shut-off valves, 4 in. and larger,
shall be Tour and Anderson Series STAF, neoprene
seat, semi-steel body, with stainless steel or
bronze top and bottom bushings, 250 PSIG working
pressure, 125 lb. ANSI flanges, Figure 101F or
118F, G6-HI2 . Provide open position stop on all
valves . Provide chain operators for all valves
which are 6 ft. or more above the floor.
h. Balance and/or shut-off valves, 2-1/2 in. and 3
in. sizes, shall be Tour and Anderson Series STAF,
lever operated, faced plug, neoprene seat, semi-
steel body with stainless steel or bronze top and
bottom bushings, 150 PSIG working pressure, Figure
118 . Provide open position stops for all valves .
i . For 2 in. and smaller, shall be Tour and Anderson
Figure STAD or STA-D, semi-steel body, bronze plug
with neoprene or Teflon resilient face, bronze top
and bottom bushings, complete with elver. Provide
open position stop and plastic cap on all valves
which are labeled "Balance Valves" on the
Drawings . All valves at fan coil units shall be
furnished with drain kit.
j . Pump discharge check valves shall be Muessco,
Williams & Hager, or Smolensky equal to Muessco
105-DT silent type, steel body, stainless steel
trim and spring, renewable seat, 150 PSIG ASME
rated.
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
25
outside walls must be caulked watertight or
installed with Eclipse flanged service entrance
sets .
c. Provide escutcheons equal to Grinnell Figure 10 or
Figure 13, chrome plated, at all locations (except "
inside unfinished mechanical equipment rooms and
enclosed pipe chases) wherever exposed bare pipes,
4 in. or smaller, pass through walls, floors, or
ceilings.
5 . Valves :
Aw
a. All valves shall be of the same make, except as
noted below for special valves and shall be
Stockham, or equal, based on the following
Stockham valves.
All ball valves shall be Watts and all control
valves and balancing valves shall be Tour and
Anderson. No substitutions will be allowed.
b. All water valves installed in copper tube piping
shall be, in general, solder end pattern, all
bronze with iron hand wheel, rated for not less
than 200 lbs . non-shock water pressure. In
general, all line service valves are to be gate
valves; manual vents are to be globe type.
C. Solder end valves are as follows :
(1) Gate Valves - Stockham Figure B-109.
(2) Globe Valves - Stockham B-147 .
(3) Check Valves - Stockham B-309.
(4) Drain Valves - Watts Series B6001-SS with
hose end adaptor. Where piping is insulated,
install Type XH extended handles .
(5) Ball Valves - Watts Series B6001-XH-SS.
d. Screw end and flanged valves shall be as follows : °
(1) Gate - 2-1/2 in. and smaller - Stockham
Figure B-120, 3 in. and larger - Stockham
Figure G-620 or 651-C.
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
24
on
(3) 2-1/2 in. to 4 in. - adjustable pipe saddles,
Grinnell Figure 264, supported from floor to
pipe legs.
(4) 4 in. and larger - pipe roll and plate,
Grinnell Figure 277, supported as masonry
piers and shimmed to provide proper pitch as
required, or Grinnell Figure 276 adjustable
pipe roll stands supported on masonry piers,
welded steel channels, or I-beams .
g. Vertical piping over 20 ft. in height shall be
supported at upper floor level with riser clamps
equal to Grinnell Figure 261 (or Figure 121C for
copper pipe) where concealed. Exposed risers
shall be supported at same interval .
h. Groups of horizontal pipes 3 in. and smaller,
running at the same elevation, may be supported by
means of vertical hangers and horizontal angles,
channels, or "Unistrut" on which pipes shall rest
and be held in alignment with suitable pipe
clamps . Building attachments must be sized for
total load of all .pipes . Details of such hangers
must first be approved by the Architect-Engineer.
No contact between dissimilar metals is permitted.
i . The use of wood or fiber plugs, cold bent hanger
loops, chains, wires, perforated metal bands or
horizontal pieces of pipe will not be permitted.
4 . Pipe Sleeves and Escutcheons :
4W a. Standard IPS steel or wrought iron sleeves shall
be provided wherever exposed pipes pass through
masonry walls or partitions . Pipe sleeves are to
rw be two pipe sizes larger than line size. On
insulated piping, sleeves shall be sized to allow
insulation to pass through the sleeve without
gouging. Within continuous vertical enclosed pipe
chases, sleeves through floors may be 24 gauge
galvanized sheet steel in lieu of iron pipe.
w b. Iron pipe sleeves shall be provided through "wet"
floors (such as kitchens, toilets, janitor' s
closets) and shall be extended 1 in. above
finished floors . Sheet metal screws may be used
in other locations and shall be cut flush with
floor. Pipe sleeves in walls shall be flush with
face of wall, both sides. Pipe sleeves through
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
23
4 in. and 5 in. - 5/8 in.
6 in. - 3/4 in.
(2) Where double rod hangers are used, the rod
size may be reduced one size below the above
sizes .
e. Hanger rods shall be secured to building by one of
the following approved structural attachments:
(1) To concrete structure - use inserts, Grinnell
Figure 28, galvanized steel . Where
additional supports are needed after concrete •
work is completed or where required in solid
masonry, use self-drilling inserts equal to
Phillips "Red Head" or expansion shields
equal to Grinnell Figure 117 . Cadmium plated 14
piping 10 in. and larger is to be supported
from wall, floor, or steel structure.
(2) To overhead steel deck - use Grinnell Figure
209 toggle bolt with washers and Figure 209
rod coupling; or weld rod to 1/4 in. thick by
4 in. by 4 in. fish plate laid across top of
steel deck; or bolt and weld Grinnell Figure
GS-1O0H channels not less than 12 in. long to
underside of steel deck at right angle to .o
ribs and attach hanger rods with GS-40 nuts .
(3) To structural steel beams for pipes 2-1/2 in.
to 5 in. , by beam clamps - use Grinnell
Figure 62, 265, or 267; 6 in. to 10 in. by
bolted and welded beam attachments, Grinnell
Figure 66 or 252 . For pipes 2 in. and
smaller, use malleable iron C-type beam
clamps with retaining clip, Grinnell Figure
62 .
.�
f. Pipes running along walls or close to floor shall
be supported as follows :
..M
(1) Piping along walls may have hanger rods
supported from welded steel brackets,
Grinnell Figure 195, or in lieu of the above, ..
for 4 in. and larger, may rest on adjustable
roll stands supported by welded channel or
I-beam wall brackets .
(2) 2 in. and smaller - supported from floor on
legs of angle iron, channels, or pipe legs.
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
22
.s
approved by the Architect-Engineer, will be
acceptable. All hangers shall be U.L. or F.M.
approved for the application and use.
b. Maximum spacing of hangers and supports shall be
as follows :
(1) Steel Pipe: 1-1/2 in. and smaller - 6 ft. 0
in.
(2) Steel Pipe: 2 in. to 5 in. - 8 ft. 0 in.
�.
C. Pipe attachments shall be as follows :
(1) All systems 1-1/2 in. to 6 in. pipe sizes and
larger and insulated pipe 1-1/2 in. and
smaller - Grinnell Figure 260 adjustable
clevis type.
(2) All systems, bare or insulated pipe 6 in. and
larger - Grinnell Figure 174 or 181
adjustable swivel roll type.
! " (3) All systems, insulated pipe 6 in. and larger
- Grinnell Figure 174 or 181 adjustable
swivel roll type.
(4) All systems, where overhead space is limited
and pipes are close to underside of beams,
slabs, and existing plaster ceilings -
!"'' Grinnell Figure 70 adjustable swivel ring
hanger. Hangers shall be supported from
existing joist using Grinnell Figure 62 top
beam clamp.
(5) Pipe attachments in metal to metal contact
with copper and brass pipe shall be copper
plated or PVC coated.
(6) On all insulated pipes, except steam and
,,. condensate system, provide attachments sized
for outside diameter of insulation to permit
insulation to pass through hanger. Include
pipe covering protection.
d. Supporting rods for hangers shall be adjustable,
threaded with locknuts sized as follows :
(1) Pipe: 2 in. and smaller - 3/8 in.
2-1/2 in. to 3-1/2 in. - 1/2 in.
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
r 15500
21
an
No
(2) Fittings : Screwed cast brass stem pattern
conforming to ANSI B16. 15-1971 .
(3) Joints : Screwed made up with Teflon pipe
thread pipe or approved pipe joint compound.
g. Pipe Nipples : Pipe nipples shall be the same ..
quality, material, and class as the pipe system in
which they are installed. Close nipples are not
permitted in pressure systems .
h. Unions :
(1) Unions shall be of the same class and
material as the pipe and fittings of the
system in which they are installed. In black
steel piping systems, they shall be 200 lbs . "R
black malleable iron with brass ground joint
equal to Dart Figures 0832, 0834, 0835, or
0838 . In copper and brass piping, they shall
be 125 lb. bronze or brass with ground joint.
(2) Flanged unions for welded pipe shall be weld ..
neck, 150 lb. raised face. Flanged joints
shall be packed with impregnated asbestos
gaskets placed inside the bolt circle with
graphite applied to both faces .
i . Dielectric unions shall be provided between
ferrous and non-ferrous piping to prevent galvanic
corrosion. The dielectric unions shall meet the
requirements for tensile strength of pipe fittings
in accordance with Federal Specification WW-U-531
and shall be suitable for temperatures and *�
pressures encountered. The ends shall be
threaded, flanged, brazed, or soldered to match
adjacent piping. The metal parts of the union
shall be separated so that the electrical current
is below 1 percent of the galvanic current which
would exist with metal-to-metal contact.
3 . Hangers and Supports :
a. All horizontal piping shall be supported for its
entire length. Suspended piping shall have
hangers located within 2 ft. 0 in. of elbows, and
spacing shall be reduced where required to support
heavy groups of fittings and valves . Grinnell
Figure numbers are used to establish the desired
style and quality. Other equal manufacturer, as
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
20
s
authorities to establish quality. Latest edition
of their publications at time of bidding shall be
in force.
b. All piping shall have manufacturer' s name or trade
!�• mark rolled into each and every length of pipe.
c. All threads for screwed joints shall be National
Taper Pipe Thread conforming to ANSI B2 . 1-1968 .
2 . Steel Pipe: Steam and Condensate Return:
+ * a. Pipe: Black, Schedule 40, conforming to ANSI
B125.2 or B125. 1 . Pipe to be used for welding
shall be furnished with beveled ends .
b. Fittings :
(1) 2 in. and smaller, screwed, 125 lb. cast-iron
conforming to ANSI B16.4 .
(2) 2-1/2 in. and larger, screwed, 150 lb.
malleable iron conforming to ANSI B16. 3 .
(3) For welded pipe (all sizes) , standard weight
black steel welding pattern conforming to
ANSI B16. 5, B16. 9, and B16.25.
(4) All high pressure condensate return piping
shall be Schedule 80 with welded joints .
C. Joints : Screwed joints shall be made up with
Teflon pipe thread tape, Teflon liquid, or other
approved non-hardening joint compound applied to
male thread only. Welded joints shall be made by
oxyacetylene or electric arc process and comply
with latest ASA "Code for Pressure Piping"
requirements .
�. d. Any pipe 1-1/4 in. and larger may be welded, no
pipe larger than 3 in. shall be screwed.
e. Coil connections are to be made so the coil can be
removed without cutting pipe.
f. Brass Pipe: (For short connections, gauge board
piping, etc. ) .
(1) Pipe: IPS seamless semi-annealed 85 percent
red brass conforming to ANSI H27 . 1-1967 .
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
19
3. Dampers shall be as manufactured by Air Balance, Inc. ,
Phillips, A. F. F. Co. , United Sheet Metal, Inc. , or
other equal as approved by the Architect-Engineer,
equal to Air Balance, Inc. UL-119. Damper style shall
be Air Balance, Inc. , horizontal or vertical Type A,
B, or C, as directed by the location and duct shape
(rectangular, square, round, or flat oval) in which
the dampers are installed. Unless otherwise approved
by the Architect-Engineer, no open damper shall
decrease the net free area of the duct by more than 15
percent.
H. Ductwork Insulation:
1 . All new and renovated existing air supply, return, and
fresh air ducts shall be insulated. Insulation shall
be 1-1/2 in. thick, 1 pound density, flexible glass
fiber duct insulation with factory applied reinforced
aluminum foil jacket equal to Manville Type FSK.
Secure to duct with Benjamin Foster No. 85-20 „
adhesive. Lap jacket 2 in. at all seams and secure
flaps with staples and adhesive to provide complete
vapor barrier. In addition, this concealed duct
insulation shall be tied 18 in. o.c. with 18 gauge
aluminum or copper wire where ducts exceed 24 in. in
width.
2 . All air ducts from the fresh air intakes to the air
handling units shall be insulated in the same manner
as for the ductwork for exposed supply and return
ducts .
3 . All exposed supply, return, fresh air, and exhaust air
ducts, in finished spaces, shall be insulated with 1 .�
in. thick, 6 pound density, rigid glass fiberboard
with Manville Type EAF vaporseal facing. Attach board
to ducts with double prong stick clips . Seal at
joints to maintain vapor barrier. All edges and
angles shall be reinforced with corner beads . Finish
shall consist of tackboard of Benjamin Foster No.
30-36 Sealfas, embedded Manville Duramesh 205, and a
heavy finish coat of Benjamin Foster No. 30-35
Sealfas, all applied according to manufacturer' s
recommendations.
I . Piping Materials :
1 . General :
a. Reference is made to Specifications of recognized
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500 *■
18
w•
MW
Drawing (minor variations are assumed to be field
conditions) .
2 . The Drawings shall not be submitted to the
Architect-Engineer, for approval, until the ductwork
has been coordinated with all other trades . The Sheet
Metal Subcontractor shall assume the responsibility
for, and bear the cost of, any alterations required
after approval because of inaccurate shop drawings or
lack of proper coordination and also for any changes
in sheet metal erected prior to approval of shop
drawings .
F. Volume Dampers: Duct system shall have sufficient volume
dampers, whether or not shown, to control and adjust the
total volume of each system, each zone, in each branch,
and at each diffuser or grille. Volume dampers shall be
of the butterfly type with 18 gauge galvanized iron blade.
All dampers shall be equipped with Duro-Dyne Type UNXLD
locking quadrant. Dampers, 25 in. in width and longer,
shall be provided with damper bearings on each end of
shaft. Bearings shall extend through ducts with the one
opposite quadrant mounted on a 2 in. by 3 in. by 1/8 in.
plate held to duct with stainless sheet metal screws .
Maximum width of single blades shall be 14 in. Splitter
dampers shall not be used.
G. Fire and Smoke Dampers:
1 . Provide, where shown or indicated on the Drawings,
fire and/or smoke dampers with a UL Label for not less
than 1-1/2 hour fire protection rating in accordance
with UL-555 continuing inspection service. Blades and
frame shall be galvanized steel construction with
blades of an interlocking design, having two folded
guides which serve as stops . Fusible links shall be
equal to Grinnell Figure 1351, 20 pounds, Issue A.
(Note: See Architectural Drawings for fire rating
required) .
2 . Dampers shall be installed according to latest edition
of NFPA-9OA, mounted with 1-1/2 in. by 1-1/2 in. by
1/8 in. returning angles on both sides of partition
wall or floor and sleeves as per the UL test under
which the damper fire rating was obtained. Angles
.. shall completely close the wall opening and provide
anchorage to the dampers .
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
17
wo
When unit is first turned on, open duct access doors
and blow out all foreign matter. Do not run fan
without filter.
B. Pressure Taps:
1 . Pressure taps shall be provided on the suction and
discharge of all fans and air handling units . These
taps shall be 1/2 in. copper tube.
2 . Provide pressure taps at ends and at major takeoffs of
all supply ducts. Taps to be 1/2 in. copper tubing
and shall protrude 2 in. beyond inside and outside of
duct.
3 . Use brazed flanges for mounting, screwed to the sheet
metal and provide rubber caps on outside tube end.
Seal watertight at air handling unit.
C. Flexible Air Duct:
1 . Flexible air duct shall be Wiremold, Thermoflex,
Cleveflex, or equal, and shall be equal to Wiremold
Type CRK Vanguard Duct.
2 . Flexible duct shall be manufactured from fully
annealed aluminum and formed into a multiple
corrugated construction, then encased with 1 in. 3/4
pound density fiberglass blanket and sheathed with a
vinyl vapor barrier. The duct shall have an inside
bending radius of not more than 3/4 its I .D. It must
comply with the latest NFPA Bulletin 90A and be listed
as Class 1 air duct, UL Standard 181 . Duct shall have
published pressure ratings of not less than 10 ft. ••
S .A. Positive pressure . 5 in. W.A. negative pressure.
Duct shall also be UL rated for velocities up to 6500
F.P.M.E.
D. Flexible Connections : Provide, in each duct connection to
every air handling unit and fan, 30 ounce double neoprene
coated woven glass fabric flexible connection not less *�
than 4 in. long securely held to retaining clamps .
E. Ductwork Shop Drawings: M«
1 . Layout and details shall clearly indicate compliance
with the above Specifications . Any variations in
design details, fittings, or accessory items for which
approval is requested shall be specifically marked on
the Drawings, as shall any major variations from the
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500 *°
16
4•
an
with extended frames to serve as a stop for
insulation. Insulate doors located in insulated
ON ductwork. All doors shall be gasketed. Door shall be
10 in. by 12 in. minimum, except where limited by duct
width, and shall be larger where necessary for access
to fire damper fusible links or other devices .
11 . Hangers for all rectangular ducts 4 sq. ft. in area or
above shall be round bar type fastened to 1-1/4 in. by
1-1/4 in. by 1/8 in. angles under the ducts.
a. Ducts less than 4 sq. ft. in area shall be hung
with 1 in. by 1/8 in. strap iron bent 1 in. under
bottom side of the duct and fastened to the duct
with sheet metal screws, using not less than two
screws per side and as many more so that they are
not greater than 6 in. centers .
12 . Supports for round and oval ductwork shall be 1 in. by
.. 1/8 in. strap iron rolled to the perimeter of the duct
with ends bent on top of duct and bolted. Hangers at
supply diffusers shall be similar, but separated at
bottom and riveted to ductwork as required for.
adequate support.
13 . Hangers for the round ductwork shall be 1 in. by 1/8
++ in. strap iron bolted to supports and lagged into the
ceiling construction. Hangers over 24 in. long shall
be 3/8 in. rod type with bolted and threaded ends and
w. angle bracket at ceiling.
14 . Hangers shall be placed on not greater than 8 ft. 0
in. centers or closer where required so that the
ductwork can support the weight of a man at any point.
15. Wherever sound insulation lining is called for, the
sheet metal duct size shown on the Drawings must be
increased to provide the clear inside dimensions or
cross sectional area shown on the Drawings .
16. Duct joint sealing, reinforcing, flanges, etc. for
square sheet metal ducts shall be based on maintaining
airtight ducts at 2 in. WG maximum static pressure
with maximum of 5 percent leakage of total fan
capacity, 1/2 of one percent for round and oval ducts .
All joints in round and rectangular ductwork shall be
sealed with UL classified United Duct Sealer.
17 . Upon completion of construction and before testing,
the interior of all plenums shall be vacuum cleaned.
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
15
on
ow
6. The centerline radius of all duct elbows, where shown
on Drawings, shall be at least one and one-half the
width of the duct. Where building conditions do not as
allow for this radius, or where square turns are
shown, manufactured double-walled duct turns equal to
Aero-Dyne or Tuttle & Bailey shall be used in the no
supply or exhaust air ducts and Sonotru Acoustical
attenuating turns, as manufactured by South Control
Products Company, shall be used in any supply and/or
return air ducts where acoustical insulation is
included.
7 . Duct sections 1 ft. 6 in. wide or less shall be butted �.
together and jointed with flat drive cleats 2-1/8 in.
wide. Top and bottom cleats shall be cut flush with
duct and side cleats bent over to make a tight joint.
Standing bar slips, as specified for ducts over 18
in. , may be used at the HVAC Subcontractor' s option.
8 . Ducts from 18 in. to 30 in. wide shall be jointed with
1/2 in. standing bar slips made of metal the same as,
or heavier than, duct sheets . Joints in ducts with
either dimension over 30 in. shall have 1 in. standing
bar slips on those sides over 30 in. Where sides are
over 42 in. , the standing bar slips will be reinforced
with 1-1/2 in. by 1-1/2 in. by 1/8 in. angles.
Additional angle stiffeners not over 60 in. apart
shall be provided between joints. Ducts over 60 in.
in width shall be jointed with 1-1/2 in. by 1/8 in.
angle irons riveted to ductwork on all sides with 1/8
in. rivets at not more than 4-1/2 in. on centers,
sections bolted with 3/16 in. stove bolts at not over
6 in. centers, sheets turned over angles into joint at
least 1/4 in. ..
9. Sheet metal screws 3/4 in. No. 10 may be used to
attach stiffener angles to ductwork to secure seams, ,
spaced not over 12 in. o.c. and not less than two per
side of 12 in. or more, except where specified
otherwise. Button punching shall not be used, except
for pre-erection attachment of fittings .
10. Provide hinged galvanized steel access and inspection
doors opposite each manual damper, at each fire
damper, and at every duct mounted control device.
Doors shall be equal to Buensod-Stacey Type S-2 of
rigid construction with cast type rotary latches .
Where space limitations do not allow full swing of the A.
access door, two rotary type latches shall be used.
Doors located in insulated ducts shall be furnished
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
14
necessary cutting and patching of existing concrete
floor slabs.
F. Alternate Bid Item No. 6:
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 6 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
materials, and other costs in connection with
replacing all existing sprinkler heads on the first
+W through fourth floors and all attic spaces in the
Cushing, Emerson, and Jordan Houses .
,® PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
*" A. Sheet Metal :
1 . All duct runs shall be checked for clearances before
installation of any ductwork. Above hung ceilings,
duct locations, and elevations must be coordinated
with work of other trades to avoid conflicts with
structure, piping, conduit, and light fixtures . All
ducts downstream of air control valve shall be low
pressure square ducts .
2 . All make-up air and exhaust sheet metal ducts shall be
constructed of galvanized iron sheet of bend forming
quality.
3 . Duct construction shall be in accordance with best
practices and latest ASHRAE or SMACNA requirements for
metal gauges, joints, reinforcing, and supports . All
exposed ductwork shall be constructed and hung to
provide a neat, smooth, finished appearance. Cadmium
plated sheet metal screws shall be used on all exposed
ductwork. Ducts shall be free from thumping or
rattling when fans are turned on or off.
4 . Round and oval ductwork shall be spiral formed
*■ galvanized steel of standard gauge as manufactured by
United Sheet Metal, Spiramatic, Semco, or Formost.
S. Duct sizes shall be strictly followed and no changes
in shape or dimensions shall be made by the HVAC
Subcontractor without first obtaining approval from
the Architect-Engineer, except that ducts shall be
offset as required to clear structural members and to
coordinate with other trades . Any duct changes made
must meet the latest ASHRAE and SMACNA standards .
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
13
.R
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
materials, and other costs in connection with removal
of al]. remaining glass transom panels on the second, .�
third, and fourth floors of Cushing, Emerson, and
Jordan House and installation of new 34 in. veneer
plywood panels .
B. Alternate Bid Item No. 2 :
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 2 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
materials, and other costs in connection with new
flooring, ceilings, and wall finishes (as indicated on
the Finish Schedule Drawings) at the first floors of
Emerson and Jordan House. Included in this price is
all related demolition.
C. Alternate Bid Item No. 3 :
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 3 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
materials, and other costs in connection with new
handicapped ramp at the northwest porch of Emerson
House, new handicapped entrance door and hardware, new
handicapped toilet :room, including walls, door,
hardware, finishes, plumbing fixtures, accessories,
supply and waste piping, all related HVAC, all related .
electrical and lighting, all related fire protection,
and all patching to match of existing finishes
disturbed as a result of this Alternate.
D. Alternate Bid Item No. 4 :
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 4 shall be the addition in •�
price above the Base Bid for all costs in connection
with the installation of telephone, computer, CATV,
and power outlets in all dormitory student rooms as
shown on the Construction Drawings . Work of this
Alternate shall include all cables, conduit, wiring
devices, and all associated cutting and patching.
E. Alternate Bid Item No.
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 5 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor and
materials required to replace all existing underslab
sanitary piping as shown on the Contract Drawings .
This Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the
exact location of all buried lines and providing all
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
].5500
12
ow
6. HVAC, Plumbing, and Fire Protection pipe routing,
w. including center line of pipe elevations .
7 . Valves, including valve tag numbers .
8 . Access panels .
9. Electrical .
10. Temperature control wiring and equipment locations.
Each trade shall show his work on the background
Drawings with appropriate elevations and grid
dimensions . Drawing shall indicate horizontal and
vertical dimensions to avoid interference with
structural framing, ceilings, partitions, and other
services .
D. Fabrication shall not begin until the final mylar
transparencies of all coordination Drawings have been
reviewed by the Architect-Engineer. Review of
coordination Drawings shall not diminish the
responsibility under this Contract for final coordination
of installation and maintenance clearances of all systems
and equipment with the Architectural, Structural,
Mechanical, Electrical, and other work.
w•
E. Drawings shall indicate adequate clearance for operation,
maintenance, and replacement of operating equipment
• devices . If equipment is disapproved, Drawings shall be
revised to show acceptable equipment and be resubmitted.
in F. The approval of equipment does not relieve the Contractor
from the responsibility of shop drawing errors in details,
sizes, quantities, wiring diagram arrangement, and
dimensions which deviate from the Specifications, Contract
Drawings, and/or job conditions as they exist . Unless the
Contractor specifically requests, in writing, changes,
substitutions, or deletions of specific Contract Document
requirements with respect to any submissions, approval of
the shop drawing by the Architect-Engineer does not
constitute acceptance. Approval of shop drawings
containing errors does not relieve the Contractor from
making corrections at his expense.
1 . 13 ALTERNATES
A. Alternate Bid Item No. 1 :
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 1 shall be the addition in
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
11
B. If any part of a system should be stopped or damaged by
any foreign matter after being placed in operation, the
system shall be disconnected, cleaned, and reconnected at
no additional cost to the Owner.
C. During the course of construction, all ducts and pipes
shall be capped to insure adequate protection against the
entrance of foreign matter.
D. Keep the jobsite free from the accumulation of waste
material and rubbish. Upon completion of all work under
the Contract, the Contractor shall remove, from the
premises, all rubbish, debris, and excess materials left
over from his work. Any oil or grease stains on floor
areas caused by the Contractor shall be removed and floor
areas left clean.
1 . 12 COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A. Prepare a complete set of mylar background Drawings at
minimum 1/4 in. equals 1 ft. 0 in. showing architectural
and structural features and other information as needed
for coordination layout. Background Drawings shall be
prepared under this Section.
B. Circulate mylars among trades as necessary to show all
information outlined below. Each trade shall sign and
date each coordination :Drawing. Coordinate all conflicts
between trades . These :Drawings must be sent to the
College' s Temperature Control and Balancing Contractor.
C. The information to be contained on the Drawings shall
include, but not be limited to, the following:
1 . Insert and sleeve locations if required by the
Architect-Engineer.
2 . Structural, partition/room layout, ceiling grid, and
other information needed for coordination, including
bottom of steel elevations.
3 . All fire walls and :smoke partitions .
4 . Equipment layouts and egress routes for equipment
removal .
5. Sheet metal work layout, including bottom of duct
elevations .
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
].5500
10
ww
9. Copies of all service Contracts .
10 . Performance curves for pumps, fans, etc.
11 . List of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all
Subcontractors, as well as the local representative
for each item of equipment.
D. See the "Automatic Temperature Control" paragraphs of this
Section for additional requirements.
4W 1 . 10 PROTECTION
A. Work under each Section shall include protecting the work
.» and material of all other Sections from damage by work or
workmen and shall include, making good, all damage thus
caused.
we B. The Contractor shall be responsible for work and equipment
until finally inspected, tested, and accepted; protect
work against theft, injury, or damage; and carefully store
on material and equipment received on site which is not
immediately installed. Close open ends of work with
temporary covers or plugs during construction to prevent
.o entry of obstructing or foreign material .
C. Work under each Section includes receiving, unloading,
uncrating, storing, protecting, setting in place, and
ow connecting-up completely any equipment supplied under each
Section. Work under each Section shall also include
exercising special care in handling and protecting
equipment and fixtures and shall include the cost of
replacing any of the equipment and fixtures which are
missing or damaged by reason of mishandling or failure to
protect on the part of the Mechanical Contractor.
D. Equipment and material stored on the jobsite shall be
protected from the weather, vehicles, dirt, and/or damage
by workmen or machinery and shall be coordinated with the
College' s Physical Plant. Insure that all electrical or
absorbent equipment or material is protected from moisture
during storage.
1 . 11 CLEANING
+s. A. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean and flush all
piping, ducts, and equipment of all foreign substances
inside and out before being placed in operation.
Thoroughly flush all piping of any oils, burrs, solder,
and flux. Replace strainers and filters at completion of
cleaning.
„ 2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
9
..
An
1 . 08 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Refer to SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT for Record no
Drawings .
B. Record Drawings shall reflect all changes from the WP
Contract Drawings whether by Change Order or by field
conditions . Principal dimensions of concealed work, fire
dampers, volume dampers, control dampers, control valves on
and, for piping installation, valve numbers shall be added
as soon as established.
1 . 09 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS on
A. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed,
fully instruct the proper Owner' s representative in all
details of operation for equipment installed. Supply
qualified personnel to operate equipment for sufficient
length of time to assure that Owner' s representative is
properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance ■*
procedures. This Contractor shall provide a video tape of
the operation and maintenance instructions for the Owner' s
future use.
B. Furnish the Architect-Engineer, for his approval, with
three (3) copies of an Operation and Maintenance Manual.
Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the
words OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL, the name and
location of the equipment or the building, the name of the
Contractor, and the Contract number. The manual shall w.
have a table of contents with tab sheets placed before
each section. The instructions shall be legible and
easily read, with large sheets of Drawings folded in. The
manuals shall be bound in hard binders or an approved
equivalent.
C. The manual shall include the following information: ,
1 . Description of systems .
2 . Description of start up, operation, and shutdown
procedures for each item of equipment. a"
3. Winter/summer changeover procedures .
4 . Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine maintenance
for each item of equipment. •
5. Lubrication chart.
6. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain
detailed operation and control of each item of
equipment.
7 . Valve chart .
B . List of recommended spare parts .
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
8
on
an
subsequent provisions . All workmen employed on the
,w project shall be instructed in the requirements and shall
observe same at all times .
B. All work installed under these Drawings and Specifications
must be installed in strict accordance with the
requirements of all local, state, and other departments
having jurisdiction, the utility companies, and with the
requirements of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. ,
National Bureau of Fire Underwriters, Massachusetts State
Building Code, Massachusetts Fuel Gas Code, Fire
we Protection Regulations, NFPA, IRI Insurance, and/or
similar codes applied thereto. Where provisions of the
Contract Documents conflict with any codes, or rules and
regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract
®w requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules and
regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern.
1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: The HVAC Subcontractor shall provide for the
delivery of all his materials and fixtures to the building
site when required so as to carry on his work efficiently
and to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades .
Delivery and storage of materials and equipment must be
coordinated with the Smith College Physical Plant and is
limited to areas designated by the College.
B. Storage and Handling: The HVAC Subcontractor shall, at
all times, fully protect his work and materials from
injury or loss by others . Any injury or loss which may
occur shall be made good without expense to the Owner.
The HVAC Subcontractor shall be responsible for the proper
protection of all his materials until the building is
accepted by the Owner.
1 . 07 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY
A. The HVAC Subcontractor shall and hereby does warrant that
aw all work executed and all equipment furnished under this
Section shall be free from defects of workmanship and
materials for a period of one year from date of final
w« acceptance of this work. The HVAC Subcontractor further
agrees that he will, at his own expense, repair and
replace all such defective work and all other work damaged
thereby which becomes defective during the term of the
Guarantee/Warranty.
�w
"" 2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
7
3 . The HVAC Subcontractor shall, at all times, have a
foreman or superintendent on the project authorized to
make decisions and receive instructions as if the HVAC
Subcontractor himself were present. The foreman or
superintendent shall not be removed or replaced
without the express approval of the Architect-Engineer
after construction work begins . The HVAC
Subcontractor shall employ only competent and
experienced workmen at a regular schedule in harmony
with the other tradesmen on the job. The HVAC
Subcontractor shall also exercise care and supervision
of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious
layout of his work. •
B. Products :
1 . All materials used in this Heating, Ventilating, and
Air Conditioning Section shall be U.S . made, new, full
weight and first class in every respect, without
defects, and designed to function properly in that
portion of the work for which they are intended and
with the same brand of manufacturers for each class of
material or equipment.
2 . Equality of material or equipment other than those
named or described in this Section will be determined
in accordance with the revisions of the Contract and
as specified further herein. No equals will be
allowed on Tour and Anderson Control and Balancing
Valves, Watts Ball Valves, and Gould Pumps .
3 . All work installed under these Drawings and
Specifications must be installed in strict accordance
with the requirements of all local, state, and other
departments having jurisdiction, the utility
companies, and with the requirements of the
Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. , National Bureau of �**
Fire Underwriters, Massachusetts State Building Code,
Massachusetts Fuel Gas Code, and/or similar codes
applied hereto.
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The work shall be performed in such a manner as to conform
to the codes and regulations governing such work, as may
be required by Local and State ordinances . This
Contractor and his Subcontractors shall inform themselves
of all State and Federal work safety rules and
regulations, including the latest provisions of the
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1971 and all
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
6
w®
A®
coefficients.
See PART 2, "AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS, " for
additional information regarding ATC shop drawings .
D. Product Data: Submit two (2) copies of the manufacturer' s
specifications and installation instructions for each
material and include other data as may be required to show
compliance with these specifications.
E. Test Reports: Submit certified test laboratory reports as
necessary to show compliance with requirements .
F. Colors: Colors of all materials shall be as selected by
the Architect-Engineer from the standard color ranges of
each manufacturer, from samples submitted as per above.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Execution:
1 . The HVAC Contractor shall refer to the Drawings
enumerated at the end of this Section and consult the
College' s Temperature Control and Balancing
Contractors for a full comprehension of the work to be
done and for conditions affecting the location and
placement of his equipment and materials . These
Drawings are intended to be supplementary to the
Specifications and any work indicated, mentioned, or
implied in either is to be considered as specified by
both. Should the character of the work herein
contemplated or any matter pertaining thereto be not
sufficiently explained in the Specifications or
Drawings, the HVAC Subcontractor may apply to the
Architect-Engineer for further information and shall
conform to such when given, as it may be consistent
,. with the original intent. The Architect-Engineer
reserves the right to make any reasonable changes in
location prior to installation at no expense to the
Owner. All lines are diagrammatic and exact locations
are subject to the approval of the Architect-Engineer.
2 . Before submitting his bid, the HVAC Subcontractor
shall visit the site with the Drawings and
Specifications and shall become thoroughly familiar
with all conditions affecting his work since the HVAC
Subcontractor will be held responsible for any
assumption he may make in regard thereto.
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
5
milli
.®
OR
B. Shop Drawings: Within 30 days of award of the Contract,
the HVAC Subcontractor shall submit, for approval, six (6)
copies of a complete list of manufacturer' s shop drawings, am
detail prints, and data sheets for the following items :
Air handling units Fire dampers (standard no
Steam specialties and electric)
Condensate pumps Insulation (sheet metal
Valves and piping)
Sheet metal components Temperature controls W^
Sheet metal fabrication Expansion compensators,
drawings guides, and anchors
Exhaust fans Control dampers
Grilles, registers, and Control valves
diffusers Finned tube radiation
Do not release for shipment, deliver, or install any
equipment or material without the prior approval of the
Architect-Engineer.
C. All control shop drawings shall be submitted through this
Contractor so work can be properly coordinated for each
Automatic Temperature Control System and shall include the
following information:
1 . Schematic flow design of system showing fans, pumps,
coils, dampers, valves, and control devices .
2 . Bill of materials .
3 . Label each control device with setting or adjustable �.
range of control .
4 . Label each control panel required with internal and '
external piping and wiring clearly indicated. Provide
detail of panel face, including controls, instruments,
and labeling.
S. Ladder type with diagrams .
6. Point list.
7 . Verbal description of sequence of operation using
Control Manufacturer' s wording. ,
8 . Installation instructions .
9. Manufacturer' s data for all proposed control devices .
10 . Control valve and damper schedule, including valve
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500 o`
4
No
�e
installation of pipe supports and fastenings .
2 . SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
a. All concrete work.
3 . SECTION 07200 - ROOFING AND FLASHING.
a. Vent flashing at the roof.
4 . SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND WALL COVERING.
a. All painting.
S. SECTION 16100 - ELECTRICAL WORK.
w a. Electrical connections and disconnect switches.
E. Extent: The work required under this Section, without
limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing
of all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary
for, and reasonably incidental to, the complete
installation of all piping, valves, exhaust fans, sheet
metal ductwork, grilles, registers and diffusers, finned
tube radiation, air handlers, steam control stations,
condensate pumps, insulation of ductwork and piping, all
fresh air and exhaust air, automatic temperature control
system, and all other materials, equipment, and labor
necessary, whether or not such items are specifically
indicated on the Drawings or in the Specifications, to
complete the heating and ventilating systems in all
respects ready for continuous and trouble-free operation.
F. Intent: It is the intent of the Contract Documents to
include all work and materials necessary for erecting
complete, ready for continuous use, all heating,
ventilating, and air conditioning systems as shown on the
accompanying Drawings or as hereinafter described. These
Drawings shall be taken in a sense as diagrammatic; sizes
of pipes, ducts, etc. , and methods of running them are
shown, but it is not intended to show every offset and
fitting, nor every structural difficulty that will be
encountered during the installation of the work.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
"M 2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
3
40
4M
W"
approved system.
3 . Air handling systems installed with all incidentals
necessary for a complete operational system. The
system shall include all air moving equipment (air
handling unit, exhaust fans, etc. ) , sheet metal •+
ductwork, all insulation, all grilles, registers,
diffusers, fire dampers, volume dampers, air intakes
and air exhaust, all duct connections to equipment .�
(including Owner furnished equipment) , all cleaning,
testing, balancing, and adjustment of air systems,
including the existing bathroom exhaust systems, and
such other standard accessories and services necessary
for a complete, approved system.
4 . Automatic temperature control systems and all final .A
testing and balancing of systems shall be performed by
Yankee Technology, Inc. , Wing Testing and Balancing,
Inc. , or Andover Control Systems, Inc. , respectfully.
This Contractor will be responsible for coordinating
and processing all shop drawings for associated sub-
trade related work with all phases of construction to
ensure a complete, functional system in all respects. .,
The College will be billed directly for this work.
5. The disconnecting, removal, and/or relocation of all
heating and ventilating systems made obsolete by, or
interfering with, the new construction. All existing
equipment to be removed (i .e. traps, control valves,
condensate pumps, heat timer panels, etc. ) shall be ..
the property of the College and shall be delivered to
such places designated by the College.
B. Items to be Furnished Only: Furnish the following items
to be installed by the designated Section:
1 . SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM DRYWALL.
a. Access Panels.
C. Reference To Drawings: Work to be performed is shown on
Drawings listed at the end of this Section.
D. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections :
1 . SECTION CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS . ..
a. Cutting, patching, and drilling, except
2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
2
s.
SECTION 15500
n HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
B. Definitions :
1 . The Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning
Subcontractor shall be hereinafter referred to in this
Section of the Specifications as the HVAC
Subcontractor.
2 . The Automatic Temperature Control Subcontractor shall
be hereinafter referred to in this Section of the
ww Specifications as the ATC Subcontractor.
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Renovations and additions to the existing dormitory
heating and ventilating systems, within the building,
installed with all incidentals necessary for a
complete operational system. The system shall include
all steam and condensate return piping, finned tube
radiation, new control systems, valves, strainers, new
air handling unit, condensate pumps and controls,
structural supports (hangers, carriers, etc. ) , and
such other standard accessories as are necessary for a
complete, approved system.
2 . New dormitory steam heating and ventilating system
installed with all incidentals necessary for a
complete operational system. The system shall include
all steam and condensate return piping, pipe and duct
installation, valves, strainers, pumps, specialties,
package air handling units, steam control stations,
structural supports (hangers, carriers, etc. ) , final
testing of piping system, and such other standard
accessories and services necessary for a complete,
++ 2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
1
i
i
i
SECTION 15500
HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 .01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 3
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 5
1 . 05 Reference Standards 6
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 7
1 . 07 Guarantee/Warranty 7
1 . 08 Record Drawings 8
1 . 09 Operation and Maintenance Manuals 8
1 . 10 Protection 9
1 . 11 Cleaning 9
1 . 12 Coordination Drawings 10
1 .13 Alternates 11
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Materials 13
2 . 01
2 . 02 Equipment 35
2 . 03 Steam Specialties 37
2 . 04 Condensate Pump 37
2 . 05 Unit Heaters 38
2 . 06 Finned Radiation 38
2 . 07 Fans 39
2 . 08 Automatic Temperature Control 41
2 . 09 Access Panels 75
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Installation/Application/Erection 75
3 . 02 Adjusting and Cleaning 80
VENTILATING,2190 (SC-CEJ) HEATING, VENT , AND AIR CONDITIONING
15500
r 0
on
VW
shall be such as to provide a dosage of not less than 50
ow parts per million. The chlorinating material shall be
introduced to the water lines and distributing systems in
a manner approved by the Water Department. If possible to
do so, the lines shall be thoroughly flushed before
introduction of the chlorinating material . After a
contact period of not less than eight (8) hours, the
system shall be flushed with clean water until the
,o residual chlorine content is not greater than 1 . 0 part per
million. All valves in the liens being sterilized shall
be opened and closed several times during the contact
period.
ON
3 . 09 GUARANTEE
A. The Contractor shall guarantee his work for a minimum of
one year from the date of Substantial Completion, unless
otherwise specified.
w.
END OF SECTION
w
w
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
25
tested in sections, each opening, except the highest
opening of the section under test, shall be tightly
plugged and each section shall be filled with water ••
and tested with at least a 10 ft. head of water. In
testing successive sections, at least the upper 10 ft.
of the next preceding section shall be tested so that
each joint of pipe in the building, except the
uppermost 10 ft. of the system, has been submitted to
a test of at least 10 ft. head of water. The water
shall be kept in the system, or in the portion under
test, for at least fifteen (15) minutes before the
inspection starts. The system shall be tight at all
joints .
2 . Air Test : If tests are made with air, a pressure of
not less than 5 lbs . per sq. in. shall be applied with
a force pump and maintained at least fifteen (15)
minutes without leakage. A mercury column gauge shall
be used in making the air test .
C. Water System: When the roughing-in is complete, and
before fixtures are set, the entire hot and cold water
piping system shall be tested at a hydrostatic pressure of
not less than 125 PSI gauge and proved tight at this
pressure for not less than four hours in order to permit
inspection of all joints . Where a portion of the water
piping system is to be concealed before completion, this
portion shall be tested separately as specified for the
entire system.
D. Gas piping shall be tested at 100 PSIG for a period of
four hours.
E. Defective Work: If inspection or tests indicate defects, •�
such defective work or material shall be replaced or
repaired as necessary and inspection and tests repeated.
Repairs to piping shall be made with new materials . No
caulking of screwed joints or holes will be acceptable.
F. Gas Service:
1 . The Plumbing Subcontractor shall arrange, with the Bay
State Gas Company, for new service entrance for the
project and pay all fees and charges .
3 . 08 STERILIZATION
A. Each unit of domestic water service line and distribution
system shall be sterilized with chlorine before acceptance
of domestic operation. The amount of chlorine applied
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
24
B. The installation of all backing for plumbing fixtures and
their accessories not affecting the structure shall be the
work of the Plumbing Subcontractor. Cutting and chasing
which does not effect the structure shall also be the work
of the Plumbing Subcontractor. All cutting and chasing,
and installation of all backing for fixtures and
accessories, which affects the structure, shall be the
work of the Carpenters and/or General Contractor.
3. 05 ADJUSTMENT
A. Adjust all fixture supply fittings and valves for
operation and water temperature controllers for proper
outlet temperatures.
3 . 06 IDENTIFICATION
A. Valve Tags and Charts :
1 . Furnish and install brass tags with S-hooks stamped
with letters and numbers attached to the stem of each
valve throughout all the systems .
2 . Furnish complete chart listing the valve number, fluid
controlled, and reference location for all valves
corresponding to the tag numbers . The chart shall be
framed under glass and hung in the Mechanical
Equipment Room where directed. Furnish two (2) extra
copies of the chart to the Architect-Engineer.
3. 07 TESTS
A. Tests For Plumbing Systems : Soil, waste, vent, gas, and
water piping shall be tested by the Plumbing Subcontractor
and witnessed and approved by Smith College before
acceptance. Underground soil and waste piping shall be
» tested prior to backfilling. Equipment required for tests
shall be furnished by the Plumbing Subcontractor at no
additional cost to the Owner. All tests shall be
witnessed and approved by the Plumbing Inspector.
B. Drainage and venting system piping shall be tested with
water or air before the fixtures are installed.
1 . Water Test: Water test shall be applied to the
drainage and venting system in their entirety or in
sections . If the entire system is tested, all
openings in the pipe shall be tightly closed, except
the highest opening, and the system shall be filled
with water to the point of overflow. If the system is
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
23
D. All exposed piping to all fixtures, sinks, and items of
equipment shall be chrome plated. All connections to
branches and fixtures shall be taken from top of mains.
3. 02 VALVES
A. Drains shall be installed at all low points of the water
distribution systems . Stop valves shall be installed at
each fixture and hydrant. Valves shall not be installed
with the stem inclined at more than 90 degrees from the
upright position. The stuffing boxes of all valves shall
be packed with new wicking and drips eliminated.
3 . 03 INSULATION
A. Insulation shall be applied over clean dry pipe with all
joints butted firmly together and sealed with butt strips.
Insulation shall run through all hangers and sleeves and
have an 18 gauge sheet metal saddle equal to three times
the pipe diameter in length, on all pipes over 2 in. in
diameter. All piping shall be supported through
installation by fitting a 1 in. wide by 6 in. long wood
block to the thickness of the insulation, inside the vapor
barrier jacket.
B. All fittings, valves, and exposed supply and waste piping
to the handicapped lavatories, etc. shall be insulated
with the proper factory pre-cut insulation. The ends of
the insulation shall be tucked snugly into the throat of
the fitting and the edge adjacent to the pipe covering
tufted and tucked in fully insulating the pipe fitting.
The one-piece PVC fitting cover shall then be secured by
taping the ends to the adjacent covering.
C. In addition to the regular insulation specified above, all
exposed piping shall have PVC jacket cover applied over
using a vapor barrier mastic-adhesive from finish floor to
10 ft. 0 in. above. All joints shall be sealed with tape.
3. 04 FIXTURES
A. Fixtures shall be the best product of the manufacturer and
shall be without defects in construction or appearance,
shall be set true and level, firmly supported in place
without rocking or strain. Fixtures shall be adjusted for
proper operation and shall be tested in the presence of
the Architect-Engineer. All fixtures shall be thoroughly
cleaned and all labels, stickers, and dirt marks shall be
removed.
.W
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
22
on
2 . 19 DEMOLITION
A. Removal of all obsolete fixtures, drains, piping, etc. ,
not to be re-used, shall be removed by this Contractor and
shall become the property of the Owner. Plumbing
Contractor shall be responsible to deliver all obsolete
equipment to such places designated by the Owner.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 01 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION/PIPING
A. The arrangement of all piping indicated on the Drawings is
generally diagrammatic. Conditions at the building shall
determine the actual arrangement of runs, bends, offsets,
etc. ; conditions at the building shall be the determining
factor for all measurements . The layout of all work shall
be subject to the approval of the Architect-Engineer, but
the Plumbing Subcontractor shall be responsible for the
�.. necessary coordination of the work under this Contract.
Wherever possible, as determined by the
Architect-Engineer, piping shall be installed concealed.
V" B. Pipes passing through floors, concrete, or masonry walls
shall be centered in sleeves of pipe set in the concrete
before pouring or grouted in masonry walls . Sleeves in
• the floor slab shall extend 2 in. above the finished
floor. Sleeves shall be of the first possible pipe size
larger than the pipe or insulated pipe overall diameter to
yield a clearance of not less than 1/2 in. between the
sleeve and the pipe of insulation.
C. Cast-iron soil, vent, drainage, and waste lines shall be
carefully graded, fitted, and joined together with either
cast-iron clamps, as manufactured by "Clamp-All, " in
exposed areas, or caulked together with oakum and lead.
Joints shall be made gas and water tight. Horizontal
drainage piping shall be installed in practical alignment
within the building at a uniform grade of not less than
1/8 in. fall per foot and not more than 3/4 in. fall per
foot. Pipe to be installed without undue strain or
stresses and provisions made for expansion, contraction,
and structural settlement. Every fixture, floor drain,
and item of equipment shall be individually trapped and
vented. Any soil and waste lines shall be provided with
cleanouts at every change in direction and at the foot of
vertical stacks. Changes in direction shall be made with
Y' s or 45-degree elbows . All offsets in vertical lines
shall be made at a minimum angle of 45 degrees .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
21
(RE) for each grease trap, or provide 12 in. extension for
each trap to allow for recessing traps into the floor.
2 . 16 LAUNDRY UNIT
W-602-X Symmons Laundry-Mate with wall recessed
box and cover, mixing valve, with stops,
1/2 in. supply and 2 in.d rain.
2 . 17 FLOOR DRAIN
ZN-415 Zurn, dura-coated cast-iron, body bottom
outlet with 6 in. diameter polished bronze
Type "H" strainer.
2 . 18 WATER HEATER SYSTEM
A. Furnish and install gas-fired water heater with storage
tank, based on A.O. Smith, consisting of two (2) Dura-Max
Models DW-1350 water generators, each to deliver 1, 337 GPH
at 100 deg. F. temperature size, with a firing rate of
1, 350, 000 BTU/Hr. each.
B. Heaters shall consist of copper and bronze waterways,
double row integral finned copper heat exchanger,
stainless steel burner, built-in draft diverter, factory
supplied circulation pump to circulate water between
storage tank and heaters, pump to deliver 45 GPM min. at
20 ft. head, with 3/4 HP, 208 volt motor, Grundfus pump.
The heater shall have "Mass Code" gas main, flow switch, ..
relief valve, high limit, modulating firing burner, panel
mounted inlet and outlet dial thermometers, pressure
gauge.
C. Furnish and install thermal expansion absorber, as
manufactured by Amtrol Model AST-180, with 36 gallon
acceptance volume, 77 gallon tank volume, ASME tank pre-
charge tank with butyl-diaphragm liner, FOA approved.
D. Indirect Steam-Fired Storage Water Heaters : Furnish and
install eight (8) Viessmann Horicell-HG 450-120 gallon
indirect fired storage water heaters . All eight (8) units
shall be arranged in a 2x2 stacked configuration.
E. Plumbing Subcontractor shall be responsible to provide an
angle iron support frame to support all (eight (8) )
heaters (4 in. by 4 in. by 3/8 in. angle iron) min. of 36
in. high. Actual height to be coordinated with Heating
Contractor to allow proper installation of steam traps .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
20
yew
thermometer, adjustable stops, wall
hand shower with 30 in. slide bar and
5 ft. of flexible hose.
N. Lavatory (Handicapped) (P-12) :
9141 . 011 American Standard wheel chair lavatory
vitreous china with Zurn concealed arm
chair carrier.
S-60-H Symmons "Scot" metering faucet, 4 in.
center, slow closing with blade type
handle.
327A Chicago open grid strainer.
Provide chrome plated offset "p" trap with cleanout and
tail piece offset supplies with loose key stops, and
insulate all drains and stops with "True Bro, Inc. , " Model
102W and 105W molded vinyl insulation kit.
O. Water Closet (Handicapped) (P-13) :
Cadet - 17 in. high EL, floor mounted, 17 in. high
vitreous china elongated bowl, 1 . 6 gallon flush.
Mount flush valve to avoid grab bar, royal flush valve,
model III .
. , P. Lavatory (P-14) :
Lavatories are existing to remain in Jordan House.
e�
Furnish and install new 4 in. center faucets .
802A-369 Chicago Faucet, 4 in. center with A-12
aerator.
2 . 14 HOSE BIBB
A. "Woodford" Model 24P sill cock, chrome plated with vacuum
breaker and tee key operator.
2 . 15 GREASE TRAP
A. Furnish and install two (2) grease traps as manufactured
by Zurn Model Z-1172, size 900, acid resistant coated
interior and exterior, rated for 75 GPM and 150 lbs .
grease, with integral air relief, bronze cleanout plug,
sediment tray, flow diffuser, flow control fitting Model
Z-1108 or Z-1108L. Furnish and install recessing receive
w.�
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
19
No
am
J. Private Shower (P-8) :
G3687TP Aquarius, two-piece gelcoat fiberglass MW
shower stall, 36 in. by 36 in. with
brass drain and chrome plated
strainer.
MW
1-100-X Symmons Safetymix pressure balanced
concealed shower valve, consisting of:
4-500 valve, 4-131 super shower head
with spray control and Nu-Arm head
bracket and integral stops .
K. Tub Unit (P-9) :
2394 .202 or Americast Princeton recess bath,
2395.202 white, non-slip. "
1-317VT-FS-V-XB30 Symmons pressure balanced mixing valve
with integral thermometer, angle stops
diverter valve, shower head with arm,
tub spout, 30 in. slide bar, hand
spray and 5 foot hose, and in-line
vacuum breaker.
41-812 Gerber waste and overlfow.
Install mixing valve, diverter, slide bar with hand srpay
on long wall near seat. Install shower head and tub spout
over tub drain.
L. Lavatory (P-10) :
Lavatory: Laminated lavatories are to be furnished and ,.
installed by the General Contractor. Furnish and install
the supply and waste pipings .
S-60-H Symmons "Scot" 4 in. center.
327A Chicago waste fitting.
M. Shower (Handicapped) (P-11) :
56436BF Aquarius barrier free acrylic one-
piece shower stall, 64 in. by 36 in.
complete with grab bars open grip
chrome drain and chrome curtain rod.
1-117VT-FS-XB30 Symmons Industries pressure balanced
shower valve with integral
aw
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400 "•
18
4W
F. Tub/Shower (P-4) :
2394 .202 or Americast Princeton Recess Bath,
2395.202 white non-slip.
„ 5-96-2 Symmons Temptrol tub shower unit.
spout and shower head, angle stop
valves .
41-812 Gerber waste and overflow fitting.
G. Janitor Floor Sink (P-5) :
EFS-2424 Fiat floor mounted unit complete with
2 in. diameter waste.
1453-BB Strainer
889-CC Wall plate
832-AA Hose and wall holder
897 Chicago Faucet Co. supply unit
Provide trap.
H. Wash Tub (P-6) :
L-2 Fiat single tub with base unit.
895-317 Chicago Faucet Co. 8 in. center, E-12
aerator.
�r
327A Strainer and tail piece.
I . Sink (P-7) :
SL-1921-B-GR Just, Stylist 19 in. by 21 in. O.D. ,
20 gauge stainless steel, 14 in. by 18
.K in. by 7 in. deep bowl, sound deadened
bottom, 3 hole punched ledge, grip-
rim, J-35 strainer.
JTR-55 Just, 8 in. center deck faucet with
gooseneck swing spout and tear drop
handles, aerator. Provide angle stops
and sink tailpiece for dishwasher
discharge hose connector.
Water filters : Furnish and install, at each Kitchenette
sink, an Aqua-Pure AP-DWS1000 dual stage carbon filtration
system. System shall be complete with chrome faucet with
lever handle and automatic shut-off meter.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
17
so
up
B. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall furnish all supports,
brackets, bolts, etc. for proper installation of all
fixtures requiring support. They shall be in accordance w`
with the manufacturer' s recommendations, and, if
necessary, shall be built into place as the building
progresses. This Contractor shall be held responsible for ..
the stability and proper support of all Plumbing fixtures .
C. Water Closet (P-1) :
2234 . 015 Madera, elongated vitreous china,
siphon jet action with 1-1/2 in. top
spud, 1 . 6 gallon flush.
110-3 Royal Water Saver Sloan flush valve
with vacuum breaker and angle stop, .e
1 . 6 gallons per flush.
5321 . 112 Church, elongated solid plastic seat,
open front less cover with check hinge
(white) .
D. Lavatory: Battery (P-2) : Laminated lavatories are to be
furnished and installed by the General Contractor.
Furnish and install the supply and waste pipings .
404 A-317 Chicago Faucet Co. , 8 in. center.
327A Chicago waste fitting.
Provide traps, chrome plated with cleanout plug.
E. Shower and Drying Stall (P-3) :
Aquarius double compartment shower receptor with two (2)
drains shall be furnished by the Owner, set in place and
flashed in by the General Contractor. This Contractor
shall be responsible to install shower drains and perform
all piping. Plumbing Contractor shall furnish and install
36 in. wide shower doors, Ace Model 740-D-35 with opal
laminated glass, and shower drains equal to Zurn 415.
Note: This Contractor shall protect shower basins
throughout the course of construction and shall be
responsible for all, or any, damage to showers . .�
1-100-X Symmons Safetymix pressure balanced
concealed shower valve, consisting of:
4-500 valve, 4-131-M super shower head
with spray control and Nu-Arm head
bracket and integral stops .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
16
min. ) ; in walls, shall be Karp Type DSC-214M "Universal"
(12 in. by 12 in. ) . For drywall ceilings, shall be Karp
Sesame Slim Trim Access Hatches, Type KSTDW/CAD (12 in. by
12 in. min. ) .
B. Access panels shall be Karp Associates, Inc. , Inryco,
Inc. , Milcor Division, Birmingham Ornamental, Iron, or
equal.
2 . 12 INSULATION
A. All new hot, cold, and hot water recirculation piping, all
existing copper hot, cold, and hot water recirculation
mains and branches in the basement of Cushing, Emerson,
and Jordan House shall be insulated with Manville FLAME-
SAFE fiberglass pipe insulation, Owens-Corning Fiberglass
"' 25, or approved equal . The insulation shall have an
average thermal conductivity not to exceed .25 BTU in. per
sq. ft. per F. per hr. at a mean temperature of 75 degrees
F. Thickness of the insulation shall be 1/2 in. for cold
water piping up to, and including, 2 in. and 1 in. for hot
and hot water recirculation piping. Jacket shall be
FLAME-SAFE AP. The insulation shall be applied over clean
dry pipe with all joints butted firmly together.
Longitudinal jacket laps and the butt strips shall be
smoothly secured with Benjamin Foster 85-20 adhesive.
B. Insulate all elbows, fittings, and valves with equal
thickness of insulation and cover with pre-molded, one-
, „ piece PVC fitting covers .
C. Where buried in walls, hot water recirculation, hot, and
cold water piping may be insulated with 1/2 in. foamed
plastic insulation equal to Manville "Aerotube" in lieu of
fiberglass .
2 . 13 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FIXTURE TRIMMINGS
A. General Requirements : Reference made herein to numbers of
plumbing fixtures to establish type and quality of
materials. Angle stops, straight stops, stops integral
with the faucets, or concealed type of lock shield, loose
key pattern stops for supplies shall be furnished and
installed with fixtures . Exposed traps and supply pipes
for all fixtures and equipment shall be chrome plated and
connected to the rough piping systems at the wall. Wall
escutcheons shall be chromium plated or nickel plated
brass with polished, bright surfaces .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
15
ow
C. No substitutions will be allowed.
2 . 08 WATER METER •�
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall reuse existing 3 in.
compound water meter. AM
2 . 09 BACKFLOW PREVENTER
A. Furnish and install the following backflow preventers as
manufactured by Watts Regulator Model 909-QT-S with AG-8
air gap fitting:
a.
1 . On cold water make-up to heating system, 909-AG-C air
gap with drain piping. Size as indicated on the
Drawings .
ow
B. All backflow preventers shall be approved by the
Massachusetts State Plumbing Examiners and shall be
installed in strict accordance with manufacturer' s „N
recommendations and instructions, Regulation 310 CMR
22 .22 .
C. Units shall be Watts Regulator Co. , or approved equal by 1
Smith College.
D. This Contractor shall be responsible to file all permits,
applications, and perform all testing of the backflow
preventers . All tests shall be certified by the
Northampton Water Department; also pay all fees and
related charges .
2 . 10 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS
X0
A. Where indicated on the Drawings, furnish and install Zurn
Industries, Inc. "Shoktrols, " with nesting-type,
air-precharged bellows constructed of 18-8 stainless
steel, sizes as shown on the Drawings, or as required. `'o
B. Units shall be Zurn Industries, Inc. , "PPP, " or Wade
Manufacturing Co. ' s "Shokstop, " or equal . go
2 . 11 CLEANOUTS AND ACCESS PANELS
A. Access panel doors for all concealed inaccessible valves,
balancing fittings, cleanouts, in masonry walls, plastered
or gypsum wallboard walls, or ceilings shall be furnished
by the Plumbing Subcontractor and installed by tradesmen
of wall or ceiling finish. Access panels in plastered
ceilings shall be Karp Type DSC-214 PL (12 in. by 12 in.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
14
w
2 . Thermometers to be adjusted to a position for maximum
readability from normal operator' s position.
3 . Thermometers shall be H.O. Trerice Co. , Weksler
Instruments Corp. , Weiss Instruments, or equal.
00
B. Dial Thermometers :
1 . Shall be of the Bi-Metal actuated design with
overtemperature and low temperature protection, with
aluminum, hermetically sealed case, non-removable
gasketed ring, 5 in. dished dial size, stainless steel
stem with stainless steel thread connection, accuracy
1 percent at mid range, 2 percent at side ends, fixed
1/2 in. NPT with 3/4 in. NPT brass well, dial shall
have adjustability to be rotated 360 degrees and the
stem turned 180 degrees for readability, range 0
degrees to 250 degrees F. and with 4 in. stem lengths .
2 . All thermometers shall be installed at an angle easily
readable from the floor. All thermometers shall have
brass separable sockets with casings.
C. Pressure gauges shall be U.S . Gauge Model P-500, Marsh or
Ashcroft with 4-1/2 in. dial with pet cock or equal .
t 2 . 06 HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP
A. All new Recirculation Pumps (P-1 through P-5) shall be
Grundfus circulator pumps, model numbers as indicated on
the Drawings .
B. This Contractor shall furnish and install pump aquastat
++ for pump. Wiring of pump and aquastat shall be by the
Electrical Contractor.
1ii7 C. Circulating pump shall be Grundfus all bronze circulators .
No substitutions will be allowed.
2 . 07 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE ASSEMBLY
A. Furnish and install one Leonard Valve Co. ' s Model TM-186-
8015-PRV - Thermostatic Water Mixing Valve, inlet
checkstops, outlet volume/shut-off valve, dial thermometer
(range: 0 to 140 degrees F. ) , rough bronze finish,
complete with unions and interconnected copper piping,
solid bi-metal corrosion-resistant thermostat element.
B. Unit shall be factory assembled and tested.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
13
2 . Furnish and install, where indicated on the Drawings,
Ametek/U.S . Gauge Co. ' s Figure P500, 2 in. diameter, 0
lb. to 100 lbs . XM
2 . 03 HANGERS
or
A. Hangers shall be as manufactured by Grinnell Company,
Carpenter & Paterson, or Fee & Mason.
B. All cast-iron and gas pipe shall be supported by heavy
steel pipe hangers, brackets, or clamps; one to each
length of pipe. Hangers and straps shall be securely
fastened with lag screws or with screws and expansion «•
shields to masonry construction as required.
C. Water piping, copper waste and vent shall be supported
with adjustable steel copper plated hangers of adequate
size to include insulation at 6 ft . intervals for copper
tubing 1-1/4 in. or less, 10 ft. intervals for piping 1-
1/2 in. or larger. Provision shall be made to allow for
expansion and contraction of all piping.
D. Support pipes sufficient, y clear of all parts of structure
to allow for full thickness of insulation.
E. Hangers shall be of adequate size to include insulation.
Furnish and install galvanized steel insulation protection
shields outside of insulation on pipe sizes 1/2 in. and
larger to prevent crushing or indenting of insulation of
hangers . Note: Hangers are not required to be copper ,
plated if installed over pipe insulation.
2 . 04 TRAPS
A. Exposed traps shall be chrome plated.
B. Furnish and install traps as required for all items of „
equipment furnished under these Specifications and/or by
the Owner.
2 . 05 THERMOMETERS AND GAUGES
A. Straight Thermometers:
1 . Where indicated on the Drawings, furnish and install 7
in. die-cast aluminum case, "Adjustable Angle" red
appearing mercury tubing thermometers, or Trerice Co. ,
Cat. A001 complete with separable stainless steel type
304 socket, 30 degree to 180 degree F. range, and
lagging extensions when installed in insulated pipe.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
12
Figure 1R1138, Stockman or equal.
2 . Valves 3 in. and smaller, where indicated on the
Drawings, shall be Class 125; body and bonnets shall
be of ASTM B 62 cast bronze composition, solid disc,
copper-silicone alloy stem, brass packing gland,
Teflon packing, and malleable handwheel, solder end,
Stockham Figure B-104, Hammond 1R1138, or equal .
3 . Valves shall be as manufactured by Stockham, Hammond,
American Valve, or equal .
E. Balancing Valves:
1 . Where indicated on the Drawings, furnish and install
balance circuit setter, with calibrated scale, with
bronze body and disc and connections for differential
pressure meter.
2 . Balancing valves shall be Bell & Gossett.
F. Check Valves :
1 . Check valves shall be furnished and installed where
indicated on the Drawings. Checks up to 2 in. shall
be Class 125; solder ends, body and caps shall be ASTM
B 62 cast bronze composition, swing type disc,
Stockham Figure B-309.
2 . Check valves, 2-1/2 in. and larger, shall be iron
body, bronze mounted with body and cap conforming to
ASTM A 126, Class B cast-iron, flanged, swing type
disc, Stockham Figure G-931 .
3 . Check valves shall be as manufactured by Stockham,
Jenkins, Lunkenheimer, or equal .
G. Vacuum relief valves shall be Watts Model 36A-3/4 in.
H. Globe valves shall be as manufactured by Hammond IB-418 or
IB-440 .
I . Pressure Reducing Valves :
1 . Pressure reducing valves (PRV) shall be as
manufactured by Watts Regulator Co. model as indicated
on the Drawings . No substitutions will be allowed.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
11
ow
ON
022 pipe and fittings, joined with cast-iron clamps as
manufactured by "Clamp-All . " All soil, waste, and vent
below slab shall be service weight, cast-iron pipe with off
all fittings carefully fitted and caulked together with
oakum and lead, sealed gas and watertight. In lieu of
lead and oakum joint piping, below slab may be service ow
weight with push on rubber rings .
B. In lieu of cast-iron piping, for pipe sizes 3 in. and
smaller, shall be Type "L" copper pipe with solder
fittings .
C. All waste and vent lines, 2 in. and smaller, shall be Type
"L" copper.
D. All hot and cold water piping, within the building, shall
be hard copper Type "L" seamless drawn tubing, assembled
with sweat fittings . All solders used shall be lead free,
cadmium free, "Silverbrite-100, " or equal, complying with
the latest issue of ANSI A-5. 8 publications . All exposed
runs to all toilet fixtures and sinks shall be chrome
plated.
E. All gas piping shall be Schedule 40 threaded black steel
pipe with fittings . All pipes, 2-1/2 in. and larger,
shall be Schedule 40 pipe with threaded or welded joints.
2 . 02 BALL VALVES
A. On water lines inside building, ball valves shall be as
manufactured by Watts Series B6000-XH with extended stems .
No substitutions will be allowed. Valves shall be
provided with chromium plated bronze ball, reinforced
teflon seats and seals, bronze body, 400 PSI WOG, positive or
100 percent shutoff.
B. Drain valves at all low points shall be 1/2 in. or 3/4 in. ow
solder by 3/4 in. hose end with attached cap and chain.
C. Provide gas cocks for sizes 1 in. and smaller, and provide
gas rated ball valves on gas piping 1-1/4 in. and larger "'
with tee handles .
D. Gate Valves :
aw
1 . Where indicated on the Drawings, all gate valves, 4
in. and larger, shall be Class 125 iron body bronze
mounted with body and bonnet conforming to 200 PSI am
W.O.G. non-shock cast-iron, flanged ends, with Teflon
packing, two-piece packing gland assembly, Hammond
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400 ""
10
C. Alternate Bid Item No. 3 :
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 3 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
materials, and other costs in connection with new
handicapped ramp at the northwest porch of Emerson
House, new handicapped entrance door and hardware, new
handicapped toilet room, including walls, door,
hardware, finishes, plumbing fixtures, accessories,
supply and waste piping, all related HVAC, all related
electrical and lighting, all related fire protection,
and all patching to match of existing finishes
.A disturbed as a result of this Alternate.
D. Alternate Bid Item No. 4 :
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 4 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for all costs in connection
with the installation of telephone, computer, CATV,
and power outlets in all dormitory student rooms as
shown on the Construction Drawings . Work of this
Alternate shall include all cables, conduit, wiring
devices, and all associated cutting and patching.
E. Alternate Bid Item No. 5:
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 5 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor and
materials required to replace all existing underslab
"M sanitary piping as shown on the Contract Drawings .
This Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the
exact location of all buried lines and providing all
necessary cutting and patching of existing concrete
floor slabs.
F. Alternate Bid Item No. 6:
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 6 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
materials, and other costs in connection with
'" replacing all existing sprinkler heads on the first
through fourth floors and all attic spaces in the
Cushing, Emerson, and Jordan Houses .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
w..
2 . 01 PIPING MATERIALS
A. All soil, waste, and vent piping, in accessible areas 2-
1/2 in. and larger, shall be cast-iron "no-hub, " ASA Group
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
9
.A
.w
divisions shall be the responsibility of the Plumbing
Subcontractor failing to coordinate, who shall make the am
corrections at his own expense.
B. All holes larger than 4 in. diameter shall be provided by
the General Contractor. .,
C. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or
inserts required before the new walls are built, or be ,w
responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required
for pipes where sleeves were not installed or where
incorrectly located. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall do
all drilling required for the installation of hangers. on
D. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or
equipment, shall be performed by the General Contractor or MW
appropriate tradesmen.
E. All pipe cutting or threading shall be done in a location
approved by the Owner. d
F. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where
completed concrete floor slab is to remain in finishes or sm
be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the
Plumbing Subcontractor shall cover the entire working area
with canvas tarpaulins in an approved manner.
1 . 13 ALTERNATES
A. Alternate Bid Item No. 1 :
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 1 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
materials, and other costs in connection with removal
of all remaining glass transom panels on the second,
third, and fourth floors of Cushing, Emerson, and
Jordan House and installation of new 34 in. veneer .�
plywood panels.
B. Alternate Bid Item No. 2 :
am
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 2 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
materials, and other costs in connection with new 4W
flooring, ceilings, and wall finishes (as indicated on
the Finish Schedule Drawings) at the first floors of
Emerson and Jordan House. Included in this price is „w
all related demolition.
.w
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING go
15400
8
am
1 . 09 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. At the time of final acceptance, the Plumbing
Subcontractor shall furnish three (3) set of complete
instructions for the repair, maintenance, and operation of
all systems .
B. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall instruct and fully
demonstrate to such person or persons as the Architect-
"" Engineer and/or Owner may designate regarding the care and
use of all plumbing systems and all apparatus pertaining
thereto.
1 . 10 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Refer to SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT for Record
Drawings .
B. Record Drawings shall reflect all changes from the
Contract Drawings whether by Change Order or by field
conditions . Principal dimensions of concealed work and,
for piping installation, valve numbers shall be added as
soon as established.
1 . 11 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall and hereby does warrant
that all work executed and all equipment furnished under
this Section shall be free from defects of workmanship and
materials for a period of one (1) year from date of final
acceptance of this work. The Plumbing Subcontractor
further agrees that he will, at his own expense, repair
and replace all such defective work and all other work
damaged thereby which becomes defective during the term of
the Guarantee/Warranty.
B. All necessary start-up maintenance and service required by
the manufacturer' s warranty shall be the responsibility of
the Plumbing Subcontractor.
° 1 . 12 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cutting and/or drilling of all openings and holes 4 in.
diameter or smaller, required for the installation of
Plumbing in the building, shall be performed by the
Plumbing Subcontractor. All work and materials shall be
installed in such a manner and at such time to keep
cutting and patching to a minimum. Location for openings,
etc. shall be checked by the Plumbing Subcontractor and
error due to failure to coordinate work with other
w 2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
7
in
on
am
1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: The Plumbing Subcontractor shall provide for am
the delivery of all his materials and fixtures to the
building site when required so as to carry on his work
efficiently and to avoid delaying his work and that of
other trades. All delivery and storage must be
coordinated with the Smith College Physical Plant
Department. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall take
delivery of all prepurchased plumbing fixtures and
equipment and shall be responsible for the proper
handling, storage, and protection of these materials from
that point on. Any damage or loss of these materials
after delivery shall be the responsibility of this
Contractor.
B. Storage and Handling: The Plumbing Subcontractor shall,
at all times, fully protect his work and materials from
injury or loss by others . Any injury or loss which may
occur shall be made good without expense to the Owner.
The Plumbing Subcontractor shall be responsible for the
proper protection of all his materials until the building
is accepted by the Owner. „
1 . 07 ENVIRONMENTAL, CONDITIONS
A. Tools, Scaffolding, Etc. : All necessary tools, machinery,
scaffolding, and transportation for completion of this
Contract shall be provided by the Plumbing Subcontractor.
B. Electricity: The Plumbing Subcontractor shall provide his
own portable extension lines and obtain 120 volt, 60
cycle, single phase electric energy from the General
Contractor to perform his machines and light his work.
The Plumbing Subcontractor shall provide his own light
bulbs, plugs, and sockets, etc.
C. Rubbish Removal : All broken or waste material, rags,
packing, etc. , resulting from this work, shall be removed
by the Plumbing Subcontractor.
1 . 08 PROTECTION
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall, at all times, fully .r
protect his work and materials from injury or loss by
others . Any injury or loss which may occur shall be made
good without expense to the Owner. The Plumbing
Subcontractor shall be responsible for the proper
protection of all his materials until the building is
accepted by the Owner.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
6
ON
U.S. made, new, full weight and first class in every
respect, without defects, and designed to function
properly in that portion of the work for which they
are intended and with the same brand of manufacturers
for each class of material or equipment.
2 . Equality of material or equipment other than those
named or described in this Section will be determined
in accordance with the provisions of the Contract and
as specified further herein.
3. All work installed under these Drawings and
Specifications must be installed in strict accordance
with the requirements of all local, state, and other
departments having jurisdiction, the utility
companies, and with the requirements of the
Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. , National Bureau of
Fire Underwriters, Massachusetts State Plumbing Code,
Massachusetts Fuel Gas Code, and/or similar codes
applied hereto.
1 . 05 RULES AND REGULATIONS
A. The work shall be performed in such a manner as to conform
to the codes and regulations governing such work, as may
be required by Local and State ordinances . The Plumbing
Subcontractor shall secure all permits required for
installation of his materials and shall pay for all fees
required for such permits . The Plumbing Subcontractor and
his Subcontractors shall inform themselves of all State
and Federal work safety rules and regulations, including
the latest provisions of the Occupational Safety and
.� Health Act of 1971 . All workmen employed on the project
shall be instructed in the requirements and shall observe
same at all times .
B. All work installed under these Drawings and Specifications
must be installed in strict accordance with the
requirements of all local, state, and other departments
having jurisdiction, the utility companies, and with the
requirements of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. ,
National Bureau of Fire Underwriters, Massachusetts State
Plumbing Code, Massachusetts Fuel Gas Code, and/or similar
codes applied hereto. Where provisions of the Contract
Documents conflict with any codes, or rules and
regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract
requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules and
regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
5
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Execution:
1 . The Plumbing Subcontractor shall refer to the Drawings
for a full comprehension of the work to be done and •
for conditions affecting the location and placement of
his equipment and materials . These Drawings are
intended to be supplementary to the Specifications,
and any work indicated, mentioned, or implied in
either is to be considered as specified by both.
Should the character of the work herein contemplated
or any matter pertaining thereto be not sufficiently
explained in the Specifications or Drawings, the
Plumbing Subcontractor may apply to the
Architect-Engineer for further information and shall
conform to such when given, as it may be consistent
with the original intent. The Architect-Engineer
reserves the right to make any reasonable changes in
location prior to installation at no expense to the
Owner. All lines are diagrammatic and exact locations
are subject to the approval of the approval of the
Architect-Engineer.
2 . Before submitting his bid, the Plumbing Subcontractor
shall visit the site with the Drawings and
Specifications and shall become thoroughly familiar
with all conditions affecting his work since the
Plumbing Subcontractor will be held responsible for
any assumption he may make in regard thereto. Any
discrepancy shall be brought to the attention of the
Architect-Engineer for action to be taken.
3 . The Plumbing Subcontractor shall, at all times, have a
foreman or superintendent on the project authorized to
make decisions and receive instructions as if the
Plumbing Subcontractor himself were present. The
foreman or superintendent shall not be removed or
replaced without the express approval of the
Architect-Engineer after construction work begins .
The Plumbing Subcontractor shall employ only competent ..
and experienced workmen at a regular schedule in
harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. The
Plumbing Subcontractor shall also exercise care and
supervision of his employees in regard to proper and
expeditious layout of his work.
B. Products:
1 . All materials used in this Plumbing Section shall be
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
4
ow!
owl
2 . Painting.
3 . Concrete work.
4 . Electric power wiring.
5. Excavation and backfill .
6. Flashing and waterproofing membrane for shower
receptacles.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
pal
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B. Shop Drawings : Within 30 days of award of the Contract,
ess the Plumbing Subcontractor shall submit, for approval, six
(6) copies of complete lists of manufacturer' s shop
drawings, detail prints, and data sheets for the following
owl items :
Plumbing fixtures Water mixing valves
Plumbing specialties Thermometer and gauges
Oil Valves Pressure reducing valves
Insulation Cleanouts
Gas water heater Grease traps
Steam water heater
Do not release for shipment, deliver, or install any
equipment or material without the prior approval of the
Architect-Engineer.
C. Product Data: Submit two (2) copies of the manufacturer' s
Olt specifications and installation instructions for each
material and include other data as may be required to show
compliance with these specifications.
D. Test Reports: Submit certified laboratory reports as
necessary to show compliance with requirements .
E. Colors: Colors of all materials shall be as selected by
the Architect-Engineer, from the standard color ranges of
each manufacturer, from samples submitted.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
3
2 . Cold water system, connecting each and every fixture,
device, and item of equipment requiring cold water,
within the building, from the existing piping system.
The system shall be installed with all incidentals
necessary for a complete operational system and shall
include all piping, insulation, valves, stops,
structural support (hangers, etc. ) , water hammer
arresters, and such other standard or specified
accessories as are necessary for a complete, approved
system.
3 . Hot water system, connecting each and every fixture,
device, and item of equipment requiring hot water
within the building. The system shall be installed
with all incidentals necessary for a complete
operational system and shall include all piping,
insulation, water heating system, valves, stops,
structural supports (hangers, etc. ) , water hammer
arresters, and such other standard or specified
accessories as are necessary for a complete, approved *�
system.
4 . All final connections to all items of equipment
furnished by the Owner requiring water and waste .�
connections .
5. The disconnecting and removal of all existing piping
systems, fixtures, and equipment interfering with, or
made obsolete by, new construction. All piping,
fixtures, and equipment (i .e. copper and brass piping,
fittings and valves, flush valves, mixing valves,
water heaters and pumps, heat exchangers, and
controls) to be removed is the property of the Owner
and shall be delivered to such places designated by
the Owner. Removal, from the site, of all obsolete
material after Owner' s review shall be by the General
Contractor.
6. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall obtain all necessary
permits, file all necessary Drawings, obtain all
approvals, and pay all fees required to complete work
of this Section.
D. Work Not Included:
1 . All cutting and chasing of holes, 4 in. diameter or
greater, and installation of all backing for fixtures
and accessories, which affects the structure, shall be
the work of the General Contractor.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
2
W
pot
O SECTION 15400
PLUMBING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made part of this Section
of the Specifications.
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent: The work required under this Section, without
limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing
of all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary
for, and reasonably incidental to, the proper and complete
furnishing and installation of all sanitary sewer, vent
lines, hot and cold water piping, pipe insulation, and of
all fixtures, equipment, and labor necessary, whether or
not such items are specifically indicated on the Drawings
or in the Specifications, to complete all plumbing systems
in all respects ready for proper, continuous, and trouble-
'" " free operation.
B. Intent: It is the intent of the Contract Documents to
include all work and materials necessary for supplying and
erecting complete, and ready for continuous operation, all
plumbing systems as shown on the accompanying Drawings or
as hereinafter described. These Drawings shall be taken
in a sense as diagrammatic; sizes of pipes and methods of
running them are shown, but it is not intended to show
every offset and fitting, nor every structural difficulty
that will be encountered during the installation of the
work.
C. Work Included: All items of plumbing work shall conform
to the Massachusetts State Plumbing Code and shall
include, but are not limited to, the following:
1 . Sanitary waste and vent system, within the building,
installed with all incidentals necessary for a
complete operational system. The system shall include
all piping, traps, flanges, seals, cleanouts,
structural supports (carriers, hangers, etc. ) ,
fixtures, and such other standard accessories as are
necessary for a complete, approved system.
* � 2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
1
'9
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 01 Installation/Application/Erection/
Piping 21
3. 02 Valves 22
3. 03 Insulation 22
3. 04 Fixtures 22
3. 05 Adjustment 23 -
3. 06 Identification 23
3 . 07 Tests 23
3. 08 Sterilization 24
3. 09 Guarantee 25
a
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lm Y PLUMBING
15400
00
SECTION 15400
PLUMBING
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 .03 Submittals 3
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 4
1 . 05 Rules and Regulations 5
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 6
1 . 07 Environmental Conditions 6
1 . 08 Protection 6
1 . 09 Operating Instructions 7
1 . 10 Record Drawings 7
1 . 11 Guarantee/Warranty 7
1 . 12 Cutting and Patching 7
1 . 13 Alternates 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Piping Materials 9
2. 02 Ball Valves 10
2 . 03 Hangers 12
2 . 04 Traps 12
2 . 05 Thermometers and Gauges 12
2 . 06 Hot Water Circulating Pump 13
2 . 07 Thermostatic Mixing Valve Assembly 13
2 . 08 Water Meter 14
2 . 09 Backflow Preventer 14
2 . 10 Water Hammer Arresters 14
2 . 11 Cleanouts and Access Panels 14
2 . 12 Insulation 15
2 . 13 Plumbing Fixtures and Fixture
Trimmings 15
2 . 14 Hose Bibb 19
2 . 15 Grease Trap 19
2 . 16 Laundry Unit 20
2 . 17 Floor Drain 20
2 . 18 Water Heater System 20
2 . 19 Demolition 21
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLUMBING
15400
0
IM
sprinkler heads, bronze or brass fittings, other corrosion
resistant materials and moving parts, shall be given a
priming coat of good quality, red lead type paint and a
finish coat of paint, the color of which is to be
determined by the Architect-Engineer.
3 . 03 DESIGN OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
A. NFPA 13 and requirements specified herein. Design of
automatic dry pipe fire extinguisher sprinkler systems
shall be hydraulically calculated for light hazard
occupancy.
3. 04 DEMOLITION
A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall be responsible for .�
removing and/or revamping all existing sprinkler piping,
heads, and equipment made obsolete by, or interfering
with, the new construction.
B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall notify proper
authorities that area under construction will not be
protected by sprinklers .
C. All piping and material removed by the Fire Protection
Subcontractor shall remain the property of the Owner, and
the Fire Protection Subcontractor shall be responsible for
delivering all materials to places designated by the
Owner. Removal of obsolete piping, from premises, shall
be the responsibility of the General Contractor.
END OF SECTION
0M
am
no
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FIRE PROTECTION
15300
16 ow
00
ws
S-3 - water flow switch
S-2 - low pressure alarm switch
S-1 - air pressure supervisory switch and all
components.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. Piping:
1 . The arrangement of all piping on the Drawings is
generally diagrammatic. Conditions of the building
shall determine the actual arrangement of runs,
offsets, etc. Conditions at the building shall be the
determining factor for all measurements. The layout
of all work shall be subject to the approval of the
Architect-Engineer, but the Fire Protection
Subcontractor shall be responsible for the necessary
coordination of the work under his Contract. Wherever
practicable, as determined by the Architect-Engineer,
piping shall be installed concealed.
" 3 . 02 TESTING
A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall coordinate and
perform all tests as required by NFPA, Insuring Agency,
and the local Fire Department at no expense to the Owner.
All piping shall be hydrostatically tested at 200 psi for
a maximum of 2 hours . This Contractor shall coordinate
' all tests so that they can be witnessed by Smith College,
IRI, and the Northampton Fire Department.
* B. The scope of work consists of the furnishing of all labor,
materials, tools, equipment, supervision, services, and
incidentals necessary for the installation of an automatic
dry sprinkler system installed complete and ready for
standard operation. System shall be installed in all
spaces indicated on the Drawings. The system shall
include sprinkler heads and piping and such other standard
accessories as are necessary for a complete, approved
system. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall obtain
all necessary permits, file all necessary Drawings, obtain
all necessary permits, file all necessary Drawings, obtain
all approvals, and pay all fees required to complete the
work of this Section.
C. After the installation has passed a satisfactory
hydrostatic test, all iron and steel parts shall be
thoroughly cleaned. All piping and other items, except
.. 2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FIRE PROTECTION
15300
15
a self-contained compressor unit consisting of
compressor, motor, V-belt drive, automatic start and
stop control, all mounted on a 80 gallon capacity ASME
receiver. Suitable interconnecting piping between the
compressor, receiver, and regulation shall be factory
installed.
2 . The compressor shall deliver not less than 9. 0 (a cfm)
cu. ft. per minute of free air at inlet conditions
compressed to 40 psig.
3 . The compressor shall be of the single-acting, two-
stage air-cooled, reciprocating type. The compressor
shall be unloaded every time the unit stops,
regardless of the cause of shutdown.
4 . The compressor shall be driven by an electric motor of
not less than 2 HP, suitable for continuous operation
on 208 volts, 3 phase, 60 hertz . Motor shall be NEMA
frame squirrel cage induction type with dripproof
enclosure.
5. The receiver shall be ASME code and accessories shall ,
include pressure gauge, drain valve, service (air
line) valve, safety valve, dry type inlet filter
silencer, automatic condensate drain valve, and Mass .
Code Regulation Mounting legs .
6. The compressor shall be Ingersoll-Rand, Type 30, Model
7D, or equal by DeVilbess, LeRoi, Honeywell .
N. Access Panels :
1 . Access panel doors for all concealed inaccessible "
valves, in masonry walls, plastered walls, plastered
or gypsum wallboard ceilings, shall be furnished by
the Fire Protection Subcontractor and installed by *�
tradesmen of wall or ceiling finish. Access panels in
plaster shall be Karp Type DSC-214 PL (12 in. by 12
in. min. ) ; in walls, shall be Karp Type DSC-214M ,
"Universal" (12 in. by 12 in. ) . For drywall ceilings,
shall be Karp Sesame Slim Trim Access Hatches, Type
KSTDW/CAD (12 in. by 12 in. min. ) .
0. Maintenance Compressor:
1 . Furnish and install three (3) Gamewell watchman „
maintenance compressors, one dedicated for each dry
alarm valve. Model M2701, complete with:
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FIRE PROTECTION
15300
14
.M
psi, slow-closing "Butterball" butterfly valves,
complete with built-in tamper switch for 2-1/2 in.
pipe size; Model BB-SCS02 for threaded pipe 2 in. and
smaller.
2 . Valves shall be Factory Mutual System approved and UL
listed.
K. Valve Tags and Markings:
1 . Furnish and install brass tags with S-hooks stamped
with letters and numbers attached to the stem of each
valve throughout all the systems .
2 . Furnish complete chart and flow diagram of entire
On system listing the valve number, fluid controlled, and
zone reference location for all valves corresponding
to the tag numbers . The chart shall be framed under
glass and hung in the Mechanical Equipment Room where
4" directed. Furnish two (2) extra copies of the chart
to the Architect-Engineer.
as 3 . Furnish and install a laminated red phenolic plate
with engraved white lettering for each zone control
flow switch and valve. Nameplates shall be located
adjacent to all exposed valves and shall be mounted on
the wall below the ceilings directly below the valves
and/or flow switches, mounted above hung ceilings .
* L. Inspector' s Test and Drain Connections :
1 . Dry system test pipe shall not be less than 1 in. in
". diameter, terminating in a smooth core corrosion
resisting orifice, to provide a flow equivalent to one
sprinkler of a type installed on the particular
system. The test pipe shall be installed on the end
of the most distant sprinkler pipe in the upper story
and be equipped with a readily accessible 1 in. shut-
off valve, brass nipple, and brass cap.
2 . Drain connections shall be provided when a change in
piping direction prevents drainage of sections of
branch lines or mains through the main drain valve.
The drain shall consist of a valve not smaller than
3/4 in. size and plug, at least one of which shall be
brass.
M. Air Compressor:
1 . Furnish and install, where indicated on the Drawings,
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FIRE PROTECTION
15300
13
4M
oft
o.
E. Wall, Floor, and Ceiling Plates:
1 . Piping passing through floors, walls, and ceilings am
shall be provided with steel pipe sleeves and chromium
plated steel or nickel plated cast-iron plates. The
spaces between piping and sleeves shall be filled with ON
a noncombustible material .
F. Flow Switches : .m
1 . Vane type waterflow switch with retard device, single
pole double throw switch, "U" clamp, Gamewell Co.
Series 9304 or equal by Potter Co. , Notifier Co . , or
Gamewell, all at least Class 5 closed circuit.
2 . All flow switches shall be equipped with a retard am
device, adjustable up to one minute.
3 . All flow or zone switches shall be piped to drains or
service sink as approved test connection. "p
G. Tamper Switches :
ow
1 . All sprinkler main and zone valves shall be furnished
with gate valve supervision switches of the universal
type OSYS-U as manufactured by Gamewell, Potter,
Notifier Co. , or equal . "%
H. Backflow Preventer:
am
1 . Backflow preventer, double check valve type, shall be
equal to Watts Series No. 7095, complete with OS&Y
valves and strainer with resilient seats.
2 . This Contractor shall be responsible for all permits,
fees, and testing associated with the backflow
preventer. All tests shall be certified by the
Northampton Water Department.
I . Alarm Test Modules :
1 . Furnish and install AFG Manufacturing, Inc. ' s UL
listed and FM approved "Test and Drain" for the alarm
test loops, where indicated on the Drawings, complete
with combination sight glass/orifice.
J. Valves with Built-In Tamper Switches :
1 . Furnish and install, at each Flow Control Station,
Milwaukee Valve Co. ' s Model BBVSCS02 grooved ends, 175
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FIRE PROTECTION
15300
12
w
B. Sprinkler Cabinet:
1 . Sprinkler cabinets with a total of six (6) sprinklers
for each type of ratings installed and a sprinkler
wrench shall be provided for each system and shall be
installed adjacent to each alarm valve.
C. Pipe Supports :
1 . Metal pipe supports, hangers, clamps, and all other
accessories shall be of an UL listed or FM approved
pattern and so placed as to conform with the
.w requirements of NFPA Standard No. 13 . Spacing of
hangers shall not exceed that recommended in ANSI
B31 . 1 .
D. Valves :
1 . Gate valves shall be outside screw and yoke type, iron
w. body with brass trim. They shall be Underwriters '
Laboratories, Inc. listed or be Factory Mutual
approved and shall be designed for 175 lbs . water
working pressure. Screwed end gate valves shall be
bronze and shall conform to Fed. Spec. WW-V-51 . Check
valves shall be of a type having iron body, brass seat
and discs, clearway swinging, designed for 175 lbs .
water working pressure, and shall be listed by
Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. , or be Factory Mutual
approved. Screwed end angle, check, and globe valves
shall be bronze and shall conform to Fed. Spec. WW-P-
501 . If alarm valves are of a make or type
incorporating a removable ring, diaphragm, or a
clapper face, the Fire Protection Subcontractor shall
furnish one extra such item for each riser assembly.
2 . In lieu of 2-1/2 in. and smaller OS&Y gate valves at
flow control stations, the Fire Protection
Subcontractor has the option of installing Milwaukee
Valve Co. ' s grooved-end butterfly valve with factory
installed internal tamper switch, UL listed and FM
approved.
3 . Alarm check valves shall be approved vertical type for
dry systems, complete with accelerator, pressure
switch, drain valves, pressure gauges, secondary check
valve, maintenance air compressors, and other required
trimmings, similar to Viking, Grimes, Grinnell, or
equal as approved.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FIRE PROTECTION
15300
11
or approved by Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation,
as suitable for upright use in the type of system in
which installed. All heads shall be chrome plated. .M
2 . Corrosion resistant sprinkler heads shall be wax
coated approved by Factory Mutual .
3 . Concealed pendant "dry pipe" sprinkler heads shall be
equal to Reliable Model G-3.
4 . Attic sprinkler heads shall be "upright" type for dry
pipe systems, Reliable Model "G. "
5. Sprinkler heads shall be FM approved and UL listed as
manufactured by The Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co. ,
Inc. , Star Sprinkler Corporation, Viking Corporation,
or equal . In all finish rooms or areas, sprinkler
heads shall be chrome plated finish, complete with
chrome plated escutcheons.
6. All sprinkler heads in new soffits and bathrooms shall
be fully concealed with white cover plates .
2 . 02 EQUIPMENT
A. Fire Department Pumper Connection:
1 . Fire department pumper connection shall be provided in
accordance with the requirements set forth in NFPA
Standard No. 13 and shall include an automatic drip.
Hose threads shall be National Standard Fire Hose
Threads (ANSI B26-1925) , complete with standard caps .
Each pumper connection shall have two 2-1/2 in. hose
outlets, each equipped with a check valve or "flapper" .�
valve. Where fire department hose threads are not
NST, suitable adapters shall be provided. All hose
connections shall be approved by the Northampton Fire ,
Department.
2 . Fire department pumper connection shall be wall
mounted siamese flush type, cast brass body, dual drop
clappers, brass plugs with chains, all with polished
brass finish and lettering on escutcheon reading
"STANDPIPE AND AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER, " equal to Elkhart
Brass Manufacturer Co. ' s No. 166. Hose connection
sizes and threads shall be as standard with the
Northampton Fire Department.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FIRE PROTECTION
15300
10
#a
go
F. Alternate Bid Item No. 6:
on 1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 6 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
materials, and other costs in connection with
am replacing all existing sprinkler heads on the first
through fourth floors and all attic spaces in the
Cushing, Emerson, and Jordan Houses .
wr PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Piping:
1 . Unless otherwise noted, piping, in general, shall
include all piping above ground from a point of
connection to the water supply main located in the
existing building.
2 . Pipe above ground, and within the building, shall be
black, standard weight, Schedule 40, screw-jointed
steel pipe, conforming with Federal Specification WW-
""' P-406. Fittings into which sprinkler heads, sprinkler
head riser nipples, or drop nipples are threaded shall
be welded, threaded, or grooved-end type. Screw-
jointed fittings shall be cast-iron Type 1, Class A,
conforming to Federal Specification WW-P-501 . Flanged
fittings, where required, shall be cast-iron, Class
125, conforming to Federal Specification WW-F-406.
Pipe and fittings shall be designed for at least 175
pounds water working pressure and shall conform to all
requirements of NFPA 13 .
ew
3 . For pipe sizes 2-1/2 in. and larger, Schedule 40 pipe
with grooved ends and Victaulic fittings will be
�. allowed in lieu of screwed fittings .
B. Sprinkler Heads:
1 . Sprinkler heads shall be new, UL listed, or FM
approved type of intermediate temperature rating,
except where excessive temperatures are anticipated.
In such areas, appropriate higher temperature ratings
shall be used in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 13 .
Heads installed where they might receive injury shall
be protected with approved guards. Spacing of heads
shall be for "light hazard" occupancy. Heads shall
have 1/2 in. orifices . Upright heads, where required,
shall be listed by Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. ,
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FIRE PROTECTION
15300
9
48
ow
no
Jordan House and installation of new 34 in. veneer
plywood panels.
,o
B. Alternate Bid Item No. 2 :
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 2 shall be the addition in ow
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
materials, and other costs in connection with new
flooring, ceilings, and wall finishes (as indicated on
the Finish Schedule Drawings) at the first floors of 00
Emerson and Jordan House. Included in this price is
all related demolition.
ow
C. Alternate Bid Item No. 3 :
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 3 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor, O"
materials, and other costs in connection with new
handicapped ramp at the northwest porch of Emerson
House, new handicapped entrance door and hardware, new .M
handicapped toilet room, including walls, door,
hardware, finishes, plumbing fixtures, accessories,
supply and waste piping, all related HVAC, all related am
electrical and lighting, all related fire protection,
and all patching to match of existing finishes
disturbed as a result of this Alternate.
D. Alternate Bid Item No. 4 :
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 4 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for all costs in connection
with the installation of telephone, computer, CATV,
and power outlets in all dormitory student rooms as
shown on the Construction Drawings. Work of this
Alternate shall include all cables, conduit, wiring
devices, and all associated cutting and patching.
E. Alternate Bid Item No. 5:
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 5 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor and
materials required to replace all existing underslab
sanitary piping as shown on the Contract Drawings .
This Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the ••
exact location of all buried lines and providing all
necessary cutting and patching of existing concrete
floor slabs.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FIRE PROTECTION
15300
8
40
the care and use of the fire protection systems and all
apparatus pertaining thereto.
1 . 10 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cutting and/or drilling of all openings and holes 2-1/2
in. diameter or smaller, required for the installation of
fire protection in the building, shall be performed by the
Fire Protection Subcontractor. All work and materials
shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to
keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Location for
■. openings shall be checked by the Fire Protection
Subcontractor and error due to failure to coordinate work
with other Divisions shall be the responsibility of the
Fire Protection Subcontractor failing to coordinate, who
shall make the corrections at his own expense.
B. All holes larger than 2-1/2 in. diameter shall be provided
w.. by the General Contractor.
C. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or
inserts required before the new walls are built, or be
responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required
for pipes where sleeves were not installed, or where
incorrectly located. The Fire Protection Subcontractor
shall do all drilling required for the installation of
hangers .
D. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or
equipment, shall be performed by the General Contractor or
appropriate tradesmen.
�,. E. All pipe cutting or threading shall be done in a location
approved by the Architect-Engineer.
F. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where
completed concrete floor slab is to remain as finished or
be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the Fire
Protection Subcontractor shall cover the entire working
area with canvas tarpaulins in an approved manner.
1 . 11 ALTERNATES
A. Alternate Bid Item No. 1 :
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 1 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
materials, and other costs in connection with removal
of all remaining glass transom panels on the second,
third, and fourth floors of Cushing, Emerson, and
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FIRE PROTECTION
15300
7
1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall provide for the
delivery of all his materials and fixtures to the building
site when required so as to carry on his work efficiently
and to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades. •
Delivery and storage of all materials must be coordinated
with the Department of Physical Plant.
B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall, at all times, ,.
fully protect his work and materials from injury or loss
by others . Any injury or loss which may occur shall be
made good without expense to the Owner. The Fire
Protection Subcontractor shall be responsible for the
proper protection of all his materials until the building
is accepted by the Owner.
1 . 07 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY
A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall and hereby does �*^
warrant that all work executed and all equipment furnished
under this Section shall be free from defects of
workmanship and materials for a period of one year from
date of final acceptance of this work. The Fire
Protection Subcontractor further agrees that he will, at
his own expense, repair and replace all such defective
work and all other work damaged thereby which becomes
defective during the term of the Guarantee/Warranty.
1 . 08 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Refer to SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT for Record
Drawings .
B. Record Drawings shall reflect all changes from the
Contract Drawings whether by Change Order or by field
conditions . Principal dimensions of concealed work, fire
protection lines, valves, and zone flow switches .
1 . 09 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. At the time of final acceptance, the Fire Protection
Subcontractor shall furnish three (3) sets of complete
instructions for the repair, maintenance, and operation of
the systems .
B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall instruct and fully .®
demonstrate to such person or persons as the
Architect-Engineer and/or Owner may designate, regarding
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FIRE PROTECTION
15300
6
shall be U.S. made, new, full weight and first class
w in every respect, without defects, and designed to
function properly in that portion of the work for
which they are intended and with the same brand of
manufacturers for each class of material or equipment.
2 . Equality of materials or equipment other than those
named or described in this Section will be determined
in accordance with the provisions of the Contract as
specified further herein.
3 . All work installed under these Drawings and
Specifications must be installed in strict accordance
with the requirements of all local, state, and other
departments having jurisdiction, the Northampton Fire
Department, IRI Insurance Underwriter, State Fire
Marshall, Department of Public Safety, and with the
requirements of the National Fire Protection
Association, the Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. ,
National Bureau of Fire Underwriters, Massachusetts
State Building Code, Massachusetts Fuel Gas Code,
and/or similar codes applied hereto.
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The work shall be performed in such a manner as to conform
to the codes and regulations governing such work, as may
be required by Local and State ordinances . The Fire
Protection Contractor and his Subcontractors shall inform
a■+ themselves of all State and Federal work safety rules and
regulations, including the latest provisions of the
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1971 . All workmen
�. employed on the project shall be instructed in the
requirements and shall observe same at all times .
B. All work installed under these Drawings and Specifications
! * must be installed in strict accordance with the
requirements of all local, state and other departments
having jurisdiction, the requirements of the Underwriters'
Laboratories, Inc. , National Bureau of Fire Underwriters,
Massachusetts State Building Code, Massachusetts Fuel Gas
Code, National Fire Protection Regulations, the College
Insurance Underwriter IRI, NFPA, Factory Mutual, and/or
similar codes applied thereto. Where provisions of the
Contract Documents conflict with any codes, or rules and
regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract
requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules and
regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern.
,r 2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FIRE PROTECTION
15300
5
am
MW
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Execution: ""
1 . The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall refer to the
Drawings for a full comprehension of the work to be ,
done and for conditions affecting the location and
placement of his equipment and materials. These
Drawings are intended to be supplementary to the
Specifications, and any work indicated, mentioned, or
implied in either is to be considered as specified by
both Should the character of the work herein
contemplated or any matter pertaining thereto be not
sufficiently explained in the Specifications or
Drawings, the Fire Protection Subcontractor may apply
to the Architect-Engineer for further information and
shall conform to such when given, as it may be
consistent with the original intent. The
Architect-Engineer reserves the right to make any
reasonable changes in location prior to installation
at no expense to the Owner. All lines are
diagrammatic and exact locations are subject to the
approval of the Architect-Engineer. ..�
2 . Before submitting his bid, the Fire Protection
Subcontractor shall visit the site with the Drawings
and Specifications and shall become thoroughly
familiar with all conditions affecting his work since
the Fire Protection Subcontractor will be held
responsible for any assumption he may make in regard
thereto. All discrepancies shall be brought to the
attention of the Architect-Engineer.
3 . The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall, at all times,
have a foreman or superintendent on the project
authorized to make decisions and receive instructions
as if the Fire Protection Subcontractor himself were
present. The foreman or superintendent shall not be
removed or replaced without the express approval of
the Architect-Engineer after construction work begins .
The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall employ only `
competent and experienced workmen at a regular
schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the
job. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall also •
exercise care and supervision of his employees in
regard to proper and expeditious layout of his work.
B. Products :
1 . All materials used in this Fire Protection Section
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FIRE PROTECTION
15300
4
piping, valves, sprinklers, piping, and all other
ON materials, equipment, and labor, whether or not such items
are specifically indicated on the Drawings or in the
Specifications, to complete all fire protection systems in
all respects ready for proper, continuous, and trouble-
No free operation.
D. Intent: It is the intent of the Contract Documents to
include all work and materials necessary for supplying and
erecting complete, and ready for continuous operation, all
fire protection systems as shown on the accompanying
Drawings or as hereinafter described. These Drawings
shall be taken in a sense as diagrammatic; sizes of pipes,
etc. , and methods of running them are shown, but it is not
intended to show every offset and fitting, nor every
structural difficulty that will be encountered during the
installation of the work.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B. Shop Drawings : Within 30 days of award of the Contract,
the Fire Protection Subcontractor shall submit, for
Architect-Engineer' s approval, six (6) copies of complete
list of manufacturer' s shop drawings, detail prints, and
data sheets for the following items :
1 . Sprinkler fabrication Drawings and hydraulic
calculations.
2 . Piping, hangers, and appurtenances .
3 . Sprinkler heads and cabinets.
4 . Backflow preventer.
S. Valves, alarm test modules .
6. Air compressor.
7 . Dry alarm valve and trim.
8 . Maintenance compressor and accessories .
Do not release for shipment, deliver, or install any
equipment or material without the prior approval of the
Architect-Engineer.
C. All sprinkler Drawings must be submitted and approved by
the College's Insurance Underwriter. All Drawings and
Specifications must be submitted to IRI Insurance Group,
Att: Mr. Bill Ciulewicz (1-203-520-7300) .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FIRE PROTECTION
15300
3
MR
+o
layouts and calculations shall be approved by the
College' s Insurance Underwriter before submitting to
the Architect-Engineer for approval . Piping system ""
shall be designed per NFPA 13.
4 . Design and provide each system to give full MW
consideration to blind spaces, piping, electrical
equipment, ductwork, and other construction and
equipment. Locate sprinkler heads in a consistent
pattern with ceiling grid, lights, and supply and MW
exhaust air diffusers. Devices and equipment for fire
protection service shall be UL listed or FM approved
for use in dry pipe sprinkler systems. In the NFPA a
publications referred to herein, the advisory
provisions shall be considered to be mandatory, as
though the word "shall" has been substituted for
"should" wherever it appears . ""
S. Disconnect and remove all existing sprinkler piping,
heads, and equipment made obsolete by, or interfering .o
with, new construction. All obsolete materials and
sprinkler heads shall be the property of the College,
and this Contractor shall deliver all materials to
such places designated by the College. ON
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated o*
Sections :
1 . SECTION CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS . .f
a. Cutting and drilling of holes larger than 2-1/2
in. in diameter or square.
.�
2 . SECTION 07270 - FIRE SAFING.
a. All "poke-through" openings . „
3 . SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND WALL COVERING.
a. Painting.
4 . SECTION 16100 - ELECTRICAL WORK.
a. All electrical power and control wiring.
C. Extent: The work required under this Section, without
limiting the generality thereof, includes the designing
and furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and
services necessary for, and reasonably incidental to, the
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FIRE PROTECTION
15300
2
wit
so
00
40
SECTION 15300
FIRE PROTECTION
on PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
on A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
on of the Specifications.
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide all labor, materials, and
equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section,
including, but not limited to, the following:
1 . Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment,
supervision, services, and incidentals necessary for
the installation of a complete "dry" sprinkler. system,
complete and ready for standard and proper operation,
including all new connection into the existing mains
and branches . Systems shall be installed in all
spaces indicated on the Drawings. The system shall
include sprinkler heads, piping, alarm check valves
and trim, backflow preventers, compressors, and such
other standard accessories as are necessary for a
complete, approved system. The Fire Protection
Subcontractor shall obtain all necessary permits, file
all necessary drawings, obtain all approvals, and pay
all fees required to complete the work of this
Section.
2 . All work shall be coordinated with the other
Mechanical, Electrical, and General Conditions .
3 . The locations of sprinkler heads shown on the Drawings
are for estimating purposes only. The successful Fire
Protection Subcontractor shall hydraulically calculate
the sprinkler systems and shall provide, to the
Owners, Drawings with pipe size and hydraulic
calculations prior to any installation of the systems .
All costs incurred for the hydraulically designed
sprinkler systems shall be borne by the Fire
Protection Subcontractor and with all of the above
mentioned conditions being accepted as the Fire
Protection Subcontractor's responsibility. All piping
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FIRE PROTECTION
15300
1
i
i
i
SECTION 15300
FIRE PROTECTION
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 3
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 4
1 . 05 Reference Standards 5
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 6
1 . 07 Guarantee/Warranty 6
1 . 08 Record Drawings 6
1 . 09 Operating Instructions 6
1 . 10 Cutting and Patching 7
1 . 11 Alternates 7
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 9
2 . 02 Equipment 10
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 01 Installation/Application/Erection 15
3 . 02 Testing 15
3 . 03 Design of Sprinkler Systems 16
3. 04 Demolition 16
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FIRE PROTECTION
15300
0
y#
No
so 3 . 02 RUBBISH
A. This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the
work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
40
ift
on
2190 (SC-CEJ) METAL TOILET PARTITION DOORS AND FRAMES
10150
5
Drawings and as required for handicapped enclosures,
minimum sizes shall be as follows:
Normal Handicapped
a. Enclosures : Width. . . . 33 in. 60 in.
Depth. . . . 57 in. 72 in.
Height. . . 82 in. 82 in.
b. Doors: Width
opening. . .24 in. 36 in.
Height. . . . 58 in. 58 in.
C. Panel : Height. . . . 58 in. 58 in.
d. Pilaster: 10 in. (or as 6 in. and
noted) 18 in.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. Erect work in rigid, substantial manner, straight and
plump, with horizontal lines level . Install panels with
clearance of about 1 in. at walls; fasten by at least two
wall brackets located near top and bottom, through-bolt
each wall bracket to panel with 1/4 in. sex bolts with
spanner heads . Attach to wall with two 1/4 in. bolts of
suitable type. Locate wall brackets so that holes for
wall bolts occur in joints of the the finish. �•
B. Support each pilaster and frame independent of finish
floor; fasten to structural slab with built-in welded
anchoring device designed to transmit strains of lateral
thrust and pull to structure through a 3/8 in. diameter
cadmium-plated stud bolt secured in lead expansion shields
having 2 in. penetration for leveling, plumbing,
tightening, installation; concealed by base fitting.
C. Conceal all evidence of drilling, cutting, and fitting of
wall and floor finish by the finished work. Make
clearance at vertical edges of doors uniform from top to
bottom, not to exceed 3/16 in. Doors shall be out of
wind; adjust hardware carefully. Clean finished surfaces;
leave free of imperfections.
2190 (SC-CEJ) METAL TOILET PARTITION DOORS AND FRAMES
10150
4
waterproof and nonabsorbent. Hinges shall be integral
shall be provided, plus solid plastic pilaster shoes.
Ceiling pilasters are to be mounted at the ceiling
using stainless steel "L" brackets . All materials are
to be warranted for 15 years .
C. Except for parts specified to be of stainless steel,
hardware shall be plain heavy pattern wrought, extruded or
cast brass . Exposed surfaces of hardware items, and their
fastenings, shall be polished, nickel-plated, and finished
in chromium plate. Hinges, strips, combination stops, and
keepers shall have clamp flanges to transmit strains of
doors slamming to posts, applied with 1/4 in. sex bolts
with spanner heads . Swing enclosure doors inwardly,
except at the handicapped enclosures; fit each door with
hinges, slide latch, combination stop and keeper, and
combination coat hook and bumper.
D. Hinges:
1 . Lower hinge shall be double-acting gravity type with
concealed stainless steel pintle set in opposing nylon
cams, adjustable to bring door to rest in any
position. On enclosure doors, adjust hinge to hold
door open to 30 degrees (on entrance vestibule doors,
adjust hinge to hold door closed) .
2 . Provide upper hinge with pivot pin of stainless steel
operating in graphite impregnated bronze bushing.
E. Slide latch shall have 1/4 in. thick bar. Mount on door
with fixture center 41 in. above finish floor.
F. Combination door stop and keeper shall be fitted with
rubber bumper; mount on pilaster post at joint opposite
slide latch. Doors without latches use similar stop, but
without keeper.
G. Combination coat hook and bumpers shall be fitted with
renewable bumper (rubber) , have minimum projection of 3-
5/8 in. with base at least 1-1/2 in. by 2 in. or 1-3/4 in.
diameter. Mount in door center with base center 3 in.
below top edge with thru-bolt fastening. At the
handicapped enclosures, mount coat hook a maximum of 4 ft.
6 in. off the floor.
H. Sizes
1 . Except as otherwise specifically dimensioned on the
2190 (SC-CEJ) METAL TOILET PARTITION DOORS AND FRAMES
10150
3
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
1 . 05 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
low
A. Toilet compartments indicated to be used by the physically
handicapped shall comply with the rules and regulations of
the Architectural Access Board of the Commonwealth of so
Massachusetts.
1 . 06 ALTERNATES
an
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES for description of bid
items.
00
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers : Contingent upon meeting specified
requirements, all compartments and cubicles shall be
products of Santana Solid Plastic Products, or approved ^
equal .
B. Toilet Partitions : Toilet partitions shall be of high-
density polyethylene solid plastic having a 15 year
manufacturer' s warranty against breakage or corrosion.
2 . 02 FABRICATION +
A. Design:
1 . Toilet partition doors, frames, and hardware for all
location shall be floor mounted, ceiling braced as
indicated on the Contract Drawings.
2 . All door and headrail braces are to return to
sidewalls for maximum rigidity.
4W
B. Construction:
1 . Construct doors and frames from high-density
polyethylene (HDPE) containing recycled materials and
shall be one inch thick. All edges shall be machined
to a radius of .250 inch. The material is to be
2190 (SC-CEJ) METAL TOILET PARTITION DOORS AND FRAMES
10150
2
SECTION 10150
METAL TOILET PARTITION DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Solid polymer resin toilet partition doors, frames,
and hardware.
2 . See Drawings and details for location of all toilet
partition doors and frames .
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B. Shop Drawings : Submit shop drawings and sufficient
dimensional data to enable proper coordination of
installation of concealed items of support.
C. Product Data: Submit the following:
1 . Manufacturer' s literature for each type of compartment
proposed for use on this project, including complete
specifications of compartment construction.
2 . The manufacturer' s complete range of standard colors
from which the Architect-Engineer will select colors .
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
2190 (SC-CEJ) METAL TOILET PARTITION DOORS AND FRAMES
10150
1
'
. �
o
SECTION 10150
METAL TOILET PARTITION DOORS AND FRAMES
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 .03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 1
1 . 05 Requirements of Regulatory Agencies 2
1 .06 Alternates 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 2
2 . 02 Fabrication 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 01 Inspection/Application/Erection 4
3 . 02 Rubbish 5
3 . 04 Adjusting and Cleaning 7
r-5
fl--i'
2190 (SC-CEJ) METAL TOILET PARTITION DOORS AND FRAMES
10150
r 0
Am
PW
PART 3 - EXECUTION
M' 3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Before starting work, examine adjoining conditions on
Ob which work is in any way dependent for perfect
workmanship, fit, and performance.
3 . 02 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Verify measurements in the field as required for work
fabricated to fit job conditions .
3 . 03 PREPARATION
A. Consult with all Contractors whose work adjoins this work
and be responsible for the proper working out and fitting
of all details.
3 . 04 INSTALLATION
A. General : Except as hereinafter specified, surface-mounted
accessories shall be installed with wood screws in- lead or
in fiber sleeves, with machine screws in metal shield,
with molly anchors or toggle bolts as required by the
construction. The back plates for surface-mounted
accessories shall be installed in the same manner, or
shall be provided with lugs or anchors and set in mortar
as required by the construction. Items shall be installed
++ in a symmetrical arrangement in all locations in
accordance with manufacturer' s written directions .
3 . 05 REMOVAL OF RUBBISH
A. This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the
work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
10010
7
special wrench. Contractor to furnish and install
wall anchors for securing dish to wall .
4 . Paper Towel Cabinets: Furnish and install, in all
toilet rooms or other locations where lavatories or
sinks of any type are located, one or more paper towel
cabinets . Cabinets to be securely fastened to wall .
Install as follows : One in each location where one or
two lavatories are called for; one at each classroom
sink, two in kitchen. Furnish ten additional cabinets
to Owners . Cabinets to be mounted as specifically
directed off the floor. Paper towel cabinet shall be
Bobrick Model B-3944 .
5. Toilet Paper Dispensers :
a. At each water closet location, mount holders on
enclosure partitions or masonry walls, one in each
stall, back to back wherever possible, with hold
center 28 in. from rear wall . Holder to be 36 in.
above finish floor. Holder to be heavy-duty
aluminum casting with satin finish controlled
delivery, surface mounted. Furnish ten additional
holders to Owners for future replacements .
b. Holders shall be for oval knotched type rolls with
all vandalproof trim, Bobrick Model B-274 . "
C. Toilet paper dispenser for Handicapped Toilets
shall be Bobrick Model B-2730, heavy-duty aluminum *�*+
casting, surface mounted with theft-resistant
spindle, height above finish floor per MAAB
regulations .
6. Sanitary Napkin Vendors :
a. Furnish and install, where indicated on the
Drawings, recessed sanitary napkin-tampon vendors,
Bobrick Model B-3500, stainless steel
construction, single coin operation.
7 . Sanitary Napkin Disposals :
a. At each water closet, furnish and install one (1)
partition mounted, Bobrick Model B-3544, sanitary
napkin disposal constructed of stainless steel,
satin finish, with self-closing doors, tumbler ..
lock.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES .�
10010
6
b. Back plates shall be secured to walls with
stainless steel bolts in expansion sleeves or
toggle bolts as required by the construction or to
be thru bolted to toilet partitions with stainless
steel tamper proof bolts. Flanges shall be locked
to back plates with three (3) No. 10 stainless
steel socket head screws, vandalproof.
C. Install grab bars at the following mounting
heights in handicapped toilets and shower stalls .
Toilet Rooms - 33 in. above finish floor; Shower
Stalls - 36 in. above finish floor.
d. Grab bars shall support a 250 lb. load for a
minimum of 5 minutes .
e. At handicapped stalls, if required to clear flush
valve, grab bars to be installed at 36 in. height.
.ir
2 . Soap Dispensers:
a. Furnish and install one or more soap dispensers in
all Toilet Rooms and at all other locations where
lavatories and sinks are located.
b. Install as follows : One at each lavatory in all
toilets, shower, locker, or drying room; one at
each classroom and/or workroom sink; and six
additional to be installed where directed.
c. Mount soap dispensers 48 in. above the floor or as
specifically directed; for handicapped lavatories
- 42 in. above finished floor.
d. To be securely fastened to wall, complete with
lock and key. To be approximately 4 in. by 8 in.
by 4 in. deep.
e. Dispensers to be liquid type soap dispenser, Model
B-195, as manufactured by Bobrick.
3 . Soap Dish: At each shower, provide one surface
mounted soap dish, and for each handicapped shower,
furnish and install two surface mounted soap dishes in
the shower stall : One at a height for a standing
bather and a lower dish adjacent to the shower seat,
Bobrick B-973, C.P. cast bronze, polished finish, with
drain holes, 5 in. by 1-13/16 in. by 3 in. deep,
secured from front with vandal resistant screws and
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
10010
5
9W
AW
B. Exterior Louvers :
1 . Furnish and install stationary extruded Type 6063-T5
aluminum louvers as manufactured by Airolite Co. , Air
Balance, Inc. , Airline Products Co. , or approved
equal . Sizes as shown on the Drawings.
2 . Provide 1/2 in. aluminum mesh bird screens attached to
inside face of all louvers .
3 . Mechanical Room Louvers : Airolite Type K6384, with 4
in. No. 12 gauge blades and frame, bronze color
anodized finish, approximately 49 percent free area.
4 . Louvers shall be furnished complete with matching
aluminum sills and installed straight and plumb and
caulked (or sealed) around perimeter to assure
adequate sealing to adjacent surfaces .
5. Furnish all exterior louvers, except those which are
specified under SECTION 15500 - HEATING, VENTILATING,
AND AIR CONDITIONING.
C. Robe Hooks :
1 . Furnish and install robe hooks as shown on the
Drawings or as required by this Section. To be "HH76
Robe Hook" as manufactured by Normbau, or approved
equal . Color to be selected by the Architect .
D. Shower Curtain Rod:
1 . Furnish and install shower curtain rods as shown on
the Drawings or as required by this Section. To be m
"RRS 92 . 40-36 in. Extra Heavy-Duty Curtain Rod, " as
manufactured by Normbau or approved equal . Color to
be selected by the Architect.
E. Toilet Room Accessories :
Wd
1 . Grab Bars :
a. Furnish and install grab bars as manufactured by
Normbau RRS 81 . 40-42 in. with 18 gauge steel core ow
with concealed mounted plate secured with vandal
resistant set screws, 1-1/2 in. clearance between
wall and grab bar. Length of grab bars as
indicated on the Drawings or as required.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES ..►
10010
4
WX
Oft
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 GENERAL
A. All materials shall be free from defects impairing
strength, durability, and appearance; shall be best
commercial quality for purposes specified, made with
structural properties to withstand safely the strains and
stresses to which they will be normally subjected.
Protect metals from injury at the shop, and in transit to
the job, until erected in place, complete, inspected, and
accepted.
2 . 02 FABRICATED ITEMS
W A. Mirrors :
1 . Furnish and install mirrors where indicated on the
Drawings and, in addition, where specified herein.
Generally, all toilet rooms shall be provided with
mirrors.
2 . All mirrors shall be 1/4 in. polished plate glass with
two coats of silver, electro-copper clad. Frame to be
18 gauge stainless steel with welded, ground, and
polished corners, complete with 20 gauge galvanized
steel backs .
3 . Mirrors to be as manufactured by A&J Washroom
Accessories, Bradley Corp. , Bobrick Washroom
Equipment, Inc. , or approved equal.
4 . Mountings of mirrors are to be rigid, inconspicuous,
securely anchored to wall, and as approved by the
Architect-Engineer.
5. The specified heights above the floor are to the
center of the accessory, are approximate, and shall be
as specifically directed at the time of installation.
6. Provide mirrors as follows :
a. 16 in. by 20 in. mirrors on walls as indicated on
the Contract Drawings.
b. 16 in. by 30 in. mirrors on walls of handicapped
toilet rooms as indicated on the Contract
Drawings .
ew
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
10010
3
.m
AM
orientation in the building, sections, dimensioned
elevations, grounds, reinforcements, accessories, etc.
MW
C. Colors: Submit manufacturer' s full range of colors for
selection by the Architect-Engineer.
.ft
1 . 04 OUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B. Tests: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. ..
C. Oualifications : Specialty items shall be the products of
a single manufacturer capable of showing prior successful
production of units similar to those required.
1 . Installers : Use adequate number of skilled workmen
who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the
necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with
the specified requirements and the methods needed for
proper performance of the work of this Section.
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. All materials and operations shall meet the requirements
of the latest revision of the standard specifications of
the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .
1 . 06 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect materials *�*
of this Section before, during, and after installation and
to protect installed work and materials of all other
trades .
B. Replacements : In the event of damage, immediately make
all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of
the Architect-Engineer and at no additional cost to the
Owner.
1 . 07 ALTERNATES
am
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES for description of bid
items .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
10010
2
SECTION 10010
MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
Me.
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Mirrors.
2 . Exterior wall louvers .
3 . Robe hooks at shower stalls .
4 . Shower curtain poles at each double shower stall .
S. Toilet room accessories .
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections :
1 . SECTION 15500 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR
CONDITIONING.
a. Interior louvers and grilles .
b. Access doors for valves .
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B. Shop Drawings : Submit shop drawings for each fabricated
item showing components, arrangements, dimensions,
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
10010
1
MW
1
7
1
7
1
i
7
1
1
1
7
1
1
1
1
7
SECTION 10010
MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
Ei 1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 .05 Reference Standards 2
1 . 06 Product Handling 2
1 . 07 Alternates 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 General 3
2 . 02 Fabricated Items 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 01 Inspection 7
3 . 02 Field Conditions 7
3. 03 Preparation 7
3 . 04 Installation 7
3 . 05 Removal of Rubbish 7
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
10010
0
substrate shall be visible (telegraph) through the
wall covering.
3 . 06 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Touch Up: At the completion of work of other trades,
touch up and restore all damaged or defaced painted
surfaces .
B. Cleaning: During the progress of the work, remove, from
the site, all discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans,
and rags at the end of each work day.
3 . 07 PROTECTION
A. Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or
not, against damage by the painting and finishing work.
Leave all such work undamaged. Correct any damages by
cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as
acceptable to the Architect-Engineer.
3 . 08 EXTRA STOCK/SPARE PARTS
�w
A. Under the scope of work of this Section, furnish, to the
Owner, one sealed gallon or 5 percent (whichever is
0M greater) of each color paint used on the project, with
correct identification (both manufacturer' s and
Architect-Engineer' s designations) .
END OF SECTION
�. 2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
27
WO
..
C. All vinyl wall covering shall be applied by skilled
workmen in strict accordance with the manufacturer' s
printed instructions . When installed, vinyl wall covering
shall be free from blisters, wrinkles, or other defects .
All seams shall be overlapped and double-cut in a neat,
straight, professional manner. All materials used in the *a
performance of this work shall be delivered to the job in
unopened factory packages plainly marked with identifying
labels .
D. Adhesives shall be first quality recommended by the
manufacturer of the vinyl wall covering.
E. Installation:
1 . Strictly comply with manufacturer' s instructions and
recommendations . Acclimatize materials in
installation locations at least 24 hours before
installation. Remove wall plates, fixtures, hardware,
and similar items and reinstall when work is
completed. Verify that substrates do not exceed 4
percent moisture content or other limit prescribed by
wall covering manufacturer. Ensure that substrates
are sound and undamaged. Size and prepare surfaces
before installation. Provide full 100 percent
coverage of adhesive. Install vertically and truly
plumb with seams located more than 6 in. from outside
corners and directly in inside corners . Roll and
brush to remove all air bubbles, wrinkles, and other
defects . Trim neatly at penetrations and ..¢
terminations . Horizontal seams are not permitted.
Remove excess adhesive before it dries by following
manufacturer' s instructions and recommendations .
2 . Double-Cut Joints : For wall coverings without
patterns, overlap and double-cut seams to form tightly
matched closures . Allow installed wall coverings 24
hours to shrink and dry in place prior to double-
cutting and trimming.
3 . Joints in Patterns : For wall coverings with patterns,
match pattern repeats exactly so that seams are
invisible.
4 . Acceptance Criteria: Wall covering seams shall be
nearly invisible. Neatly trim free edges of wall
coverings and locations where wall coverings abut
dissimilar materials . Make edges follow tight against
the dissimilar material or corner. No defects in the
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
26
�a.
w•
using course, medium, and fine graded sandpaper, in
that order, in three (3) major sanding operations .
w
2 . Vacuum surfaces and remove dust from all surfaces in
and around the areas to be refinished.
3 . Fill all holes and cracks with hardening wood filler,
pigmented as required to match final wood stain.
Sand, flash, and vacuum as required.
4 . Apply one to two coats of penetrating stain as
required to match existing finish and to acheive a
uniform color and appearance.
S. Finish with one coat of polyurethane gloss and two
coats of polyurethane satin. Lightly sand between all
coats and remove all dust in and around areas being
refinished.
*� 3 . 04 FINISH SYSTEMS SCHEDULE
A. The following finish systems refer to products of Benjamin
�. Moore, unless indicated otherwise. Provide these systems
or comparable systems from any specified manufacturer.
1 . Paint System 1 : Exterior Wood - Painted (Soft Gloss
Latex System:
Coat 1 : Moorwhite Primer.
Coat 2 : MoorGlo Latex House and Trim Paint.
Coat 3 : Same as Coat 2 .
2 . Paint System 2 : Exterior Wood Doors and Shutters
(Gloss Latex System) :
Coat 1 : Fully prime all new wood and spot prime all
existing bare wood with Moorwhite Primer.
3 . 05 VINYL WALL COVERING (VWC)
A. Install vinyl wall covering wherever called for on the
Drawings, including Schedule of Room Finishes . Vinyl wall
covering will be supplied by the Owner.
B. All walls to receive vinyl wall coverings shall first be
coated with sealer-primer recommended by the manufacturer
of the vinyl wall covering.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
25
no
ow
G. General :
1 . Number of Coats : The number of coats specified is the Im
minimum number of coats required. Provide additional
coats if needed to comply with manufacturer' s
instructions and recommendations, to eliminate all ow
show through and bleed through areas, and to create
uniform finishes matching approved samples .
2 . Sanding: Sand before first application and between 40"
coats as recommended by finish system manufacturer.
3 . Recoat Time: Observe manufacturer' s recommended
waiting period between successive coats .
4 . Application Methods : Apply paint and finish systems,
as scheduled, with brush.
H. Acceptance Appearance: Provide uniform final finishes,
free of runs, sags, wrinkles, streaks, shiners,
application marks, color variations, and other
imperfections .
1 . Matching: Provide final finishes which exactly match
approved in-place samples and approved verification
samples as judged by the Architect.
I . Protection and Clean-Up:
1 . Cleaning: Clean visible surfaces using non-abrasive
materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of
material or product to be cleaned. Remove all finish
splatters, drips, and overspray (if spraying
permitted) from adjacent work. Remove and replace
work that cannot be successfully cleaned.
2 . Repair: Touch-up damaged finishes and repair minor ..
damage to eliminate all evidence of repair. Remove
and replace work that cannot be successfully repaired.
3 . Protection: Provide "wet paint" signs and temporary
protection to ensure work is without damage or
deterioration at time of final acceptance. Remove
protection and reclean immediately before final
acceptance.
J. Painting of Existing Interior Woodwork and Trim: .�
1 . Sand all wood surfaces scheduled to be refinished
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
24
existing finish. One coat polyurethane gloss and
two coats of polyurethane satin, sand lightly
between coats and remove all sanding and other
dust prior to next coat.
7 . Metals : All mechanical equipment, hangers,
enclosures, supports, and exposed piping in those
areas to be painted shall be painted one coat of Pratt
& Lambert' s Enamel Undercoat and one coat of "Cellu-
Tone Satin" to match color of walls in addition to the
primer.
8 . Plaster and Gypsum Board: Walls and ceilings shall be
given one coat of Vapex Wall Primer by Pratt & Lambert
and one coat of Vapex Wall Finish, except kitchens and
baths shall receive one coat Pratt & Lambert Wall
Primer and one coat Pratt & Lambert Aqua-Satin.
9. Exposed Shelving in Storage Rooms or Closets : Exposed
shelving in storage rooms or closets shall be given
one coat of Pratt & Lambert Cellu-Tone. Sanding shall
be required between coats.
10 . Pipe covering in finished spaces shall be given a
heavy coat of glue size, followed by two coats of
interior paint to match adjacent wall or ceiling
surfaces . There shall be added to the glue size, and
to each coat of paint, a sufficient amount of
fungicidal agent to render the fabric mildewproof.
The fungicidal agent shall be of a type which will not
adversely affect the color, texture, or durability of
the paint.
11 . Miscellaneous :
a. Paint walls behind and prime coat the backs of all
movable shelving, movable cabinet work, and
cabinet doors . Walls behind chalkboards and
tackboards need not be painted.
b. All welds and all areas of chipped shop prime
coats on steel joists and structural steel shall
be given one coat of Noxide Red Lead Primer before
covering with other materials of any and all
types .
C. Boiler Room piping shall be color coded to OSHA
Specifications.
A. 2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
23
MM
."
receive one coat Pratt & Lambert Vapex Wall Primer and
one coat Pratt & Lambert Pro-Hide Alkyd Semi-Gloss . IM
2 . Concrete Block Masonry Units : Semi-Gloss : Shall
receive one coat Pro-Hide Block Filler and two coats
Pro-Hide Semi-Gloss . ""
3 . Ferrous Metal : All miscellaneous ferrous metal work
shall receive one coat Interior Trim Primer and two „s
coats Pratt & Lambert Effecto Enamel (Semi-Gloss) , all
in addition to any shop primer, except as otherwise
specified. Included herein are metal doors and
frames, handrails, metal work, metal trim, metal
ducts, wire mesh partitions, louvers and grilles,
access panels, exposed piping, exposed ductwork, metal
ceilings or deck, joists, angles, lintels, and all
other metal items, except as otherwise specified (see
paragraph 4 . below re: spray painting) .
4 . Exposed Structural Steel : Exposed structural steel "
shall receive one coat of Tnemec Series 15, uni-bond
alkyd oil spray paint, applied at a dry film thickness
necessary to achieve hiding and uniform luster. Also -�
included is all exposed metal ducts, pipes, and
conduits located on, or fastened to, the ceiling
structure . Galvanized metal shall be primed as
required by paint manufacturer' s recommendations . A
sample of the coverage and skill of application shall
be approved prior to proceeding with the work.
5. Steel Enclosed in Masonry: All steel enclosed or
partly enclosed in masonry at exterior walls shall be
painted one heavy coat of asphalt-type paint, as
approved by the Architect-Engineer. Steel encased in
concrete shall not be primed or painted.
6. Wood: All standing and running wood trim, casework,
paneling, doors, and Architectural woodwork shall
receive the following treatment:
a. Natural Wood: One coat of penetrating wood sealer
and two coats of polyurethane. First coat
"Gloss, " second coat "Satin. "
b. Painted Wood: One coat of primer, one coat of
undercoat, and one coat of finish.
C. Stained Wood: One coat of grain filler/sealer.
One to two coats of stain as required to match
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
22
P0
PW
including antenna supports above the roof, shall
be painted with paint materials as specified for
steel above.
E. Schedule - Exterior:
1 . All ferrous metal, trim, pipes, lintels, metal doors
and frames, etc. shall receive one coat Pratt &
Lambert Noxide Primer and two coats Pratt & Lambert
Effecto Enamel .
2 . All galvanized metal, including galvanized structural
steel columns, shall receive one coat Pratt & Lambert
Noxide Galvanized Primer and two coats Pratt & Lambert
Effecto Enamel .
3 . All wood trim on building at windows, soffits, gables,
cornices, and miscellaneous woodwork shall receive one
coat Pratt & Lambert Permalize Exterior Primer and two
coats Pratt & Lambert Permalize House and Trim.
Note: All exterior wood surfaces not covered by
aluminum cladding shall be scraped, primed, and
painted two coats under the scope of work of this
Section.
4 . Porch Decking: Pressure-treated decking shall be
treated with two coats of semi-transparent "decking
stain" especially formulated for pressure-treated
wood. The first coat shall be applied prior to
installation of the decking. The second coat shall be
applied evenly with roller or brush after
installation. No spraying will be allowed.
5 . Exterior Gypsum Board: All exterior soffits and
ceilings shall be painted two coats of Exterior Grade
Masonry Vapex Paint, as manufactured by Pratt &
Lambert or Architect-Engineer approved equal .
® 6. Roof Items :
a. All fan enclosures and other ferrous metal
mechanical equipment items and supports for same,
above the roof, shall be painted with paint
materials as specified for steel above.
F. Schedule - Interior: (See Also Room Finish Schedule)
1 . Concrete: All miscellaneous exposed concrete shall
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
21
2 . Exterior doors shall have tops, bottoms, and side
edges finished the same as the exterior faces of these
doors .
3 . All exterior exposed wood trim, except aluminum clad
trim, shall be back-primed with exterior wood primer
before installation.
C. Workmanship for Interior Painting: ,
1 . All interior wood trim shall be back-primed before
installation with undercoat or penetrating sealer, as
required.
2 . Enamel or varnish finish applied to wood or metal
shall be sanded with fine sandpaper and then cleaned
between coats to produce an even smooth surface.
3 . All miscellaneous surfaces shall be finished the same
as nearest adjoining surfaces, unless otherwise
specified or directed by the Architect-Engineer.
4 . Paste wood filler applied on open grained wood, after
commencing to flatten, shall be wiped across the grain
of the wood, then with a circular motion to secure a
smooth, filled, clean surface with filler remaining in
open grain only. After overnight dry, sand surface
until smooth before applying specified coat .
D. Application - Exterior: ,
1 . All ferrous metal, trim, railings, pipes, lintels,
metal doors and frames, etc. shall receive one coat
Pratt & Lambert Noxide Primer and two coats Pratt & .�
Lambert Effecto Enamel .
2 . All sheet metal shall receive one coat Pratt & Lambert
Noxide Galvanized Primer and two coats Pratt & Lambert
Effecto Enamel .
3 . Exterior Plaster: All exterior plaster soffits and
ceilings shall be painted two coats of Exterior Grade
Masonry Vapex Paint, as manufactured by Pratt &
Lambert or Architect-Engineer approved equal .
4 . Roof Items :
a. All fan enclosures and other ferrous metal
mechanical equipment items and supports for same,
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
20
No
No
materials of whatever nature not caused by others and
shall leave the work of this Section in a clean,
orderly, and acceptable condition.
7 . Remove and protect hardware, accessories, device
plates, lighting fixtures, factory finished work, and
similar items, or provide ample in-place protection.
Upon completion of each space, carefully replace all
removed items . Remove electrical panel box covers and
doors before painting wall. Paint separately and
reinstall after all paint is dry.
8 . All materials shall be applied under adequate
illumination, evenly spread and smoothly flowed-on to
avoid runs, sags, holidays, brush marks, air bubbles,
and excessive roller stipple. Coverage and hide shall
be complete. When color, stain, dirt, or undercoats
show through final coat of paint, the surface shall be
covered by additional coats until the paint film is
uniform in finish, color, appearance, and coverage, at
no additional cost to the Owner. Make edges of paint
adjoining other materials or colors sharp and clean
without overlapping.
9. All coats shall be thoroughly dry before applying
succeeding coats . All suction spots or "hot spots" in
plaster and/or cement after the application of the
first coat shall be touched up before applying the
second coat.
10. Provide "wet paint" signs as required to protect newly
painted finishes . Remove temporary protective
wrappings provided by others for protection of their
work after completion of painting operations .
11 . Unless otherwise directed by the Architect-Engineer,
each coat of paint shall be slightly darker color than
preceding coat to prevent skipping. All prime coats
shall approximate the finished color, as directed by
the Architect-Engineer.
B. Workmanship for Exterior Painting:
1 . Exterior painting shall not be performed when the
surface temperature is below 50 degrees F. , while the
surface is damp, or during cold, rainy, or frosty
weather. Avoid painting surfaces while they are
exposed to hot sun.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
19
.o
scaling paint down to bare, clean, sound substrates .
Remove all chalk deposits and mildew by scrubbing with
water and mildew wash. Wash all surfaces to be
repainted with mild detergent solution and clean
water.
2 . Caulking and Putty: Remove loose or damaged caulking
and putty. Spot prime bare areas with primer before
providing overall primer coat. Recaulk and reputty to
a "like new" condition.
3 . 03 APPLICATION
A. Workmanship:
1 . Only skilled mechanics shall be employed. Application
may be by brush, roller, or spray upon approval from
the Architect-Engineer.
2 . Equipment and tools shall be kept clean and in proper
condition to provide a first-class job commensurate
with the intent of this Specification.
3 . Do not use same tools for application of paint on
smooth surfaces that were originally used to paint
concrete block.
4 . All materials shall be mixed, thinned, modified, and
applied only as specified by the manufacturer' s
directions . All priming coats and undercoats shall be
tinted to the approximate shade of the final coat.
5. The Painting Subcontractor shall furnish the
Architect-Engineer with a schedule showing when he
expects to have completed the respective coats of
paint for the various areas and surfaces . This
schedule shall be kept current as job progress •�
dictates . If the Architect-Engineer so directs, the
succeeding coats shall not be applied until he has
inspected the previous coats . .�
6. The Painting Subcontractor not only shall protect his
work at all times, but shall also protect all adjacent
work and materials by suitable covering or other �^
method during progress of this work. Upon completion
of the work, the Painting Subcontractor shall remove
all paint and varnish spots from the floors, glass, ,
and surfaces . The Painting Subcontractor shall
remove, from the premises, all rubbish and accumulated
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
18
!Pp
am
xylol or other cleaner as required for complete
removal .
3 . Concrete surfaces shall be dry. No painting shall be
done until surfaces are tested by moisture meter and
shown to be within the acceptable limits of the
specified manufacturer and safe to paint below 15
percent moisture content. Floor slabs shall be
allowed to cure 90 days before painting.
D. Ferrous Metal Surfaces :
1 . Remove dirt and grease with mineral spirits and wipe
dry with clean cloths .
2 . Remove rust, mill scale, and defective paint down to
sound surfaces or bare metal, using scraper,
sandpaper, or wire brush, as necessary; grind, if
necessary, to remove shoulders at edge of sound paint
to prevent from photographing finish coats . Rust
caused by muriatic acid shall be removed and the
surfaces shall be neutralized.
3 . Touch up all bare metal and damaged shop coats with
specified rust inhibitive primer.
E. Galvanized Metal Surfaces : Remove dirt and grease with
mineral spirits and wipe dry with clean cloths . Do not
paint interior galvanized material in storage rooms or
unless exposed to view in other areas .
F. Drywall : Fill all minor irregularities with approved
patching material and sand to a smooth level surface.
Exercise care to avoid raising nap of paper.
G. Plaster Surfaces : Fill all holes and cracks . Do not use
sandpaper on plaster surfaces to be painted. Before
painting new plaster, allow to cure for 28 days . The
surface must then be tested with a moisture-testing device
especially designed for this purpose. No paint or sealer
shall be applied on plaster when the moisture content
exceeds 5. 5 percent as determined by the testing device;
test sufficient areas in each space and as often as
necessary to determine the proper moisture content for
painting.
H. Repainting:
1 . Repainting: Remove all blistered, peeling, and
.. 2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
17
4M
no
remove dirt, oil, grease, mildew, asphalt, concrete
splatters, and all other foreign substances .
No
10. Removal and Protection: Remove finished hardware,
fixtures, accessories, and similar items, or provide
adequate protection to ensure that these surfaces are ..
not finished or splattered. Reinstall removed items
when finishing work is completed and remove all
temporary protections and clean substrates thoroughly. go
11 . Shop Primers : Coordinate the application of shop
primers to ensure compatibility. Remove incompatible
primers and reprime, or provide barrier coats in MW
compliance with finish manufacturer' s instructions .
12 . Prepare new wood surfaces by sanding smooth, sealing IM
knots, setting nails and fasteners, and filling holes,
cracks, and imperfections with putty acceptable to
finish manufacturer.
no
13 . Backprime: Seal and backprime all wood immediately
after delivery to site and before installation.
am
14 . Galvanized Metal : Aggressively clean new galvanized
surfaces with grease cutting solvent, such as mineral
spirits, to remove fabricating oils . Touch-up abraded
surfaces immediately with zinc-rich paint or rust- ow
inhibiting paint acceptable to the Architect.
B. Wood: aw
1 . Sandpaper to smooth and even surface, then dust off.
2 . After priming coat has dried, apply shellac, 4 lbs . MM
cut, to all knots, pitch and resinous sapwood.
3 . After priming coat has dried, file all nail holes, ow
cracks, open joints, and other defects . Filler shall
be colored to match paint.
C. Concrete and Interior Masonry: op
1 . Patch large openings and holes and finish flush with
adjacent surface. After priming, fill any remaining .�
small holes with swedish putty made by mixing spackle
with prime coat of paint.
2 . Remove form oil and curing compound from
poured-in-place concrete by washing concrete with
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
16
Pw
cannot be corrected by the procedures specified herein
under "Preparation of Surfaces" and which might prevent
satisfactory painting results . Work shall not proceed
until such defects are corrected.
B. Surfaces shall be clean, dry, smooth, and at the proper
temperature.
C. The commencing of work in a specific area shall be
construed as acceptance of the surfaces, and, thereafter,
the Painting Subcontractor shall be fully responsible for
satisfactory work as required herein.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. General :
1 . Before painting is started in any area, the area shall
be broom cleaned and all dust shall be removed by
vacuum.
2 . After painting operations begin in a given area, broom
4W cleaning will not be allowed. Cleaning shall then be
done only with commercial vacuum cleaning equipment.
3 . Adequate illumination shall be provided in all areas
00 where painting operations are in progress .
4 . This work shall be scheduled and coordinated with
wo other trades and shall not proceed until other work
and/or job conditions are as required to achieve
satisfactory results .
as 5. Surfaces shall be clean, dry, and adequately protected
from dampness .
on 6 . Surfaces shall be free of any foreign materials which
will adversely affect adhesion or appearance of
applied coating.
7 . Mildew shall be removed and the surfaces neutralized.
8 . Efflorescence on any area shall be corrected by the
General Contractor or Masonry Subcontractor before
application of paint materials .
9. Cleaning: Do not finish over dirt, rust, grease,
moisture, and other conditions detrimental to
formation of a durable finish film. Clean surfaces to
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
15
am
No
E. Paint shall arrive on the job ready-mixed. Job mixing or
job tinting, except for tinting of undercoats, shall not
be performed, except when specifically approved by the m*
Architect-Engineer.
F. All thinning and tinting materials shall be as recommended no
by the manufacturer for the particular material thinned or
tinted.
G. No dry pigments shall be mixed with oil on the premises .
H. Painting and Finishing Materials : Provide finish products
and systems as scheduled at the end of this Section.
Provide secondary products as recommended by manufacturers
of primary products .
1 . Quality: Provide the highest quality commercial
material or product produced by the manufacturer.
Provide manufacturer' s written certification of
quality. „
2 . Colors : Provide colors as directed by the Architect.
Match Architect' s color chips and numbers . Custom mix
colors as directed and as needed to provide exact
matches approved by the Architect. Deeptone, bright,
and accent colors are required.
a. Exterior Colors : Four exterior colors will be
used.
2 . 02 EQUIPMENT No
A. Equipment is not required to be new, but shall be adequate
and commensurate to the work and workmanship required ••
herein.
B. Equipment shall include all required ladders, scaffolding,
staging, drop cloths, maskings, scrapers, tools,
sandpaper, dusters, cleaning solvents, and waste as
required to perform the work and achieve the results
herein specified.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
.k
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Before starting any work, surfaces to receive paint WW
finishes shall be examined carefully for defects which
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900 sm
14
.w
00
6. Miscellaneous Wood Finishing Materials :
a. Varnish-Type Surface Sealer: Sealer for open-
grain wood for use as a surface sealer over
exterior plywood before application of a prime
coat:
Pittsburgh: 77-1 Rez Sealer-Primer.
P&L: Varmor Penetrating Sealer.
b. Exterior Alkyd Stain: Stains for use over open
grained wood as a finish:
P&L: Stain shield, solid hide oil stain.
Cabot:
Olympic:
C. Exterior Latex Stain: Stain for use over open
grained wood as a finish:
P&L: Stain shield, solid hide latex rustic stain.
Cabot:
Olympic:
d. Waterproof Deck Stain: Stain for use over
pressure treated lumber as a finish:
P&L: Stain shield, penetrating oil rustic stain.
Cabot:
Olympic:
e. Exterior Paint:
P&L:
Moore:
Pittsburgh:
Devoe:
C. All accessory materials, such as linseed oil, shellac, and
turpentine, shall be pure and of highest quality and shall
be approved by the Architect-Engineer. They shall bear
identifying labels on the containers, with the
manufacturer' s instruction printed thereon.
D. Paint shall be well ground; shall not settle, cake or
thicken in the container; shall be readily broken with
paddle to a smooth consistency; and shall have easy
brushing properties .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
13
an
ow
exterior over prime-coated ferrous metal :
Devoe: 155 All-Weather Exterior Alkyd Gloss House "`
and Trim Paint Ultra Deep Base.
Moore: Moore' s House Paint No. 110.
Pittsburgh: Effecto Enamel . •.
C. Deep Color Alkyd Resin Exterior Trim Paint : Deep
color, ready-mixed alkyd paint for use on the
exterior over prime-coated ferrous metal : am
Devoe: 155 All-Weather Exterior Alkyd Gloss House
and Trim Paint Ultra Deep Base. am
Moore: Moore' s House Paint No. 110.
Pittsburgh: Effecto Enamel .
d. Lusterless Alkyd Enamel : Alkyd base flat enamel ..
for use over prime-coated ferrous metal :
Devoe: 56400 De-Vo-Ko Lo-Lustre Alkyd H.P.
Moore: Moore' s Pentaflex Flat House Paint No. 114 .
Pittsburgh: 50-52 Snolite Exterior Alkyd Flat
House Paint.
5. Interior Finish Paint Material :
a. Latex-Based Interior Flat Paint: Ready-mixed
latex-based paint for use as a flat finish over
concrete and masonry surfaces, including filled
concrete masonry block, mineral-fiber-reinforced
cement panels and plaster, and over prime-coated
gypsum drywall, ferrous metal, and zinc-coated
(galvanized) metal surfaces :
Devoe: 36XX Wonder-Tones Latex Flat Wall Paint.
Moore : Regal Wall Satin No. 215.
P&L: Vapex Latex Flat Wall Finish. ..�
b. Interior Semi-Gloss Odorless Alkyd Enamel : Low-
odor, semi-gloss, alkyd enamel for use over primer
and undercoat on concrete, masonry (including ow
concrete masonry block) , wood and hardboard, and
both ferrous and zinc-coated (galvanized) metal
surfaces over primer on gypsum drywall : .�
Devoe: 26XX Velour Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel .
Moore: Moore' s Satin Impervo Enamel No. 235.
P&L: Cellu-Tone Alkyd Satin Enamel .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
12
w.
g. Interior varnish type surface sealer shall be as
manufactured and recommended by Pratt and Lambert,
' Moore, Devoe, or Pittsburgh.
3 . Undercoat Materials:
a. Interior Enamel Undercoat: Ready-mixed enamel for
use on the interior as an undercoat over a primer
on concrete or masonry under an odorless semi-
gloss enamel :
Devoe: 8801 Velour Alkyd Enamel Undercoat.
�*+ Moore: Moore' s Alkyd Enamel Underbody No. 217 .
P&L: E6 Enamel Undercoater.
b. Interior Enamel Undercoater: Ready-mixed enamel
for use as an undercoat over wood and hardboard
under an odorless alkyd semi-gloss enamel or full
gloss alkyd enamel :
Devoe: 8801 Velour Alkyd Enamel Undercoat .
Moore: Moore' s Alkyd Enamel Underbody No. 217 .
P&L: Interior Trim Primer.
C. Interior Enamel Undercoat: Ready-mixed enamel for
use as an undercoat over a primer on ferrous or
zinc-coated metal under an interior alkyd semi-
gloss enamel or full-gloss alkyd enamel :
,, Devoe: 8801 Velour Alkyd Enamel Undercoat.
Moore: Moore' s Alkyd Enamel Underbody No. 217 .
P&L: Interior Trim Primer.
00 4 . Exterior Finish Paint Material :
a. Exterior Acrylic Emulsion: Quick-drying, flat
acrylic paint for use on the exterior over prime-
coated wood and sealed and prime-coated painted
plywood:
Devoe: 15XX Wonder-Shield Exterior Acrylic Latex
Flat House Paint.
Moore: Moorgard Latex House Paint No. 103 .
+ Pittsburgh: 72 Line Sun-Proof Acrylic Latex
House Paint.
P&L: Vapex Latex Flat House Paint.
b. Deep Color Alkyd Resin Exterior Trim Paint: Deep
color, ready-mixed alkyd paint for use on the
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
11
ow
no
alkyd flat and semi-gloss enamel :
Devoe: 36XX Wonder-Tones Latex Flat Wall Paint . 'm
Moore: Moore' s Latex Quick-Dry Prime Seal No. 201 .
P&L: Vapex Latex Flat Wall Finish.
MW
b. Latex-Based Interior White Primer: Latex-based
primer coating used on interior gypsum drywall under
a flat latex or an alkyd semi-gloss enamel :
so
Devoe: 50801 Wonder-Tones Latex Primer and Sealer.
Moore: Moore' s Latex Quick-Dry Prime Seal No. 201 .
P&L: Latex Wall Primer Z30001 . ,
C. Exterior Primer Coating: Exterior alkyd wood primer
for priming wood under alkyd glass enamels, flat
lusterless finish, and wood trim under medium shade
of deep color high-gloss alkyds :
Devoe: 1102 All-Weather Alkyd House Paint Primer. ..
Moore: Moorwhite Deep Color Base No. 100-04 .
P&L: Permalize Exterior Primer.
d. Exterior Primer Coating: Exterior alkyd wood primer
for priming sealed plywood under an acrylic emulsion
finish:
Devoe: 1102 All-Weather Alkyd House Paint Primer.
Moore: Moorwhite Primer = 100 .
P&L: Permalize Exterior Primer.
e . Synthetic, Rust-Inhibiting Primer: Quick-drying,
rust-inhibiting primer for priming ferrous metal on
the exterior under full-gloss and flat alkyd enamel
and on the interior under flat latex paint or
odorless alkyd semi-gloss or alkyd gloss enamels;
Devoe: 14920 Bar-Ox Quick Dry Metal Primer, Red.
Moore: Ironclad Retardo Rust-Inhibitive Paint No. 163 .
P&L: Effecto Rust-Inhibiting Primer.
f. Interior Alkyd Stain: Stains for use over oak and
other interior wood surfaces shall be interior alkyd
stain as manufactured and recommended by Pratt and ..
Lambert, Cabot, or Moore.
Note: All new oak shall receive one (1) coat of grain
filler/sealer by Pratt and Lambert, or approved equal,
prior to application of stain.
No
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900 00
10
am
r
during finishing and drying. Test all surfaces with
moisture meter before proceeding. Surfaces shall be
dry within the limitations of the finish system
manufacturers .
C. All Areas:
1 . Substrates: Proceed with work only when substrate
construction and penetrating work is complete.
2 . Coordination: Convene a pre-installation conference
to establish procedures to maintain optimum working
conditions and to coordinate this work with related
and adjacent work. Coordinate painting work with work
specified in other Sections . Furnish information on
... finish materials to be used in the field to ensure
that correct prime coats are used in the shop.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers : Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide products of one of the following:
Devoe and Reynolds Co. (Devoe) .
Benjamin Moore and Co. (Moore) .
PPG Industries, Pittsburgh Paints (Pittsburgh) .
Pratt and Lambert (P&L) .
1 . Except as otherwise specified, proprietary names used
hereinafter refer to products made by the above
manufacturers and are used for convenience only.
B. Products :
• 1 . Masonry Block Filler:
a. High Performance Latex Block Filler: Heavy-duty
latex block fillers used for filling open textured
interior and exterior concrete masonry block
before application of top coats :
Moore: Moorcraft Block Filler No. 145.
2 . Primers :
a. Interior Flat Latex-Based Paint: Flat latex paint
used as a primer over concrete and masonry under
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
9
an
B. Storage:
1 . All materials used on the job shall be stored in a am
single place designated by the Owner or the
Architect-Engineer. Such storage place shall be kept
neat and clean, and all damage thereto, or its am
surroundings, shall be made good. Any soiled or used
rags, waste, and trash must be removed from the
building at the end of each day and every precaution
taken to avoid the danger of fire. ow
2 . Paint materials shall not be allowed to be frozen.
am
C. Avoid the possibility of fire by removing flammable
materials, solvents, and spirits from the project site or
by storing materials in U.L. approved fire-resistive OR
cabinets . Keep work area free from flammable waste and
soiled rags .
1 . 07 GUARANTY/WARRANTY •o
A. All original paint materials shall be maintained for one
year; during this period, there shall be no evidence of
blisters, streaks, peeling, scalping, running, chalking,
or staining.
1 . 08 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS No
A. Interior:
1 . Maintain temperature in building at constant 65
degrees F. or above during drying of plaster and
masonry, and provide adequate ventilation for escape
of moisture from buildings in order to prevent mildew, ""
damage to other work, and improper drying. Once
painting has commenced, provide constant temperature
of 65 degrees F. or above, and prevent wide variation ow
in temperature which might result in condensation on
freshly painted surfaces .
B. Exterior: am
1 . Weather, Temperature, and Humidity: Perform work only
when existing and forecasted conditions are within the
limits established by manufacturers of the materials
and products used.
2 . Outdoor Temperature and Conditions : Air and surface
temperatures shall be 50 degrees F. or above and dry
aw
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900 .o
8
..
go
approval, a list of comparable materials of another
listed approved manufacturer. This submittal shall
' include full identifying product names and catalog
numbers .
3. Source: For each type of materials required for the
work of this Section, provide primary materials which
are the products of one manufacturer. Provide
thinners and other secondary materials which are
acceptable to the manufacturers of the primary
materials .
u , 4 . In-Place Samples : Before beginning primary work of
this Section, provide typical in-place samples of each
item and type of work at locations acceptable to the
Architect and obtain Architect' s acceptance of visual
qualities .
a. Size of Sample: Not less than 10 sq. ft.
O.
b. Intent of Sample: The intent of the in-place
sample is to obtain approval of a typical
installation as early as possible so that
problems, if any, can be corrected before the
problem is repeated.
C. Sample Disposition: Acceptable in-place samples
may be incorporated into the finished work.
Protect and maintain acceptable in-place samples
throughout the work of this Section to serve as
criteria for acceptance of the work.
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Regulatory: In accordance with the State Building Code,
all walls of corridors, stairways, and lobbies shall be
painted with Class I (0 to 25) Fire Retardant Paints . All
other walls of the building to be painted shall have Class
III (76 to 200) flame spread ratings.
1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: All paints, varnishes, enamels, lacquers,
stains, paste fillers, and similar materials must be
delivered in the original containers, with the seals
unbroken and labels intact, and with the manufacturer' s
MM
instruction printed thereon.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
an 09900
7
.m
no
3 . Approval : Material furnished shall match in color and
sheen the approved samples . so
C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer' s specifications and
application recommendations for all material proposed to
be used. No
D. Test Reports : Submit certified laboratory test reports as
necessary to show compliance with requirements. ow
E. Colors: Submit three (3) sets of color samples of
complete color ranges available in all the materials
specified. Colors of all finishes will be set forth in .w
the color schedule to be furnished by the
Architect-Engineer.
F. Color Matching: Exact matching of the Architect' s color
chips and color selections is required. Provide computer
color analysis of Architect' s color selections and custom
mix colors as needed to provide an acceptable match for
each color.
.t
G. Color Formulas : For all custom-mixed colors, provide
clear, precise typewritten color formulas and mixing
instructions so that custom-mixed colors can be accurately
duplicated.
1 . 04 OUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Qualifications :
1 . Contractor: A competent foreman with a wide
background of experience in the work contemplated
shall be in charge of the work at all times .
2 . Verification: The Contractor shall either verify, in
writing, that he intends to apply the proprietary
products listed in the paint schedules or submit, for
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
6
go
coatings which are lead hazard free and which have
less than 0 . 06 percent lead content.
F. Work Not Included: Do Not Paint:
1 . New prefinished aluminum; windows, doors, and louvers .
2 . New acoustic tile.
3 . New prefinished lockers, toilet and shower partitions .
4 . New galvanized pipe at interior rails and interior
ladders when not exposed to view.
5. Interior brick and stone.
6. Glazing and caulking compounds .
7 . New prefinished aluminum roof items .
G. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed by others under the
designated Sections :
1 . SECTION 07100 - WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING, AND
CAULKING.
a. Caulking.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B. Samples : Submit samples to the Architect-Engineer for
approval prior to painting in-place samples . Rejected
samples shall be submitted until approved. Obtain
approval in writing before delivering materials .
1 . Woodwork: Prepare specimens at least 12 in. square on
the wood specified, of each natural, stained, or
painted finish, in colors shown in the color schedule.
2 . Metals : Prepare specimens at least 12 in. square on
NO sheet metal, of each type of finish, applying prime
coat, intermediate, and finish coats, in accordance
with the color schedule.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
5
4 . Alternate Bid Item No. 4 :
a. Alternate Bid Item No. 4 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for all costs in
connection with the installation of telephone,
computer, CATV, and power outlets in all dormitory
student rooms as shown on the Construction
Drawings . Work of this Alternate shall include
all cables, conduit, wiring devices, and all
associated cutting and patching.
5. Alternate Bid Item No. 5:
a. Alternate Bid Item No. 5 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor
and materials required to replace all existing ,
underslab sanitary piping as shown on the Contract
Drawings . This Contractor shall be responsible
for verifying the exact location of all buried
lines and providing all necessary cutting and
patching of existing concrete floor slabs .
6 . Alternate Bid Item No. 6:
a. Alternate Bid Item No. 6 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
materials, and other costs in connection with
replacing all existing sprinkler heads on the
first through fourth floors and all attic spaces
in the Cushing, Emerson, and Jordan Houses . ,
D. Phasing and Scheduling: Special phasing and scheduling is
required to accommodate the Owner' s needs and a separate
Contract for the new dining hall addition.
E. Intent :
1 . A major intent of the work of this Section is to
finish all work indicated.
a. Solvent (VOC) Restrictions : Comply with local air '
pollution requirements . Do not use materials
which release volatile compounds in excess of
limits prescribed by authorities having
jurisdiction.
b. Lead Restrictions : Comply with laws, codes, and
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction
related to lead content. Provide only paints and
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
4
P"
no
includes, but is not limited to, painting and
finishing the following:
g•
a. Backpriming: Painting work includes backpriming
all wood work prior to installation.
an
b. New Wood Items: Backprime and fully finish paint
all new exterior wood items which are visible in
the completed work.
so
c. Repaired Existing Wood: Fully repaint all
existing wood which is repaired or restored during
MW the work.
C. Alternates :
on 1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 1 :
a. Alternate Bid Item No. 1 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
materials, and other costs in connection with
removal of all remaining glass transom panels on
�. the second, third, and fourth floors of Cushing,
Emerson, and Jordan House and installation of new
3/4 in. veneer plywood panels .
2 . Alternate Bid Item No. 2 :
a. Alternate Bid Item No. 2 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
materials, and other costs in connection with new
flooring, ceilings, and wall finishes (as
indicated on the Drawings) at the first floor of
Cushing, Emerson, and Jordan House.
3 . Alternate Bid Item No. 3 :
a. Alternate Bid Item No. 3 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
materials, and other costs in connection with new
handicapped ramp at the northwest porch of Emerson
House, new handicapped entrance door and hardware,
new handicapped toilet room, including walls,
door, hardware, finishes, plumbing fixtures,
accessories, supply and waste piping, all related
HVAC, all related electrical and lighting, .all
related fire protection, and all patch to match of
existing finished disturbed as a result of this
Alternate.
vo
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
No 09900
3
40
,M
6 . The painting of all new and existing ferrous roof
items, including new roof railings .
7 . The finishing of all wood floors as indicated on the
Contract Drawings .
8 . The painting of all new and existing millwork items,
including wood trim, as well as wood doors and wood
frames, both exterior and interior.
9. The Painting Subcontractor shall examine the
Specifications for the various other trades and shall
thoroughly familiarize himself with their provisions
regarding painting. All surfaces that are left
unfinished by the requirements of other Sections shall
be painted or finished as part of the work covered by
this Section.
10 . The painting of all new and existing exposed items of
wood and metal on the building exterior as indicated
on the Contract Drawings .
11 . Note : Unless otherwise specifically noted on the
Drawings or Specifications, all exposed new and
existing wood, plaster, and gypsum board walls,
soffits, and partitions, in all rooms receiving new,
altered, or removed existing construction, shall be
painted, whether or not called for in the Room Finish
Schedules .
12 . The painting and/or finishing of all new wood ramps,
siding, trim, railings, and all other exposed wood or
metal surfaces; all to be backprimed prior to
installation.
13 . Unless otherwise specifically noted on the Drawings or
Specifications, all walls, ceilings, and other .
surfaces requiring patch to match shall be painted in
their entirety.
14 . The staining of all new wood handrails to match
adjacent existing wood handrails .
15. Scraping, sanding, priming, and painting of existing **
two-story bay windows . (4 two-story bays required) .
B. Other Work Included:
1 . What to Paint and Finish: The work of this Section
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
2
■
SECTION 09900
PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . The terms "paint" or "painting, " as used in this
Section in a general sense, has reference to sealers,
varnishes, primers, stains, oils, alkyd-latex-epoxy
and enamel-type paints, and the application of these
materials .
2 . The painting and wall covering of all surfaces, new
and existing, interior and exterior, as specified
herein and as noted in the Schedule of Room Finishes,
as well as where noted on the Drawings.
3 . The painting of all exposed surfaces of all new and
existing ferrous metal work of the building exterior,
in whatever locations found, which are not painted
under other Sections of the Specifications .
4 . The painting of all interior surfaces of floors, walls
and ceilings, masonry, wood, concrete, plaster, gypsum
board, and metal, including all new doors and all
railings and trim.
5. The painting of all exposed pipes, ducts, hangers,
steel and iron, and metal surfaces of equipment
installed under the "Plumbing, " "Heating, Ventilating,
and Air Conditioning, " and "Electrical" Sections of
this Contract. This includes all cabinet heaters,
prefinished or primered.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
+ 09900
1
wir
T
i
i
i
i
i
SECTION 09900
PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 5
1 . 04 Quality Assurance' 6
1 . 05 Reference Standards 7
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 7
1 . 07 Guarantee/Warranty 8
1 . 08 Environmental Conditions 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 9
2 . 02 Equipment 14
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Inspection 14
3 . 02 Preparation 15
3 . 03 Application 18
3 . 04 Finish Systems Schedule 25
3. 05 Vinyl Wall Covering (VWC) 25
3 . 06 Adjusting and Cleaning 27
3 . 07 Protection 27
3 . 09 Extra Stock/Spare Parts 27
3
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
09900
0
3 . 06 EXTRA STOCK/SPARE PARTS
A. At the start of the work, the following quantities of
sheet vinyl flooring shall be delivered to the Owner.
Sufficient flooring shall be ordered initially so that all
flooring shall exactly match the flooring used.
1 . Sheet Vinyl Flooring: 5 percent of each color used.
' B. A receipt signed by the Owner will be required as evidence
of delivery of extra flooring.
3 . 07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Maintenance:
1 . Furnish two (2) copies of a list of recommended
maintenance products and procedures .
2 . Instruct Owner' s designated representative on proper
floor washings and maintenance for flooring.
END OF SECTION
wo
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
9
b. The treads and risers shall be carefully fitted in
a workmanlike manner, securely bonded with an
appropriate epoxy adhesive . Treads shall be cut
to fit so that the nose of the rubber tread shall
fit tightly against the face of the stair riser or
nosing. Any voids at the nosing between the stair
and the rubber tread shall be filled with an
appropriate epoxy stair caulk. All treads and
risers shall be thoroughly rolled until a firm
bond has been obtained.
3 . 04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Adjusting:
1 . Inspect and make necessary adjustment within two
months of the time that heat is supplied continuously
in each finished area.
2 . Flooring that has not "seated" in a level plane shall
have heat supplied locally, be quickly rolled to
surrounding flooring level .
3 . Flooring not accurately cut shall be promptly removed «.
and replaced with properly cut flooring.
4 . Materials showing broken corners, minor breaks, or
fracture lines across their surfaces shall be warmed
and removed. Substitute new materials of same color,
thickness, and size to eliminate the defect . ,
B. Cleaning:
1 . Upon completion of the installation of floor covering
and adjacent work, and after materials have set, clean
surfaces with a neutral cleaner as recommended by the
manufacturer for the type of floor covering material
installed. Remove all cement, dirt, and other foreign
substances .
2 . Apply one heavy coat of water emulsion wax and buff to
product well-polished finish.
3 . Remove all rubbish caused by the work of this Section.
3 . 05 PROTECTION
A. Do not permit traffic on finished floors unless they are .�
protected with heavy paper.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy RESILIENT FLOORS
09700 **
8
B. Installation of Flooring Materials :
1 . Flooring:
a. Use only experienced workmen. Lay flooring so as
to insure good contact with close, even joints and
with finished surfaces in true plane and smooth
field, lay flooring square with room axis, with
border width of largest possible size in
accurately aligned manner, fit into breaks and
recesses, against base, around pipes, and under
saddles. Cut, fit, and scribe border tiles to
walls after application of field flooring.
b. Lay flooring with the grain parallel or reverse,
as directed by the Architect-Engineer.
C. Accurately cut flooring to and around permanently
built in cabinets of all types, heating and
ventilating units, and excessively heavy fixed
objects and freestanding and exposed columns .
d. Install protective edgings and reducer strips,
properly adhered to substrate. Edgings shall be
installed wherever resilient flooring abuts other
floor finishes .
OR
2 . Base:
a. Do not apply base until backing material is
thoroughly dried out.
b. Cement base firmly to wall using waterproof cement
adhesive recommended by the manufacturer.
C. Scribe accurately to fit trim at doors, frames,
ow and other items .
d. Base throughout shall have top and bottom edges in
firm contact with walls and with floors .
e. Set pre-molded corners neatly and firmly.
3 . Rubber Stair Treads and Risers :
a. Install at all locations as called for in the
Schedule of Room Finishes and wherever indicated
No on the Drawings .
00
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy RESILIENT FLOORS
W 09700
7
w
am
0»
C. Immediately prior to installation of resilient flooring
materials, subflooring shall be thoroughly dry, broom no
clean, free of springiness, grease, oil, paint, varnish,
curing compounds, hardeners, sprinkled cement, mortar or
plaster droppings, dirt, crumbly or scaly surfaces, and
the like. sm
D. Prime surfaces other than wood if recommended by floor
covering manufacturer. M.
E. Coat concrete subfloor with full coatings of cement of
brushing and spreading consistency.
F. Do not begin work under this Section until work of other
trades, including painting, has been completed.
Coordinate work with other trades . am
3 . 03 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. Application of Adhesives : °'W
1 . Mix and apply adhesives in accordance with
manufacturer' s instructions . AW
2 . Provide safety precautions during mixing and
applications as recommended by adhesive manufacturer.
00
3 . Apply uniformly over surfaces and proceed as follows :
a. Cover only that amount of area which can be ow
covered by flooring material within the
recommended working time of the adhesive.
b. Remove any adhesive which dries or films over. No
C. Prevent soiling of walls, bases, and adjacent
areas by providing proper protection with approved ."
materials .
d. Promptly remove any spillage. .�
4 . Apply adhesives with notched trowel or other approved
tools .
S. Clean trowels and rework notches as necessary to
insure proper application of adhesive throughout the
work period.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
6
"M
ON
the Architect-Engineer from the manufacturer' s full range
of colors. Asphalt or rubber base shall not be used. All
inside and outside corners shall be premolded. Straight
base to be similar as applicable.
G. Underlayment: Mastic type with binder of latex or
polyvinyl acetate where required for leveling. To be
Levelastic or approved equal .
H. Edging Strips: Install vinyl reducer strips at edges of
polyvinyl acetate where required for leveling.
" I . Rubber Carpet Nosings : Install continuous rubber carpet
nosings along all edges of carpet where it abuts resilient
flooring or other non-carpet flooring; to be R.C. Musson
No. 145, 3-1/4 in. deep, 2 in. nose depth, including lip;
square nose for use with commercial gauge carpeting.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
oft A. Examine substrate for excessive moisture content and
unevenness which would prevent execution and quality of
resilient flooring as specified. Notify the
Architect-Engineer in writing of any defects in the
subfloor.
B. Moisture content shall not exceed 3 percent by weight as
determined by moisture tests .
C. Do not proceed with installation of work of this Section
until defects have been corrected, except where correction
is indicated under preparation in this Section. Starting
of work of this Section shall mean the acceptance of the
condition of the substrate by the Subcontractor performing
the work of this Section.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
s
A. Remove dirt, oil, grease, incompatible curing compounds,
or other foreign matter from surfaces to receive floor
covering materials .
B. Fill substrate cracks which are less than 1/16 in. (1 . 6
mm) wide and depressions which are less than 1/8 in. (3 .2
mm) deep with approved type mastic underlayment. For
depressions greater than 1/8 in. , build up in 1/8 in.
layers .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
5
connected by vinyl hinges with vinyl leading edges for
surface mounting. Tread rails shall run perpendicular
to traffic flow with surface inserts of carpet.
Aluminum tread rails shall be 6063-T5 alloy in bronze
duranodic finish. Carpet inserts shall be 100 percent
nylon fiber face with 1/4 in. pile height fusion
bonded to aluminum tread rails . Vinyl leading edges,
fillers, and hinges shall be solid PVC. All colors
shall be as selected by the Architect-Engineer from .�
the manufacturer' s full range of colors Mats shall
be as manufactured by R.C. Musson Rubber Co. , or
approved equal .
No
C. Landings :
1 . Area - Cushing and Jordan: 10052 . ow
All material shall be Comfortech rubber flooring as
manufactured by Johnsonite. Flooring shall be . 120
in. thick checker design with vulcanized three layer "`
construction to prevent delamination containing an
integral center core of material testing 60 Shore A
with a polyester backing. Material color shall be as
selected by the Architect-Engineer from the
manufacturer' s full range of colors .
D. Treads and Risers :
1 . Area - Cushing and Jordan: 100S2 .
All stair treads shall be "visually impaired - heavy
duty" (VHD) as manufactured by Johnsonite with a 2 in.
hinged square nose, 2 in. wide grit strip of
contrasting color, and a length and width to
completely cover the existing stair tread. Risers
shall be of comparable material, size, and
configuration to match required treads . All colors
shall be as selected by the Architect-Engineer from
the manufacturer' s full range of colors .
E. Adhesives : Adhesives shall be waterproofed cement
(solvent type) as recommended by the manufacturer of the
flooring.
F. Plastic Bases : Cove base shall be vinyl plastic "top set"
type, 1T8 in. thick, with premolded smooth round top and
cove base, 4 in. high by the required length from a
continuous roll, as manufactured by Armstrong, Johnsonite,
or approved equal, and shall be in colors as selected by
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
4
degrees C. ) for not less than 48 hours before and 48 hours
after installation.
B. Maintain minimum temperature of 55 degrees F. (13 degrees
C. ) after flooring is installed, except as specified in
Paragraph 1 . 07 .A.
1 . 08 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES for description of bid
items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Sheet (Roll) Vinyl Flooring:
1 . Vinyl flooring shall be as follows :
AREA ITEM SPECIFICATION
Bathrooms (All) Flooring Forbo "Smaragd" with
welded seams . Color
to be selected by
the Architect .
Vinyl Base Forbo "Smaragd. " Color
to be selected by the
Architect.
Kitchenette Flooring Forbo "Smaragd. " Color
to be selected by the
W Architect .
Vinyl Base Forbo "Smaragd" with
welded seams . Color
to be selected by
the Architect.
B. Floor Mats :
1 . Area - Cushing: 100V1, 10051, and 10052 .
Emerson: 100V1 and 100V2 .
Jordan: 100V1, 10052, and 10053 .
All material shall be aluminum/vinyl roll-up floor
mats of the size as shown on the Contract Drawings .
Mats shall have extruded aluminum tread rails
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
3
C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer' s data showing
compliance with Specifications and recommended
installation procedures .
D. Test Reports : Submit certified laboratory test reports as
necessary to show compliance with requirements.
E. Colors : Colors of all materials shall be as selected on a
room-by-room basis by the Architect-Engineer from samples
of the standard color ranges of materials submitted as
above. A minimum of four (4) colors shall be selected.
1 . 04 OUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the •�
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Industry: All materials and operations shall meet the
requirements of the latest revision of the standard
specifications of the American Society for Testing and
Materials (ASTM) .
1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver materials to the project site in *•
manufacturer' s original, unopened containers with labels
indicating brand names, colors and patterns, and quality
designations legible and intact.
B. Storage : Store and protect materials in accordance with
manufacturer' s directions and recommendations and, unless
otherwise directed, store materials in original containers
at not less than 70 degrees F. (21 degrees C. ) for not
less than 24 hours immediately before installation.
1 . 07 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Maintain temperature in space to receive flooring between
70 degrees F. and 90 degrees F. (21 degrees C. and 32
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy RESILIENT FLOORS
09700 ON
2
R.
SECTION 09700
RESILIENT FLOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
� . A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Sheet (roll) vinyl flooring, vinyl bases, and vinyl
reducers .
2 . Rubber carpet nosings .
3 . Preparation of all floors (including leveling with
" Levelastic) at all areas to receive new resilient
flooring.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed by others under the
designated Sections :
1 . SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY.
a. Plywood underlayment.
aw
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
1W
B. Samples : Submit two (2) samples of each item, color, and
pattern available in the specified products from the
proposed manufacturer. Quality, colors, and mottlings of
installed materials shall match approved samples held by
the Architect-Engineer.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
1
1
1
1
S
7
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION 09700
RESILIENT FLOORS
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1. 05 Reference Standards 2
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
1 . 07 Environmental Conditions 2
1 . 08 Alternates 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 01 Inspection 5
3 . 02 Preparation 5
3 . 03 Installation/Application/Erection 6
3 . 04 Adjusting and Cleaning 8
3 . 05 Protection 8
3. 06 Extra Stock/Spare Parts 9
3. 07 Operation and Maintenance Data 9
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy RESILIENT FLOORS
09700
0
am
.W
B. Cleaning:
1 . At completion of the work, the carpet shall be
thoroughly cleaned and vacuumed. Remove spots and
replace carpet where spots cannot be removed. This
Contractor shall instruct the Owner on proper care and �^
maintenance.
2 . Removal of Rubbish: This Contractor shall remove all
rubbish caused by the work of this Section.
3 . 05 PROTECTION
A. Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this
Section before, during, and after installation and to
protect the work and materials of all other trades .
B. Provide a heavy non-staining paper or plastic walkway as
required over carpeting in direction of foot traffic,
maintaining intact until carpeted space is acceptable to
the Owner.
3 . 06 EXTRA STOCK/SPARE PARTS
A. Carpeting: Furnish 5 percent of each color carpet
selected to the Owner for future patching and to assure
matching color run. It shall be delivered before
commencement of work and turned over to the Owner for
proper storage. Job wastes and remnants will not be
accepted or considered a part of the 5 percent.
END OF SECTION
4M
.W
,R
MW
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy CARPET
09680
6
C. Seams : Locate seams only where shown on the approved shop
drawings or where specifically otherwise approved by the
Architect-Engineer. Locate seams, to the maximum
practicable, out of traffic. Where seams relate to doors,
center seams under door thickness . Do not place seams in
direction of traffic in doorways .
D. Precondition and acclimatize carpet in installation areas
.. at least 24 hours prior to installation.
E. Application:
1 . Fit sections of carpet into room or space prior to
application of adhesive. Trim off mill edges unless
carpet has been pretrimmed. Maintain straight seams,
true with lines of building.
2 . Apply seaming cement on cut edges of carpet at seams,
without being in evidence on face of carpet, but
securing base of pile at cut.
3 . Apply adhesive uniformly to substrate in accordance
with manufacturer' s instructions . Butt carpet edges
tightly together to form seams without gaps . Roll
lightly to eliminate air pockets and ensure uniform
total-area bond of carpet to substrata. Remove
adhesive (if any appears) promptly from face of
installed carpet.
�. 4 . Maintain uniform and consistent dye lot and color
throughout the work for each color and type of carpet
used. Install carpet tight against columns, walls,
fixed closed base cabinets, and other fixed items .
Trim mill edges to be seamed with very sharp tools .
Seal all cut edges with seam sealer to prevent edge
delamination and fiber loss . Provide edge guards at
w. all exposed edges and bind all cut edges not protected
by edge guards . Fit carpet to spaces before applying
adhesive. Apply adhesive uniformly with 100 percent
coverage . Roll entire carpet area slowly and
carefully in both directions with a 150 pound roller
to remove air pockets and to ensure good contact and
bond. Provide securely glued seams .
3 . 04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Adjusting: Carpeting shall be checked six months and one
year after installation and stretched and re-cemented as
necessary. Repair shall be assessed at this time also.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy CARPET
09680
5
am
C. Edge strips shall be EX-H as manufactured by Johnsonite,
or approved equal . Color to be as selected by the .R
Architect-Engineer from manufacturer' s entire range of
standard and premium colors . Furnish and install reducing
strips of type and profile selected by the Architect-
Engineer. ••
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this
Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental '
to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not
proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. Cleaning: Immediately prior to installation of the work
of this Section, thoroughly clean all substrates and
remove all oil, grease, paint, varnish, hardeners, and
other items which would adversely affect the bond of
adhesive.
B. Leveling: Make all substrates level and free from
irregularities . Assure one constant floor height after
carpet is installed, by grinding or sanding high spots and
filling low spots with "Levelastic" Floor Leveler as
required.
3 . 03 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. General : Carpeting shall be installed in all locations,
wall to wall, in strict accordance with the manufacturer' s
specifications and cemented direct to existing substrates
with adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer of the •*
carpet. Install full-length strips of carpeting all in
the same direction. Fit neatly at walls and at
permanently built-in floor objects, floor electrical
outlets, and all intersections and door openings . Align
the lines of carpet as woven using no filler strips unless
otherwise directed by the Architect-Engineer. Carpeting
shall continue uninterrupted under all movable furnishings
and equipment. Install with pile inclination in one
direction.
B. Perimeters : At all perimeters between carpeted areas and
other floor finishes, and at all doors where floor
materials change, install metal edge trim. Edging shall
be nailed securely into concrete or subfloor.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy CARPET
09680
4
,R
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Regulatory: The design, construction, and installation of
all work shall meet or exceed the current minimum
requirements of the Massachusetts State Building Code, the
Massachusetts Department of Public Safety, and CRI "Carpet
Specifiers Handbook. "
1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver carpeting materials in protective
wrappings.
B. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the
materials of this Section before, during, and after
� . installation and to protect the work and materials of all
other trades .
1 . 07 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY
A. Affidavits : Furnish affidavits certifying that the
materials delivered conform to the Massachusetts
Department of Public Safety minimum requirements for Flame
Spread, Fuel Contributed, and Smoke Density.
1 . 08 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES for description of bid
items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Carpeting shall be 26 oz . woven interlock constructed of
solution dyed 5-ply "Zeftron 2000" nylon with built-in
antistatic control which meets or exceeds the following
specification and the minimum requirements of the
Massachusetts Department of Public Safety for Class III
Interior Finish. Carpet shall be "Entry SD" as
manufactured by Mohawk. Color to be as selected from the
manufacturer' s full range of colors .
B. Adhesive shall be as recommended for the purpose by the
manufacturer of the approved carpet and as approved by the
Architect-Engineer; to be water resistant, non-staining
•� adhesive and hot metal seaming cement.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy CARPET
09680
3
patterns of carpet and of exposed accessories available
from the proposed manufacturer in the specified qualities .
1 . Sample sizes shall be as follows :
Carpet: 18 in. by 27 in.
Edge Strips : 12 in. long.
D. Product Data: Submit the following:
1 . Complete materials list of all items proposed to be
furnished and installed under this Section.
2 . Manufacturer' s specifications and other data required
to demonstrate compliance with specified requirements .
3 . Manufacturer' s recommended installation procedures .
E. Colors : To be Architect-Engineer' s choice of
manufacturer' s complete color range. A minimum of five
(5) colors will be selected.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Qualifications :
1 . Manufacturer: Products used in the work of this
Section shall be produced by manufacturers regularly
engaged in the manufacture of similar items and with a
history of successful production acceptable to the
Architect-Engineer.
2 . Installers : Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen
who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the
necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with
the specified requirements and the methods needed for
proper performance of the work of this Section.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy CARPET
09680
2
w.
SECTION 09680
CARPET
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Furnishing and installation of all carpet in the
building in accordance with the Schedule of Room
Finishes, as well as where shown on the details on the
�.
Drawings .
2 . The preparation of all floors (including leveling with
Levelastic) at all areas to receive new carpet.
3 . Removal of existing carpet as indicated on the
Contract Drawings .
B. Related Work: The following item is not included in this
Section and will be performed under the designated
Section:
1 . SECTION 09700 - RESILIENT FLOORS .
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing location of
all seams and location and types of all carpet material
and accessories.
�. C. Samples: Submit samples of the full range of colors and
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy CARPET
09680
1
40
^m
@
�
~
SECTION 09680
CARPET
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
y 1 . 05 Reference Standards 3
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 3
1 . 07 Guarantee/Warranty 3
1 . 08 Alternates 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Inspection 4
3 . 02 Preparation 4
3 . 03 Installation/Application/Erection 4
3 . 04 Adjusting and Cleaning 5
3. 05 Protection 6
3 . 06 Extra Stock/Spare Parts 6
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy CARPET
09680
0
.m
..
Up Solvent or Stoddard Solvent. Floor is now
ready for application of Trophy Finish. am
b. Apply thin, uniform coat, working first across the
grain, then feathering out with grain of wood in
straight even strokes . Work an area not to exceed .m
a 4 ft. square. Avoid leaving puddles of
excessive amount of finish on the floor. Inspect
carefully to avoid "skips . " Trophy Finish dries
in 12 hours under normal conditions . When dry,
burnish with No. 2 steel wool . Sweep floor with
turkish towel, damped with Hillyard Kleen-Up
Solvent or Stoddard Solvent. Apply second coat of *�
finish as described above.
C. After final coat, do not use floor for at least 48
hours .
d. During finishing and drying, floor must be free of
dust and dirt. Avoid air currents that carry dust
and dirt. Temperature of room and materials shall
be above 70 degrees F. during treatment . Allow
adequate ventilation for proper curing.
5. Wax: Wax and buff floor after full cure of final
sealer coat . Wax to be as recommended by sealer
manufacturer.
3 . 03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the
work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD FLOORING
09550
6
using 100 grit screen back, or equal grit sandpaper,
with a heavy-duty buffing machine.
3 . Vacuum floor and remove dust from walls and other
surfaces leaving floor clean and ready for finish.
4 . Floor shall present a smooth surface without drum stop
marks, gouges, streaks, or shiners .
' E. Finish:
1 . The finishing of wood flooring shall be with Hillyard
w Company' s Products, or approved equal .
2 . Preparation:
a. After sanding, brush sweep floor, then vacuum
until surface and cracks are free of sanding dust.
Then sweep floor with a turkish towel, dampened
with Hillyard Kleen-Up Solvent or Stoddard
Solvent, under a bristle broom.
b. Dust and vacuum all surfaces adjacent to floor to
prevent sanding dust from recirculating and
settling in fresh finish.
3 . Sealing (Two Coats) :
a. Enough material shall be used to thoroughly fill
and seal wood. With a clean applicator, apply a
liberal application of Trophy Seal, in a uniform
coat using straight even strokes . Work first
against grain, then smooth out with grain. Avoid
leaving puddles of seal on the floor.
b. After the first coat of seal is thoroughly dry,
burnish with No . 2 steel wool under suitable floor
machine. Vacuum and sweep with turkish towel,
dampened with Hillyard Kleen-Up Solvent or
Stoddard Solvent . Apply second coat of seal .
After thoroughly dry, burnish with No. 2 steel
wool . Sweep with turkish towel, dampened with
Hillyard Kleen-Up Solvent or Stoddard Solvent.
When the floor has an even coat and shows no dull
spots, the floor is properly sealed.
w 4 . Finishing (Two Coats) :
a. Make sure floor is perfectly clean. Sweep floor
with a turkish towel, damped with Hillyard Kleen-
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD FLOORING
09550
5
M.
no
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION "'
A. Inspect structure for proper tolerances and dryness, and
report, in writing, any discrepancies to the General .�
Contractor.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
am
A. Installation shall not start until all overhead trades
have finished and all plastering, masonry, electrical, and
tile work in adjacent areas is completed. Permanent heat 00
must be on. The General Contractor shall level structure
to plus or minus 1/8 in. in any 10 ft. radius .
B. Thoroughly examine and inspect entire wood floor area to
be repaired and refinished and chalk mark each major
defect requiring repair. Minor repairs are not required.
04
1 . Definition of Major Defect: Major defects which
require repair include:
a. Missing existing floor (example: previously made .�
holes for penetrations) .
b. Rotted existing wood (may be rotted due to
excessive moisture or other cause) .
C. Gouges over 1/8 in. deep.
d. Gaps over 1/16 in. wide.
C. Patching and Repair: ..
1 . Missing Flooring: Cut and fit new wood flooring to
fill existing holes and areas of missing flooring. ,.
Color match wood to the greatest extent possible.
Maintain grain orientation and floor pattern.
D. Sanding: Sand wood flooring with drum sander, edger,
buffer, and hand scraper as conditions require to produce
a smooth level surface. Protect all adjacent surfaces
from damage due to sanding and finishing operations . •�
1 . Use coarse, medium, and fine graded sandpaper, in that
order, in three major sanding operations .
2 . After sanding with drum sander, buff entire floor
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD FLOORING
09550
4
ON
on
anchorage or bond with the substrate or fails otherwise to
on perform as required, all due to failures of materials and
workmanship and not due to unusual exposure to moisture or
other abusive forces and elements not anticipated for the
application.
1 . 08 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Conditioning: Do not proceed with the delivery and
installation of wood flooring until after the spaces to
receive flooring have been enclosed and are dry and
maintained at approximately the same humidity condition as
planned for occupancy. Place wood flooring materials in
the rooms or spaces to be floored seven days in advance of
the start of installation. Open packages of wood flooring
which are sealed to permit natural adjustment of moisture
content. Maintain ambient temperature in range of 65
degrees to 90 deg. F. prior to, during, and after the
installation of wood flooring.
1 . 09 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES for description of bid
items .
.A. PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Subflooring: 3/4 in. CDX KD plywood - Group 2 Species .
B. Nails : 2 in. barbed cleat or equivalent.
�w
C. Flooring - New Floors : 25/32 in. thick by 2-1/4 in.
width. Select grade, tongue and groove white oak, end
matched flooring as graded in accordance with NOFMA
Standards, over 3/4 in. plywood subfloor.
D. Wood for Patching, Partial Replacement and Repair:
Provide wood which exactly matches existing in size,
species, grade, character, quality, and appearance.
E. Wood Patching Compound: Provide hard, durable wood floor
matching compound which can be stained to closely match
adjacent wood color.
F. Nails/Screws : Provide screw type flooring nails .
**� 2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD FLOORING
09550
3
.m
ow
C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer' s specifications and
installation instructions for flooring system. Include
instructions for handling, moisture protection, anchorage, o""
finishing, protection, and maintenance. Transmit copy of
each instruction to the Installer.
VW
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials: Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Qualifications : Installer: A flooring firm, with not
less than three years ' successful experience in the
installation of the types of flooring required, shall
install the flooring.
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Industry: Comply with National Oak Flooring Manufacturers
Association (NOFMA) , Maple Flooring Manufacturers
Association (MFMA) standards and recommendations for
flooring, including grading rules, and comply with Wood
and Synthetic Flooring Institute (WSFI) standards and .,
recommendations applicable to materials and methods of
installation, except as otherwise noted.
1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect wood flooring from excessive moisture in shipment,
storage, and handling. Deliver in unopened bundles and
store in a dry place, with adequate air circulation and
with temperature not less than 65 degrees F. Do not
deliver material to building until "wet work, " such as
concrete and plaster, have been completed and cured to a
condition of equilibrium.
1 . 07 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY
A. The Contractor shall guarantee for one year from
acceptance, the finished wood flooring and associated
work, agreeing to repair or replace flooring which
shrinks, warps, cracks, or otherwise deteriorates
excessively, or which buckles, delaminates or breaks its
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD FLOORING
09550
2
0"
�s
SECTION 09550
WOOD FLOORING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
a
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Repair, sanding, and refinishing of existing wood
flooring where called for on the Room Finish Schedule.
2 . Repair and replacement of existing wood flooring
damaged, altered, or otherwise affected by work of all
trades in connection with this project.
3 . Repair of major defects in existing flooring as
described below.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections:
1 . SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY.
40 a. Stairs and nosings .
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
MR A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
om materials to the site.
B. Samples: Submit samples of wood flooring, fully finished,
0 showing complete range of finish, to the Architect-
Engineer for approval .
to
aW 2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD FLOORING
09550
1
40
1
1
1
1
1
7
7
1
7
7
i
7
7
7
1
1
1
1
7
SECTION 09550
WOOD FLOORING
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
�. PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 .02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 2
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
1 . 07 Guarantee/Warranty 2
1 . 08 Environmental Conditions 3
1 . 09 Alternates 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Inspection 4
3 . 02 Preparation 4
3. 03 Adjusting and Cleaning 6
;r
2190 (SC CEJ) /lmy WOOD
FLOORING
09550
0
w
3 . 05 EXTRA STOCK/SPARE PARTS
A. Furnish approximately 5 percent of additional tile to the
Owner of every type to be furnished and installed.
END OF SECTION
..w
WW
4M
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
09510
6
3 . 03 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. Installation:
1 . General: The suspension system shall be installed to
permit border units of greatest possible size, unless
otherwise indicated on the Drawings . All members
shall be aligned for true level surface and straight
lines. The acoustical units shall be installed in
strict accordance with manufacturer' s recommendations .
Install in pattern as shown on the Drawings and
coordinated with spacing of light fixtures .
2 . Exposed grid system shall have main tees, spaced at 24
in. maximum o. c. , hung from structure with minimum No.
12 SWG galvanized wire at 48 in. maximum o. c.
WA Interlocking cross tees shall be spaced at 24 in. o .c.
with lower flange providing a flush level
intersection. Install extra hanger wires at each
corner of light fixtures . Install matching wall
moldings around entire perimeter.
3 . At all ceiling registers and grilles, provide
additional interlocking cross tee to frame in diffuser
as indicated on the Drawings .
4 . Make all cutouts required for sprinkler heads and
other ceiling mounted equipment in such a manner that
trim, escutcheons, etc. will hide all evidence of such
cutting.
S. Build all soffits and fascias at ceiling breaks and
height changes as indicated on the Drawings and as
otherwise required for a complete installation.
6. Lay-in panels shall be installed in strict accordance
with manufacturer' s recommendations .
3 . 04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Following installation, clean soiled or discolored
surfaces of units, tees, and moldings . Remove and replace
units which are damaged or improperly installed.
B. Removal of Rubbish: This Contractor shall remove all
rubbish caused by the work of this Section.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
09510
5
AM
go
2 . Areas not in bathrooms shall be Armstrong square cut
tegular, color - white. Panels shall be 2 ft. 0 in.
by 2 ft. 0 in. by 3/4 in. beveled tegular lay-in No. sm
589 installed with hold down clips in Armstrong 9/16
in. Suprafine exposed tee, or approved equal .
am
3 . Bathroom ceiling panels shall have unperforated white
vinyl coated embossed aluminum surface. To be "Metal
Face, " 2 ft. by 2 ft. by 5/8 in. , installed with hold
down clip as manufactured by U.S . Gypsum, or approved am
equal .
C. Suspension System: Exposed grid system shall have No
components formed from cold-rolled steel, electro-zinc
coated, and pre-painted. The grid system shall be "DX" by
U.S . Gypsum, or approved equal . Cap shall be corrosion .o
resistant painted aluminum. Exposed finish shall be low-
sheen satin white. System shall be composed of inverted
main and cross tees with wall moldings and hold down
clips.
1 . Provide wall channels with 2 in. flanges and wall
springs at corridors with ceiling panels parallel to
length of corridor.
2 . Provide outside corner caps where ceilings intersect
bullnose masonry units .
3 . Attachment Devices : Size for 5-times design load
indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung. Do not
attach with powder actuated fasteners .
4 . Hanger Wire: Galvanized carbon steel wire, ASTM A
641 .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Before commencing acoustic tile work, examine area to
receive acoustic tile to insure that all plaster,
concrete, and ceramic tile work are complete and dry. All
windows and doors shall be in place and glazed.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. Area shall be broom cleaned and uninterrupted for free
movement of rolling scaffold.
.o
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS .�
09510
4
ow
f•
OR
1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
ON A. Delivery: All manufactured materials shall be delivered
to the site in their original, unopened containers bearing
the name of the manufacturer and brand.
B. Storage: Store all materials in an enclosed shelter
providing protection from damage and exposure to the
elements . Damaged or deteriorated materials shall be
removed from the site.
1 . 07 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Installation of materials which can cause dampness shall
be complete before adjoining work.
B. Maintain humidity of 65 percent to 75 percent in area
where acoustical materials are to be installed, 25 hours
before, during, and 25 hours after installation.
C. Maintain a uniform temperature in the range of 55 deg. F.
(12 deg. C. ) to 70 deg. F. (21 deg. C. ) prior to, and
during, installation of materials .
1 . 08 ALTERNATES
w. A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES for description of bid
items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers : All materials, unless otherwise indicated
on the Drawings or as specified herein or specifically
approved by the Architect-Engineer, in writing, shall be
�. products of the following manufacturers : Armstrong,
Celotex, U.S . Gypsum Interiors, Chicago Metallic
Corporation, or approved equal .
B. Acoustical tile shall be 24 in. by 24 in. by 3/4 in.
beveled tegular lay-in tile.
1 . The following list of types and specific products is
meant to establish a standard of quality for each of
the ceiling types required. Substantially equal
products by other manufacturers will be acceptable
subject to approval of submittals . Locations listed
are generic in type; confirm extent of each type as
indicated on the Drawings .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
09510
3
MW
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B. Shop Drawings : Submit shop drawings showing grid layouts
and details of plane changes.
C. Samples : Submit samples of the following materials, to
the Architect-Engineer, for approval :
1 . Acoustical ceiling tile (all types) . ,m
2 . Exposed suspension system, member, moldings, and
splices . .m
D. Product Data: Submit manufacturer' s specification,
recommendations, and standard details for installation of
suspension system.
E. Certificates : Submit certification to show compliance
with required fire endurance rating and flame spread
index.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
.results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Qualifications : Acoustical tile units shall be the
products of a single manufacturer.
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Industry: All materials and operations shall meet the
requirements of the latest revision of the standard
specifications of the American Society for Testing and
Materials (ASTM) , Acoustical and Insulating Materials
Association (AIMA) , and Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc.
(UL) .
B. Regulatory: The design, construction, and installation of
all work shall meet or exceed the current minimum
requirements of the Massachusetts Department of Public
Safety.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS ..
09510
2
MR
SECTION 09510
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
.w 1 . Removal and disposal of existing suspended ceilings
where new lay-in tile ceilings are called for in the
Room Finish Schedule .
2 . Furnishing and installing lay-in acoustic tile
ceilings composed of lay-in acoustic tile and exposed
metal tee grid suspension system.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
Xw this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections :
1 . SECTION 15300 - FIRE PROTECTION.
so
a. Sprinkler heads and escutcheons .
2 . SECTION 15500 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR
CONDITIONING.
a. Ceiling diffusers .
3 . SECTION 16100 - ELECTRICAL WORK.
a. Recessed light fixtures .
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
09510
1
1
i
1
1
7
l
l
1
7
1
i
SECTION 09510
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 2
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 3
1 . 07 Environmental Conditions 3
1 . 08 Alternates 3
PART 2 - GENERAL
2 . 01 Materials 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 01 Inspection 4
3 . 02 Preparation 4
3. 03 Installation/Application/Erection 5
3 . 04 Adjusting and Cleaning 5
3 . 05 Extra Stock/Spare Parts 6
2190 (SC C EJ) /lm ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
y
09510
0
above ceiling, except as required to obtain
specified fire ratings .
3 . 04 BLOCKING
A. Provide necessary horizontal blockings and/or hanger
strips as shown on the Construction Drawings and as
otherwise required to support items called for in the
Construction Documents . Material shall be securely
installed in accordance with the manufacturer' s
recommendations .
3 . 05 PATCHING
A. After trim has been applied and prior to decoration,
correct all surface damage and defects as required to
leave work smooth and without observable blemishes which
will show through the decoration. All damaged or
defective work will be removed and replaced with new work
at no additional cost to the Owner.
3 . 06 CLEANING
A. Remove all rubbish caused by the work of this Section. Do
all cleaning required in a manner to avoid scratching,
staining, or otherwise damaging any finish work.
END OF SECTION
ow
me
so
No
OR
®„ 2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
9
so
am
O
B. Joint and Corner Reinforcing:
1 . Use joint tape to reinforce joints formed by tapered ""
edges or butt ends of drywall units and at interior
corners and angles . Set tape in joint compound, then
apply skim coat over tape in one application. Where No
open spaces of more than 1/16 in. width occur between
abutting drywall units, prefill joints with joint
compound and allow prefill to dry before application 4M
of joint tape.
2 . Reinforce external corners of drywall work with
specified type of corner bead.
3 . Securely fasten metal corner beads as recommended by
the manufacturer. Do not use fasteners which cannot
be fully concealed by joint compound fill applied over
flanges .
4 . Adhere paper flanged corner beads to wallboard with
joint compound.
S. Edge Trimming:
a. Provide specified type of metal casing bead trim.
Install in single unjointed lengths unless run
exceeds longest available stock length.
b. Coordinate installation of trim continuously with
drywall installation.
6. Application of Joint Compounds :
a. Use only compatible compounds from one
manufacturer. After mixing, do not use joint
compounds if recommended pot-life time has
expired. ,.
b. Allow drying time between applications of joint
compound in accordance with manufacturer' s
recommendations for the relative humidity and
temperature levels at the time of application. In
no case, allow less than 24 hours drying time
between applications of joint compound. ^
c. Apply not less than three separate coats of joint
compound over joints, fastener heads, and metal
flanges . Joint compound treatment is not required
above concealed spaces where partition/walls are
shown or specified to extend to structural deck
.r
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
8
M"
wallboard to fit electrical outlets, plumbing, piping,
etc. shall fit snugly and shall be small enough to be
covered by plates and escutcheons. Both face and back
paper shall be cut for all cutouts which are not made
by sawing. Scribe wallboards neatly where they meet
Ow projecting surfaces.
D. Single Layer Applications :
Ow 1 . Enclosures/Walls: Locate edge joints over supports,
but offset at least one framing member on opposite
faces of walls . Use maximum practical length boards
go for horizontal applications and locate joints over
supports and stagger in alternate courses of board.
2 . Metal Supports : Fasten gypsum wallboard with screws .
Comply with manufacturer' s instructions for fastening,
but do not exceed 12 in. o.c. spacing.
3 . At pipe enclosures, provide continuous beads of
sealant at juncture of both faces of runners or plates
with ceiling construction and wherever drywall abuts
dissimilar materials .
4 . At openings and cutouts, fill open spaces between
drywall and fixtures, ducts and other flush or
penetrating items, with continuous bead of sealant.
3 . 03 DRYWALL FINISHING
OW
A. General :
1 . Temperature and Humidity Conditions : Do not install
joint treatment compounds unless installation areas
comply with the minimum temperature and ventilation
requirements recommended by the manufacturer and
conditions are acceptable to the Installer.
2 . Finish exposed drywall surfaces with joints, corners,
and exposed edges reinforced or trimmed as specified
and with all joints, fastener heads, trim accessory
flanges, and surface defects filled with joint
compound in accordance with manufacturer' s
recommendations for a smooth, flush surface . Drywall
finishing work will not be considered acceptable if
corners or edges do not form true, level, or plumb
ws lines, or if joints, fastener heads, flanges of trim
accessories, or defects are visible after application
of field-applied decoration.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
7
4
am
and sill tracks . Cut horizontal tracks to length and
split flanges and bend webs at ends for flange overlap
and screw to jamb studs . Install cut-to-length, "
intermediate studs between jamb studs at head and wall
sections, at same spacing as full-length studs .
7 . Install all metal access panels for plumbing and fire
damper access, as well as where shown on the Drawings
and noted in the Specifications .
C. Acoustical Insulation: Insert insulation batts in all
openings between floors, in discontinued ducts . Insulate
where existing indicated partitions removed were
insulated.
3 . 02 INSTALLATION OF GYPSUM BOARD
A. General :
1 . Standards : Comply with the requirements of ANSI
A. 97 . 1 "Standard Specifications for the Application
and Finishing of Wallboard, " unless otherwise
specified or recommended by the manufacturer. The
term "manufacturer" defines the gypsum wallboard
manufacturer unless otherwise noted.
2 . Provide drywall of not less than the minimum thickness
recommended by the manufacturer for the particular
applications .
3 . Provide additional framing and blocking as required to
support gypsum board at openings and cutouts and to
support built-in anchorage and attachment devices for
other work.
B. Condition of Surfaces : Examine all surfaces and supports
to which gypsum panels are to be applied. Remedy all A*
defects prior to installation of drywall . Commencement of
work under this Section constitutes acceptance or
responsibility for correction of any defects in the finish
work due to faulty sub-surface conditions .
C. Preparation:
1 . Care shall be exercised to avoid soiling or spattering
the work of other trades, using cover cloths or other
approved means of protection if necessary.
2 . Wallboard shall be cut by scoring and breaking, or by
sawing, working from the face side. Openings cut in
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
6
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSTALLATION OF LIGHT-GAUGE METAL FRAMING
A. General :
1 . Manufacturer' s Instruction: Unless otherwise shown or
specified, install metal framing and accessories in
Ok accordance with manufacturer' s printed instructions .
2 . Isolate duct or pipe enclosures from structural
elements and pipes to prevent transfer of structural
loads of movement or sound to the enclosure.
B. Installation of Screw Type Studs:
1 . Floor and Ceiling Runner Tracks : Align runner tracks
at both walls and ceilings . Secure runner tracks as
recommended by the stud manufacturer for the
construction involved, except do not exceed 16 in.
o.c. for attachment. Provide fasteners at all corners
and ends of runner tracks .
2 . Studs : Use full length studs whenever possible. If
necessary, splice studs by nesting with a minimum lap
of 8 in. and fasten laps with two screws through each
flange. Friction fit studs to runner tracks by
positioning and rotating into place. Provide positive
attachment to runner tracks for studs located at
corners and intersections, and adjacent to openings,
using 3/8 in. self-tapping screws or studs of the
sizes shown and install at the spacing above. All
studs shall be screwed both sides to all runner
tracks .
3 . Size and Spacing of Studs : Comply with manufacturer' s
„ recommendations, but in no case shall stud or channel
spacing exceed 16 in. o. c.
4 . All stud walls shall be reinforced with continuous or
spliced 3/4 in. cold-rolled steel reinforced channels
running horizontally at 4 ft. 0 in. o.c. Channels
shall be rigidly and mechanically attached to studs by
means of wire or screws at each stud.
5. Provide additional framing to support inside corners
and outside corners, terminations, or partitions .
6. Provide rough framing at openings consisting of full
length studs adjacent to jambs and horizontal header
Ow 2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
5
MAOR
WWI
e. At all areas of new gypsum board ceiling, 5/8 in.
Firecode "C. " OR
C. Drywall Accessories :
1 . Fasteners : Provide the kind specified, and of the +w
type and size recommended, by the drywall manufacturer
for the application shown.
M"
a. Drywall screws to be Bugle head Type S, with
rust-resistant finish.
2 . Perimeter Caulking Material : At all drywall 4W
enclosures, against existing surfaces, provide non-
drying, non-shrinking, non-migrating sealant
recommended by the drywall manufacturer. ,m
3 . Metal Trim Accessories : Provide trim accessories, of
the sizes required, for the drywall applications as
shown and specified, fabricated from galvanized steel,
and of the following types :
a. At external corners, provide corner bead with
smooth, rigid metal nose bonded to paper tape
flanges .
b. For protection of exposed wallboard edges around
openings, provide USG No. 200-A metal casing bead
trim (joint compound treatment required) , or No .
400 Reveal Type trim (no joint compound) .
C. Where drywall abuts or intersects dissimilar
construction, provide square edge No. 200-B casing
bead (joint compound treatment required) . Where
drywall abuts plaster, tape and feather joint to
plaster.
d. Tie wire to be galvanized annealed wire, 16 gauge
minimum.
D. Joint Treatment Materials :
1 . Joint Tapes : Perforated complying with ASTM C 474 .
2 . Joint Compound: Adhesive, with or without fillers,
complying with ASTM C 475. Provide pre-mixed ready
for application.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy GYPSUM DRYWALL taw
09250
4
O
ON
compatible size for friction fit to studs . Fabricate from
20 gauge steel for interior stud partitions, with
manufacturer' s standard zinc protective coating.
B. Rigid Furring Channels: Screw-type double flange furring
channels complying with ASTM C 645, fabricated from 18
gauge cold-rolled steel, with manufacturer' s standard zinc
protective coating. To be 2 in. , 1-1/2 in. , and 7/8 in.
„ screwable type.
C. Manufacturer: Provide light-gauge steel framing materials
as manufactured by U.S . Gypsum, or approved equal .
2 . 02 GYPSUM DRYWALL MATERIALS
A. Manufacturer: For all gypsum work throughout the project,
provide drywall materials, including wallboard,
accessories, fasteners, and finishing materials produced
by U.S . Gypsum, Celotex, or approved equal .
B. Gypsum Wallboard:
a. 1 . Exposed Drywall Surfaces : Provide gypsum wallboard
complying with ASTM C 36, with paper-face surface
suitable to receive decorated finish, and with long
edges tapered to receive manufacturer' s standard joint
treatment, unless otherwise shown. To be Type III,
Grade R, Class 1 .
+w a. At rated walls and other designated areas, provide
Firecode "C” wallboard complying with ASTM C 36.
To be Type III, Grade X, Class 1 .
b. Moisture Resistant Application: Where gypsum
wallboard is used in toilet walls, humid areas,
and, in addition, where shown on the Drawings,
ad provide moisture resistant gypsum backing board
with core and paper facings treated to resist
moisture to comply with ASTM C 630 .
O.
C. Cement board, at showers and elsewhere where
called for, shall be 1/2 in. "Durock" cement board
by U.S . Gypsum.
d. All drywall shall be 5/8 in. thick, unless
otherwise specifically indicated in the
rem Construction Documents .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
3
AM
the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery
of materials to the site.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles WX
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in .R
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Qualifications : Products shall be first quality as
manufactured by United States Gypsum, National Gypsum Co. ,
Milcor: Dale Industries, Chicago Metallic Corp. , or
approved equal .
No
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. All materials and operations shall meet the requirements ,^
of the latest revision of the standard specifications of
the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .
Fire rated assemblies shall conform to Underwriters '
Laboratories, Inc.
1 . 06 PRODUCT HANDLING
WW
A. Delivery: All manufactured materials shall be delivered
to the site in their original, unopened containers bearing
the name of the manufacturer and brand.
B. Storage : Store all materials in an enclosed space
providing protection from damage and exposure to the
elements . Damaged or deteriorated materials shall be •
removed from the site .
1 . 07 ALTERNATES
Now
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES for description of Bid
Items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 LIGHT-GAUGE STEEL FRAMING MATERIALS
A. Studs and Runners : Screw-type complying with ASTM C 645.
Provide studs of the sizes required, with runners of
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
2
WA
em
NO SECTION 09250
GYPSUM DRYWALL
ow PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
a■•
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . All finish drywall ceilings, ceiling drops, soffits,
and all work reasonably incidental to a complete
„w installation.
2 . All light-gauge metal framing and accessories .
3. Drywall duct enclosures .
4 . Insulation around penetrations of partitions, floors,
and openings of abandoned ductwork.
S. Drywall, soffits, ceilings, and other drywall (gypsum
board) components called for on the Construction
Drawings, or as otherwise required for a complete and
proper installation.
6. Caulking between new and existing drywall and plaster.
B. Related Work:
1 . SECTION 02050 - DEMOLITION.
2 . SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND WALL COVERING.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Submit descriptive and
supportive data and materials for all work. Approval by
ow 2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
1
40
i
i
1
l
7
1
7
7
7
1
i
E
S CTION 09 50 2
GYPSUM DRYWALL
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 2
1 . 06 Product Handling 2
1 . 07 Alternates 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Light-Gauge Steel Framing Materials 2
2 . 02 Gypsum Drywall Materials 3
PART 3 EXECUTION
3 . 01 Installation of Light-Gauge
Metal Framing 5
3 . 02 Installation of Gypsum Board 6
3. 03 Drywall Finishing 7
3 . 04 Blocking 9
3 . 05 Patching 9
3 . 06 Cleaning 9
roll.
S'
#y
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250
0
3. Where veneer plaster abuts metal door frames, windows,
'as and other units in the veneer plaster, groove finish
coat to eliminate spalling.
3 . 04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Remove temporary coverings used to protect other work.
B. Remove plaster spillage promptly from door frames,
windows, and other adjoining work. Repair surfaces
damaged by plastering work.
C. After completing veneer plastering, provide protection and
maintain conditions in a manner suitable to Installer that
ensures veneer plaster is without damage or deterioration
at the time of Substantial Completion.
D. Remove all rubbish caused by the work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
an
w
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy VENEER PLASTER
09215
7
.w
A
shall be true in all cases whether or not shown that
way on the Drawings .
B. Gypsum Base Application:
1 . Gypsum Base Application Standard: Comply with ASTM C
844 .
2 . Erection Tolerance: No more than 1/16 in. offsets
between planes of gypsum base faces and 1/8 in. in 8
ft. for plumb, level, warp, and bow.
3 . Install sound attenuation blankets as indicated,
without gaps, and supported as required to prevent
movement and dislocation.
4 . Install gypsum base wall/panels to minimize the number
of abutting end joints or avoid them entirely.
Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing
member in alternate courses of board.
5 . Install gypsum base with face side out. Do not
install imperfect, damaged, or damp panels . Butt
panels together for a light contact at edges and ends
with not more than 1/16 in. open space between panels .
Do not force into place.
6 . Locate both edge or end joints over supports .
Position adjoining panels so that tapered edges abut
tapered edges and field-cut edges abut field-cut edges
and ends . Do not place tapered edges against cut
edges or ends .
7 . Corner beads shall be provided on external plaster
corners . Corner beads shall be in single lengths
where the length of the corner or jamb does not exceed
standard stock lengths . The beads shall be neatly ••�
mitered or coped at corners and shall be securely
fastened with tie wire, galvanized staples, or
offset-head or hook-head lath nails, spaced not more
than 8 in. o.c. and staggered in the two wings .
C. Veneer Plaster Applications :
1 . Apply two coat gypsum veneer plaster to comply with
ASTM C 843 and veneer plaster manufacturer' s
directions .
2 . Provide smooth-troweled finish, unless otherwise
indicated.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy VENEER PLASTER
09215
6
accomplished by keeping windows open sufficiently to
provide air circulation. In enclosed areas lacking
normal ventilation, provisions must be made to
mechanically remove moisture-laden air. For veneer
plaster, a minimum ventilation level shall be
maintained until the plaster has set and dried. If
glazed sash are not in place and the building is
subject to hot, dry winds, or temperature
differentials from day to night of 20 degrees F. or
more, openings shall be screened with cheesecloth or
similar material .
B. Mixing of Plaster: Mechanically mix veneer plaster
materials to comply with referenced veneer plaster
application standard and with recommendations of veneer
plaster manufacturer.
3. 03 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. Metal Stud Partitions:
1 . Runner tracks shall be aligned accurately to the
partition layout and secured with approved anchors not
over 16 in. o.c. and secured at structure above
ceilings .
40 2 . Each stud to be firmly wired to runner tracks with two
attachment shoes at both top and bottom, each wired
and crimped to studs . Partitions to be braced
horizontally with 3/4 in. channels, wired permanently
to inside center of stud. Studs shall be spaced 16
in. o.c. maximum.
° 3. Brace studs with 3/4 in. cold-rolled channel
stiffeners at mid height of all walls and at all door
and other openings as indicated on the Drawings .
4 . Runner tracks to be cut when required for Electrical
and Plumbing work.
X 5. When metal stud partitions abut other construction,
nail, tie wire, or toggle bolt runner track vertically
to the wall at each abutment; all corners and
intersections of partitions are to be formed with four
metal studs . Door openings shall have two studs on
each side of buck.
6. All studs, lathing and plastering on both sides, shall
extend above ceiling construction to the underside of
roof deck or floor deck above and shall be sealed off
tightly to act as acoustical and fire barriers . This
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy VENEER PLASTER
09215
5
ASTM C 645. Provide studs of sizes shown with runners
of compatible size for friction fit to studs
fabricated from 20 gauge steel with manufacturer' s
standard zinc protective coating.
2 . Runner tracks shall be galvanized and sized to fit
studs .
3 . Stud shoes shall be 24 gauge galvanized steel and 7
in. long.
I . Metal furring channels shall be galvanized 7/8 in. deep by
U.S . Gypsum, or approved equal.
J. Acoustic insulation for sound retardant partitions, at all
bathroom walls and ceilings, shall be high density, 3 in. .�
sound control batts as manufactured by Certainteed, or
approved equal .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Installer must examine surfaces which are to receive
veneer plaster. Notify the Contractor, in writing, of
conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion
of the work. Do not proceed with the plaster work until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner
acceptable to the Installer.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. Environmental Conditions :
1 . Plaster applications shall be restricted to
temperatures of not less than the following:
a. Temperature of building shall be maintained in
uniform range above 55 degrees F. for an adequate
period prior to application of plaster, while ,M
plastering is being done, and until plaster is
dry. Heating devices shall be placed as near as
practicable to the center of the room and shall be
piped out through an opening in the exterior wall; no
properly regulated ventilation shall be provided.
Plaster shall not be applied when surfaces contain
frost. am
2 . Ventilation shall be provided to properly dry
conventional plaster during and subsequent to its
application. In glazed buildings, this shall be
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy VENEER PLASTER
09215
4
,p
�r
Materials (ASTM) . Fire rated assemblies shall comply with
Underwriter' s Laboratories (UL) standards for applicable
assemblies .
1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: All manufacturer' s materials shall be delivered
in the original unopened packages, containers, and bundles
bearing the name of the manufacturer and the brand.
B. Storage: Plaster and lime shall be stored off the ground,
under watertight covers, and away from sweating walls and
other damp surfaces until ready for use. Damaged or
deteriorated materials shall be removed from premises .
1 . 07 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES for description of bid
items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers : Plaster veneer materials shall be the
products of U.S . Gypsum, or approved equal.
B. One-Component High-Strength Veneer Plaster: ASTM C 587,
formulation containing mill-mixed fine silica sand, with
compressive strength of 3, 000 PSI per ASTM C 472, for
application over gypsum base without separate base coat.
C. Metal corner bead shall be No. 900 as manufactured by U. S .
Gypsum, or approved equal .
D. Metal control joints shall be No. 093 as manufactured by
• U.S . Gypsum, or approved equal .
E. Metal edge trim shall be No. 801-A as manufactured by U.S .
Gypsum, or approved equal .
F. Water shall be from a potable source and shall be clean
and free from oil, acids, and other substances .
G. Vinyl edge moulding shall be RP-4 as manufactured by U.S .
Gypsum, or approved equal .
H. Metal Stud Partitions for Plaster:
1 . Metal studs for all plastered partitions (full or
partial height) shall be screw type, complying with
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy VENEER PLASTER
09215
3
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B. Samples : Submit samples of the following plastering
materials, to the Architect-Engineer, for approval :
1 . Gypsum lath.
2 . Metal casing beads .
3 . Metal channel framing system, hanger wire.
4 . Expansion and control joints as required.
5 . Metal studs .
6 . Metal edge mouldings .
7 . Vinyl edge mouldings .
C. Product Data: Submit two (2) copies of the manufacturer' s
specifications and installation instructions for each
material and include other data as may be required to show
compliance with these Specifications .
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the :.
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Qualifications : Plaster mix materials shall be the
products of a single manufacturer. All incidental
substrate material shall be compatible with the entire
application under this Section.
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Industry: All materials and operations shall meet the
requirements of the latest revision of the standard
specifications of the American Society for Testing and +,
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy VENEER PLASTER
09215
2
SECTION 09215
VENEER PLASTER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . All lathing and plastering work, at new and existing
walls and partitions, as indicated on the Contract
Drawings .
2 . Scaffolding: This Contractor shall furnish and
install his own scaffolds, hoisting, or rigging or
arrange for the use of scaffolds furnished by others .
wr
3. Mechanical chases and all other chases.
4 . Moisture resistant gypsum lath.
5. Metal studs and channels.
6. Metal edge moldings, beads, expansion joints .
7 . Vinyl edge moldings .
8 . Acoustic insulation as indicated on the Contract
Drawings .
B. Items to be Installed Only: Install the following items
as furnished by the designated Sections :
r 1 . SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING.
a. Access panels .
2. SECTION 15500 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR
CONDITIONING.
+ a. Access panels .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy VENEER PLASTER
09215
1
1
7
1
1
1
l
7
1
1
7
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
7
SECTION 09215
VENEER PLASTER
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 2
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 2
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 3
1 . 07 Alternates 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 01 Inspection 4
3 . 02 Preparation 4
3. 03 Installation/Application/Erection 5
3 . 04 Cleaning and Protection 7
a
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy VENEER PLASTER
09215
0
db
2 . 02 WOOD LATH: Provide 1/4 in. thick by 1-1/8 in. wood lath
strips or match existing.
am
2 . 03 GYPSUM LATH: (Gypsum plaster base) - ASTM C 37 .
2 . 04 METAL TRIMS : ASTM C 841 with depth to coordinate with .�
plaster thickness . Provide trims fabricated from
galvanized steel sheet. Match existing trims as approved
by Architect-Engineer.
2 . 05 GYPSUM PLASTER: Provide United States Gypsum Plasters, or
equal, with types to match existing.
2 . 06 LIME: ASTM C 206, Type S .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 LATH AND PLASTER INSTALLATION
A. Install lath and trims to comply with referenced ASTM
lathing installation standard and to match existing
construction in good condition.
1 . Trims : Install corner beads at all external corners .
Install casing beads at visible terminations of
plaster work. Provide control joints at locations
indicated or, if not indicated, at spacings and
locations required by referenced standard and
recommended by plaster manufacturer or approved by
Architect-Engineer. Miter or cope trims at corners
and install with tight joints and in true alignment.
2 . Mechanically mix plaster materials for plasters to
comply with referenced application standards .
3 . All patching, repair, or replacement of plaster shall
be as required to produce a flush, smooth, and sound
intersection between new and existing plaster work,
as well as is required to produce an acceptable
substrate to receive new finishes as called for in
the Room Finish Schedule.
3 . 02 REMOVAL OF RUBBISH
in
A. This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the
work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLASTER PATCHING
09205
2
FM
SECTION 09205
PLASTER PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 .02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The scope of work of this Section, without limiting the
""'" generality thereof, includes the furnishing of all labor,
materials, and construction requirements required to
patch, repair, or replace all existing cracked, missing,
irregular, or damaged plaster, as well as all existing
plaster, cut, damaged, or altered in connection with work
performed by all trades performing services for this
project.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Section:
1 . SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND WALL COVERING.
2 . SECTION 16100 - ELECTRICAL WORK.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the Architect-
Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials
to the site .
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer' s data showing
compliance with Specifications and recommended
installation procedures .
1 . 04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM C 841 and ASTM C 926.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 METAL LATH: ASTM C 847, hot-dip galvanized, flat, diamond
mesh lath weighing 3 . 4 lbs . per sq. yd.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLASTER PATCHING
09205
1
go
SECTION 09205
PLASTER PATCHING
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Reference Standards 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Metal Lath 1
2 . 02 Wood Lath 2
2 . 03 Gypsum Lath 2
2 . 04 Metal Trims 2
2 . 05 Gypsum Plaster 2
2 . 06 Lime 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Lath and Plaster Installation 2
3 . 02 Removal of Rubbish 2
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PLASTER PATCHING
09205
0
an
6. All units of glass are to have spacer shims as
recommended by the glass manufacturer and blocking at
sills at quarter points from each edge. Lead spacer
shims shall not be required where a tape is used for
bedding of sash. Spacer shims shall be lead, or
approved equal. Sash lengths over 30 in. shall have
two shims at quarter points from each corner.
3 . 02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Adjust hardware and operating sash. Lubricate hardware
and moving parts .
B. Initial cleaning of all new glass is indicated in the
scope of work of this Section.
1 . Wash, rinse, and dry glass using soft, clean, grit-
free cloths, mild soap, detergent, or a slightly
acidic cleaning solution; follow immediately with
• clean rinse water and prompt removal of excess rinse
water with a clean squeegee. Remove grease and
glazing materials with commercial solvents such as
Xylene, Toluene, mineral spirits or Naptha and follow
with normal wash and rinse. Be careful not to damage
glazing seals by over generous application of strong
solvents .
2 . Do not use harsh cleaners, abrasives, or alkaline
materials . Care must be taken to be sure that gritty
dirt particles picked up by soft, clean cloths do not
scratch glass .
3 . Glass which has been damaged after installation shall
be replaced by the General Contractor.
C. Removal of Rubbish: This Contractor shall remove all
rubbish caused by work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy GLASS AND GLAZING
08800
5
low
D. Glazing Materials : Glazing tapes, compounds, spacers,
accessories, and adapters shall be as approved by both the
frame manufacturer and the glazing manufacturer and as
manufactured by Tremco, Pecora, or approved equal, and
shall include:
1 . Tape: Pre-shimmed 440 by Tremco; Pre-shimmed G66
Extruseal by Pecora.
2 . Heel Bead: Mono by Tremco; Unicrylic 60+ by Pecora.
3 . Cap Bead: GC-5 Synthacaulk by Pecora.
4 . Face Glazing: M-242 by Pecora.
5 . Setting Blocks : Blocks shall be semi-hard neoprene or
vinyl rubber 80 to 90 durometer, of sizes required for
the installation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 GLAZING
A. All glazing shall be in accordance with the procedures
recommended in the Glazing Manual of the Flat Glass
Jobbers Association, unless otherwise specified.
B. All glass set in architectural metal frames shall be
glazed with bulb type gaskets as recommended by the
manufacturer.
C. All lites of glass at exterior walls are to be glazed as
follows :
1 . Units of glass on setting blocks shall be bedded in
tape on the exterior flange.
2 . Install a heel bead bridging gap between glass, frame
member, and glazing stop.
3 . Before glazing stop is installed, a continuous shim or
spacer rod shall be applied in such a way as to bridge
the joints between the glass and the stop.
4 . Apply glazing stop.
S . Remainder of interior space shall be amply filled with
a cap bead and struck off smooth in a neat, uniform
manner.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy GLASS AND GLAZING
08800
4
so
1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Storage: Glass shall be stored under cover, in dry spaces
as close as possible to the point of installation and
protected from damage by adjacent work. Store materials
neatly, properly stacked on dunnage off the floor or
ground.
1 . 07 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES for description of bid
items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
, . 2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturer: All glazing materials shall be the products
of PPG, Libbey-Owens-Ford, FDI Glass Corp. , Technical
Glass Products, or approved equal .
B. Glass :
1 . Manufacturer' s label showing Type I strength and
quality will be required on all glass .
O. 2 . Glass shall be clear, "water white" glazing quality
float glass, 1/4 in. thick, or as indicated on the
Drawings .
3. Tempered safety glass shall be 1/4 in. thick
"Herculite" by PPG, or approved equal .
4 . Laminated Glass : Glass shall be new, clear, 3/8 in.
thick as manufactured by PPG, FDI Glass Corp. ,
Libbey-Owens-Ford, or approved equal .
5. Clear Wire Glass : Glass shall be clear, Georgian
color wire laminated float glass by FDI Glass Corp. ,
Fairfax, VA. Thickness to be 1/4 in. , or as required
by size of opening, or as noted on the Drawings .
6. Fire Glass : Fire glass shall be 5/16 in. Firelite
Plus as manufactured by Technical Glass Products, or
approved equal .
, . C. Gaskets shall be neoprene or EPDM rubber and shall be
reinforced with a stretch resistant cord.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy GLASS AND GLAZING
08800
3
a
am
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
,a.
B. Shop Drawings : Submit shop and erection drawings,
including entrance elevations and full size detail
sections of every typical composite member. Show anchors, an
hardware, operators, and other components not included in
manufacturer' s standard data. Include glazing details .
C. Samples : Submit samples of the following materials, to
the Architect-Engineer, for approval :
1 . Wire glass - full range of manufacturer' s standard
wire colors.
D. Product Data: Submit manufacturer' s specifications,
recommendations, and standard details for aluminum
entrances, including fabrication, finishing, hardware, and
other components of the work.
aA
E. Test Reports : Submit certified test laboratory reports
and/or furnish affidavits from manufacturers certifying
that materials delivered conform to requirements herein
specified.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
a�.
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE ®,
CONTRACT.
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Qualifications : All glass shall be made in the United a.
States and shall be the product of a single manufacturer.
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS ^
A. Industry: All materials, construction, and installation
shall meet the requirements of the latest revision of the
standard specifications and recommendations of NAAMM and
Flat Glass Jobbers Association and shall comply with all
applicable codes, laws, and ordinances.
as
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy GLASS AND GLAZING
08800
2
No
PR
SECTION 08800
on GLASS AND GLAZING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of the Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Glass and glazing of hollow metal frames .
2 . Initial cleaning of all items specified under this
Section.
3 . All glass and glazing shown on the Construction
Drawings, but not specifically called for under other
Sections of the Specifications .
4 . All glass and glazing of doors, transoms, borrow
lights, sidelights, and glazed metal frames .
5. Clear wire glass .
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed by others under the
designated Sections:
"M
1 . SECTION 07100 - WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING, AND
CAULKING.
an a. Perimeter caulking of windows .
2 . SECTION 08610 - WOOD WINDOWS (METAL CLAD) .
no
a. Glass and glazing of wood windows .
4W 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
®• 2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy GLASS AND GLAZING
08800
1
ON
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
7
1
1
i
1
SECTION 08800
GLASS AND GLAZING
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 2
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 3
1 . 07 Alternates 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 01 Glazing 4
3 . 02 Adjusting and Cleaning 5
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy GLASS AND GLAZING
08800
0
4'
"M
o•
HEADING 25
on Single Door E13
3 Hinges FBB168BT 5 x 4-1/2 US10
40 1 Exit Device 99L-F-BE x 17 Lever
x 4 Ft. US10
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush Light Bronze
1 Kick Plate 16 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. US10
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
HEADING 26
Single Door E16
*E5 Alternate Bid Item No. 4 .
3 Hinges FBB199BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP US10
1 Exit Device CD9975NL x 992L-M-
.w Rigid x 17 Lever US10
2 Mortise Cylinders 1000-114-A02-6 612
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush Light Bronze
1 Kick Plate 16 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. US10
1 Set head and jamb weatherstripping
J140DURO4BL Duro
1 Sweep B210DURO5BL Duro
1 Threshold 271D x W.S . /L.S . Duro
HEADING 27
Pair Doors C10, E6, E7, E14, E15, J21
1 Cremone bolt #8117 x 5100 Lever
x 8 Ft by 4 in. x US10 x
1/2 R.H.
END OF SECTION
.�. 2190 (SC-CEJ) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
17
u,�
No
1 Sweep B210DUROBL Duro
1 Threshold T612MIL x W.S . /L.S . AL
HEADING 21
Single Doors E20, E27, E38, E44 .
3 Hinges FBB168BT 5 x 4-1/2 US10
1 Exit Device 99L-F-BE x 17 Lever US10
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush Light Brone
1 Kick Plate 8 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. US10
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
HEADING 22
Single Doors E25, E32, E40, E46
3 Hinges FBB179BTj x 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US10
1 Exit Device 99L-F-BE x 17 Lever US10
1 Door Closer 4011 Light Bronze
1 Wall mounted magentic door holder
SEM830 Light Bronze
1 Kick Plate 8 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. US10
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
HEADING 23
Doors C30, E53, J22
Existing stair access to attic doors on the Fourth Floors .
1 Lockset ML2257 x NSM x MR 612
*Balance of hardware to be existing.
HEADING 24
Single Door E4
3 Hinges FBB168BT 5 x 4-1/2 NRP US10
1 Exit Device 99L-F x 17 Lever x 4 Ft. US10
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush Light Bronze
1 Kick Plate 16 x 34 US10
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
2190 (SC-CEJ) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
16
PW
on
HEADING 17
Single E8, E18
3 Hinges FBB179BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP US10
1 Exit Device 99L-F x 17 Lever US10
1 Rim Cylinder 3000-2000-6 612
1 Door Closers 4111 Cush Light Bronze
1 Kick Plate 8 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. US10
!► 3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
HEADING 18
w Pair Doors E9, E17
6 Hinges FBB168BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP US10
" 2 Exit Devices 9927EO-F x 304L US10
2 Single point electronic hold open
door closers 4040SE (push side
,., mounted) Light Bronze
1 Shear lock SL4110 (on R.H. leaf -
going from dining room to kitchen) AL
1 Power supply PS861 -
"" 1 Key switch SS901 32D
1 Mortise cylinder 1000-114-A02
(invert-mount cam) 626
2 Floor stops 436B US10
2 Door Silencers 20R Gray
HEADING 19
Single Doors E12
e 3 Hinges FBB179BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US10
1 Lockset ML2257 NSA x MR 612
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush x T.B. Light Bronze
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
HEADING 20
Single Door E16
4 Hinges FBB191BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP US10
1 Exit Device CD99NL x 992-L-rigid
by 17 Lever US10
1 Rim cylinder 3000-200-6 612
1 Mortise cylinder 1000-114-A02-6 612
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush Light Bronze
1 Kick Plate 16 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. US10
1 Set weatherstrip J140DURO4BL Duro
2190 (SC-CEJ) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
15
.w
HEADING 12
Single Doors C17, C24, Jll, J15
3 Hinges FBB179BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP US10
1 Lockset ML2257 x NSA x MR 612 ..
1 Door Closer 4111 Light Bronze
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
HEADING 13
Single Door C27
3 Hinges FBB191BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US26
1 Push Plate #71C US10
1 Door Pull #107 x 71C US32
1 Door Closer 4011 x S .R. I . AL
1 Floor Stop 438B US26
1 Kick Plate 8 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. US10
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
HEADING 14
Single Doors C28, E51, E52, J19
1 Exit Device 9975L-BE x 992L x 17 LeverUS10
*Balance of hardware to be existing
HEADING 15
Single Doors E3, Ell
3 Hinges FBB179BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US10
1 Privacy Set ML2230 NSA 612x625
1 Door Closer 4111 Del x T.B. AL
1 Kick Plate 16 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. 32D
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
HEADING 16
Single Door E4A, E12A, E12B
3 Hinges FBB179BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US26 •
1 Privacy Set ML2230NSA 612x625
1 Door Closer 4011DEL AL
1 Kick Plate 16 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. US10
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
2190 (SC-CEJ) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
14
an
w,
HEADING 8
Single Doors C6, J8
3 Hinges FBB199BT 5 x 5 NRP US10B
1 Exit Device 99EO x 4 Ft. 313AN
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush Dark Bronze
1 Set J140DURO4BL Duro
1 Threshold 2005AS Duro
HEADING 9
Single Doors C13, C20, E21, E28, E35, E41, E49
3 Pair Hinges FBB179BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US26
1 Push Plate #71C US10
1 Door Pulls #107 x 71C US32
1 Concealed O.H. Door Stop GJ413S
90 degrees US26
1 Kick Plate 8 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. US10
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
,■ HEADING 10
Single Doors C14, C21, E23, E29, E36, E42, E50
3 Hinges FBB179BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP US26
1 Locksets ML2257 x NSA x MR x M22 US26
1 O.H. Door Stops 4535 - 90 degrees
(Doors E23, E29, E36, E42, E50) US26
1 Bumper Stop 471B (Doors C14, C21) US26
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
HEADING 11
Single Doors C15, C22, E22, E30, E37, E43
3 Hinges FBB191BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US26
1 Push Plates 71C US32
1 Door Pulls #107 x 71C US32
1 Door Closer 4011 AL
1 O.H. Door Stops GJ413S - 90 degrees
(Door E43) US26
1 Kick Plate 8 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. US32
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
+! 2190 (SC-CEJ) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
13
w
Ow
am
HEADING 4
Pair Doors C2, C9, J2, J4 aw
6 Hinges FBB179BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US10
1 Exit Device 9927L-F-BE x 304L aw
x 17 lever US10
1 Exit Device 9927EO-F x 304L US10
2 Door Closers 4111 Cush Light Bronze
2 Door Silencers 20R Gray AM
HEADING 5
ow
Pair Doors C3, J7
6 Pair Hinges FBB179BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US10
2 Push Plates No. 71CxRExC/C am
(push side only) US10
1 Mortise Deadlock DL4017 US10
2 Door Closers 4111 Cush x T.B. Light Bronze .®
2 Flush Bolts 458B US10
1 Dustproof Strikes 487B x 489B US10
1 Kick Plates 16 x 35 (push side only) US10 an
2 Door Silencers 20R Gray
HEADING 6
am
Single Doors C4, Cll, C12, C16, C18, C19, C23, C25, C26, C29,
El, E19, E24, E26, E31, E33, E34, E39, E45, E47, E48, J5, J9,
J10, J12, J13, J14, J16, J17, J18, J20 aw
3 Hinges FBB179BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US10
1 Exit Device 99L-F-BE x 17 Lever US10
1 Door Closer 4011 T.B. Light Bronze Ow
1 Floor Stop 438B US10
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
1 Threshold 171A x W.S . AL OF
HEADING 7
Single Door C5 go
3 Hinges FBB179BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP US10
1 Exit Device 99L-F x 17 Lever US10 MR
1 Rim Cylinder 3000-200-6 612
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush Light Bronze
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
1 Threshold 171A x W.S . /L.S . AL
2190 (SC-CEJ) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
12
HEADING 2
** Single Doors C1, C8, E2, E10, J1, J3
3 Hinges FBB199BT 5 x 5 NRP US10B
1 Exit Device CD99NL-OP x 4 Ft. (for
2-1/4 in. thick door) 313AN
1 Exit Device trim 1121 x drilled
and tapped to accommodate
**" a 10/24 through bolt 10B
1 Screw cover 0129 (for bottom bolt
of 1121 trim) 10B
1 Cylinder collar 1121-1 (modify
diameter of cylinder hole to
accommodate a Russwin/Corbin master
ring cylinder) 10B
1 Mortise cylinder 1000-114-AO2-6
(for cylinder dogging) 613
1 Master ring rim cylinder 3060-200 613
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush Dark Bronze
1 Kick Plate 16 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. 10B
1 Set head and jamb weatherstripping
J140DUROBL Duro
1 Sweep B210DUROSBL Duro
1 Threshold 171D x W.S . /L.S . Duro
HEADING 3
Single Doors C7, J6
3 Hinges FBB199BT 5 x 4-1/2 NRP US10B
1 Exit Device CD99NL-OP x 4 Ft. 313AN
1 Exit Device trim 1121 x drilled
and tapped to accommodate
a 10/24 through bolt 10B
1 Screw cover 0129 (for bottom bolt
w of 1121 trim) 10B
1 Cylinder collar 1121-1 (modify
diameter of cylinder hole to
accommodate a Russwin/Corbin
master ring cylinder) 10B
1 Mortise cylinder 1000-114-AO2-6
(for cylinder dogging) 613
1 Master ring rim cylinder 3060-200 613
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush Dark Bronze
1 Armor Plate 30 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. 10B
1 Set head and jamb weatherstripping
J140DUR04BL Duro
1 Sweep B10DUROBL Duro
1 Threshold 171D x W.S . /L.S . Duro
2190 (SC-CEJ) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
11
oft
..
and instruct the Owner in the proper use of this system at
a pre-arranged meeting prior to occupancy.
.M
F. All cylinders furnished under this section to other
equipment suppliers shall be masterkeyed,
grandmasterkeyed, and shall be of the proper type as ow
required for the equipment furnished.
G. Submit five (5) copies of the keying schedule to the
Architect-Engineer for approval . wo
LIST OF MANUFACTURES
A
Tee Hinges Stanley
Ball Bearing Hinges Stanley
*Locksets, Latchsets & Cylinders Corbin/Russwin
Push/Pull Plates Rockwood Aw
Custom Exit Device Trim Trimco
Cremone Bolts Baldwin ON
*Exit Devices Von Duprin
..
*Door Closers LCN
Electro-Magnetic Door Holders LCN
Floor Stops/Bumper Stops Ives
Door Silencers Ives
Threshold and Weatherstrip Pemko/Sealeze
HEADING 1
Typical trunk room doors (xx)
3 Heavy-duty tee hinges 908-6 in. US2C
1 Rim deadbolt 112 x less cylinder US4
1 Master ring rim cylinder 3060-200 612
1 Cylinder pull #90 modified to
accommodate a Russwin/Corbin
master ring cylinder US10
2190 (SC-CEJ) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
10
ON
40
Receipts and Receipt Holders; and 3 part Visible Card
Index. Any substitution must be approved by the
Architect-Engineer prior to submission of bids .
B. Key Control System to have a capacity of 10 percent
• greater than as listed above.
2 . 15 RIM DEADLOCKS
A. Rim-type deadlocks shall be #112 as manufactured by Yale.
B. The cylinders for the #112 deadlocks shall be master ring
** type rim cylinder #3060-200 as manufactured by
Russwin/Corbin.
2 . 16 CYLINDER PULLS
A. Cylinder pulls shall be #90 modified as manufactured by
Rockwood Manufacturing.
2 . 17 CREMONE BOLTS
A. Cremone shall be #8117 with 5100 lever handle as
manufactured by Baldwin Hardware. Finish to be Satin
Bronze (US10) .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 KEYING
A. No locks shall be ordered until after a meeting with the
Owner, Architect-Engineer, Hardware Supplier, and a keying
schedule has been submitted to the Architect-Engineer and
Owner for approval .
B. All interior lock cylinders shall be construction master
keyed.
C. All locks shall be masterkeyed, grandmasterkeyed, and
great grandmasterkeyed as directed during the conference
with Owner and Architect-Engineer.
D. All keys and blanks are to be stamped DO NOT DUPLICATE,
and shall be stamped with the change n er on each ey.
furnish three keys per lock.
E. This hardware supplier shall tag all keys, complete the
key gathering and control system using the Owner' s room
designations and numbers, as well as the plan designation,
,,. 2190 (SC-CEJ) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
9
E. Where kick plates are specified for use on doors listed
with surface-type vertical rod exit devices, they shall be
mounted adjacent to and not behind the latch case.
F. Armor plates shall be 30 in. in height (or as required)
and 2 in. less than the width for a single door and 1 in.
(L.W.O.D. ) for pairs of doors.
2 . 11 DOOR SILENCERS
A. Furnish three silencers (Ives 20R or equal) for all single
pressed metal frames and two silencers for all pair
opening frames . Silencers are not required for ...
weatherstripping door openings.
2 . 12 WEATHERSTRIPPING AND/OR SOUNDPROOFING "W"
A. At all doors and openings designated "W" on the floor
plan, furnish and install the following described
weatherstripping equipment as applicable to the condition.
B. Equipment:
1 . Swinging Doors : "
Head and Jambs -- metal or wood
Exterior -- Sealeze J140DURO4BL
C. Suppliers and Contractors shall be responsible for
furnishing a schedule of openings showing equipment „
proposed for each, the responsibility for quantities and
dimensional requirements shall be coordinated with the
suppliers of all types of doors being furnished as a part
of the overall project i.e. spacing, templating, etc. so
as to avoid delays and substitutions as a means of
compliance.
2 . 13 THRESHOLDS AND SADDLES
A. Thresholds shall be equal to Pemko 171D.
2 . 14 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
A. This Contractor shall furnish a TELKEE Key Control System
of 500 keys capacity, catalog number WT500S, as
manufactured by P.O. MOORE Inc. , Glen Riddle, PA. The
combination hook and label pockets shall be solidly welded w
to the cabinet panels. The system shall include printed
Key Gathering Envelopes; Reserve-Pattern Key Tags with
self-locking key clip requiring no tools for assembly; Key
sm
2190 (SC-CEJ) FINISH HARDWARE
08700 WW
8
im
#a
40
E. Doors, where indicated in the Hardware Schedule to have an
.w automatic hold open feature, shall be LCN 4040 SE Single
Point Hold Open Series.
F. Door closers shall meet Architectural Barrier Board
requirements LCN 4011 and 4111; provide adjustable spring
tension to meet ADA requirement.
G. No closer shall be installed to reach full extension of
the arm before the door reaches the positive stop.
H. The final Hardware Schedule must indicate the degree of
opening of all doors with closers for the installer' s use
in conjunction with stop or holder locations and
requirements .
w�►
I . Equivalent Manufacturers : No substitutions .
2 .09 DOOR STOPS
A. Door stops shall be cast brass or bronze not cast
aluminum; Satin bronze finish, with the proper fastening
as manufactured by Ives, Builders Brass, or Baldwin.
B. Wherever a door opens against another door in converging
walls, furnish a Baldwin roller door stop, Type 470 or
471 .
C. See schedule for other special cases, such as stop holders
• and heavy-duty floor stops .
2 . 10 KICK PLATES, ARMOR PLATES, AND MOP PLATES
A. Kick plates, mop plates, and armor plates shall be
manufactured from . 050 in. thick satin stainless steel .
All plates shall be beveled three sides and furnished with
stainless steel self-tapping screws .
B. Kick plates mounted on the push side of single doors shall
be 10 in. in height and 2 in. less than the width of the
door (L.W.O.D. ) .
C. Kick plates mounted on the push side of pairs of doors
shall be 10 in. in height and 1 in. less than the width of
each door leaf.
D. Mop plates mounted on the pull side of single doors shall
be 6 in. in height and 1 in. less than the width of the
door.
2190 (SC-CEJ) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
7
..
ON
C. Equivalent Manufacturers: No substitutions.
2 . 06 PUSH AND PULL PLATES OW
A. Push and pull plates shall be . 062 in. stainless steel or
bronze, beveled four sides and furnished with self-tapping •M
screws similar to Rockwood #71 .
B. Pulls shall be 3/4 in. diameter, 8 in. c to c similar to WX
Rockwood #107 .
C. Custom exit device pulls shall be Trimco #1121/1121-1 (no
substitution) . .m
D. Equivalent Manufacturers : Trimco, Quality.
.,.
2 . 07 MANUAL AND SELF-LATCHING FLUSHBOLTS, DUSTPROOF STRIKES
A. Manual extension flushbolts shall be similar to Ives 458B.
XW
B. Dustproof strikes shall be similar to Ives 489B.
C. Equivalent Manufacturers : Trimco, Quality. oft
2 . 08 DOOR CLOSERS
A. All door closers shall be of Federal Type 3230 modified, ""
the type known as the full rack and pinion with back check
feature, of proper size as described in the manufacturer' s
schedule of sizes, as manufactured by LCN Closers, or Im
equal . The closer shall have a cast-iron shell with
internal working parts made of special alloy heat-treated
steel . This shell shall be covered with a pressure cast
aluminum cover which is attached to the cylinder with
special hex head screws . Closers shall be equipped with
general speed, latch speed, and back check control valves
of the non-critical type and adjustable spring power.
Closers for both interior and exterior doors shall be
equipped with an offset shoe which, when rotated 180
degrees, will permit an increase of power at the latch to
overcome draft conditions set up by air movement.
B. Closers for doors requiring "pull side" mounting shall be
LCN 4011 Series .
C. Closers for doors requiring "push side" or parallel arm
mounting shall be LCN 4111 Series.
D. Closers for doors, where an integral stop feature is
required, shall be LCN 4110 cush-n-stop.
2190 (SC-CEJ) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
6
on
OR
2 . 03 BUTT HINGES AND PIVOT REINFORCED HINGES
g, A. Butt hinges shall be as manufactured by Stanley, Hager, or
McKinney of the type and size as specified and as
recommended by the manufacturer for the type, size, and
10 frequency of the door shown.
1 . Furnish three hinges per door. Butts to be full
mortise, except as otherwise required to meet
particular situations and of weights motivated.
2 . Butts for lockable doors having reverse bevel swings
we shall be furnished with non-removable pins (NRP) for
added security.
3 . Butts for interior doors shall be regular weight,
except extra-heavy on doors larger than 3 ft. 0 in.
or high frequency use doors .
4 . Butts for exterior doors shall be non-ferrous five
knuckle heavy-weight ball bearing hinges .
5 . All hinges shall have ball tips (BT) .
2 . 04 LOCKS
A. Locks shall be heavy-duty mortise locks, Federal Type 86
with cast brass or bronze levers and knobs and wrought, by
Corbin/Russwin, Schlage, or Sargent.
1 . Russwin/Corbin ML2200 Series .
B. Backset:
1 . All locks for interior doors shall have 2-3/4 in.
backset.
C. Lever Handle Design Trim: Lever handle design trim is
based on Corbin Russwin NSA and NSM designs .
2 . 05 EXIT DEVICES
A. Exit devices shall be 99 Series as manufactured by Von
Duprin. Various functions are specified in the finish
Hardware Schedule enclosed herewithin. Provide sex nuts
and bolts (SNB) for fastening the top and bottom latch
cases on vertical rod exit devices .
B. Lever handle trim shall integrate the same lever design as
used on the mortise locks (#17 lever) .
2190 (SC-CEJ) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
5
1 . 06 PARTS LISTS
A. Furnish complete parts lists for all items of: WX
1 . Exit Devices.
2 . Closers .
3 . Locksets .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MANUFACTURER' S REFERENCE NUMBERS .�
A. Where items of hardware herein are specified by reference
numbers of manufacturers, they are taken from catalogs of:
Stanley Works, Russwin/Corbin, Von Duprin, LCN Closers,
Rockwood, Ives, Trimco, Baldwin, Sealeze, Yale, and Pemko.
Hardware of other manufacturers may be used "except" where
noted as (no substitution) . Equivalent items and/or .�
manufacturers will be provided herewithin.
2 . 02 FINISHES
A. Interior Hinges Satin Bronze (US10) ,
Polished Chrome (US26)
B. Exterior Hinges Satin Bronze (US10) ,
Oil Rubbed Bronze (US10B)
C. Locksets, Latchsets & Cylinders Satin Bronze (612)
D. Exit Devices Satin Bronze (612) ,
Anodized Dark Bronze (313AN)
E. Flushbolts/Auto Flushbolts Satin Bronze ( 612)
F. Push Plates/Pull Plates Satin Stainless Steel (32D) /or
Satin Bronze (US10)
G. Door Closers Sprayed Light or Dark Bronze
H. Wall Bumpers/Floor Stops Satin Bronze (US10)
I . Kick Plates, Mop Plates and Satin Bronze (US10) ,
Armor Plates ( . 050) Oil Rubbed Bronze (US10B)
J. Thresholds, Weatherstripping Anodized Dark Bronze (Duro)
and Sound Gasketing
2190 (SC-CEJ) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
4
MW
w
Sample Heading
Heading No. 6 (H-1)
1 Door F Corridor 101 to Room 106 RH Frm 78 Key Set
1 Door F Corridor 101 to Room 107 RH Frm 82 Key Set
C. Samples : Submit one sample of each item of hardware to
the Architect-Engineer for approval, if so instructed.
Sample items will be retained by the Architect-Engineer
until hardware has been applied and then turned over to
the Contractor for installation.
D. Presentation Set: Furnish one gold plated presentation
key in jewelry type box. This set is to be used at
completion of building ceremonies . Furnish to Architect-
Engineer for future disposition.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the provisions of the
CONDITION OF THE CONTRACT.
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies : Hardware supplied
and installed under this Section of the Specifications
shall meet the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Architectural
Barriers Board rules and regulations for Building
Facilities for the Visually and Physically Handicapped,
521 CMR, Rules and Regulations, dated April 1, 1982 . Any
conflicts of this Specification, as written with the above
regulation, shall be brought to the attention of the
Architect-Engineer.
1 . 05 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Packing and Marking: Package each item of hardware and
each lockset separately in individual containers complete
with necessary screws, keys, instructions, and
installation templates for spotting mortising tools . Mark
.� each container with item number corresponding to number on
the Contractor' s Hardware Schedule. Each key shall be
identified as later described in this Specification.
2190 (SC-CEJ) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
3
material subsequently purchased or required to suit a
need or as required under 2 . and 3 . above.
5. The current N.F.P.A. Bulletin #101 and #80
requirements and Underwriters Label recommendations
for 4-hour, 3-hour, and 2-hour openings in fire walls -b
shall be required for all equipment on all openings
as indicated by ("A, " "B, " or "C" Label) . That is to
say, positive close and positive latch.
a. Current N.F.P.A requirements of positive closing
and positive latching of certain exit devices as
indicated above must be furnished "less dogging .�
device. "
b. 3/4 in. latch throw will be required in all 3- �.
hour, 2-hour, and fire division walls as indicated
by suffix A, B, C, or as otherwise required in the
current UL Building Materials List.
c. Labels are required where specifically indicated
on the Drawings, door schedule, or hardware set.
Current N.F.P.A. requirements of positive closing and
positive latching of certain exit devices as indicated
above must be furnished "less dogging device. "
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS '*
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the Architect-
Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials
to the site.
B. Hardware Schedule:
1 . Submit five (5) copies of the Hardware Schedule to
the Architect-Engineer for approval .
2 . Hardware Schedules shall list each individual door or
pairs of doors in the manner recommended by the
American Society for Architectural Hardware
Consultants and shall include the hardware set symbol
and frame number. Only doors of identical size and
material shall be grouped under a single heading and
total quantities listed.
3 . Horizontal form of hardware scheduling will also be
accepted if it is, in the judgment of the Architect-
Engineer, clear and concise.
2190 (SC-CEJ) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
2
AN
SECTION 08700
HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
,,. 1 .02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent: The work required under this Section, without
limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing
of all labor, materials, services, and equipment necessary
for, and reasonably incidental to, the complete furnishing
of all hardware specified herein. Coordinate with
divisions for supervisory requirements of templates and
installation. Final adjustment and servicing of all units
of hardware shall be required before final acceptance and
payment.
B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: Cabinet and display
case hardware, sash hardware, handrail brackets, and
40 toilet stall hardware.
C. Description of Systems :
40
1 . The hardware sets shown in this Specification are
furnished for information and as a guide only. The
complete quantity requirements for each and every
opening shall be the responsibility of the Hardware
Contractor.
2 . Hardware sets not shown on the Drawings for new doors
and storage closets shall be provided with hardware
sets as indicated for other similar doors .
3. Hardware sets listed in the Specifications, but not
shown on Drawings, shall be disregarded, unless
applicable under 2, above; see detailed Drawings .
4 . No additional compensation will be allowed for minor
variations required by job conditions that result in
changes between materials specified herein and that
2190 (SC-CEJ) FINISH HARDWARE
08700
1
Oil
Oil
71
' SECTION 08700
FINISH HARDWARE
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 2
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 3
1 . 05 Product Handling 3
1 . 06 Parts Lists 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Manufacturer' s Reference Numbers 4
2 . 02 Finishes 4
2 . 03 Butt Hinges and Pivot Reinforced Hinges 5
2 . 04 Locks 5
2 . 05 Exit Devices 5
2 . 06 Push and Pull Plates 6
2 . 07 Manual and Self-Latching Flushbolts,
Dustproof Strikes 6
2 . 08 Door Closers 6
2 . 09 Door Stops 7
2 . 10 Kick Plates, Armor Plates, and
Mop Plats 7
2 . 11 Door Silencers 8
2 . 12 Weatherstripping and/or Soundproofing 8
2 . 13 Thresholds and Saddles 8
2 . 14 Miscellaneous Items 8
2 . 15 Rim Deadlocks 9
2 . 16 Cylinder Pulls 9
2 . 17 Cremone Bolts 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Keying 9
Eli List of Manufactures 9
Hardware Sets 9
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FINISH HARDWARE
08700
0
W&
shall be replaced by the General Contractor at no
additional expense to the Owner. „w
B. Smith College has the right to final approval of all
finish surfaces .
Im
END OF SECTION
.W
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD WINDOWS (METAL CLAD) +•
08610
10
low
Am
PART 3 - EXECUTION
ma 3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Before installation is commenced, openings shall be
ON inspected. Surfaces shall be clean and dry. Wood frame
wall shall be dry, clean, sound and well-nailed and/or
glued, free of voids, and without offsets at joints .
.. Ensure that nail heads are driven flush with surfaces in
the opening and within 3 in. of the opening.
B. Verify that rough openings are correct. Sill shall be
level .
3 . 02 INSTALLATION
A. Install windows in accordance with manufacturer' s
recommendations, to achieve weathertight and freely
operating instructions.
B. Maintain alignment with adjacent work. Secure assembly to
framed openings, plumb, level, square, without distortion.
C. Shim and block as required without "hourglass" or bowed-
out configuration.
D. Place foam backer rod and sealant in shim spaces around
unit perimeter, to maintain continuity of building thermal
barrier.
40
E. Leave window units closed and locked.
3 . 03 FINAL CLEANING
A. Clean window frames and glass inside and out. Do not use
abrasive cleaners or solutions containing corrosive
solvents .
B. Remove visible markings .
C. Remove debris, associated with this work, from the site.
D. Leave window units in closed and locked position.
E. Install new window screens .
3 . 04 FINAL INSPECTION
A. Any glass or window unit which has been damaged after
installation by scratches, etching, and/or damaged finish
r 2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD WINDOWS (METAL CLAD)
08610
9
D. Extruded Aluminum Exterior Window Trim:
1 . Furnish and install extruded aluminum clad exterior
window trim as shown on the Construction Drawings .
Color to be baked enamel white factory finish. No
face nailing shall be permitted. Included in the
scope of work of this Section is all aluminum water
tables, sills, closures, and trim pieces called for on
the Drawings, as well as is otherwise required for a
complete, proper, and watertight installation.
E. Finish:
1 . Exterior Finish: Exterior aluminum surfaces shall be
cleaned, etched, and coated with baked enamel . Color
shall be white. ..
Clad thermosetting exterior finishes shall pass the
following tests :
A.
Adhesion: 1/16 in. (1 . 6 mm) cross-hatch, wet .
Salt spray resistance: 1, 000 hours .
Humidity resistance: 1, 000 hours . o
Detergent resistance: 3 percent at 100 deg. F. (37 . 8
deg. C. ) - 100 hours .
Acid resistance: 10 percent muriatic - 15 minutes .
Alkali resistance, Mortar Spot Test: 24 hours . ""
Direct impact, 1/10 in. (2 . 5 mm) distortion: no film
removal) .
NO
2 . Interior Finish: Factory applied one coat primed and
one coat finish paint. Color shall be Snow White.
All window units shall be shipped with factory finish. Aw
2 . 04 HARDWARE
A. The sash shall have locks and lifts; two locks and two +w
lifts on each window, factory installed. The locks and
lifts are made of a high-pressure zinc die-cast with a
phosphate coating that is electrostatically finished in
bronze . Each sash shall have two specially designed,
pivot-lock mechanisms which permit each sash to be tilted
90 degrees inward from a bottom pivot and positively held
in place for washing. Each sash shall have two spring
balances or a block and tackle assembly depending on sash
weight. Balances shall be factory installed and semi-
concealed in vertical channels of the jamb liners.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD WINDOWS (METAL CLAD)
08610
8
Am
oft
2 . 03 FABRICATION
10 A. Fabricate windows to accommodate the existing opening
tolerances :
ON 1 . Vertical dimensions between high and low points : plus
1/4 in. or minus 0 in.
2 . Width dimensions : plus 1/4 in. or minus 0 in.
3 . Building columns or masonry openings: plus or minus
1/4 in. from plumb.
4 . All sash shall be custom fabricated to match existing
windows in size and appearance.
5. Minimal blocking or shims shall be used when
installing new windows .
B. Windows shall meet the following performance requirements :
1 . Window units shall meet Class A "Improved"
Specifications in accordance with NWMA IS2, except
where more stringent requirements are specified
otherwise.
+ 2 . Air leakage, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 283
at 1 . 57 psf (25 mph) , must be 0. 15 cfm/ft. of crack or
less.
3 . No water penetration when tested in accordance with
ASTM E 331 under static pressure of 6.24 psf (50 mph)
after 15 minutes with water being applied at a rate of
5 gallons per sq. ft.
4 . Window assembly shall withstand positive and negative
windloads acting normal to the plane of the window, in
accordance with applicable code. Structural tests
shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM E 330 .
5. The deflection, in a direction normal to the plane of
the assembly, of any framing member, when carrying its
full design load, including weight of glass, shall not
exceed 1/175 of its clear span when tested in
accordance with ASTM E 330 .
C. Frames and sash shall be clad with 0 . 024 in. thick
aluminum so as to form a joint-free cover.
w 2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD WINDOWS (METAL CLAD)
08610
7
MW
E. Screens:
1 . Full-size with aluminum screen color charcoal set in «R
aluminum frame, fitted to outside of window, supplied
complete with all necessary hardware.
2 . All screens shall be shipped separate from windows
with numbering system to identify which window they
fit into and shall be installed at the end of the .W
project after final inspection. Handling and storage
is the Contractor' s responsibility.
F. Frame Expanders: Frame expanders shall be extruded aw
aluminum to snap into windows and custom cut to fit
existing opening and shall be by window manufacturer.
Color shall be white. .«
G. Snap Trim: Snap trim shall be extruded aluminum
continuous at all tops and sides of windows or where noted
on the details . Trim shall include all clips for '"
anchoring. Color shall be white.
H. Dormer and Sill Panning: Dormer and sill panning shall be ..
. 070 white brake metal, continuous pieces; sizes and
shapes to fit over existing woodwork. Field check all
dimensions .
I . Insulating Panel : Insulating panel shall be Omega-Foam-
Ply hardboard panel with a Fluoropolymer Kynar 500 finish,
. 040 smooth aluminum interior and exterior bonded to 1/8
in. thick hardboard. Thickness of panels 5/8 in. at clad
windows and 1 in. at removable aluminum windows in
basement . Color shall be white.
J. Wall Shutters : Wall shutters to be aluminum wall shutters
by Jenn Fan; size and location in window to match
existing. Install shutters into insulated panels and ship
with replacement window as a finished unit from the
factory.
K. Screen Retainer Cable: Screen retainer cable shall be
made from all stainless steel parts . Cable shall be #14
aircraft cable, 3 in. long, with electrical stack-ons
crimped to each end. Anchor to window jamb at head with
tork pin and also to screen. Note: window manufacturer
to see sample at Smith College. This item shall be
factory installed on all windows and attached to screens
when they are installed.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD WINDOWS (METAL CLAD)
08610
6
3. Sill to be extruded aluminum and provided by window
manufacturer.
4 . Note: Two windows are to have removable window panels
from the frames. See Drawings for location and
details.
5. Contractor shall measure all existing openings to
insure a custom fit with minimal blocking or shimming
allowed.
6. Provide all caulking (to prevent water infiltration)
and anchors to secure window to existing masonry
openings .
ww 2 . 02 MATERIALS
A. Frame: Western Pine, water repellant preservative treated
in accordance with NWWDA Standard IS4, exterior surfaces
clad with white aluminum. Solid type 6063-T6 extruded
aluminum at sill . Overall frame depth: 5 or 5-1/2 in.
B. Sash: Western Pine, water repellant preservative treated
in accordance with NWWDA Standard IS4, primed on interior
surfaces and edges and clad with aluminum, lap-jointed and
..� sealed. Corners mortised and tenoned, glued, and secured
with metal fasteners . Sash thickness : 1-3/4 in. (44 mm) .
C. Glazing:
1 . 5/8 in. thick overall insulated Low E argon gas filled
clear glass and shall consist of quality float glass,
complying with ASTM C 1036, exterior lite clear,
interior lite low E coated clear, double-light, sealed
insulating glass, wet glazed, with interior removable
stops .
2 . 5/8 in. thick overall quality float glass, exterior
lite clear, interior light in pattern no. P62, double
light, sealed insulating glass, argon gas filled.
3 . 5/8 in. thick overall quality glass, exterior light
clear tempered safety glass, interior lite Low E
coated clear tempered safety glass, double light,
argon gas filled, sealed insulating glass .
eA• D. Weatherstripping: Foam with 3 mil vinyl skin to engage
aluminum frame lip at head and waterstop batt at sill; set
into upper sash for tight contact at checkrail and into
sash stiles to seal at vinyl jamb liners .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD WINDOWS (METAL CLAD)
08610
5
no
VW
3 . Grading of lumber of the various species shall conform
to the requirements of Federal Specifications MM-L-763 Ifth
and MM-B-751-C.
1 . 06 PRODUCT HANDLING
MW
A. Delivery:
1 . All manufactured materials shall be delivered to the
site in their original, unopened packaging bearing the
name of the manufacturer and brand on packaging only.
2 . Window manufacturer shall remove or leave off all
brand name stickers and logos from finish product to
be installed.
B. Storage: Store all materials, off the ground, in an
enclosed shelter providing protection from damage and
exposure to the elements and construction activities .
Damaged or deteriorated materials shall be removed from
the site and replaced at the Contractor' s expense.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MANUFACTURED UNITS (Double-Hung)
A. Windows shall be factory-assembled, aluminum clad double-
hung wood windows with sash installed in the frame and
shall be custom fabricated to fit into each individual
existing window opening with minimal wood shimming. The
sizes shown on the Drawings are approximate in size. The
Contractor and window manufacturer shall measure each
existing opening to ensure proper fit. Windows shall have
modern divided lites . Units shall be complete with all
required aluminum frame extensions, sills, trim (standard
or custom) , and accessory items . Windows shall be
"Architect Series" double-hung and casement type, where •
noted, by Eagle or approved equal by Pella. No
substitutions to these two manufacturers will be approved.
B. Aluminum Framed Basement Windows :
1 . New basement windows shall be top hinged inswing
aluminum windows and frames by Traco-TR3600 or
approved equal . Color shall be white.
2 . Windows to have 1 in. tempered insulating Low E clear
glass.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD WINDOWS (METAL CLAD) �.
08610
4
Am
�Ir
C. Qualifications : Products shall be first quality as
40 manufactured by manufacturers listed herein. Installation
shall be made only by workmen experienced in the
installation of aluminum clad wood windows and authorized
by the manufacturer thereof.
D. Installation Instructions :
1 . Before starting application of specified work, the
Contractor shall arrange a meeting with factory
representatives of the window manufacturer, Owner
representative, and Architect-Engineer. This is to discuss construction procedures, specification
application, and material storage and protection.
2. The window manufacturer shall be required to have a
representative demonstrate all phases of window
installation to the Contractor at no extra charge.
3. The window manufacturer shall have their
representative inspect the project weekly and provide
a final inspection after all windows are installed to
ensure proper application of all new windows .
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
w A. All materials and operations shall meet the requirements
of the latest revision of the standard specifications of
the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and
the National Woodwork Manufacturers Association, Inc.
(NWMA) , including the following specific requirements :
40 1 . National Woodwork Manufacturers Association, Inc. :
a. IS2 - Industry Standard for Wood Window Units .
b. IS4 - Industry Standard for Water-Repellant
Preservative Non-Pressure Treated for Millwork.
2 . American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) :
a. E 283 - Standard Test Method for Rate of Air
Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,
and Doors .
b. E 331 - Method of Test for Water Penetration of
Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by
Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD WINDOWS (METAL CLAD)
08610
3
:ANN&
this Section and will be performed by others under the
designated Sections:
1 . SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY.
a. New treated wood sill inserts .
2 . SECTION 07100 - WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING, AND
CAULKING. MW
a. Caulking at perimeter of all window frames and
where noted on the details .
AM
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal Oft
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
Am
B. Shop Drawings: Submit detail shop drawings for all
windows showing all components, elevations, and full size
sections of every condition. a,„
C. Samples : Submit samples of hardware, screen, and one (1)
full size venting window unit.
D. Product Data:
1 . Two copies of certified test lab reports (if necessary
to shown compliance with requirements) , manufacturer' s
literature, and installation instruction sheets .
2 . List of at least three projects of a similar nature by
window installer which have been installed during the
last three years, identified with project name,
location, and date.
1 . 04 OUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
Results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD WINDOWS (METAL CLAD)
08610
2
now
AM
ow
40
SECTION 08610
WOOD WINDOWS (METAL CLAD)
00 PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
on A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Replacement of all existing windows with new aluminum
clad wood windows, including glazing,
weatherstripping, and associated hardware at each
sash. All mullions, muntins, sash, and dividers shall
be configured to match configuration of existing
windows and shall be modern divided lites at interior
and exterior.
2 . Removal and legal disposal of all existing windows,
including basement windows and accessory items .
3. Full screens at all window units .
4 . Sills, aluminum.
5. Covers, closures, and other aluminum trim.
6. Extruded aluminum exterior window trim and accessory
items .
7 . Trim and cut all interior and exterior wood trim and
reinstall as detailed. Install new fiberglass batt
insulation at all existing weight pockets .
8 . Provide and install hopper style aluminum replacement
windows at all existing basement window locations .
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD WINDOWS (METAL CLAD)
08610
1
"�
"�!
a
SECTION 08610
S WOOD WINDOWS (METAL CLAD)
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 2
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 3
1 . 06 Product Handling 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Manufactured Units (Double-Hung) 4
2 . 02 Materials 5
2 . 03 Fabrication 7
2 . 04 Hardware 8
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 01 Inspection 9
3. 02 Installation 9
3 . 03 Final Cleaning 9
3 . 04 Final Inspection 9
f
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD WINDOWS (METAL CLAD)
08610
0
{
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Openings shall be properly formed and frames properly
installed. Check to see that openings are level, plumb, .�
square, and the correct dimensions .
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. Doors shall be conditioned to the average prevailing local
humidity before hanging.
ow
3 . 03 PRE-FITTING
A. Wood Doors : Fit to the following tolerances :
1 . 1/16 in. at head and jambs .
2 . 3/16 in. at thresholds .
3 . Allow for finished floor material on openings without
thresholds .
4 . Installation of door hardware and wood doors is
specified under SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY.
5. See floor plans for sub-script where specific
clearance is required.
3 . 04 RUBBISH REMOVAL
A. This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the
work of this Section.
END OF SECTION ,
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD DOORS
08210
6
Doors shall be stile and rail, with glazing or panels, as
indicated on the Contract Drawings . Doors shall be pre-
hung in frames by the manufacturer.
C. Exterior Wood Doors : Exterior doors shall be as
manufactured by Enjo, of stile and rail construction with
glazing and/or panels, as indicated on the Contract
Drawings . Doors shall be as manufactured by Enjo, or
approved equal, and have the following attributes:
Wood: Mahogany, paint grade, moisture content 6-8
percent.
Assembly: All connecting joints between stiles, rails,
and mullions shall be coped, doweled, and glued
under pressure until dry using Type I exterior
glue on exterior units .
Stiles : Plain sawn hardwood faces, 5/16 in. thick, bonded
to a low density, glued up reversed grain white
pine core with matching hardwood edges.
Rails : Mullions shall be solid lumber, one ply for 1-3/4
in. doors and three ply for thicker doors.
Panels : Panels shall be full thickness, floating three
ply construction consisting of two outside
hardwood laminations bonded to an inner low
density core.
w�
Panel Seal : End grain on all panels shall be sealed prior
to assembly.
Exterior Pre-Hung: Door shall be mounted to a two member
solid jamb with 1-1/2 pair of butt
hinges . Unit shall be completely
sw weatherstripped using Q-Lon
compression door seal and an
interlocking solid brass saddle.
so
Standard: Doors shall conform with AWI Standard No . 1400 .
ei Warpage: Doors shall not exceed 1/4 in. beyond plane of
door as per AWI Standard No . 1300 T-3 and shall
bear manufacturer' s complete warranty
certificate.
MW
2 . 02 FABRICATION
O. A. Fabricate all wood doors in strict accordance with the
referenced standards specified herein.
u■
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD DOORS
08210
5
ow
ow
requirements, all wood doors, unless otherwise indicated
herein or specifically approved by the Architect-Engineer, am
in writing, shall be pre-hung by the manufacturer and
shall be products of the following manufacturers :
1 . Interior: Maiman and Jessup, or approved equal . •*
2 . Exterior: Enjo, or approved equal .
B. Interior Wood Doors : Interior doors shall be 1-3/4 in. ..
thick, 45 minute fire-rated wood stile and panel door,
glazed with 45 minute, fire-rated, 1/4 in. square, clear
wired safety glass . All glass shall be "Georgian" as w*
manufactured by FDI Glass Corp. Wire color shall be as
selected by the Architect-Engineer from the manufacturer' s
full range of standard and premium colors . Doors shall Ak
have the following attributes :
Core: 1-11/16 in. thick CCPTSX Douglas Fir plywood or
approved equivalent.
Stiles : 1/32 in. plain sliced premium grade veneer, over
core. Width: 4 in. minimum, 13 in. maximum. A
Rails : 1/32 in. plain sliced premium grade veneer, over
core. Width: 4 in. minimum, 13 in. maximum.
Mullions : 1/32 in. plain sliced premium grade veneer,
over core. Width: 3 in. minimum, 9 in.
maximum.
Panels : 1/32 in. plain sliced premium grade veneer,
laminated to formed particleboard, or approved
equal . Width: 5 in. minimum, 34 in. maximum.
Height: 5 in. minimum, 78 in. maximum. Area: 25
sq. in. minimum, 2, 652 sq. in. maximum. 1-11/16
in. overall thickness .
Edges : FAS premium grade hardwood, same species as face
veneer. Width: 1/2 in. tope and sides, 1 in. ."
bottom.
Moulding: FAS premium grade hardwood, same species as
face veneer on unglazed doors . Pattern shall ok
be raised. Duranson total glazing system with
raised moulding trim for glazed doors .
Adhesive: Type I fully waterproof, cross-link PVA. MW
Warranty: Life of installation.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD DOORS
08210
4
4W
00
B. Manufacturer shall individually package doors in
protective packaging which will completely protect doors
during shipping and handling. Store doors flat in a dry
area and cover all edges with opaque material to prevent
veneer discoloration. Do not remove doors from packaging
until all painting and interior finish work have been
completed in areas to receive doors . All doors should be
stored and hung in buildings that maintain a humidity
range of between 30 and 60 percent. Do not store or
install any wood doors until masonry and plaster work is
dry.
1 . 07 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY
A. All work in this Section shall be guaranteed for the life
of original installation after the date of Substantial
Completion against defects in materials and workmanship,
including the following:
1 . Delamination in any degree.
2 . Warp or twist of 1/4 in. or more.
3 . Telegraphing of any part of core unit through face to
cause surface variation of 1/100 in. or more in any 3
�u
in. span.
4 . Any defect which may, in any way, impair or affect
performance of door in purpose for which it is
intended. Replacement under this guarantee shall
include hanging, installation of hardware, and
finishing.
B. Upon delivery of the doors of this Section to the job
site, and as a condition of their acceptance, deliver, to
the Architect-Engineer, two (2) copies of an agreement
written on the door manufacturer' s standard form, signed
by the door manufacturer and the Contractor. Any
provision for refunding the price received by the door
manufacturer for any defective door shall not apply.
1 . 08 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES for description of bid
items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers : Contingent upon meeting specified
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD DOORS
08210
3
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B. Shop Drawings : Submit shop drawings and schedules showing
amount, size, thickness, cutouts, transoms, and undercuts
of all wood doors .
C. Samples : Submit sample of rail-mullion-panel
intersection.
D. Product Data: Submit the following:
1 . Complete specifications of door construction and
manufacturer' s literature for each type of door
proposed for use on this project.
2 . The manufacturer' s specifications, including complete
range of standard colors for louvers.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE low
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will am
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. ,
C. Qualifications : All wood doors shall bear the NWMA seal
of approval .
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Doors shall conform to either AWI Quality Standards, NWMA .�.
Industry Standard IS-1-78 or Commercial Standard CS 171-58
Premium Grade, and to the American Society for Testing and
Materials (ASTM) . Type I glue for exterior and interior
doors and additional minimum requirements as specified
hereinafter for specific door types.
1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ..
A. Use all means necessary to protect door materials from
damage prior to, during, and after installation and to
protect the installed work and materials of other trades .
All damages shall be repaired or replaced at no cost to
the Owner. :
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD DOORS
08210
2
4W
ow
00 SECTION 08210
WOOD DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Furnishing and pre-fitting of interior and exterior
dw wood doors and frames .
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section will be performed under the designated
" Sections :
1 . SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY.
so
a. Installation of hardware.
b. Wood frames for wood doors .
2 . SECTION 08100 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES .
w. a. Metal frames for wood doors .
3 . SECTION 08700 - FINISH HARDWARE.
a. Furnishing of hardware for wood doors .
4 . SECTION 08800 - GLASS AND GLAZING.
a. Glass and Glazing of wood doors .
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD DOORS
08210
1
lob
-
°
. �
�
- '
WA'
SECTION 08210
WOOD DOORS
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 2
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
1 . 07 Guarantee/Warranty 3
1 . 08 Alternates 3
F
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 3
2 . 02 Fabrication 5
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 01 Inspection 6
3 . 02 Preparation 6
3 . 03 Pre-Fitting 6
3. 04 Rubbish Removal 6
r-
r
x
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy WOOD DOORS
08210
0
F:
rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch-up
compatible air-drying primer.
3 . 04 RUBBISH REMOVAL
A. This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the
work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
.W
A*
2190 (SC-CEJ) /dmg METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
12
so
0
4 . Plumbness plus or minus 1/16 in. : Measured on the
jamb at the floor.
3. 02 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. General : Set frames accurately, plumb, true, and in exact
position designated. Brace them until enclosed in
masonry, until mortar of such masonry has set, or, if
enclosed in plaster walls, until plaster is complete and
dry. Set knee anchors in cement mortar with nails,
dowels, or expansion bolts let through angles for
fastening in position. Inspect frames periodically as
they are being built-in; maintain in proper position. All
connecting and reinforcing members shall be provided for
proper anchorage and support of all work.
B. Knock-Down Frames :
1 . Knock-down frames shall be formed to the
manufacturer' s profile with double return back bends
to prevent marring wall surface.
2 . Frames shall be knocked-down design and be securely
installed in the rough opening after the wallboard is
applied by means of aligning slot and tabs, anchors
and sill anchors. The aligning slot and tabs shall
low insure proper positioning of the header to the jambs .
Each jamb shall be equipped with a pressure anchor.
The anchor shall keep the frame rigid in the opening.
Each jamb shall be equipped with two sill anchors,
prepunched for secure nailing or screwing to the wall
at the sill .
C. Metal Closures : Furnish and install miscellaneous metal
closures, stiffeners, and knees as required in all areas
where specifically called for or as detailed, and also at
• joints where corridor frames meet corridor walls to allow
for passage of existing piping and conduit.
3 . 03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Adjusting: Check and readjust operating finish hardware
items in hollow metal work just prior to final inspection.
Leave work in complete and proper operating condition.
Remove and replace defective work, including doors or
frames which are warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable.
B. Patching: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any
2190 (SC-CEJ) /dmg METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
11
.m
.»
spreaders for frames of two 2 in. by 3/4 in. steel
channels; tack weld to jambs and mullions .
8 . Silencers: Drill stops to receive silencers specified
under Finish Hardware.
D. Finish:
1 . After fabrication, all tool marks and surface ,
imperfections shall be dressed, filled, and sanded as
required to make all faces and vertical edges smooth,
level, and free of all irregularities.
2 . Clean all metal thoroughly. Remove rust and scale by
sandblast or other approved method. Wash with benzine
until oil, grease, sand, dirt, and other foreign
substances are removed.
3 . Give exposed and unexposed surfaces rust-inhibiting
priming coat. �
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Examine the substrate and conditions under which hollow
metal work is to be installed and notify the Contractor in
writing of any conditions detrimental to the proper and
timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the
work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected
in a manner acceptable to the Installer.
B. Prior to installation all frames must be checked and +�
corrected for size, swing, squareness, alignment, twist,
and plumbness . Permissible installation tolerances shall
not exceed the following:
1 . Squareness plus or minus 1/16 in. : Measured on a
line, 90 degrees from one jamb, at the upper corner of
the frame at the other jamb.
2 . Alignment plus or minus 1/16 in. : Measured on jambs
on a horizontal line parallel to the plane of the
wall .
3 . Twist plus or minus 1/16 in. : Measured at face
corners of jambs on parallel lines perpendicular to ow
the plane of the wall .
[A
2190 (SC-CEJ) /dmg METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
10
so
40
5. Frame tolerance shall be maintained within the
„o following limits :
a. Frames for single door or pair of doors :
Width, measured between rabbets at the head:
Nominal opening width: Plus 1/16 in. , minus 1/32
in.
Height (total length of jamb rabbet) :
Nominal opening height: Plus or minus 3/64 in.
Cross sectional profile dimensions:
Face: Plus or minus 1/32 in.
Stop: Plus or minus 1/32 in.
Rabbet: Plus or minus 1/64 in.
Depth: Plus or minus 1/32 in.
Throat: Plus or minus 1/16 in. Frames
overlapping walls to have throat dimension 1/8 in.
greater than dimensioned wall thickness to
accommodate irregularities in wall construction.
Hardware cutout dimensions : Template dimensions -
plus 0 . 015 in. , minus 0 in.
6. Wall Anchors :
a. Masonry and Concrete Construction (Existing) :
Provide three (3) wall anchors at each jamb
fabricated of 10 gauge steel spacer hats spot
welded to inside of jambs, through which 3/8 in.
flat head machine screws (FHMS) shall be installed
to extend well into anchors in existing masonry or
concrete. Screw holes at frames shall be punched
and swaged so that the face of the fully tightened
FHMS is recessed 1/32 in. into frame. Fill recess
flush with epoxy filler and grind smooth.
7 . Knee Anchors, Spreaders : For frame and mullion
bottoms extending to floor, use knee angle anchors 2
in. by 2 in. by 4 in. long; spot weld to frame.
Provide two 3/8 in. holes in horizontal leg. Provide
2190 (SC-CEJ) /dmg METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
9
per frames, with welded corners . Fasten with
countersunk oval-head machine screws about 16 in.
apart. Reduce spacing if required to hold member in
close contact with adjoining work.
4 . Reinforcement: Provide lateral reinforcement in ,.
openings over 42 in. wide of either borrowed lights,
doors, or combination of both where structural steel
is not provided in heads . Reinforcement shall be
channels formed of 12 gauge steel or stainless steel
fully filling the cross section of the frame head and
spot welded thereto at frequent intervals . Where
structural steel is provided in heads of frames under
another section, furnish blocking or other supports
for hollow metal work; anchor to adjacent masonry;
install under this Section. Reinforcement for door
butts to be 8 in. longer than butt; for other butts to
be in 4 in. longer than butt. Protect back of hardware
cutouts and tapped reinforcement with metal plaster
guards (26 gauge minimum) ; weld to frame back. +.
a. Frames shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled, and
tapped at the factory for fully templated and
mortised hardware only, in accord with approved
hardware schedule and templated provided by the
hardware contractor. Where surface-mounted
hardware is to be applied, frames shall have
reinforcing plates only; all drilling and tapping
shall be done by others . Make mortises with metal
neatly cut, rolled into core so that no exposed ®.
edges show on finished work.
b. Minimum thickness of hardware reinforcing plates
shall be as follows :
Hinge and pivot reinforcements : 1/4 in. plate
full width of frame by 10 in.
Strike reinforcements : 7 gauge.
Flush bolt reinforcements : 7 gauge.
Closer reinforcements: 7 gauge.
Reinforcements for: surface-mounted hardware - 7
gauge. hold-open arms - 7 gauge. surface panic
devices - 7 gauge.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /dmg METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
8
�r
12. Door Tolerances shall be maintained within the
following limits :
Width: Plus or minus 3/64 in.
Height: Plus or minus 3/64 in.
Thickness : Plus or minus 1/16 in.
Hardware Cutout Dimensions: Template dimensions plus
0. 015 in. , minus 0 in.
! Hardware Location: Plus or minus 2/32 in.
13. Transom panels shall match gauge, thickness, and
construction of hollow metal doors .
C. Combination Bucks and Frames:
1 . General : All combination bucks and frames, where
indicated or referred to, shall be combination steel
frames, bucks, jamb, and trim. See Room Finish
Schedule for location of knocked-down frames.
Fabricate frames for doors, transoms, partitions,
sash, and other items as per details of various types
required. Vary forming from that indicated where
'* special conditions necessitate changes from these
details . Make profiles true to design. Frames for
wall openings that do not extend to floor level shall
entirely surround openings . Unless otherwise
indicated, extend other frames below finished floor
levels . Form combination bucks and frames, unless
otherwise indicated, from single sheet of metal . At
corners, miter jambs, fully weld solidly, grind and
sand smooth. All frames shall be double rabbetted
unless otherwise indicated.
2 . Mullions and Transom Bars : Provide mullions and
transom bars where required. Unless otherwise
required, use tubular section with rebates for doors,
glass, transom sash. Conceal longitudinal seams in
finished work or weld continuously. Fasten mullion
and transom bars at crossings to jambs by
interlocking, welding, or concealed clip angles and
bolts, if approved.
3. Glazing Moldings : Unless otherwise indicated, secure
glass in interior masonry partitions in place with
glazing molding on room side. Assemble mouldings as
2190 (SC-CEJ) /dmg METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
7
AA1
r
Reinforcements for all other surface-mounted
hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 gauge
9 . Glass Mouldings and Stops :
a. Where specified or scheduled, doors shall be
provided with hollow metal mouldings to secure
glazing by others in accordance with glass opening
sizes shown on approved shop drawings.
b. Fixed mouldings shall be securely and continuously
welded to the door on the security side. All such
welds shall be ground, filled, and dressed smooth
to make them invisible and provide a smooth flush
surface.
C. Loose stops shall be not less than 20 gauge steel,
with butt or mitered corner joints, secured to the
framed opening by cadmium or zinc-coated
countersunk screws . Snap-on attachments will not
be permitted.
10 . Louvers shall be of the welded blade type of
construction. Louver pierced into the face sheets
will not be permitted. Normal louvers shall be
sightproof stationary.
11 . Clearances :
a. Edge clearances shall be provided as follows:
(1) Between doors and frames, at head and
jambs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/8 in.
(2) At door sills : Where no threshold is used
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/8 in.
maximum. ""
(3) Where threshold is used . . . . . . . . . . 1/8 in.
maximum.
(4) Between meeting edges of pairs of doors
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/8 in.
Verify floor plans for sub-script for specific
clearance required at certain doors.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /dmg METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
6
All such welds shall be ground, filled, and dressed
00 smooth to make them invisible and provide a smooth
flush surface.
5. Top and bottom edges of all doors shall be closed with
a continuous recessed steel channel not less than 16
gauge, extending the full width of the door and spot
welded to both faces. Exterior doors shall have an
additional flush closing channel at their top edges,
and where required for attachment of weatherstripping,
a flush closure also at their bottom edges . Openings
shall be provided in the bottom closure of exterior
doors to permit the escape of entrapped moisture.
6. Edge profiles shall be provided by both vertical edges
of doors as follows :
Single-acting swinging doors - beveled 1/8 in. in 2
in.
Double-acting swinging doors - rounded on 2-1/8 in.
radius .
7 . All hardware furnished by the Hardware Supplier for
single-acting doors shall be designed for beveled
edges as specified in sub-paragraph 6 . above.
8 . Hardware Reinforcements :
a. Doors shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled, and
tapped at the factory for fully templated hardware
only, in accord with the approved hardware
schedule and templates provided by the Hardware
Supplier. Where surface-mounted hardware is to be
applied, door shall have reinforcing plates only;
all drilling and tapping shall be done by others .
Make mortise with metal neatly cut, rolled into
core so that no exposed edges show on finished
work.
b. Minimum gauge for hardware reinforcing plates
shall be as follows :
Hinge and pivot reinforcements . . . . . . . . . 7 gauge
Reinforcements for lock fronts, flush bolts,
concealed holders, concealed or
surface-mounted closers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 gauge
2190 (SC-CEJ) /dmg METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
5
D. Paint shall be Rust-Oleum' s "quick-drying red primer, "
Pratt and Lambert' s "oxide red lead primer, " Baer Brothers
"red chromite, " "zinc chromite" by Pittsburgh or DuPont,
or approved equal .
2 . 02 FABRICATION
A. Measurements :
1 . The Contractor shall determine all necessary �.
measurements from the Contract Drawings and verify all
measurements at the building. He shall be responsible
for field dimensions, fittings, and the proper
attachment of all work under this Section to other
work directly connected with it .
2 . Attention is directed to SECTION 08700 - HARDWARE of
these Specifications for "backset" requirements which
also must be coordinated with exit devices . See
hardware schedule for various types of butts, pulls,
plates, closers, and other accessories .
B. Hollow Metal Doors :
1 . All doors shall be custom made, of the types and sizes
shown on approved shop drawings, and shall be fully
welded seamless construction with no visible seams or
joints on their faces or vertical edges . Minimum door
thickness shall be 1-3/4 in. All metal doors are to
be flush, glazed as shown.
2 . All doors shall be strong, rigid, and neat in
appearance, free from warpage or buckle. Corner bends
shall be true and straight and of minimum radius for "
the gauge of metal used.
3 . Face sheets shall be stiffened by continuous vertical
formed steel sections occupying the full thickness of
the interior space between door faces . These
stiffeners shall be not less than 22 gauge, spaced not
more than 6 in. apart, and securely attached to both
face sheets by spot welds not more than 4 in. o.c.
Spaces between stiffeners shall be sound deadened and
insulated the full height of the door with an
inorganic non-combustible batt-type material . Fill
all voids the full thickness of the door.
4 . Door faces shall be joined at their vertical edge by a
continuous weld extending the full height of the door.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /dmg METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
4
1 . 07 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES for description of bid
items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. General :
1 . Steel for hollow metal work shall be best quality
open-hearth sheet steel, furniture stock, full
pickled, full cold-rolled, double annealed, patent
leveled, free from scale, pitting, rust, surface and
internal defects and conforming to ASTM A 366, ASTM A
568, ASTM A 569, and ASTM A 525. Frames shall be
mitered designed. See Room Finish Schedule for
locations of welded and knocked-down frames .
2 . Gauges herein referred to in connection with steel
sheets are United States standard.
B. Gauges : Hollow metal door:
1 . Interior door face sheets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 gauge
2. Louvers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 gauge
C. Gauges : Combination bucks and frames, sidelights,
transoms:
1 . Welded combination frames, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 gauge
2 . Knocked-Down frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 gauge
3. Interior angle floor knees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 gauge
4 . Interior adjustable anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 gauge
S. Interior slides for adjustable anchors. . . . . . 14 gauge
6. Interior channel spreaders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 gauge
7 . Fillers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 gauge
8 . Reinforcements for hardware butts, strikes, overhead
door checks, holders, and brackets . . . . . . . . . .3/16 in.
thick.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /dmg METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
3
and coordinate all door and frame dimensions prior to
fabrication.
C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer' s data showing
compliance with Specifications.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will '
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B. Tests: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests shall be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Qualifications : Doors, frames, trim, and other hollow
metal items shall be the products of a recognized ,
manufacturer with a history of successful production of
similar items and acceptable to the Architect-Engineer.
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. All materials and operations shall meet the requirements
of the latest revision of the standard specifications of
the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .
B. All steel doors and frames shall be constructed to conform
with Steel Door Institute Standard SDI-100, and as
specified herein.
1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING .,
A. It shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor
to see that any scratches or disfigurement caused by
shipping or handling are properly cleaned and touched-up
with a rust-inhibitive primer, and that materials are
properly stored on planks or dunnage, out of water, and
covered to protect them from damage due to any cause.
Doors shall have their wrappings or coverings removed upon
arrival at the building site and shall be stored in a
vertical position, spaced by blocking to permit air
circulation between them. Protective lamination on
stainless steel doors shall be removed only after
installation.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /dmg METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100 ...
2
SECTION 08100
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
+� 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . All interior metal doors, frames, sidelights, and
louvers .
2 . Miscellaneous metal closures, stiffeners, and knees .
3 . General : See door schedule on Drawings for locations,
types, and sizes of all metal doors . NOTE: All
hollow metal frames are numbered to identify openings
and locations of hardware.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections:
1 . SECTION 08700 - HARDWARE.
2 . SECTION 08800 - GLASS AND GLAZING.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site .
B. Shop Drawings : Submit shop drawings showing details of
each frame, elevations of each door design type, details
of all openings, construction, and installation. Verify
2190 (SC-CEJ) /dmg METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
1
�
. �
�
�
�
�
)
. �
. .\ .
. �
. �
�
)
J
�
�
:/
. �
.)
�
� .
2� }
.�
)
i
. �
� ,
� . f
SECTION 08100
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 2
;- 1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
1 . 07 Alternates 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 3
2 . 02 Fabrication 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Inspection 10
3 . 02 Installation/Application/Erection 11
3. 03 Adjusting and Cleaning 11
3 . 04 Rubbish Removal 12
r�
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08100
0
3 . Apply sealant in strict accordance with manufacturer' s
instructions .
4 . Apply sealant in sufficient thickness to achieve
required rating.
B. Locations:
1 . Provide fire safing to seal all penetrations at pipes,
ducts, conduits, etc. in corridor walls, in all floors
and ceiling, at new fan coil units, and, in addition,
where indicated on the Drawings .
3 . 04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Surfaces :
1 . All surfaces adjoining areas sealed should be cleaned
of all compounds used.
B. Removal of Rubbish:
1 . This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the
work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FIRESTOPPING
07270
4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Fire Safing:
1 . Fire safing shall be Firecode Compound as manufactured
by United States Gypsum Co. , or approved equal .
2 . Fire safing back-up insulation shall be THERMAFIBER
as manufactured by United States Gypsum Co. , or
AW approved equal .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
r 3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Examine areas to receive fire safing and coordinate with
�w
the affected trades .
B. Begin work when penetration is complete and when
conditions are satisfactory for proper installation of the
a work.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. At all new and existing locations, prepare all
penetrations for ducts, pipes, fire damper perimeters, and
all "poke-through" openings .
B. At all holes, joints, cracks, openings, etc. , all oil,
grease, dirt, chalk, loose mortar, dust, loose rust, or
any other foreign substance shall be removed.
3 . 03 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION
A. Application:
1 . Where required by size of opening, install approved
fire safing insulation of proper size to back-up
fireproofing sealant, leaving no voids. Compress and
friction fit fire safing and use attachment clips
where necessary.
2 . Seal completely around all "poke-through" openings and
over the fire safing insulation with fireproofing
sealant.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FIRESTOPPING
07270
3
to
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests shall be conducted in "*
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Qualifications: All materials, unless otherwise
indicated, shall be the products of a recognized
manufacturer with a history of successful production and
proof of continual performance to the Architect-Engineer.
Products shall be as manufactured by 3M, Carborundum Co. ,
Dow Corning, USG Interiors, Inc. , or approved equal .
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. All materials and operations shall meet the requirements
of the latest revision of the standard specifications of
the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM """
E 119 and ASTM E 814 .
1 . 06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING .m
A. Minimize the storage time of the fire safing products on
the site .
B. Deliver materials to the site in sealed, unopened
containers bearing the name of the manufacturer and brand
and date of manufacture.
1 . 07 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Maintain sealant at a minimum of 70 degrees F. during
installation.
B. Do not apply sealants when temperature of substrate and
surrounding air is below 40 degrees F.
1 . 08 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES for description of Bid
Items .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FIRESTOPPING
07270
2
SECTION 07270
FIRESTOPPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
�► but not limited to, the following:
1 . Fire safing at all penetrations through floors, walls,
and ceilings on building interior and at thru-wall
penetrations in exterior walls .
B. Related Work: The following item is not included in this
Section and will be performed under the designated
Section:
1 . SECTION 07100 - WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING, AND
CAULKING.
a. Caulking.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B. Samples : One sample each of materials to be installed.
C. Test Reports : Submit certified laboratory test reports as
necessary to show compliance with requirements .
D. Product Data: Submit manufacturer' s data showing
compliance with Specifications .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FIRESTOPPING
07270
1
�
�
. �
�
j
�
�
. �
�
�
� .a
�
\
j
. �
j
�
.i
� -
. � \
: �
� �
�
SECTION 07270
FIRESTOPPING
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 2
1 . 06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
1 . 07 Environmental Conditions 2
1 . 08 Alternates 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Inspection 3
3. 02 Preparation 3
3 . 03 Installation/Application 3
3. 04 Adjusting and Cleaning 4
q
2190 SC-CEJ /lm FIRESTOPPING
( ) Y
07270
0
Specifications, including Addenda (if any) for this
project, for the use by the roofing foreman.
D. Standards:
1 . Roofing, insulation, and related work shall be
installed in strict accordance with these and the
manufacturer' s specifications.
3 . 12 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Removal of Leaking Areas : The Contractor shall remove any and
all wet insulation in the event of a roof leak before the
�. warranty is issued, and new roofing and insulation shall be
installed at his expense to match that which was removed.
3. 13 TESTING
A. The Contractor shall, after receiving written permission
from the Owner, test the roof by flooding. Included under
the scope of work of this Section is all labor and
materials required for flood testing, including
application of water to the roof, blocking of roof drains,
and removal of drain blocking materials after testing.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the taking of test
cutouts and the patching of test areas . If tests show non-
compliance with the Specifications, the Contractor shall
remove and replace unsatisfactory roofing, insulation, and
flashing at no cost to the Owner. Roofing shall be tested
only in the presence of the Architect-Engineer or its
qualified representative.
END OF SECTION
2190 (SC-CEJ) /ams ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
17
MMWI
..e
3 . 10 FLAT SEAM ROOFING INSTALLATION
A. Provide 100 percent coverage of ice dam protection as
specified, over all decking under copper roofing.
1 . Slip Sheet: Provide slip sheet of rosin paper over
all ice dam protection to prevent sheet metal roof
from bonding to asphalt containing substrate.
2 . Clips and Cleats : Securely nail attachment cleats
and clips through roof decking and sheathing, and
space attachments not more than 16 inches on center.
3 . Seams : Form flat double locked seams and fold in s.
directions to best shed water. Solder all seams which
are not needed to be moving for expansion. Accurately
align horizontal joints truly level, and stagger joints
from row to row in a "running bond" pattern.
4 . Expansion: Allow for expansion and contraction of
all work with movement being taken up at natural
breaks such as the vertical seams .
3 . 11 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire Extinguishers : This Contractor shall provide and
maintain, at all times, four (4) readily accessible 10 lb.
(dry chemical) extinguishers for the use of his workmen,
having a UL rating of 30 B.C. Extinguishers shall be
located on the roof section being worked on at readily M,
accessible locations .
B. Conditions :
no
1 . No ladder or staging shall be left as access to roof
when workmen are not on the job. They shall be
chained and locked to an immovable object.
2 . Any damage done to grass, trees, shrubs, or paved
areas shall be repaired by the General Contractor, to
the satisfaction of the Owner.
3 . The premises shall be kept reasonably clean at all
times . At the end of each day, materials shall be .�.
neatly stacked.
C. Construction Documents at Site: This Contractor shall
maintain and have available on the roof, where work is
being performed under this Contract, two (2) complete sets
of the Architect-Engineer' s Construction Drawings and
2190 (SC-CEJ) /ams ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
16
on
D. Any ice and water dam, which puckers or delaminates from
the deck, shall be removed and replaced with new.
E. Over the remainder of the roof, the Contractor shall
install a new 30 lb. asphalt felt lapping ends 6 in. and
head laps 4 in. Lap over in downward direction. Nail
felt to deck with nails and metal tins to hold in place.
3 . 09 SLATE SHINGLE INSTALLATION
A. Provide the highest quality installation possible.
1 . Layout: Provide grid of chalk lines to ensure
accurate and straight coursing. Layout work to match
coursing, pattern, and exposure of existing slate.
2 . Mix Stock: Blend and mix shingles to create a
uniform appearance with no noticeable unintended
pattern of color variation.
3 . General Requirements : Securely anchor each slate
member with at least two nails . Do not drive nails
4" tight. Do not stress slates with nails . Conceal all
nails from view and from exposure to weather, except
for highest courses . Cover all nails with plastic
roof cement color match to slate color. Avoid
MW penetrating sheet metal flashing with slate
attachment nails . Provide minimum of 3 inch head
lap. Provide centered side lap.
4 . Changes of Plane and Penetrations : Cut and fit slate
accurately and closely.
S. Roof Edge: Project slate 2 inches at eaves and 1 inch at
gables . Provide double course of slates at eave and provide
a bevel cut pressure treated wood starter strip.
6. Valleys : Provide 24 oz. cold-rolled copper valley
flashing in valleys as detailed before installing
slate. Form open valleys, concealing edge of copper
valley flashing. Maintain coursing and alignment
through valley.
7 . Ridges with Exposed Sheet Metal Caps : For existing
ridges with exposed sheet metal caps, remove existing
and provide new 20 oz . cold-rolled copper caps and
clips; fabricate and install as detailed.
8 . Contractor, when mitering slate, shall provide widest
piece possible. Small corner slate is not allowable.
Use 12 by 16 slate to miter.
..
2190 (SC-CEJ) /ams ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
15
at the top. The inner flange shall be extended onto the
cant not more than 3 in. set in sealant, and shall be
nailed 4 in. on center. The outer flange shall be turned
down over the edge of the roof and shaped onto the
continuous clip to form a drip at slate, and shall be
hooked onto copper clips as detailed. The standing ridges **
of gravel stops shall be detailed and, where requested,
shall be stiffened to reinforcing at corners .
B. Install field sheet over the metal flanges 4 in. minimum
and fully adhere membrane. At outside edge of fascia
continuously caulk between membrane and metal .
3 . 05 GUTTERS
A. Gutters to be fabricated from 24 oz. cold-rolled copper as MW
detailed.
3 . 06 CAULKING
IM
A. Install caulking at tops and ends of all roof to wall
flashings and where noted on roof details .
3 . 07 MISCELLANEOUS .W
A. Anchors shall be installed where specified or shown on the
Drawings . Nails, spikes, screws, and similar items shall
be of approved material, sizes, and types sufficient to
draw and rigidly secure members in place.
B. All flashings on equipment and fascias shall be performed
the same day as that part of the roof is installed.
3 . 08 FELT, ICE AND WATER DAM INSTALLATION
A. After thorough cleaning of the existing wood roof deck,
install new ice and waterdam in conjunction with asphalt
felt .
B. Install two rows of ice and water dam at all eaves and one
row at all rakes . Remove starter paper and roll out ice
and water dam. Press product fully onto deck insuring
that full adhesion is achieved. Lap all ends 6 in. Apply
second layer lapping over first layer 4 in. and all end
joints 6 in.
C. Ice and water dam shall not be exposed to direct sunlight
for more than two days before being covered with new
slate.
so
2190 (SC-CEJ) /ams ROOFING AND FLASHING 4M
07200
14
M
both flashing and surface to which it is being
bonded at a rate covering approximately 60 sq. ft.
of finished surface. After the bonding adhesive
has dried to the point where it does not string or
stick to a dry finger touch, roll the flashing
into the adhesive. Care must be taken to assure
that the flashing does not bridge where there is
any change or direction. Nail installed flashing
at top of flashing every 12 in. o.c. maximum under
metal counterflashing or cap flashing.
c. Flash all penetrants (pipes, conduits, etc. )
passing through the membrane. Flash pipe with
molded pipe flashings where installation is
possible. Where molded pipe flashings cannot be
installed, use field fabricated pipe seals.
4 . Splicing: Fold top sheet back about 12 in. ; clean
both mating surfaces at splice area using clean rags
with Heptane, unlead or white gas . Apply splicing
cement to both mating surfaces using a 3 or 4 in. by
1/2 in. thick paint brush at a rate of approximately
175 lineal feet of 3 in. splice area per gallon.
Brush cement on smooth in a circular motion obtaining
100 percent coverage. Do not allow to glob or
puddle . Allow cement to dry until tacky, but not
string or stick to a dry finger touch. Roll top
sheet toward splice area until the cemented area is
nearly touching cement on bottom sheet along entire
.. length of splice. Allow top sheet to fall freely
into place avoiding stretching and wrinkling. Roll
splice with a 2 in. wide steel roller, using positive
pressure, with a 2 in. wide steel roller, using
positive pressure, toward the outer edge of splice.
Solvent clean the splice edge, extending at least 1
in. onto top and bottom membranes . Apply bead of lap
sealant completely covering the splice edge. Feather
the lap sealant application on all splices by the end
of each working day.
5. Seam Lap: Over seam at edge of main walkway, cover
entire seam with 6 in. peal and stick membrane before
covering over with walk pad.
3 . 04 DRIP EDGE AND FASCIA
A. Drip edge and fascia shall be made of 10 ft. long 20 oz .
cold-rolled copper sheets . End joints shall be turned
back 1 in. at each end and spaced 1/2 in. apart. A
channel shaped closure shall be driven over the two ends
.. and shall be turned down onto the cant strip and soldered
2190 (SC-CEJ) /ams ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
13
j"
am
staggered, where insulation is installed on top of
wood deck.
up
3 . At wood roof deck areas screw fasten insulation to
the deck with one plate and fastener per 2 sq. ft. 4
X 8 board to have 16 fasteners per board. g,
B. Application of Roofing Membrane: At all roof areas as
indicated on the Drawings, install a fully adhered EPDM
Roofing Membrane. .�
1 . Preparation: All areas shall be dry, clean, smooth,
and free from dust or oily substances. Immediately „
after the application of insulation, thoroughly clean
the surface of dust, debris, and all loose materials .
2 . Membrane: Position roofing membrane over approved
substrate without stretching. Allow membrane to
relax one half hour prior to bonding. Fold sheet
back so one half of underside of sheet is exposed.
Sheet fold shall be smooth, no wrinkles or buckles .
Apply bonding adhesive evenly, no globs or puddles,
with a 9 in. plastic core paint roller. Adhesive
shall be applied to both sheet and substrate. One
gallon of bonding adhesive applied correctly will
cover approximately 60 sq. ft. of finished surface.
Allow adhesive to dry until tacky, but not string or
stick to a dry finger touch. Roll coated membrane
into adhesive, avoid wrinkles . Brush down bonded
half of the sheet with push broom to achieve maximum
contact. Fold back the bonded half of the sheet with
push broom to achieve maximum bonding procedure.
Apply bonding sheet in same manner lapping edges a
minimum of 4 in. Do not apply bonding adhesive to .�
the splice areas. Note: Field sheet shall be
continuous from door to door with no lapse in area of
main walk pad.
3. Flashing:
a. Perimeter flashing and flashing around vents, *"
skylights, etc. shall be done using the longest
pieces practicable. All flashings and
terminations shall be done in accordance with the
details.
b. Complete splice between flashing and main roof
sheet before bonding flashing to vertical surface. Wo
Splice shall extend at least 3 in. beyond the
fasteners which attach the membrane to the
horizontal surface. Apply bonding adhesive to
2190 (SC-CEJ) /ams ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
12
dry, smooth, free from oily substances, and with nothing
protruding.
C. Conditions: Check the Drawings covering all trades
regrading all equipment and related items requiring roof
openings in all roof areas. The roof plan does not
necessarily show all of the same. However, the
waterproofing of all penetrations shall be the
responsibility of the Roofing Contractor.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. Substrate: The General Contractor shall clean the roof
surface of any chips or other scrap material . Water in any
form (rain, dew, ice, frost, snow) shall not be present on
ear the roof deck.
B. Existing Roof:
1 . Thoroughly remove by hand, or other suitable
mechanical means, all built-up roofing, all slate,
flashings, fascias, gutters, downspouts, and related
items to be removed on the areas to be re-roofed. All
loose debris shall be swept and removed from the roof
by the Roofing Contractor. Standing water shall be
removed from the area to be covered prior to starting
roofing work.
2 . All roof areas shall be accurately laid out for
®* proper lap and sequence of application of insulation
and roofing membrane.
3 . Care shall be taken when removing the existing built-
up roofing to avoid damage to work to remain. No
roofing materials are to be thrown from the roof.
4 . Smith College will have first rights of refusal on
all existing scrap copper and all other metal items
removed. Smith College's Project Coordinator will
make the necessary decision.
3 .03 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. Installation of Insulation:
1 . All areas to receive insulation shall be dry, clean,
smooth, and free from oily substances .
2. Insulation shall be installed dry and shall be firm
and free from defects or loose materials . Long
Joints shall be continuous, short joints shall be
2190 (SC-CEJ) /ams ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
11
X. Snow Guards : For slate, shall be pre-manufactured copper
by Zaleski Snow-Guard No. 4 .
Y. Slate Roof Hooks : Slate roof hooks shall be 10 gauge
stainless steel .
Z . New Downspout Straps : New gutter straps shall be 1/8 in.
by 1 in. copper made for downspout size as detailed.
Provide at 5 ft. 0 in. o.c.
AA. Copper Weights and Usage:
1 . 24 oz. cold-rolled copper gutters, flat copper
roofing, skirts at doorways, step flashings at
masonry walls and chimneys.
2 . 20 oz. cold-rolled copper for standing seam roof to
be made up in 10 ft. break forms to prevent oil
canning. Downspouts, ridge caps, dormer step
flashings, and plumbing vents shall also be 20 oz. M.
cold-rolled copper.
BB. Snow Rail Brackets :
1 . Snow rail brackets to be by R&L Sheet Metal
Fabricators of Easthampton as approved for usage at
Smith College.
2 . Pipes for snow rail shall be 3/4 in. galvanized water
pipe with threaded cap ends . .�
CC. Walk Pads:
1 . Walk pads are to be 3/8 in. thick by 7 ft. 8 in. wide
rubber as supplied by Carlisle .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Prior to installation of the work, the Roofing
Subcontractor shall examine the work in place to insure
that conditions are satisfactory for the installation of
specified materials . Report in writing to the General ..,
Contractor and the Architect-Engineer any defects or
conditions which may adversely influence completion or
performance of specified work. Absence of such notice
will be construed as acceptance of work in place.
B. New decking where required shall be securely attached to
frame by the General Contractor. Surface shall be clean,
2190 (SC-CEJ) /ams ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
10
K. Insulation: Insulation shall be one layer of . 5 in. H. P.
recovery board insulation, 4 ft. by 8 ft. panels where
noted on roof plans and details as manufactured by
Carlisle.
L. Sheet metal shall be 20 oz. or 24 oz. cold-rolled copper
for flashings where noted on the Drawings .
.. M. Fasteners and plates for insulation shall be Carlisle
Fasteners No. 12 with floral carbon coating.
N. Nails : Nails used for fastening copper shall be copper of
approved type, with large flat head and needle point,
sufficient length to penetrate into wood nailers 7/8 in.
and shall have barbed shanks .
O. Downspouts shall be 3 in. by 5 in. 20 oz. copper. Provide
all elbows, offsets, and shanks .
P. Gutters :
1 . Gutters shall be 24 oz. cold-rolled copper. Size and
shape as detailed.
2 . Hangers and stiffener bars for gutter shall be 1/4
in. X 1 in. copper as detailed.
Q. Solder: Solder shall be half lead and half tin in bars
bearing the manufacturers name and brand.
■.
R. Flux: Flux shall be non-acid in past form.
S . Slate: See General Provisions 1 . 05-C, Page 4, of Section
07200 .
T. Roofing Felt: Provide No. 30, non-perforated, asphalt
*� saturated organic felt complying with ASTM D 226.
U. Nails for Slate: Provide hard copper slater' s roofing
nails with 3/8 inch minimum diameter heads and barbed
shanks of sufficient length to completely penetrate
decking/sheating by at least 1/2 inch.
V. Ice Dam Protection: Provide the following:
W.R. Grace "Ice and Water Shield" or "Weatherwatch" by
GAF.
W. Rosin Paper: Provide red rosin paper complying with
Federal Specification UUB790 Type 1, Grade A, six pounds
per 100 square feet.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /ams ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
9
This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties expressed
or implied.
Mailing Address :
By:
Authorized Signature of Manufacturer
1 . 07 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES for description of bid s,
items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
am
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. General : Components shall be products of Carlisle Tire 00
and Rubber Company.
B. Membrane: . 060 in. thick scrim reinforced, maximum 10 ft.
wide length determined by job conditions, EPDM (Ethylene no
Propylene Diene Monomer) .
C. Flashing: Elastomeric sheet . 060 in. thick furnished by ...
membrane manufacturer.
D. Bonding Adhesive: Compatible with materials to which the
membrane is to be bonded, furnished by membrane
manufacturer.
E. Splicing Cements and Inseam Sealant: To be furnished by
membrane manufacturer.
F. Lap Sealant: Compatible with materials with which it is
used, shall be trowel or gun consistency, furnished by .R
membrane manufacturer.
G. Water Cut-Off Mastic: Compatible with materials with
which it is used, furnished by membrane manufacturer.
H. Molded Pipe Flashing: Compatible with materials with
which it is used, furnished by membrane manufacturer.
I . Nite Seal : Compatible with materials with which it is
used, furnished by membrane manufacturer.
J. Pourable Sealer: Compatible with materials with which it
is used, furnished by membrane manufacturer.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /ams ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
8
The Contractor shall respond to, and fix, any leaks
through the slate roof whenever a leak occurs.
Not covered under this warranty are the following items:
a. Vandalism or abuse.
b. Change in use of building.
c. Natural disasters as described in previous items .
This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties expressed
or implied.
Name of Corporation or Company
Title of Person Signing
Signature
Date
Corporate Seal Notary Public
�w
► By signing this agreement, the Roofing Contractor
acknowledges all terms of this agreement and also agrees
that if these terms are not adhered to, then Smith College
reserves the right to hire a Contractor to make the
necessary repairs and back charge the Contractor issuing
this warranty for all work incurred for said repairs .
Not covered under this warranty are the following items :
a. Vapor barrier.
b. External metal and gutter work.
c. Products in the roof assembly not recommended by
the system manufacturer.
d. Damage to the roofing or flashing caused by the
improper use of products listed in a. through c.
above.
e. Vandalism or abuse.
f. Significant change in use of building.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /ams ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
7
9W
During the term of this warranty, the manufacturer, its
agents or employees, shall have free access to the roof
during business hours . «■
C. Warranty: Slate Roof:
The Roofing Contractor shall provide the Architect-
Engineer with a Contractor' s warranty, in triplicate, for
all the slate roofing (including all slate work at
dormers) , for the Owner' s records, warranting, in writing, an
the work of this Section of the Contract for a period of
five (5) years materials and labor, from the date of
acceptance of the work by the Owner. Form of warranty no
shall be as follows:
The Roofing Contractor, who installed the slate roofing
system, warrants to maintain the work, including flashings
of the slate roof at the Cushing, Emerson, and Jordan
House Dormitories, Smith College, Northampton,
Massachusetts, in a watertight condition at its own �»
expense for a period of five (5) years from the date of
acceptance of the work of the Owner provided that the
Owner gives the Contractor written notice of any leaks
within 30 days from discovery of such leaks . This
warranty does not include or cover any work on the roof
not installed under this Contract.
MW
This warranty is solely intended to cover any condition
caused by defective slate which is cracked, damaged,
loose, missing, or any leaks and the installation of the
slate. It shall not include any condition due to
lightning, full gales, hurricanes or similar unusual
natural occurrences, or any condition caused by any
deliberate act or negligence in maintaining said roof.
Liabilities hereunder shall be limited to the cost of
repair or installation of new material by the Roofing
Contractor, and there shall be no liability for damage to
other components of the roof or of the building, nor for
any consequential damage.
This warranty will not cover damage due to repairs or
subsequent work on, or through, the roof performed without
the roofer' s knowledge.
During the five (5) year term of this warranty, the �.
Roofing Contractor shall inspect the roofs once in the
Spring, during the month of May, and again in October to
replace any damaged or cracked slate. All loose slate
shall be reattached and any missing slate replaced with
new as supplied by Smith College.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /ams ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
6
P0
am
components, missing components, cracked and damaged
no components, and other defects and problems .
1 . Warranty Period: Two (2) years from date of final
completion of final completion and Owner' s acceptance
of phase.
B. Warranty: EPDM Roofing System:
The General Contractor shall provide the Architect-
Engineer with a manufacturer warranty, in triplicate, for
the roofing system, for the Owner' s records, warranting,
in writing, the work of this Section of the Contract for a
period of 15 years materials and labor, with an additional
20 years materials only warranty from the date of
acceptance of the work by the Owner. Form of warranty
shall be as follows :
MANUFACTURER' S
Name and Address
Date of Warranty
The manufacturer of the roofing system warrants to
maintain the work, including flashings of the roof at the
Cushing, Emerson, and Jordan House Dormitories, Smith
College, Northampton, Massachusetts, in a watertight
condition at its own expense for a period of fifteen (15)
years from the date of acceptance of the work by the Owner
**� provided that the Owner gives the manufacturer written
notice of any leaks within 30 days from discovery of such
leaks . This warranty does not include or cover any work
on the roof not installed under this Contract.
This warranty is solely intended to cover any condition
caused by defective material supplied by the manufacturer,
the installation, or ordinary wear and tear thereof. It
shall not include any condition due to lightning, full
gales, hurricanes or similar unusual natural occurrences,
or any condition caused by any deliberate act or
negligence in maintaining said roof. Liabilities
hereunder shall be limited to the cost of repair or
installation of new material by an applicator authorized
by the manufacturer, and there shall be no liability for
damage to other components of the roof or of the building,
nor for any consequential damage.
This warranty will not cover damage due to repairs or
subsequent work on or through the roof performed without
the manufacturer' s written approval of the methods and
materials to be used.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /ams ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
40 5
an
am
in the original packages, containers, and bundles bearing
the name of the manufacturer, the brand, and all UL and FM on
approved numbers.
B. Storage: Materials shall be stored off the ground, under
watertight covers, and away from sweating walls and other
damp surfaces until ready for use. Damaged or
deteriorated materials shall be removed from the premises .
C. Slate Delivery and Purchasing: "w
1 . Note: Smith College, in order to expedite this
project, has pre-purchased 400 squares of Vermont
Unfading Gray-Green slate from North American Slate
Company of Graville, New York - contact person is Mr.
Bob Tatko at (518) 642-1702 . The Roofing Contractor
will be responsible for determining how much
additional slate he will require to finish the
project. This additional slate shall be purchased by
the Contractor from the same slate company which Smith WA
College has ordered from. The Roofing Contractor
shall take delivery of all slate and will be
completely responsible for delivery, handling,
storage, and installation. The Roofing Contractor
shall make sure that the original slate and his
additional order is sufficient to install new slate on
the entire project . Any additional slate required to
finish the project because of breakage, removal due to
improper application, or damage due to handling will
be the Contractor' s responsibility at no cost to the +�
Owner. Note: Order large slate for miter cutting for
slate replacement at dormers .
2 . All slate pallets shall be stacked and stored for
return to slate supplier. Any broken or missing
pallets will be the responsibility of the Roofing
Contractor to reimburse the slate supplier. �*+
3 . The Roofing Contractor shall also include, in his bid,
six additional squares of slate for the College. This
slate shall be delivered and unloaded at a storage
site as directed by Smith College.
1 . 06 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY ••
A. Warranty: Provide written warranty signed by Contractor
and roofing subcontractor agreeing to repair or replace .,
non-performing work for the specified period. Non-
performing work is defined to be any work which exhibits
evidence of failure or problem such as, without
limitation, water leakage into the building, loose
2190 (SC-CEJ) /ams ROOFING AND FLASHING .�
07200
4
3 . Two 3 ft. 0 in. long section samples of the "K" style
gutter with all components and downspouts.
4 . Fasteners and plates for insulation.
5. Quality of installed materials shall match approved
samples held by the Architect-Engineer.
6. Notify guaranteeing company before submittal of
materials for approval and include a copy of
application for warranty at the time of submitting
materials for approval .
7 . Submit literature and samples for all roofing items
under Part 3. 01 MATERIALS.
C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer' s specifications and
recommendations for all roofing materials and insulation.
D. Test Reports : Submit certified laboratory test reports as
necessary to show compliance with requirements.
* 1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT. There are to be no substitutions for materials
named.
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Qualifications:
1 . The roofing shall be applied by a Contractor who is
approved by the manufacturer.
2 . Submit names of the roofing and slate foreman, sheet
metal foreman, and their work experience records for
approval . Also include a written statement from the
roofing membrane manufacturer that the foreman is
approved by the manufacturer and has had factory
training in installing their membrane which is to be
installed on this project.
1 . 05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: All manufacturer' s materials shall be delivered
2190 (SC-CEJ) /ams ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
3
...
ow
7 . The Roofing Contractor shall perform all roofing and
flashing, along with slate installation, and shall be
a company which is acceptable to the Owner. a
8 . Provide all step flashings and through wall flashings
at all new and existing chimneys .
am
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed by others under the
designated Sections : 0M
1 . SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY.
a. Treated wood blocking and nailers removal of
existing wood roof deck insulation of new deck.
C. General Contractor: ••
1 . The General Contractor shall be responsible for
protecting and securing all temporary openings
(Exhaust fans, vents, hatches, plumbing holes) .
2 . The removal of all snow, ice, water, mortar, and
debris shall be the responsibility of the General
Contractor.
3 . All surface areas to receive materials, as specified ,.
under this and related Sections, shall be maintained
clean and free of foreign matter.
4 . All exterior staging of the buildings shall be the
responsibility of the General Contractor.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures. Approval by the Architect-
Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials
to the site.
B. Samples : Submit samples of the following materials to the
Architect-Engineer for approval :
1 . Roof systems (including specifications) , flashing .»
membranes, insulations, bonding adhesives, seam
caulks, and fasteners.
2 . Two 3 ft. 0 in. long formed samples of the copper drip
edge with clips and a 12 in. sample of copper reglet.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /ams ROOFING AND FLASHING *�
07200
2
w
-0•
SECTION 07200
ROOFING AND FLASHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Providing the administration, facilities, equipment,
accessories, and materials required, and furnish all
labor with the expertise and degree of skill necessary
•■► to satisfactorily integrate the following items into
the total building system in compliance with the
Specification. The work throughout shall be completed
w
in a manner to assure that no leakage into the roof
system, insulation, or building occurs .
2 . The removal of all existing built-up roofing,
** insulation, copper roofs, copper caps, all slate, and
all copper flashings .
�. 3 . The complete installation of all single-ply roofing
and insulation, flashing, counter flashings, through
wall metal flashings, metal fascias and cap flashings,
water stops, valley flashings, membrane flashing at
all interruptions in the roof surface, fabrication and
insulation of all gutters, downspouts, copper standing
seam roof and flat seam copper roofing and insulation
of new slate as specified herein and as shown on the
Drawings .
�w
4 . Flashing of all roof penetrations .
5. All new roof curbs and chimneys .
�. 6. Provide all hoisting, rigging, and staging for slate
roof work on the roof as required to install new
slate.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /ams ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
1
40
1
1
oil
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION 07200
ROOFING AND FLASHING
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 2
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 3
1 . 05 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 3
1 . 06 Guarantee/Warranty 4
1 . 07 Alternates 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 8
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 01 Inspection 10
3 . 02 Preparation 11
3 . 03 Installation/Application/Erection 11
3. 04 Drip Edge and Fascia 13
3. 05 Gutters 14
3 . 06 Caulking 14
3 . 07 Miscellaneous 14
3. 08 Felt, Ice and Water Dam Installation 14
3 . 09 Slate Shingle Installation 15
3 . 10 Flat Seam Roofing Installation 16
3. 11 Special Requirements 16
3. 12 Adjusting and Cleaning 17
3 . 13 Testing 17
2190 (SC-CEJ) /ams ROOFING AND FLASHING
07200
0
40
ON
3 . 04 CLEANING
"' A. Surfaces of all materials adjoining dampproofed areas and
caulked joints shall be cleaned of any smears of compound
or other soiling due to the dampproofing and caulking
g■ operations .
B. Removal of Rubbish: This Contractor shall remove all
rubbish caused by the work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
e�.
u .
�w
2190 (SC-CEJ) WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING, AND CAULKING
07100
5
.M.
..M
3 . 03 INSTALLATION
A. Application: 4M
1 . Caulking:
a. All surfaces of joints shall be sealed before
application of caulking materials .
b. Caulking compound shall be applied by gun method
using nozzles of proper sizes to fit the several
widths of joints. The type of gun shall be
subject to the approval of the Architect-Engineer. ,
C. Caulk joints a minimum of 3/4 in. in depth and 1/4
in. in width, unless otherwise indicated on the
Drawings . All particles of mortar, plaster, dust,
and other foreign matter shall be brushed out and,
just prior to caulking, where a suitable backstop
has not been provided, packed tightly with 4M
polyethylene foam cord.
d. The compound shall be driven into the joint
grooves with sufficient pressure to force out all
air and solidly fill the joint grooves . Caulking,
where exposed, shall be free of wrinkles and shall
be uniformly smooth. Joints in sills and other
wash surfaces shall be filled slightly convex to
obtain a flush joint when dry. Caulking around
all openings in concrete or masonry shall include
the entire perimeter of each opening.
e. Location: Caulk all joints as follows and also as
indicated on the Drawings : .M
(1) Around new fan coil units .
(2) Perimeter of all openings in exterior walls Mw
and interior walls .
(3) All new joints in plaster, drywall, and Mo
concrete.
(4) All edges of door and window frames installed am
under this Contract.
(5) Perimeter of all mechanical equipment
penetrations through exterior and interior no
walls and roof, including louvers .
2190 (SC-CEJ) WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING, AND CAULKING
07100
4
4M
ON
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
OR 2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Caulking:
am 1 . Exterior and interior caulking shall be two-part
Polysulfide, GC-5 Synthacalk by Pecora. Compounds
shall remain permanently plastic and shall not stain
masonry or corrode metal . Colors shall be as selected
by the Architect-Engineer from choice of entire range
of manufacturer' s colors .
2 . Closed cell polyethylene foam cord shall be used for
back-up where required and of size required to force-
fill the joints.
3 . Primer for sealants shall be as recommended by the
sealant manufacturer. Primer shall have been tested
for durability with the sealant to be used and on
samples of the surfaces to be sealed.
wW PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .01 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
w'a A. Caulking shall be installed only when the ambient
temperature is 40 degrees F. or above.
B. All exterior work shall be discontinued during rain.
C. Interior caulking work shall be performed only upon
surfaces adequately dried out to receive caulk.
3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. Caulking: The joint design, shape, and spacing shall be
as indicated. The surfaces of joints to be sealed shall
be dry. Oil, grease, dirt, chalk, particles of mortar,
plaster, laitance, efflorescence, dust, loose rust, loose
mill scale, protective coatings, and other foreign
substances shall be removed from all joint surfaces to be
sealed. Oil or grease shall be removed with solvent and
surfaces shall be wiped with clean cloths .
w•
2190 (SC-CEJ) WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING, AND CAULKING
0. 07100
3
w.
Im
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles .d
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT. a„
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory ow
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Qualifications: All materials, unless otherwise indicated ow
on the Drawings or specified herein or specifically
approved by the Architect-Engineer (in writing) , shall be
products of the following manufacturers : Pecora and MW
Sonneborn or Architect approved equal.
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
4W
A. Except as otherwise indicated, all materials and
operations shall meet the requirements of the latest
revision of the standard specifications of the American am
Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .
1 . 06 PRODUCT HANDLING
4W
A. Delivery: Materials shall be delivered on the job in the
manufacturer' s original, unopened containers . The
containers shall include the following information on the an
label : supplier, name of material, formula or
specification number, lot number, color, date of
manufacture, mixing instructions, shelf life, and curing
time when applicable at the standard conditions for AM
laboratory tests .
B. Storage: All materials shall be carefully handled and ON,
stored to prevent inclusion of foreign materials or
exposure to temperatures exceeding 90 degrees F. Caulking
compound or components outdated as indicated by shelf life so
shall not be used.
1 . 07 ALTERNATES
ow
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES for description of Bid
Items .
ow
oft
2190 (SC-CEJ) WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING, AND CAULKING
07100
2
40
an
00 SECTION 07100
WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING, AND CAULKING
40
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Around perimeter of all new door and window frames,
both sides, interior and exterior.
2 . Around all perimeters of new ductwork, wall
penetrations, louvers and registers, and register
blank-off plates .
3 . All interior caulking as indicated on the Drawings.
B. Related Work: The following item is not included in this
Section and will be performed under the designated
Section:
1 . SECTION 07270 - FIRESTOPPING.
a. Firesafing.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures. Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
' materials to the site.
B. Manufacturer' s Data: Submit documentation (brochure)
showing the physical properties, manufacturer' s
recommendations for application, required environmental
conditions, etc.
�w
2190 (SC-CEJ) WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING, AND CAULKING
07100
1
moll
�
�
. �
:
�
�
� . i
�
.)
�
. �
.)
�
�
�
.a
�
:
�
�
]
�
�
)
SECTION 07100
WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING, AND CAULKING
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 2
1 . 06 Product Handling 2
1 . 07 Alternates 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 Environmental Conditions 3
3 . 02 Preparation 3
3. 03 Installation 4
3. 04 Cleaning 5
2190 (SC-CEJ) WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING, AND CAULKING
07100
0
am
E. Tub/Shower Wall Surround System:
1 . Members shall be manufactured from a sheet of plastic
. 093 and . 060 in. thick.
2 . Paneling system shall be an assembly of pieces which
are customized to meet the specific requirements of
each bathroom.
3 . The standard system shall be custom fit.
4 . Provide plastic trim if required to accommodate
windows .
5. The paneling system shall extend as shown on the
Drawings .
6 . The wall above the tile shall be furred out if shown
on the Drawings .
F. Accessories : None this Section.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Architect and
Awarding Authority in performing this work.
B. The Contractor shall visit each unit and verify all
dimensions and conditions for the work herein specified.
C. The installation of the panel system shall be completed on
the same day in which it is commenced whenever possible.
D. Any obstructions encountered for the installation of the
PVC panels shall be removed under this Contract.
E. Patch and repair any wallboard or plaster surfaces damaged
or disturbed that are exposed after panel installation.
F. This Contractor shall clean up and remove all debris
caused by work under the scope of this Section.
END OF SECTION
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PVC FINISH PANELS
06700
4
am
N.
4 . Shop drawings will be prepared by qualified drafters
so "in house. "
1 . 05 GUARANTEE
A. PVC Finish Panels shall be installed by the manufacturer
and guaranteed for a period of three (3) years from date
of Substantial Completion.
1 . 06 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES for description of bid
items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS - GENERAL
A. All materials shall be new, free of defects impairing
their strength, durability, or appearance, and of best
commercial quality for purposes noted.
B. All caulking shall be watertight, mildew resistant,
fungicidal silicone sealant, equal to, or better than, Dow
Corning 786 or GE Sanitary 1700.
C. All adhesives used shall be fire, water, and mildew
resistant in their cured state.
D. Plastic shall be polyvinyl chloride in sheet form with the
following characteristics :
1 . Thickness as specified for each member with a
tolerance of ten percent (100) .
2 . Meets or exceeds the requirements of HUD/FHA as stated
in "Materials Bulletin Number 73A" for plastics .
3 . Fire retardant per ASTM D 635 and U.L. listing under
UL-94-V-0.
4 . Retains a modest gloss finish resistant to chipping,
cracking, acids, chemicals, stains, or discolorations .
5. Repairable against unnatural abuse
6. Of the same color within each installation.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PVC FINISH PANELS
06700
3
2 . All accessories .
3 . Caulking.
4 . Fastening devices .
C. Shop Drawings : Submit detailed shop drawings for review ..r
by the Architect. These shop drawings shall show proposed
methods of installation for actual field conditions.
D. Test Installation: Make one (1) complete installation of
panels in the field for review by the Architect.
Remaining work may be done only after written approval ...
from the Architect. Approved test installation shall be
the standard by which remaining work is judged. Work not
meeting this standard shall be required to be corrected or
redone. *
E. Maintenance Information: Furnish one (1) copy of cleaning
instructions and one (1) copy of repair instructions to
the Awarding Authority (Owner) .
1 . 04 OUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standards : Comply with referenced standards of the
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ,
Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. (U.L. ) , and the Federal
Housing Administration of the Department of Housing and
Urban Development (HUD/FHA) .
B. Use skilled workmen who are trained and experienced in the
necessary crafts and familiar with the Specifications and
methods needed to properly perform the work of this
Section.
C. Manufacturer: Universal Bath Systems, Chicopee,
Massachusetts, who shall certify to the Architect that :
1 . The manufacturer (s) has a minimum of five (5) years
continuous experience in the type of fabrication and
installation required by the Drawings and
Specifications .
2 . The manufacturer (s) has successfully completed
comparable work with at least five (5) references .
3 . The manufacturer (s) shop and personnel have the
facilities and capabilities to fabricate all items
expeditiously and on time.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PVC FINISH PANELS
06700
2
SECTION 06700
wr
PVC FINISH PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Scope: All labor, materials, and equipment necessary to
provide plastic tub/shower wall surrounds as shown on the
Drawings or as specified.
B. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Field measurements.
2 . Test installation.
3 . Plastic fabrication.
4 . Accessories.
S. Installation.
6. Caulking.
7 . Coordination.
8 . Clean-up.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures. Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B. Samples : Submit samples, for review by the Architect, as
follows :
1 . Plastic material .
•• 2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PVC FINISH PANELS
06700
1
ON
4
7
yyjj
E
S CTION 06700
PVC FINISH PANELS
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 .02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 .05 Guarantee 3
1 .06 Alternates 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials - General 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 General Requirements 4
a
w
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PVC FINISH PANELS
06700
0
.w
00
2 . Except where otherwise specifically indicated in the
Construction Documents to be furnished by other
trades, furr down ceilings and furr out walls around "'
ductwork and pipes where required.
H. Bathroom and Kitchenette Tops: 1*
1 . Fabrication and installation shall be in strict
accordance with manufacturer' s instructions.
2 . Tolerances are plus or minus 1/8 in. unless otherwise
shown.
3 . Verify field measurements and check color match before
proceeding with fabrication.
4 . All surfaces to be uniform gloss, all edges to be
eased and sanded smooth.
S. Upon completion, all surfaces to be cleaned.
3 . 02 CLEANING
A. Removal of Rubbish: This Contractor shall remove all
rubbish caused by the work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
10
w
5. Special Note: Carpenter shall not install any
hardware on doors, except for butts, until after first
field coat of paint or sealer is applied.
6. Install all weatherstripping, of all types, as
specified and where indicated on the Drawings .
E. Wood Handrails - Interior:
1. Furnish and install interior wood handrails and
supports at stairs and as otherwise shown on the
Construction Drawings .
2. Handrails shall be clear Red Oak and shall include B-
720 rails and B-745 quarter turns, at top and bottom,
all as manufactured by Coffman or approved equal.
3. Rosettes shall be clear Red Oak B-905A as manufactured
by Coffman.
4 . Supports shall be No. CD80-4100 solid brass US 3
finish, 3-5/16 in. deep, as manufactured by Stanley
or approved equal .
F. Replacement of Damaged Trim - Interior:
1 . Remove all damaged existing interior wood trim,
including wood bases and replace with new wood trim to
match existing size and shape.
�w
G. Furring:
1 . Unless otherwise indicated, miscellaneous furring
shall be 16 in. o.c. Furring shall be secured to
masonry or concrete walls with approved cut nails,
toggles, nailing plugs, or clips set in the masonry or
.� concrete, or as otherwise detailed, of sizes and
openings indicated. Furring strips shall be provided
around all openings, angles, corners, and for similar
locations . Furring to be 1 in. by 3 in. minimum and
larger where shown. Furring strips shall be erected
plumb and rigid using wood shims wherever necessary.
The face of furring strips shall form a true and even
plane for finish material . Wood furring for offsets
and breaks on walls shall be formed of 1 in. by 4 in.
wood strips spaced 16 in. o. c. following contours .
Furring strips to support built-in items or as back-up
shall be provided.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
9
3 . Interior millwork finish shall be fabricated and
installed conforming to design and type as approved by
the Architect-Engineer.
4 . As far as possible, conceal fastenings . Where not
possible, locate them in inconspicuous places . Where
nailing is permitted through wood work face, conceal
nail heads . Do not nail adjacent woodwork to
paneling.
5. Miter external corners of flat and molded horizontal
members, cope internal corners . Glue the mitered
corners and secure with corrugated metal fasteners.
6 . All exposed finish plywood to have grain run
vertically. All panels to be one piece with no
joints .
C. Plastic Laminate:
1 . Furnish and install all plastic laminate tops and
backs . To be shop-coated to 3/4 in. Georgia Pacific' s
flakeboard or U.S . Plywood' s Nova-ply core stock and
to be balanced construction with . 020 in. thick
phenolic back sheet.
D. Application of Finish Hardware: ,.
1 . Receive, store, and be responsible for builders
hardware. Properly tag, index, and deliver all keys
to the Owner at completion of the work.
2 . Fit accurately, apply securely, and adjust carefully
all builders hardware. (See SECTION 08700 - .W
HARDWARE. ) Exercise care not to mar or damage work
when applying hardware.
3 . All hardware shall be left clean, in perfect
condition, and in perfect working order at completion
of the building when all keys shall be delivered,
properly labeled, where directed by the
Architect-Engineer.
4 . After installation, protect all exposed hardware such
as knobs, escutcheons, panic devices, push and pull
plates, door closers, etc. with fabric or suitable
heavy material so that finish will not be damaged by
plaster, paint, etc. Remove protective material only
upon direction by the Architect-Engineer.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FINISH CARPENTRY
06200 '
8
Am
No
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 01 INSTALLATION
A. General :
1. Carefully lay out, cut, fit, and erect all items of
finish carpentry. All built-up sections will have
continuous wood members of the sizes shown.
2 . Furnish and install all wood trim, balustrades,
panels, handrails, stairs, bases, frames, ceilings,
capitals, plinths, posts, friezes, corbels, fascias,
and similar items, as per details and as required for
both exterior and interior work.
00
3. Do such work as is necessary to cover and protect all
carpentry work, door frames, and all other materials
from damage of any character.
4 . Furnish and install all miscellaneous built-in
millwork cabinet work throughout the entire building.
Except as otherwise specified, all members shall be
properly seasoned clear Poplar. Exposed finish
plywood shall have grain run vertically and shall be
clear Poplar veneer.
B. Interior Finish:
± 1 . Interior finish shall be manufactured of the wood
specified. Wood to be stained or finished natural
shall be uniform in color. Interior finish shall be
milled, fabricated, and erected as shown on the
Drawings . Machine sand at the mill and sandpaper
smooth at the building when necessary. All interior
trim shall be standard stock moldings and members
conforming to design and type approved by the
Architect-Engineer. Nails shall be set for putty
stopping. Wood finish shall be set straight, plumb,
00 level and square in perfect alignment, and closely
fitted. Trim shall be in long lengths.
2 . All millwork shall be accurately milled to detail with
clean cut moldings, profiles, and lines; scraped and
sand smooth. Mortise and tenon or spline all joints
to minimize shrinkage and insure that the work remains
in place without warping, splitting, or opening of
joints.
eMr 2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
7
IM
MW
C. Corian will be bonded to Corian using DuPont Joint
Adhesive; for caulk joints, use Silicone Sealant.
d. Vanity Tops and Bowls:
(1) Vanity top and bowl or lavatory shall be
Corian (methyl methacrylate binder) as
manufactured by DuPont.
(2) Dimension, color, bowl position, and faucet
holes to be specified by the Architect.
(3) Standard 1/2 in. by 6 in. backsplash included am
with vanity top and bowl. Sidesplashes shall
match backsplash.
B. Materials Other Than Lumber:
1 . Bolts and nuts shall conform to requirements of ANSI
B18 .2 .2 .
2 . Clamps, expansion bolts, expansion screws, joist
hangers, toggle bolts, washers, and anchors shall be
of steel and iron and of standard type and
manufacture.
3 . Lag screws shall conform to the requirements of ANSI ^
B18 .2 . 1 .
4 . Nails shall conform to the requirements of Federal
Specifications FF-N-101, FF-B-561, or may be the
drive-screw or special type of standard manufacture.
S. Wood screws shall conform to the requirements of ANSI 4M
B18 . 6. 1 .
6. Plastic laminate shall be Wilson Art, Nevamar, or ,w.
Formica.
7 . All exterior metal fasteners, anchorages, and other to
millwork accessory items shall be hot-dipped
galvanized.
C. Hardware:
1 . Hardware for millwork and cabinetry shall be as
.O
manufactured by Blum, Epco, Grass, Knape & Vogt,
Stanley, or Architect/Engineer approved equal .
Aw
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FINISH CARPENTRY ON
06200
6
xjo
OP
No
approved equal in accordance with AWPA C-20 and
C-27, interior, Type A.
e. Wood Treated Against Decay: All lumber used in
connection with roofing, porch, ramp, or in
contact with concrete or masonry, shall be
pressure-treated against decay. Pressure-treated
wood shall contain .40 lbs. per cu. ft. of
preservative as per AWPA Standard C22 (Ground
Contact) ; preservative shall be Osmose K-33,
Wolman CCA, or approved equal.
2. Wood Schedule: At the Contractor' s option, lumber for
the various uses shall be one of the species listed
below for the purpose and of the grade indicated:
USE GRADE SPECIES
a. Interior trim. "A" finish Poplar.
clear
b. Interior moldings "A" finish Poplar.
and other
interior trim.
Miscellaneous
interior wood
frame and trim.
c. Cabinet stock "A" finish Poplar.
and trim. clear
d. All other "A" finish Yellow Pine
ramp and clear (Treated) .
exterior wood.
e. Exterior plywood. A-C Exterior Yellow Pine
Grade, Clear
(Treated) .
f. Exterior door "A" finish Mahogany.
frames and trim. clear
3 . Corian Surfaces:
a. Surface shall be Corian (methyl methacrylate
binder) as manufactured by DuPont or approved
equal .
b. Thickness , (3/4 in. ) and color as specified by the
Architect.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
5
Im
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Lumber and Millwork:
1 . General :
a. Sizes and Patterns : Lumber shall be surfaced four
sides, and the dressed sizes of yard and
structural lumber shall conform to the
requirements of the Department of Commerce
Simplified Practice Recommendation R16-39. Lumber
shall be worked to such patterns as are indicated
on the Drawings or specified herein. Worked
materials, except as otherwise indicated on the
Drawings, shall conform to the standard patterns
of the Department of Commerce Simplified Practice
Recommendation R16-39.
b. Moisture Content: Unless otherwise specified,
lumber shall be either air-dried or kiln-dried,
and the moisture content shall not exceed 19
percent. Exterior and interior finishing lumber
shall be kiln-dried, and at the time of delivery
to the building site, the moisture content shall
not exceed 12 percent for material 1 in. or less
in thickness and shall not exceed 14 percent for
materials over 1 in. in thickness . Millwork which
is assembled or built-up of more than one piece at
the time, except doors, shall not have a greater
moisture content than 12 percent.
C. Grade and Species : Lumber and plywood shall be
identified by the official grade-mark, except
where grade-mark will interfere with natural
finish.
d. Fire Retardant Treated Wood: Lumber, plywood, and
millwork required to be fire retardant treated
under State and Local Building codes shall bear
the identification of an accredited authoritative
testing or inspection agency showing the
performance rating thereof. Included is all
applicable blocking, furring, framing, and other
non-trim wood components. All framing, furring,
speaker enclosures, etc. , other than exposed
finished trim and acoustic battens (finish only) ,
shall be fire treated with Wolman, Dricon, FRT, or
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FINISH CARPENTRY •
06200
4
�r
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
so results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
0 C. Qualifications: The materials or products specified
herein and indicated on the Drawings by trade name,
manufacturer' s name, or catalog number shall be provided
as specified. Except as otherwise approved by the
Architect-Engineer, in writing, all materials shall be
products of the following manufacturers : U.S. Plywood and
Stanley Hardware.
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. All materials and operations shall meet the requirements
of the latest revision of the standard Specifications of
the organizations cited in Section 2 . 01 A. "Materials" and
including the following: The Architectural Woodwork
am Institute (AWI) , Douglas Fir Plywood Association (DFPA)
American Plywood Associates (APA) , National Forest
Products Association (NFPA) , American Wood Preserves
Bureau (AWPB) , Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers Association
(HPMA) .
B. Grading of lumber of the various species shall conform to
the requirements of ASTM D 2555 and ASTM D 245.
1 . 06 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Stack framing lumber to ensure proper ventilation and
drainage, and protect lumber from the elements . Protect
all millwork materials, paneling, and prefinished items
against dampness during and after delivery. Store under
cover and where not exposed to extreme changes of
temperature or humidity. Do not store or install millwork
or prefinished items in any part of the building until
masonry work and plastering are dry, except as approved by
the Architect-Engineer.
1 . 07 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES for description of bid
items .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FINISH CARPENTRY
�.. 06200
3
2 . SECTION 08700 - HARDWARE.
a. Installation of all hardware.
Y
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections :
1 . SECTION 08210 - WOOD DOORS .
a. Wood doors .
2 . SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM DRYWALL.
a. Gypsum board.
3 . SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND WALL COVERING.
a. Surface priming.
b. Finishing.
4 . SECTION 10010 - MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES .
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B. Shop Drawings : Submit shop drawings on all millwork and
cabinetry.
C. Samples : Submit samples of the following:
1 . Door and window trim.
2 . Plastic laminate, full range of colors .
3 . Corian, full range of colors .
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials: Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
"'t
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
2
3
SECTION 06200
FINISH CARPENTRY
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 2
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 3
1 . 06 Product Handling 3
1 . 07 Alternates 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 01 Installation 7
3 . 02 Cleaning 10
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy FINISH CARPENTRY
06200
0
am
AW
larger where shown. Furring strips shall be erected plumb
and rigid using wood shims wherever necessary. The face
of furring strips shall form a true and even plane for
finish material . Wood furring for offsets and breaks on
walls shall be formed of 1 in. by 4 in. wood strips spaced
16 in. o.c. following contours. Furring strips to support 4
built-in items or as back-up shall be provided.
3 . 02 CLEANING
A. Removal of Rubbish: This Contractor shall remove all
rubbish caused by the work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
,M
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100
8
wee
oft
12 . Protect all window and other openings throughout the
00 building as required and approved by the
Architect-Engineer.
B. Roof Items :
1 . Install wood blocking at all roof edges, flashings and
similar areas, as detailed. All wood installed in
connection with roofing work shall be pressure
preservative treated against decay.
C. Wood Preservatives :
1 . Pressure-treat against decay, with specified wood
preservative, all new plates, sills, nailing strips,
and any wood in contact with concrete and masonry.
Pressure-treat all wood furring, blockings, screeds,
etc. , as well as all wood framing and flooring at ramp
w
and porch.
D. Anchors :
1 . Anchors shall be installed where specified or shown on
the Drawings to anchor carpentry to masonry or
concrete. Anchors shall extend not less than 8 in.
into brick and concrete. Anchors for plates shall be
as shown spaced approximately 4 ft. o.c. and provided
with washers .
w 2 . Fasten wood grounds, furring, and other engaging wood
work to concrete and masonry with approved metal types
of ties or inserts spaced to suit conditions .
06 3. Nails,, spikes, screws, toggles, and similar items
shall be of approved materials, sizes, and types
sufficient to draw and rigidly secure members in
place
E. Rough Hardware: Provide and install all rough hardware
and other items, as well as all metal fastening of any
nature for proper installation of carpentry and millwork.
F. Furring: Unless otherwise indicated, miscellaneous
furring shall be 16 in. o.c. Furring shall be secured to
masonry or concrete walls with approved cut nails,
toggles, nailing plugs, or clips set in the masonry or
concrete, or as otherwise detailed, of sizes and opening
indicated„ Furring strips shall be provided around all
openings, angles, corners, and for other similar
locations., Furring to be 1 in. by 3 in. minimum and
w. 2190 (SC—CEJ) /lmy ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100
7
ak
items of carpentry. All built-up sections will have
continuous wood members of the sizes shown. M®
2 . Build in all plates, ledgers, studs, beams, joists,
nailers, shims, blocking, connectors, and other
framing members, properly nailed, anchored, and
braced.
3 . Brace, plumb, level, and square all members and secure 00.
with sufficient nails, spikes, and bolts to insure
rigidity. Anchor with toggle bolts into concrete
blocks .
4 . Nailing: Unless otherwise specified, nailing shall be
done according to recommendation of NFPA and the State
Building code.
5 . Frame as required for installation and support of
items to be concealed, recessed, or partly recessed.
6 . Miscellaneous wood blocking between metal studs and
all other wood blocking required for other materials
are in this scope of work.
7 . Do such work as is necessary to cover and protect all
carpentry work, sash, door frames, and all other
materials from damage of any character.
8 . Furnish, set, and maintain runways or ladders as
required for general use of all workmen.
9. Provide and maintain all temporary bracing required
for window and door frames, etc. Provide and maintain
all shoring, bracing, etc. required and be fully
responsible for same, and all shoring shall be
maintained until permanent work is in place and is
suitable to receive the loads and then removed.
10 . Temporary batten doors, complete with hinges and
padlocks, shall be provided on exterior door openings.
Before plastering, window openings shall be closed
with nylon reinforced polyethylene on wood frames .
11 . Cut, patch, and frame all rough and finish lumber and
all blockings as required or directed for this work
and the work of other trades, for the completion of
the work of other trades, ready for installation of
finished surfaces .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ROUGH CARPENTRY .�
06100
6
Aw
O
e. Porch and ramp No. 1 Douglas Fir-Coast
framing, wall dimension Regional; Hemlock-
studs, and (treated) Eastern and West
blockings. West Coast.
f. Bathroom and APA Rated C-D Int-APA
Kitchenette Exterior (Exterior Glue) .
Underlayment. Glue
V* Underlayment
B. Materials Other Than Lumber:
1 . Bolts and nuts shall conform to requirements of ANSI
B18 .2 .2 .
2 . Clamps, expansion bolts, expansion screws, joist
hangers, toggle bolts, washers, and anchors shall be
Of steel and iron and of standard type and
manufacture.
3 . Lag screws shall conform to the requirements of ANSI
B18 .2 . 1 .
4 . Nails shall conform to the requirements of Federal
Specifications FF-B-101, FF-B-561, or may be the
drive-screw or special type of standard manufacture.
5. Wood screws shall conform to the requirements of ANSI
B18 . 6. 1 .
w
6. Framing anchors, hangers, tie straps, plates, and
other framing fasteners shall be by Simpson, Teco, or
approved equal and shall be galvanized.
7 . All metal materials, including bolts, nuts, washers,
anchors, screws, nails, etc. , at porch, ramp, and
other exterior application, shall be hot-dipped
galvanized.
8 . 1 in. by 2 in. by 12 . 5 gauge galvanized welded wire
fencing at trunk room partitions .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSTALLATION
A. General :
1 . Carefully lay out, cut, fit, and erect all framing,
bridging, furring, strapping, blocking, and all other
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100
5
MW
d. Fire Retardant Treated Wood: Lumber, plywood, and
millwork required to be fire retardant treated
under local or state building codes shall bear the
identification of an accredited authoritative
testing or inspection agency showing the
performance rating thereof. Included is all
applicable blocking, furring, framing, and other
non-trim wood components, which shall be fire
treated with Wolman, Dricon, FRT, or approved
equal in accordance with AWPA C-20 and C-27,
interior, Type A.
e. Wood Treated against Decay: All lumber used in ..
connection with roofing, new porch and ramp, and
other exterior exposures, or in contact with
concrete or masonry, shall be preservative
pressure-treated against decay. Pressure-treated
wood shall contain . 40 lbs. per cubic foot of
preservative as per AWPA Standard C22 (Ground
Contact) ; preservative shall be Osmose K-33,
Wolman CCA, or approved equal .
2 . Wood Schedule: At the Contractor' s option, lumber for
the various uses shall be one of the species listed
below for the purpose and of the grade indicated.
USE GRADE SPECIES
a. Plates, cants, Douglas Fir;
nailers, No. 1 West Coast
sleepers . dimension Hemlock;
Canadian Hemlock;
Pine; Hem-Fir.
b. Bracing, No. 1 Douglas Fir-Coast
furring. boards Region; Hemlock-
Eastern and West
Coast; Spruce;
Eastern Pine.
C. Roof deck, APA Rated C-D Int-APA
sheathing Exterior (Exterior Glue) .
and substrates . Grade
Plywood
(Treated)
d. Porch floor No. 1 Yellow Pine.
and ramp deck. (clear)
dimension
(treated)
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100 "`
4
40
40
Institute (AWI) , Douglas Fir Plywood Association (DFPA) ,
40 American Plywood Associates (APA) , National Forest
Products Association (NFPA) , American Wood Preserves
Bureau (AWPB) , and Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers
Association (HPMA) .
B. Grading of lumber of the various species shall conform to
the requirements of ASTM D 2555 and ASTM D 245.
1 . 06 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Stack framing lumber to ensure proper ventilation and
drainage, and protect lumber from the elements . Store off
the ground and under cover and where not exposed to
extreme changes of temperature or humidity.
1 . 07 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES for description of bid
items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Lumber:
1 . General :
a. Sizes and Patterns : Lumber shall be surfaced four
sides, and the dressed sizes of yard and
structural lumber shall conform to the
requirements of the Department of Commerce
Simplified Practice Recommendation R16-39. Lumber
shall be worked to such patterns as are indicated
on. the Drawings or specified herein. Worked
materials, except as otherwise indicated on the
Drawings, shall conform to the standard patterns
of the Department of Commerce Simplified Practice
Recommendation R16-39.
b. Moisture Content: Unless otherwise specified,
lumber shall be either air-dried or kiln-dried,
I"" and the moisture content shall not exceed 19
percent.
c. Grade and Species : Lumber and plywood shall be
identified by the official grade-mark.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100
3
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections:
1 . SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY.
a. Millwork.
b. Finished carpentry.
2 . SECTION 08210 - WOOD DOORS .
a. Wood doors. '
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures. Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B. Samples : Provide samples of framing anchors, hangers, tie
straps, and other framing fasteners .
1 . 04 OUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials: Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
C. Qualifications: The materials or products specified
herein and indicated on the Drawings by trade name,
manufacturer' s name, or catalog number shall be provided
as specified. Except as otherwise approved by the
Architect-Engineer, in writing, all materials shall be
products of the following manufacturers : U.S . Plywood,
Teco, or Stanley Hardware.
1 . 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. All materials and operations shall meet the requirements
of the latest revision of the standard specifications of
the organizations cited in Section 2 . 01 A. "Materials" and
including the following: The Architectural Woodwork
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ROUGH CARPENTRY look
06100
2
40 SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . All rough carpentry.
ow 2 . All temporary enclosures, supports, opening
protectives, barricades, runways, ladders, etc.
3 . All wood substrates and underlayments .
4 . All wood roof decking and framing at skylight
openings .
5. All wood floor decking and framing.
6. All wood and carpentry work for handicapped ramps .
7 . All wood stud partitions .
8 . All wood stud framing and wire mesh partitions at
basement trunk rooms .
9. All wood blocking as required at new doors and
windows .
10. Plywood backboards at new and existing Mechanical and
Electrical Rooms.
11 . Replacement and/or reestablishment of existing attic
insulation removed and/or disturbed during
construction.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100
1
AN
1
y
y
T
7
1
1
7
1
7
1
i
}6
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 2
1 .04 Quality Assurance 2
to 1 . 05 Reference Standards 2
1 . 06 Product Handling 3
1 . 07 Alternates 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 01 Installation 5
3. 02 Cleaning g
ru
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100
0
B. Miscellaneous : Where, as shown, and as indicated on the
Drawings, and as specified, furnish and, if required,
install the following: •
1 . The Contractor shall furnish all dowels, bolts, rods,
machine screws, wall ties, anchors, expansion bolts, -AV
etc. as required or as otherwise specified.
2 . Build all miscellaneous steel frames for supporting
items shown on the Drawings requiring beam, angle,
channel, or other framing and anchorage.
3 . Furnish and install complete assemblies and anchorages
for supports of all items of Mechanical equipment.
Check Mechanical Drawings for size and locations of
required equipment.
END OF SECTION
low
2190 (SC-CEJ) MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON
05100
8
Exposed surfaces shall have a smooth finish and sharp,
ow well defined lines and raises; machine joints, where
required, shall be milled to a close fit. Provide
necessary rabbets, lugs, and brackets so that work can be
assembled in a neat and substantial manner.
C. Fastenings shall be concealed where practicable.
Thickness of metal and details of assembly and supports
shall give ample strength and thickness . Joints exposed
to the weather shall be formed to exclude water.
D. Exposed fastenings for sheet metal shall be oval head.
E. Building-In: At the proper time, deliver and set in place
items of metal work to be built into adjoining
construction.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. Erector must examine the areas and conditions under which
structural. work is to be installed and notify the
Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the
proper and timely completion of the work.
10 3 . 02 PREPARATION
A. Verify all. measurements in the field, as required, for the
40 work fabricated to fit the job conditions .
3 . 03 INSTALLATION
A. Loose Lintels and Angle Framing:
1 . Furnish all steel of channel, angle, or other shapes
0"" and miscellaneous light steel framing required to
frame new doors, walls, shafts, and enclosures; for
registers and access doors to pipes and valves; and as
indicated or required by mechanical trades . (Access
panels furnished under SECTION 15500 - HEATING,
VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING) .
2 . Lintels shall be of sizes, number, and setting
arrangement as required to provide proper support.
3 . Except where specified to be furnished under other
Sections or in Specifications for mechanical trades,
install required anchors, guards, supports, and
structural steel shapes, as indicated and required,
for support of equipment and miscellaneous items .
40
2190 (SC-CEJ) MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON
05100
7
2 . 04 PAINTING, PROTECTIVE COATINGS, AND GALVANIZING
w
A. Priming and Painting: All ferrous metal items, unless
otherwise noted, shall be shop primed and painted as
follows:
1 . Clean all metal thoroughly. Remove rust and scale by
sand blast or other approved method. Wash with
benzine until all oil, grease, sand, dirt, and other
foreign substances are removed.
2 . Apply, by brush or spray, one liberal coat of rust Al
inhibitive paint to channels and angles .
3 . Anchors that are in contact with masonry or concrete
shall be coated with asphalt paint, unless specified .
to be galvanized.
4 . Where zinc-coated metal is required, it shall not be
shop primed unless specifically called for, but all
abraded places and welding shall be touched-up with
ferraloy, galvaloy, or tineasy fluid.
B. Galvanizing: All exterior ferrous metals shall be
galvanized. These exterior items and other ferrous metal
objects shown or specified to be galvanized shall :
1 . Be hot-dip galvanized to meet process Specifications
ASTM A 123-68, ASTM A 153, latest edition, and ASTM A
386, latest edition.
2 . Be wash primed for painting, if required on the
Drawings or Specifications, by use of trisodium
phosphate, 2 . 5 ounces per gallon, followed by clear AM
rinse.
3 . Be painted by others, SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND
WALL COVERING, unless otherwise indicated herein.
2 . 05 CONSTRUCTION
A. Steel and wrought iron shall be well formed to shape and
size with sharp lines or angles . Shearing and punching
shall leave clean, true lines and surfaces . Weld or rivet
permanent conditions . Do not use screws or bolts where
they can be avoided. Where used, heads shall be
countersunk, screwed up tight, and threads nicked to
prevent loosening.
B. Castings shall be sound and free from warp, holes, and
other defects that impair their strength and appearance. Am
2190 (SC-CEJ) MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON
05100
6
B. Construction: Form work true to details with clean,
straight, sharply defined profiles . Metal shall have
smooth finished surfaces .
C. Joints: Make joints of such character and assembly to be
strong and rigid as adjoining section. Welded joints
shall be continuously welded or spot welded as specified.
Dress face of welds flush and smooth. Exposed joints
shall be close fitting. Make jointing where least
conspicuous .
D. Connections and Accessories : Weights of connections and
accessories shall be adequate to safely sustain and
withstand stresses and strains to which they will be
normally subjected.
E. Cutting and Drilling: Do cutting, punching, drilling, and
tapping required for attachment of other work coming in
contact with miscellaneous metal work and necessary
cutting, drilling, and fitting required for the
installation of miscellaneous metal work. When required,
fit work at job before finishing.
F. Bolting and Screwing: Unless otherwise specified, rivet,
bolt, and screw heads shall be flat and countersunk in
exposed faces of work of an ornamental or finish character
and elsewhere as required. Cut off exposed ends of bolts,
screws, etc. flush with nuts or other adjacent metal .
G. Connections : Make up threaded connections tightly so that
threads will be entirely concealed by fitting.
H. Anchorage: Work shall be fabricated and formed as
required for anchorage and be provided with suitable
anchors, sheet metal fasteners, expansion shields, etc. as
required for proper anchorage.
I . Supports: Install all supporting members, fastenings,
framing and hangers, bracing, brackets, straps, bolts,
anchors, and the like required to set and connect work
rigidly and properly to structural steel, masonry, or
other construction.
J. Attached Work: Except where otherwise specified for
particular work item, or where work is required to be
built ln, secure to masonry with expansion or toggle
bolts . Fastening to wood plugs in masonry is not
permitted.
2190 (SC-CEJ) MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON
05100
5
am
4W
damaged and cannot be cleaned will be replaced with new at
the Contractor' s expense. ,
F. Furnish and install new pressure-treated wood handrail as
shown on the Drawings . Wood shall be painted to match new
metal railing as required. Provide all anchors and
supports as required.
G. Note: Care shall be taken when welding on the roof. The
existing construction is wood. The Contractor shall take
all necessary precautions to protect the wood structure
from fire and shall have two 10 lb. fully charged fire
extinguishers on the roof at all times during which '
welding is taking place.
H. Note: Field measure existing conditions to ensure proper
spacing of posts and railing construction. The Contractor
shall figure, under his bid, all components to manufacture
and install a compete new railing system as detailed. No
additional charges to the Owner will be allowed in the '"
manufacturing or installation of this railing.
I . The design of members and connections for any portion of
the structure not indicated on the design Drawings shall
be completed by the fabricator. Such design shall conform
to the requirements of the current issue of the
Specifications for the "Design, Fabrication, and Erection
of Structural Steel for Buildings, " of the American
Institute of Steel Construction. Design Drawings shall be
submitted to the Architect-Engineer for approval .
J. Loose lintels, channels, angles, and light beams shall
conform to the latest edition of ASTM Standard
Specification A 36 entitled "Steel for Buildings . "
2 . 03 FABRICATION
A. General :
1 . Make work in ample time not to delay job progress;
deliver to job at such time as required for proper
coordination. Fabricate and erect all work in a
thorough, workmanlike manner.
2 . Verify measurements in the field as required for work
fabricated to fit job conditions .
3 . This Contractor shall consult with all Contractors
whose work adjoins his work and shall be held
responsible for the proper working out and fitting of
all details .
2190 (SC-CEJ) MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON
05100
4
low
D. Wire shall be cold drawn steel .
E. Paint shall be rust-inhibiting zinc chromate red by Baer
Brothers, Sherwin Williams, or No. 99 green metal primer
by TNEMEC, Cheeseman Elliot Primax Zinc Chromate, or
r equal .
F. Window rails shall be 1 in. , Schedule 40, extruded
aluminum pipe with round slip flanges, Item 914 by Julius
Blum. Window rails at old french doors shall be as
detailed. Note: All windows, at all stair landings,
shall have three rails across each lower window. Top rail
shall be set at 3 ft. 6 in. above finished floor with two
equally spaced rails between floor and top rail.
2 . 02 ORNAMENTAL ROOF RAILINGS
A. Materials : Deck plates shall be continuous 3/8 in. thick
by 6 in. wide. All joints shall be welded together and
a ► ground to a smooth finish. The rail posts are to be 4 in.
by 4 in. by 1/4 in. thick and 3 ft. 6 in. high. These
posts shall be welded to the deck plate and spaced at 6
ft. 6 in. o.c. A brace strap of 1/2 in. thick by 2 in.
steel shall be welded to each post and welded to the back
deck plate. Provide braces at each post.
B. All deck plates shall be pre-drilled to accept a no. 12
chisel point wood screw. Screw plate at each joist with
two screws per joist per plate (see detail) .
C. Provide 1-1/2 in. high by 3-1/2 in. by 14 gauge steel
tubing for ornamental railing between all posts . All
tubing shall be cut and welded together to provide a rigid
connection at all joints . See detail for pattern.
D. Provide a 3 in. by 2 in. by 1/4 in. thick angle at each
post. Weld angle to post and round top edge. Attach
number 7 in. by 7 in. by 3/16 in. PVC coated white wire
with turnbuckles and holders to angle. Wires to be spaced
at 6 in. o.c. and run continuous between all posts. See
detail . PVC wire, turnbuckles, swage terminals, and
related materials to provide a complete installation of
wires are to be by Hayn Industries, Inc. of Middletown,
► Connecticut.
E. All posts, supports, braces, ornamental railing, and
angles associated with the new railing shall be primed
with one (1) coat of rust inhibitor primer and two (2)
finish coats of white paint. The Contractor shall protect
the new roof and all building components from
*�► overpainti.ng, spills, or drips . Any materials which are
2190 (SC-CEJ) MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON
05100
3
M
B. Submit shop drawings showing all material sizes,
dimensions, and fabrication details .
1 . 04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Standards : All materials and operations shall meet the
requirements of the latest revision of the standard
Specifications of the American Society for Testing and
Materials (ASTM) , the American Institute of Steel
Construction (AISC) , and the American Welding Society
(AWS) .
1 . The design, construction, and installation of all work
shall meet or exceed the current minimum requirements
of the Massachusetts Department of Public Safety.
1 . 05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING "op
A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect materials
of this Section before, during, and after installation and ,
to protect installed work and materials of all other
trades .
B. Replacements : In the event of damage, immediately make
all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of
the Architect-Engineer and at no additional cost to the
Owner. ,..
1 . 06 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES for description of Bid
Items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS ..
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Metals shall be free from defects impairing strength,
durability, and appearance; shall be best commercial
quality for purposes specified, made with structural
properties to withstand safely the strains and stresses to
which they will be normally subjected. Protect metals
from injury at the shop and in transit to the job, until
erected in place, complete, inspected, and accepted.
B. Steel and wrought iron shall conform to applicable ASTM
Specifications .
ae.
C. Cast-iron shall be of soft gray iron, true to pattern,
smooth and straight, and free from defects impairing
strength, durability, or appearance. .s
2190 (SC-CEJ) MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON `"
05100
2
SECTION 05100
MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
af.
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Loose lintels and light steel sections . Aluminum
angle and channel framing.
2 . Miscellaneous brackets, anchors, and supports.
3 . Ornamental roof railings .
4 . Basement stairs at Emerson House Boiler Room.
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections :
1 . SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND WALL COVERING.
a. Providing matching paint finish on all exposed
metal .
2 . SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING.
a. Water heater supports.
3 . SECTION 15500 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR
ow CONDITIONING.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect_Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
2190 (SC-CEJ) MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON
05100
►a
1
i
i
i
r
a
1
7
1
1
1
SECTION 05100
MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
Ell 1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Reference Standards 2
1 . 05 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
1 . 06 Alternates 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 2
2 . 02 Ornamental Roof Railings 3
2 . 03 Fabrication 4
2 . 04 Painting, Protective Coatings,
and Galvanizing 6
2 . 05 Construction 6
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 01 Inspection 7
3. 02 Preparation 7
3 . 03 Installation 7
rN
r
2190 (SC-CEJ) MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON
05100
0
on
ew
e. Fill all voids and cracks in existing limestone
with non-shrink, high bond, masonry filler as
approved by the Architect-Engineer. Filler shall
match existing limestone in color and texture.
END OF SECTION
�w
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MASONRY
04100
13
.m
am
end of each day' s work and also after final pointing and
shall be left clean and free from mortar spots and
droppings . ""
B. Except as otherwise specified, all new brick masonry shall
be washed down thoroughly using stiff fiber brushes. A „w
solution of 101 Lime Solvent shall be applied to the brick
masonry, excess mortar shall be scraped off, and an
additional solution of solvent shall be applied, all as
recommended by the manufacturer. Wet the wall before
applying solution and protect immediately after cleaning,
leave surfaces free from mortar stains and other
imperfections at completion of the work. Cleaning of „.
masonry shall be completed prior to installation of metal
windows .
C. Remove equipment used and all debris, refuse, and surplus
masonry materials caused by the work of this Section.
3 . 07 SEALING MASONRY - NOT REQUIRED ,
3 . 08 PATCHING AND POINTING OF EXISTING BRICK MASONRY
A. All existing exterior masonry shall be patched and pointed
under the scope of work of this Section.
1 . Patching and Pointing:
a. Existing exterior masonry shall be patched and
pointed under the scope of work of this Section as
indicated on the Contract Drawings .
b. All loose and deteriorated mortar shall be removed
from the joints to a minimum depth of 3/4 in. ..
Repoint all mortar joints eroded to a depth of 1/4
in. or greater, and joints not presently in sound
condition, with prehydrated mortar to restore all
masonry work to a watertight condition.
C. Joints shall match the existing joints in color
and texture. The mortar shall be thoroughly
compacted and pressed against the edges of the
units . Tooling shall not be done until after the
mortar has taken its initial set.
d. All newly repointed joints in existing masonry
work shall be held back not more than 1 in. , nor
less than 3/4 in. The final 1 in. to 3/4 in.
shall be repointed using mortar which, when full
set, will meet the requirements of Type N mortar.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MASONRY
04100
12
shall be done until after the mortar has taken its
initial set.
3. Weep Holes: In the exterior brick masonry where wall,
spandrel, or other flashing or waterproofing turns out
and terminates in horizontal mortar joints and also
over top of steel lintels, shelf angles, and concrete
supports, provide weep holes in the mortar joints .
Space weep holes 24 in. maximum o.c. Form weeps by
pressing lengths of sash cord into mortar bed while
soft. Sash cord shall then be removed. Each weep
hole shall provide an unobstructed passage of air
between the cavity behind the face brick and the
exterior. Plastic tube weeps may be substituted as
approved by the Architect-Engineer.
4 . All new brick work at chimneys shall match shape,
configuration, coursing, color, texture, and
dimensions of existing portions of chimney being
�** replaced.
S. Install special shape bricks to match existing.
3 . 04 SUPERVISION
A. The Masonry Subcontractor shall have in charge of the
work, at all times during the construction, a thoroughly
competent foreman who has had a wide background of
experience in the construction used. The Masonry
Subcontractor shall employ at least one experienced person
in charge of mixing mortar.
3 . 05 PATCHING OF NEW BRICK MASONRY
A. Clean and fill, with mortar, all holes and cracks in
mortar joints of exposed work. Cut out defective mortar
joints, refill solidly with mortar, and tool as specified.
Replace broken brick masonry.
B. Within the one year guarantee period, return to do touch-
up patching of any cracks that may appear in masonry
walls . Restore to match originally specified surfaces .
3 . 06 CLEANING OF NEW BRICK MASONRY
A. All new brick work shall be kept as clean as possible
during construction. Splashing at staging levels shall be
avoided by covering the courses at these levels, or by
cleaning the face brick so spattered while the mortar is
still fresh. Masonry walls shall be dry brushed at the
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MASONRY
04100
11
C. Building-In: This Contractor shall cooperate with all
trades and Contractors whose work is to be built into, or
set in conjunction with, all masonry. Included herein is
the building in of all flashing, reinforcements, ties,
fixtures, the construction of recesses, corbels,
rustications, the cutting of slots, and patching required
due to this work.
D. Brick: All brick work shall be as specified. All brick
shall be dry when laid, except as noted above. Brick
shall be shoved into place, not laid, in a full bed when
and as laid. Vertical joints shall be all of the same
widths, except for inconspicuous variations required to
maintain the bond. Back joints against other units shall
be slushed, grouted, or shoved full as the course is laid.
All exposed exterior brick work shall be face brick as
specified above.
1 . Exposed or Face Work: Exposed exterior brick work
shall conform to sample panel approved by the
Architect-Engineer. Unless otherwise specified and
restricted by the range of approved samples, face work
of brick shall include the full range of natural
colors of the well-burned approved brick. Face work
shall be laid in courses accurately spaced with a
story rod, with the better face of the brick exposed
and, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, shall be
laid in running bond and solder course brick shall be
laid in stack bond. Brick shall be reinforced and
tied to the back-up wall with horizontal truss type .s
reinforcing with three horizontal wires, spaced 16 in.
o.c. vertically. Filler bricks shall be not less than
2 in. in width and shall be arranged symmetrical to
openings . Where both faces of a brick appear
unsatisfactory for face work, the brick shall be laid
aside for later use in back-up or other unexposed
portions . All joints in brick work and joints between
brick and other materials shall be filled with mortar
as each course if laid up, except for the space in
cavity walls. Face brick shall not be laid overhand.
2 . Joints : Make joints in masonry uniform. Three
courses of brick and mortar shall lay up to a 8 in.
height. After becoming "thumb-print" hard, exposed
joints shall be tooled concave with a round or other
suitable jointer that is slightly larger than the
width of the mortar joint so as to produce a smooth,
dense, watertight joint. Close all cracks and
crevices . The joints shall be tooled in such a manner
as to squeeze the mortar back into joints . No tooling
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MASONRY ..
04100
10
■w
40
reason to have such brick taken down and rebuilt to the
satisfaction of the Architect-Engineer.
C. Wall Brick: Having an initial rate of absorption in
excess of 0. 7 oz . per minute, determined in accordance
with ASTM Standard C 67, shall be suitably wetted before
laying.
3. 02 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Do not lay masonry below 36 degrees F. on falling
temperatures or below 32 degrees F. on rising
a !A temperatures, except by written permission of the
Architect-:Engineer. Furthermore, do not lay masonry when
the ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F. unless
w. suitable means, approved by the Architect-Engineer, are
provided to heat materials, protect the work from cold and
frost, and ensure that mortar will set without freezing
for not less than 48 hours after installation. Do not
+■" build on walls that are frozen or which contain frost.
3 . 03 INSTALLATION
A. General : All brick masonry shall be laid plumb, true to
line, with level and accurately spaced courses and with
each course breaking joints with the courses below at
common bond. Where common bond is required, vertical
joints shall be kept plumb throughout. Courses shall be
plumb and true . Courses shall be so spaced that backing
masonry will level off flush with the face work at all
bonding courses and at joints where metal ties are used.
1 . Chases, grooves, reglet blocks, and raked-out joints
shall be kept free of mortar or other debris .
2 . Intersecting chimney walls shall be bonded together
with approved types of wire mesh, joint reinforcement,
or looped wire ties spaced at vertical intervals not
exceeding 16 in.
40 3 . New masonry installed as in-fill in existing masonry
walls shall be "toothed" in to match existing
coursing.
as
B. Masonry Work - General:
PM 1 . All exterior masonry work shall be as shown on the
Drawings and on typical details .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MASONRY
04100
9
ow
we
2 . 03 EQUIPMENT
A. This Contractor shall furnish, maintain, and move, as am
required, all scaffolding required for the installation of
all work.
B. All scaffolding shall be constructed and maintained in
strict accordance with all statutes, laws, or other
regulations of all public authorities or insurance
companies having jurisdiction.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 PREPARATION
A. Adjacent Masonry Work: Where fresh masonry joins
previously erected masonry that is partially set or
totally set, clean the exposed surface of the set masonry
and wet it lightly so as to obtain the best possible bond
with the new work. Remove all loose brick and mortar. ..
B. Mixing Mortar: Mortar shall be machine-mixed in an
approved type of mixer in which the quantity of water can
be accurately and uniformly controlled. However, the work
requiring only small batches of mortar or grout, or when
specifically approved, may be mixed by hand. The machine
mixing time shall not be less than five minutes,
approximately two minutes of which shall be for mixing dry
materials and not less than three minutes for continuing
the mixing after the water has been added. The
proportions shall be as listed under Paragraph 2 . 02 -
"MIXES . " When hydrated lime is used for mortars with a
lime content, this Contractor will have the option of
using the dry-mix method or first converting hydrated lime
into a putty. Hand-mixing shall be done in a tight mortar
mixing box. The materials for each batch shall be well
raked and turned over until the even color of the mixed ,.
materials indicates that the cementitious materials have
been thoroughly distributed throughout the mass, after
which the water shall be gradually added until well mixed
mortar of the required plasticity is obtained. If the
mortar begins to stiffen from evaporation or from
absorption of a part of the mixing water, retemper the
mortar immediately by adding water, and remix the mortar.
All mortar shall be used within 2-1/2 hours of the initial
mixing. It shall not be used after it has begun to set.
Colored mortar for exterior brick work shall be mixed w,
according to manufacturer' s recommendations . Color of
mortar shall be consistent throughout the job. Noticeable
variations in the color of the mortar shall be sufficient
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MASONRY
04100
8
'0.
4
length as noted or required on the Drawings . Ties
go shall be mill galvanized.
a. Finishes : All anchors used in exterior wall
applications, or in walls having direct contact
on with moisture, shall be hot-dip galvanized after
fabrication conforming to the requirements of ASTM
A 153, Class B-2 .
H. Masonry cleaner shall be "Sure Klean 101 Lime Solvent" by
ProSoCo, or approved equal, at new masonry and Sure Klean
Restoration Cleaner at existing masonry.
I . Joint filler shall be block closed cell expanded neoprene.
J. Masonry Sealer, Clean: Sealer shall be clear penetrating,
siloxane type repellent and shall be Thorosilane by
Thoroseal, Sikagard 70 by Sika Corp. , or approved equal .
K. Brick vents shall be color-anodized extruded aluminum
6063-T52 alloy, as manufactured by Construction
Specialties, or approved equal . Sizes to be 12 in. by 8
in. or as indicated on the Drawings or as required by duct
sizes .
2 . 02 MIXES
A. Mortar for unit masonry shall be mixed in the following
proportions :
Mortar Sand in
Cement Hydrated Lime Damp Loose
Condition
1 Masonry Cement ------------- 2-1/4 to 3
1 Portland Cement
(all exterior
masonry) 1/2 to 1 4-6
B. Mortar Grout: Mortar for grouting and pouring fills shall
have the quantity of water and Portland Cement increased
to produce the consistency required for pouring and shall
be continuously stirred to prevent the segregation of the
aggregate.
C. Concrete for vertical block reinforcement shall conform to
Type A as specified under SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE, with maximum size of aggregate to be 3/4 in.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MASONRY
04100
7
40
16 40 15
30 65 35
50 85 75
100 98 95
F. Water: Mixing water shall be clean and free from
injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, salts, and
organic materials . Potable water will normally be
acceptable.
G. Anchors and Reinforcing:
1 . Steel bars and rods shall conform to ASTM A 82 and
ASTM A 615.
2 . Wall ties in solid masonry construction shall be 3/16
in. diameter rectangular ties, hot-dip galvanized, or
16 gauge galvanized corrugated anchors as indicated on
the Drawings . ,
3 . Horizontal joint reinforcing shall be as follows :
a. For single wythe walls, provide Dur-O-Wal truss,
as manufactured by Dur-O-Wal, Inc. , or truss mesh,
as manufactured by Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. , or
approved equal . •
b. For intersecting masonry walls, provide pre-
fabricated corner and tee sections of the
appropriate width and make-up required for each
condition. Reinforcing shall have no. 9. gauge
truss components . Width of reinforcing shall be
sized for width of masonry wall . .�
C. Finishes :
(1) All joint reinforcing used in exterior wall
applications or at walls having direct
contact with moisture shall be hot-dip
galvanized after fabrication conforming to �**
the requirements of ASTM A 153, Class B-2 .
(2) All other joint reinforcing shall be mill
galvanized conforming to the requirements of
ASTM A 641 .
4 . Corrugated veneer ties shall be No. 187 by Heckmann
Building Products, Inc. , or equal . Ties shall be 16
gauge by 1-1/4 in. wide by 3-1/2 in. long, or by
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MASONRY
04100
6
o.
g.
b. All face brick and special shapes shall match
those of existing building in color and texture.
O
2 . Common Brick: All concealed brick shall be
first-quality common and same size as above, or
F„ approved equal, ASTM C 62, Grade SW.
3 . Clay Flue Liner: All flues of reconstructed chimneys
ON shall be lined with refractory grade, acid resistant
ceramic clay tile liner set in acid resistant
refactory grade mortar. All inside clear flue
dimensions shall match those of the existing flue
liner below.
B. Portland Cement: Cement shall conform to ASTM C 150, Type
1, or to Air-Entraining Portland Cement, ASTM C 150, Type
1A. Exterior mortar shall be "H" Series as formulated by
SolomonGrind-Chem Service, Inc. of Springfield, Illinois,
or approved equal . Pigments or colored mortar shall be
from one batch or strictly controlled batches .
Manufacturer' s formulated pigment shall be supplied to the
jobsite in. pre-mixed sealed-unit bags sized for
predetermined and controlled batch size. No variations in
the color shall be allowed. Color to be selected by the
Architect-Engineer for exterior masonry. All cement for
• interior block walls to be painted shall be light.
C. Masonry Cement: (In lieu of Portland Cement - for
interior construction only) : Cement shall conform to ASTM
' C 91, color to be selected by the Architect-Engineer from
Type I or II . Masonry cement shall be Lone Star,
Universal, Atlas, or approved equal .
D. Lime: Hydrated lime shall conform to ASTM C 207, Type N.
All lime shall be a fresh, fine hydrated lime as
manufactured by Lee Lime Company, or approved equal .
E. Aggregate: Sand shall conform to ASTM C 144 and shall be
clean, sharp, well graded, and free from injurious amounts
of dust, lumps, shale, alkali, surface coatings, and
organic matter. Sand shall be graded from fine to coarse
within the following limits :
Sieve Number Percent of Sand Retained (By Weight)
Maximum Minimum
4 0 0
8 10 0
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MASONRY
04100
5
am
their original, unopened containers bearing the name of
the manufacturer and brand.
B. Cement, lime, and mortar shall be stored in a watertight
structure with the floor raised free of the ground.
Cement that has hardened or partially set shall be removed
from the site and not used. Material in broken containers
or packages showing water marks or other evidence of
damage shall be wholly rejected. The brand used at the
start of the job shall be used throughout.
C. Face brick shall be stored on planks, out of contact with
mud, and shall be protected from rain and snow during
freezing weather. Handle in such a manner to prevent
undue breakage and chipping.
D. Flue tile units shall be packed in cardboard cartons or
trays to protect units against chipping. Leave in cartons
until they are at the location where needed in the work.
E. Protect all metal from the elements .
1 . 08 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES for description of bid
items .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Brick:
1 . Face Brick: All exposed face brick shall conform to ..
ASTM C 216, Type FBS, Grade SW. Brick shall match
existing in size, shape, color, and texture. Faces
and exposed ends shall be uniformly straight, true,
free from chips and spalls, and shall conform to
approved samples for color and texture. All exposed
exterior face brick shall be "Red Colonial" as
manufactured by The Stiles & Hart Brick Co. of 4W
Bridgewater, Massachusetts. No substitutions shall be
allowed.
am
a. Note: Where solid brick is required wherever
normal bed face of brick is exposed to view,
including corners of row lock and solder courses,
provide uncured brick with all exposed surfaces 4W
finished.
..
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MASONRY ow
04100
4
am
w
go
be determined in accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT.
go
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
no engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS of THE CONTRACT.
Oft C. Qualifications : Exposed masonry units shall be the
products of a single manufacturer capable of showing prior
successful production of units similar to those required.
no 1 .05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Except as otherwise indicated, requirements for, and
ON terminology standards of, performance and fabrication
workmanship are those specified and recommended in an
applicable general recommendation published by The Brick
Institute of America and The National Concrete Masonry
fm Association.
1 . 06 MOCK-UP
A. Exterior Masonry: Prior to commencement of any masonry
work, erect, at the job site, one (1) sample mock-up of
each chimney condition, where directed, for approval by
the Architect-Engineer. Mock-ups shall show proposed
color range, texture, bond, mortar joints, rustication,
and workmanship of chimney construction. The approved
mock-ups shall become the standard of comparison for all
masonry construction. The mock-ups shall not be altered,
moved, or destroyed until the work is completed. The
mock-up shall be of the complete chimney wall construction
and shall include all face brick, back-up, masonry wall
reinforcing ties, etc. This mock-up shall reflect a
complete exterior corner condition, special shaped brick,
rowlock bricks, brick rustication, etc.
B. Protect and maintain mock-ups from the elements and damage
and retain mock-ups during construction as a standard of
quality. Demolish and remove mock-ups at completion of
masonry work as directed by the Architect-Engineer. All
mock-ups shall be constructed on a firm and stable base,
capable of relocation during construction of this project .
This Contractor shall relocate mock-ups as required during
construction.
1 . 07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Manufactured materials shall be delivered to the site in
w 2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MASONRY
04100
3
.m
00
10. Cleaning of all new masonry as indicated on the
Contract Drawings . OR
11 . Furnishing and installation of all chimney flashings
as shown on the Drawings and as otherwise required for
a complete and watertight installation. +•
12 . This Contractor shall provide his own hoisting and
rigging or arrange and pay for the hoisting and
rigging to be provided by others .
13 . Miscellaneous cutting and patching of existing brick
masonry as required for work of other trades .
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B. Shop Drawings : Submit shop drawings, including special
brick, typical units, and full size detail sections of
every typical composite member. Show anchors, hardware,
and other components not included in manufacturer' s
standard data. Show column isolation details .
C. Samples : Samples of the following shall be submitted to
the Architect-Engineer for approval :
1 . Face Brick: One strap of each brick type used,
consisting of six individual samples showing the
extreme variations in color and texture to be expected
in the final brick installation.
2 . Mortar color samples .
D. Product Data: Submit manufacturer' s specification,
recommendations, and standard details for masonry units,
mortar grout mixes, finishing, surface cleaners, sealers,
and other components of the work.
E. Test Reports : Submit certified laboratory test reports as
necessary to show compliance with requirements . .s.
1 . 04 OUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MASONRY
04100
2
0"
SECTION 04100
MASONRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 .01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . All exterior brick masonry work.
2 . Arranging for adequate bracing, forming, and shoring
required in conjunction with, and in the course of,
constructing masonry work not provided under other
Sections .
3 . Furnishing, maintaining, and moving all scaffolding,
�r. hoisting, and rigging equipment required for the
installation of the work.
4 . Giving the work his personal supervision and keeping a
competent foreman on the job at all times .
S. Calling for all inspections as required in the course
*o of the work by the Architect-Engineer and/or Building
Department.
so 6. Arrange for furnishing test specimens and samples of
materials as may be required.
7 . Replacement of all missing and damaged existing brick.
40
8 . Removal and reconstruction of existing brick chimneys
as indicated on the Contract Drawings .
9. Pointing and patching of existing brick and stone
construction as indicated on the Contract Drawings .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MASONRY
04100
1
i
SECTION 04100
MASONRY
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 .03 Submittals 2
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Reference Standards 3
1 . 06 Mock-Up 3
1 . 07 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 3
1 . 08 Alternates 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 4
2 . 02 Mixes 7
2 . 03 Equipment 8
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 01 Preparation 8
3 . 02 Environmental Conditions 9
3 . 03 Installation 9
3 . 04 Supervision 11
3. 05 Patching of New Brick Masonry 11
3. 06 Cleaning of New Brick Masonry 11
3. 07 Sealing Masonry 12
3. 08 Patching and Pointing of Existing
Brick Masonry 12
2190 SC-CEJ) /lm MASONRY
( Y
04100
0
stringent requirements are called for. To this end, the
entire area shall be protected by adequate housing or
covering and heating. No chemicals or other materials
shall be used in the mix to lower the freezing point of
the concrete.
1 . Forms shall be removed only after concrete has
attained sufficient strength to support its own
weight, construction live loads placed thereon, and
lateral loads, all without excessive deflection or
damage to the structures. See ACI 347 "Recommended
Practice for Concrete Formwork" for detailed
discussion of form removal.
3 . 06 TESTING
A. A testing agency will be selected by the Owner and will be
paid by the Owner. The frequency and degree of testing
will be determined by the Architect-Engineer. +**
END OF SECTION
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300
10
carried out in the field as required by the
Architect-:Engineer.
3 . 04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Defective concrete and honeycombed areas shall not be
patched unless examined and approval is given by the
Architect-:Engineer. If such approval is received by the
Contractor, areas involved shall be chipped down square
and at least 1 in. deep to sound concrete by means of cold
chisels or pneumatic chipped hammers . If honeycomb exists
around reinforcement, chip to provide a clear space at
*0 least 3/4 in. wide all around the steel to afford proper
ultimate bond thereto.
an B. All concrete exposed surfaces shall receive a "smooth
finish. " :Repairs, if necessary, shall be done prior to
performing "smooth" finish work.
4W 1 . Mortar for patching shall be the same mix as above,
except all aggregate shall pass a No. 4 sieve.
OR 2 . For all concrete to receive a "smooth" finish, remove
all formwork fins by grinding, and clean entire
surface of all grease, form oil, laitance, dust, and
other foreign matter.
3 . "Smooth" finish shall consist of having all fins
removed, joint marks smoothed off, blemishes removed,
and surfaces left smooth and unmarred. Surfaces shall
have no fins or offsets exceeding 1/16 in. or voids in
surface greater than 1/8 in. in any dimension.
4 . Before finishing operations as soon as practicable
after removal of forms, continue with curing
operations after finishing is completed.
C. Patches which become crazed, cracked, or sound hollow upon
tapping shall be removed and replaced with new material at
no expense to the Owner.
3 . 05 PROTECTION
A. When concrete is placed at or below ambient air
temperature of 40 degrees F. or whenever, in the opinion
of the Architect-Engineer, such lower temperatures are
#„ likely to occur within 24 hours after placement of
concrete, cold weather concreting procedures, according to
ACI 306 and as specified herein, shall be followed.
Concrete shall be maintained at above 50 degrees F. for a
40 period of at least six days after placement unless more
ow
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300
9
2 . Forms shall be so designed by the Contractor to
withstand all dead and live loads, including
construction live loads, both vertical and lateral, ""o
imposed upon them during construction, concreting, and
curing periods . Bracing shall be such that forms do
not move out of specified tolerances for line and a•
elevation.
3 . The Contractor shall provide sufficient forms, built
mortar-tight and edges sealed to prevent loss of " `
concrete matrix.
B. Placing Reinforcement: •M
1 . Reinforcement shall be accurately placed in accordance
with Contract Documents and shall be firmly secured
and positioned by templates, wire ties of adequate
gauge, and reinforcement accessories, each of a type
approved by the Architect-Engineer.
2 . At the time concrete is placed, reinforcement shall be
free of excessive rust scale or other coatings that
will destroy or reduce bond requirements. „
3 . Splicing of reinforcement shall be avoided. Splices
shall be lapped as shown on the Drawings or a minimum
of 30 bar diameters, placed in contact and wired
security together. Welded wire fabric shall be lapped
6 in. or one wire space plus 2 in. , whichever is
larger, and shall be securely wired together at 18 in. ■.
intervals .
4 . All splices shall be made so that the bars being
joined are parallel and not offset more than 1/8 in.
nor out of straight alignment more than 1/4 in. in 10
ft.
am
C. Placing Concrete:
1 . Transport concrete from mixer to place of final
deposit as rapidly as practical by methods which ""
prevent separation of the ingredients and displacement
of the reinforcement, and avoid rehandling. Concrete
shall not be allowed to flow horizontally over a MW
distance exceeding 5 ft.
3 . 03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL UM
A. Slump tests, air tests, fabrication of cylinders, and all
other recognized tests, which are deemed applicable for
the specific requirements of this project, shall be ow
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300
8
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE NET
.�. WATER CONTENT ** PER
BAG OF CEMENT GALS . 6 6-1/4
CONSISTENCY RANGE ***
IN SLUMP :INCHES 7 2-4
MAXIMUM SIZE OF AGGREGATE
INCHES g 1
FIBERMESH REINFORCEMENT
POUNDS PER CUBIC YARD
OF CONCRETE - -
PORTION OF STRUCTURE 9 (See Below)
A. Footings, piers, concrete walls.
B. Slabs on grade, walks .
* 7 days when high early strength cement is used.
«� ** Including water content in aggregates.
*** May be modified, as approved by the
�.
Architect-Engineer, when high-frequency mechanical
vibration is used.
2 . 03 FABRICATION
A. Fabrication of Reinforcing Steel : Reinforcing bars shall
be detailed in accordance with requirements of standard
practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures ACI
315.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
�w —
3 . 01 INSPECTION'
A. Assure that formwork is completed and that ice and excess
water are removed.
B. Check that reinforcement is secure in place.
3. 02 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION
A. Erection of Formwork:
1 . Forms shall be used for concrete, including footings.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300
7
...
an
E. Proportioning of concrete mixtures shall be carried out in
accordance with Chapter 3 - Proportioning of ACI 301,
"Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings, " «w
and as specified herein.
1 . The approved water reducing agent shall be added to .R
all concrete. All concrete shall contain 4 . 5 percent
to 5.5 percent total entrapped plus entrained air.
2 . The water content and cement content of the concrete 4M
to be used in the work shall be based on a curve
showing the relation between water content, cement
content, and the 28-day compressive strengths of e1
concrete made using the proposed materials .
F. Mix Consistency: The consistency of the concrete at time
of deposit, as measured by ASTM C 143, "Standard Method of ""
Test for Slump of Portland Cement-Concrete, " shall be as
follows:
1 . In all cases, the concrete, as delivered, shall be of
such consistency and mix composition that it can be
worked readily into the corners and angles of the
forms and around the reinforcement and concrete
inserts without permitting the materials to segregate
or free water to collect on the surface.
2 . The retempering of concrete which has partially
hardened, that is, mixing with or without additional
cement, aggregates, or water, will not be permitted. ..
TABLE A
STRENGTH, CEMENT, WATER,
CONSISTENCY REQUIREMENTS FOR CONCRETE
CLASS 1 A
APPROXIMATE PROPORTIONS
BY VOLUME 2 1-2-3
MINIMUM ALLOWABLE
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTHS •
LBS . PER SQ. INCH AT 3 2200/
SEVEN DAYS/28 DAYS* 4 3000
MINIMUM CEMENT CONTENT
BAGS PER CUBIC YARD OF
CONCRETE 5 6
4W
2190 (SC—CEJ) /lmy CAST—IN—PLACE CONCRETE `
03300
6
40
less than 5/8 in. thick conforming to U.S . Product
Standard PS-1-83.
3. Form ties and spreaders shall be-commercial brands,
subject to the Architect-Engineer' s approval.
4 . Form :release agent shall be an approved, non-staining,
non-emulsifiable type for all concrete to be left
exposed.
F. Reinforcing and Accessories :
1 . Reinforcing steel bars shall be newly rolled billet
steel conforming to ASTM A 615. Steel grade as shown
on the Drawings. Bars shall be bent cold.
2 . Welded wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A 185, sizes
as shown on the Drawings . All walks shall be
reinforced with 6 by 6 by W2 . 9 by W2 . 9 welded wire
fabric:.
3 . Reinforcement supports shall include all spacers,
ties, clips, and other devices for properly
assembling, placing, spacing, supporting, and
fastening the reinforcement. Tie wire shall be
annealed wire of sufficient strength for the intended
purpose, but not less than No. 19 gauge.
2 . 02 MIXES
�w
A. All concrete shall be ready-mixed produced by a plant
acceptable! to the Architect-Engineer.
B. Materials shall be measured by weighing. The apparatus
provided for weighing the aggregates and cements shall be
certified by the local Sealer of Weights and Measures
within one year of use. Each size of aggregate and cement
shall be weighed separately. Cement in standard packages
(sack) need not be weighed. The mixing water shall be
measured by volume or by weight. Admixtures shall be
mixed, dispensed, and used in accordance with the specific
manufacturer' s detailed specifications .
C. Cooled or heated water shall be used in accordance with
ACI 306 and 605.
war D. Central mixed concrete shall be mixed a minimum of five
minutes . .Agitation shall begin immediately after the
premixed concrete is placed in the truck and shall
continue without interruption until discharged.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300
am 5
2 . 3/4 in. for all reinforced concrete sections 3 in. to
8 in. in thickness .
3 . 1/2 in. for all topping, granolithic surfaces, and
sections 1-1/2 in. to 3 in. in thickness.
4 . Pea Gravel : 3/8 in. for sections less than 1-1/2 in.
in thickness .
C. Water shall be potable and from a domestic supply. "
D. Admixtures:
1 . A water reducing agent, such as "WRDA" as manufactured
by W. R. Grace & Company, 11PDA25" - Protex Industries,
Inc. , or Plastocrete 161, Sika Corporation, and
conforming to ASTM C 494, or approved equal, shall be
used in all concrete.
2 . An air-entraining agent, such as DAREX AEA or PROTEX
AEA, as approved by the Architect-Engineer, shall be
used in all concrete exposed to the elements as a
supplement to the water reducing agent (as required) ..
to produce a total of entraining air plus entrapped
air of 4 . 5 percent to 5. 5 percent. Air-entraining
admixture shall conform to ASTM C 260.
3 . Admixtures retarding setting of cement in concrete
shall be used if permitted by the Architect-Engineer.
4 . Admixtures causing accelerated setting of cement in .�
concrete will not be used without written approval of
the Architect-Engineer. Calcium chloride will not be
used.
5. Admixtures shall be premixed in solution form and
dispensed as recommended by the manufacturer. The ,...
water in the solution shall be included in the
computation of water-cement ratio.
E. Form Materials: Forms shall be made of wood or metal .
1 . Concrete surfaces not exposed to view shall be Class 1
B-B Plyform, exterior grade, not less than five ply .,
nor less than 5/8 in. thick conforming to U.S . Product
Standard PS-1-83 .
2 . Exposed Concrete Surfaces: Forms for exposed concrete
surfaces shall be Class 1 A-B High Density Overlay
plyform, exterior grade, not less than five ply nor
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300
4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Concrete Materials :
1 . Cement:
a. American made Portland cement, free from water
soluble salts or alkalies, which will cause
efflorescence on exposed surfaces conforming to
a:11 chemical and physical requirements of ASTM C
150 for Type I, light cement. Type III Portland
cement shall not be used unless permission is
received from the Architect-Engineer in writing.
2. Fine Aggregate (Normal Weight) shall consist of washed
inert natural sand conforming to ASTM C 33 and the
following additional requirements :
Sieve Retained
4W No. 4 0 - 5
No. 16 25-40
No. 50 70 - 87
No. 100 93 - 97
F. M. 2 . 80 (plus 0.20)
Organic Plate 2 Maximum
Silt 2 percent maximum
*� Mortar Strength 100 percent minimum
compression ratio, 10
percent maximum loss,
magnesium sulfate 5 cycles .
3 . Coarse Aggregate (Normal Weight) shall consist of well
graded, crushed stone or washed grade conforming to
ON ASTM C 33 and the following additional requirements :
Designated Size 1-1/2 in. 1 in. 3/4 in. 1/2 in.
F. M. (plus 0.20) 7 .20 6. 95 6. 70 6. 10
Organic Plate 1 Maximum
Silt 1 . 0 maximum
Soundness 10 percent maximum loss, magnesium
sulfate
5 cycles
Aw B. Maximum designated sizes of natural aggregate shall be
used as follows :
1 . 1 in. for sections 8 in. to 10 in. in thickness .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300
3
aw
am
2 . The examination and approval of shop drawings by the
Architect-Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor
from any obligation to perform the work strictly in
accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. The
responsibility for errors in shop drawings shall
remain with the Contractor.
3 . Submit reinforcement shop drawings showing detailed
layouts, including materials, dimensions, spacing,
etc. XW
C. Design Mix:
no
1 . Submit, to the Architect-Engineer, concrete design mix
for approval .
1 . 04 REFERENCE STANDARDS 'f
A. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
am
B. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI)
1 . 05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
1W
A. Delivery of Materials :
1 . All central plant and rolling stock equipment and
methods shall conform with Truck Mixer and Agitator
Standard of the Truck Mixer Manufacturer' s Bureau of
the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association and ASTM
C 94 "Specifications for Ready-Mixed Concrete. "
B. Storage of Materials : No materials frozen or containing
ice shall be used. All improper and rejected materials
shall be immediately removed from the point of use.
Materials, including steel reinforcement and accessories,
shall be covered during the construction period. Concrete
constituents shall be handled and stored separately in
such a manner as to prevent intrusion of foreign matter,
segregation, or deterioration.
1 . 06 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES for description of bid
items .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300
2
40 SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
' but not limited to, the following:
1 . All plain and reinforced concrete for footings, piers,
and similar items, including formwork and
reinforcement .
2 . All other items of concrete, cement finish, and
related work indicated on the Drawings, specified or
obviously needed to make the work of this Section
complete.
3 . All cutting, removal, replacement, and repairing of
existing concrete as required or as shown on the
Drawings .
4 . Reinforced concrete chimney caps at the top of all
chimneys as indicated on the Contract Drawings .
w.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures . Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
B. Shop Drawings :
1 . The Contractor shall submit, to the Architect-Engineer
for review, one checked print and one reproducible of
all shop drawings until approved.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300
1
1
1
1
1
1
l
1
i
7
1
1
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Reference Standards 2
1 . 05 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
1 . 06 Alternates 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Materials 3
2 . 02 Mixes 5
2 . 03 Fabrication 7
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 01 Inspection 7
3. 02 Installation/Application/Erection 7
3 . 03 Field Quality Control g
3. 04 Adjusting and Cleaning 9
A 3. 05 Protection 9
3. 06 Testing 10
tv;
r-"""
Ell-'
r."
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300
0
D. Excess topsoil, if any, shall be stockpiled on site where
directed. NO TOPSOIL SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE.
3 . 05 SOIL TREATMENT
A. All topsoil areas, after rototilling and regrading, shall
be treated with fertilizer and limestone as recommended by
the Owner.
3 . 06 SEEDING
A. All seed shall be supplied by the Owner.
B. All seed shall be spread at the rate of 4 lbs . per 1, 000
sq. ft. by the Contractor as part of the work of this
Contract.
C. All newly seeded areas shall be raked and lightly rolled.
D. Organic stabilizing material shall be evenly distributed
on all newly seeded lawn areas with a slope of greater
than 4 percent. All stabilizing material shall be non-
seed bearing, i .e. straw.
.R
3 . 07 CLEAN-UP
A. All areas, within the project, shall be raked clean of all .•
trash, wood forms, and other debris upon completion of the
work specified herein, spoil piles leveled, and excess
materials disposed of as directed by the Architect. .R
B. Any soil or similar materials, which has been brought onto
paved areas by hauling operations or otherwise, shall be
removed promptly, keeping these areas clean at all times . ON
C. This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the
work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy LANDSCAPING
02900
4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive
work of this Section, and correct, as part of the work of
this Contract, any defects affecting installation.
Commencement of work will be construed as complete
acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements.
3. 02 RESTRICTIONS
A. Proceed with, and complete, all work herein as rapidly as
approved portions of site become available.
w•
3. 03 LAWN RESTORATION
A. All existing grassed lawn areas damaged as a result of
vehicular and/or foot traffic shall be rototilled or
similarly loosened to a maximum depth of 6 in.
B. All existing lawn areas covered by protective bark mulch
shall be aerated to a maximum depth of 3 in. in
preparation for new seeding.
3 . 04 TOPSOIL SPREADING/LOAM PLACEMENT
A. When construction work is finished, and after rough
"" grading has settled and been approved, and immediately
prior to finished grading, any sticks, stones, or foreign
material, 3 in. or greater, shall be removed from the
subtrade, and the surface shall be rototilled or otherwise
loosened to a depth of 6 in. Large stones and/or boulders
shall be buried 18 in. below finished grade.
B. Material shall be placed so that after natural settlement
it will be a minimum of 6 in. deep.
C. Spreading ;shall consist of loading, hauling, placing,
spreading over areas to be seeded, sodded or otherwise so
treated.
Disc objects from the topsoil that will interfere with
finish after grading and leave some ready for finish
grading of areas to be seeded or sodded.
No topsoil shall be handled when same is too "wet" to
properly spread same in the opinion of the Architect.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy LANDSCAPING
02900
3
B. Samples of each material proposed for use in the project
along with laboratory analysis of each as may be required
by the Owner.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Requirements given herein may be affected by other related
requirements of the project Specifications. Coordination
of the Contract requirements is the responsibility of the
Contractor.
B. Materials and labor required for execution of work herein
shall generally be governed by the standards as specified
in Part 2 .
1 . 05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight,
analysis, and name of manufacturer.
B. Protect all materials from deterioration during delivery
and while stored at the site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 TOPSOIL
A. Topsoil shall be of uniform quality, of comparable
condition as existing topsoil, and approved for use by the
Owner.
B. SOIL TREATMENT MATERIALS:
1 . Lawn Fertilizers :
a. Commercial fertilizers shall be products complying
with Massachusetts and United States fertilizer ,
laws . Deliver to the site in the original
unopened containers which shall bear the
manufacturer' s certificate of compliance covering
analysis which shall be furnished to the Engineer. "°
At least 50 percent by weight of the nitrogen
content of all fertilizers shall be derived from
organic materials . Fertilizers shall contain not
less than the percentages of weight of ingredients
as follows or as recommended by the soil analysis:
Nitrogen Phosphorus Potash .�
Starter Fert. 140 280 140
Maint. Fert. 10% 6% 4% *"^
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy LANDSCAPING
02900
2
40
Im
so SECTION 02900
LANDSCAPING
O. PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
M A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
AM of the Specifications.
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
40
A. Work Included: Provide all materials, labor, and
equipment necessary and/or required for the complete
preparation and restoration of all disturbed and regraded
Wft areas to receive landscaping and planting work performed
by the Owner. The work, as required by the schedules,
keynotes, and Drawings, shall include, but not be limited
ow to, the following:
1 . Restoration of all lawn areas within the Contract
limits damaged or utilized during conduct of the work.
2 . Removal of protective bark mulch required under the
work of SECTION 02100 - SITE PREPARATION.
3. Restoration of lawn areas covered by protective bark
mulch.
4 . Removal of protective fencing at trees, shrubs, and
plantings required under the work of SECTION 02100 -
SITE PREPARATION.
5. Seeding of restored lawn areas .
B. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
1 . SECTION 02500 - PAVING AND SURFACING.
2 . SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
3 . SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING.
4W
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit pint size samples of existing topsoil material and,
' ` if required, additional topsoil material proposed for use.
op
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy LANDSCAPING
02900
.s 1
i
1
1
1
SECTION 02900
LANDSCAPING
PARAGRAPH
TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 .02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 1
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Delivery, Storage, and Handling 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 Topsoil 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 01 Inspection and Acceptance 3
3 . 02 Restrictions 3
3. 03 Lawn Restoration 3
3. 04 Topsoil Spreading/Loam Placement 3
3. 05 Soil Treatment 4
3. 06 Seeding 4
3.07 Clean-Up 4
Sj
s
§r
z
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy LANDSCAPING
02900
0
invisible. All such removal and replacement of
unsatisfactory surfacing shall be done by the Contractor without additional compensation.
3 . 02 PATCHING
A. Wherever :sidewalks and/or streets have been entered for
utility lines in connection with this project, excavation,
backfill, compaction shall be as specified herein, paving
shall be :installed to match existing original surface and
all substrates, and conform to local regulations.
B. The patching of all existing paving curbs and walks shall
be conducted as specified herein for each type of pavement
altered.
C. Included in the scope of work of this Section is the
patching of core samples at bituminous paving and concrete
walks, taken by the Owner' s testing agency.
END OF SECTION
w
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAVING AND SURFACING
02500
5
Ow
B. Installation of Paving:
„R
1 . After paving mixtures have been properly installed and
spread, each shall be thoroughly and uniformly
compacted by rolling with power rollers, of not less
than three tons shall be used. All rollers used shall
weigh at least 200 lbs . per in. width of tread. Each
roller shall be in the charge of a competent,
experienced roller operator while the work is
underway. The pavement shall be rolled
longitudinally, diagonally, and transversely as
directed. Along forms, curbs, similar structures, and .�
all places not accessible with a roller, the mixture
shall be thoroughly compacted with tampers. Such
tampers shall weigh not less than 25 lbs . and shall
have tamping face areas of not more than 50 sq. in. ,.
Surface of the mixture after compression shall be
smooth, dense, and true to the established crown and
grade. JW
2 . Edges of the asphalt mixture adjacent to rigid curb
lines, around manholes or other solid fixtures, or
where no shoulder is obstructed, shall be hand tamped ••
before being rolled.
3 . After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic
on pavement until it has cooled and hardened and in no
case sooner than six hours .
4 . After installation of paving and compaction of same,
core samples are to be taken to ascertain thickness
installed versus that specified. The thickness shall
be at least that specified.
5. Satisfactory forms may be installed to assist in
securing proper alignment and adequate compaction of
the course. See typical section on Drawings for
method without use of forms. Any alternate must be
approved by the Architect-Engineer.
«M
6 . When tested with a 10 ft. straightedge placed parallel
to the center line of the surface course, there shall
be no deviation from a true surface in excess of 1/4
of an inch.
7 . If, at any time before acceptance of the work, any
soft or imperfect places or spots shall develop in the �..
surface, all such places shall be removed and replaced
with new material, then rolled until the edges at
which the new work connects with the old becomes .�
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAVING AND SURFACING
02500
4
4'M
3. Pavement Coating: Coal tar pitch emulsion, Federal
Specification R-P-355.
C. Concrete walks and pads shall be 4, 000 psi as specified in
SECTION 0:3300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
to
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSTALLATION
A. Placing of Gravel and Compacting:
1 . The placing of gravel base course and processed gravel
finish course in layers and compaction thereof shall
be as follows with compaction densities as specified
herein below. See Drawings for depths of gravel
required for paved areas.
2 . Areas Paved: Each layer of all fills in paved areas,
except: the upper layer forming the subgrade for
pavements, shall be compacted by rolling with an
approved tamping roller or three-wheel power roller to
W at least 90 percent of maximum dry density at optimum
moisture content, as determined by the method given
above. The upper gravel base course of all fills or
embankments within these areas shall be compacted by
rolling t least 95
g percent of maximum dry density at
optimum moisture content, as determined by the method
given above.
3 . Spreading and Compaction: The gravel shall be spread
from self-spreading vehicles or other power graders of
approved type, or by hand upon the prepared subgrade.
Care shall be taken while spreading gravel to rake
forward and distribute the largest stones so that they
will be at the bottom of the gravel course and be
evenly distributed. Gravel so placed shall be
thoroughly watered and rolled true to the lines and
grades, as directed, with a self-propelled roller
weighing not less than 12 tons. Any depressions that
appear during or after the rolling shall be filled
with gravel and re-rolled until the surface is true
and even.
4 . Unless otherwise shown, the final compacted gravel
base for all paved pads, ramps, and walks, either
bituminous or concrete, shall consist of 4 in. of
processed gravel over 8 in. of gravel base course
material.
ow 2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAVING AND SURFACING
02500
3
e�w
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MATERIALS
A. Gravel Base Course: The gravel base course for all paved
walks, ramps, and pads shall be as specified. The depth
of the gravel base course after rolling shall be 8 in. or
12 in. where shown on the Drawings .
1 . Gravel Base Course: Material for compacted gravel •.
fill shall be as specified in SECTION 02200 -
EARTHWORK, for Gravel Base Course, provided under this
Section.
2 . All material is subject to prior approval by the
Architect-Engineer.
3 . Processed gravel shall be well graded within the
following limits:
Sieve Size Percent Passing By Weight
3 in. 100
1-1/2 in. 70-100
3/4 in. 50-85
No. 4 30-55
No. 50 8-24 MR
No. 200 0-12 (Based on fraction
passing No. 4)
B. Bituminous Paving: dw
1 . Pavement shall be composed of mineral aggregate,
mineral filler and bituminous material, plant mixed am
and laid hot . The parking areas shall be paved with 1
in. finish course on 1 in. base course. Drives shall
be paved with 1 in. finish course on 1-1/2 in. base ow
course.
2 . Bituminous concrete material and installation shall be
in accordance with Type I-1 of the Massachusetts oft
Department of Public Works, Standard Specifications
for Highways and Bridges, 1973 and later revisions,
Section 460 and M3 . 11 . 00 . AM
a. Base Course: Binder Course
b. Finish Course: Type I-1 Dense Mix
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAVING AND SURFACING
02500
2
#w
A
SECTION 02500
PAVING AND SURFACING
00
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . Bituminous ramps .
2 . Removal of existing and construction of new bituminous
sidewalk.
3 . Gravel base for all of the above.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS for submittal
provisions and procedures. Approval by the
Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of
materials to the site.
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of Materials : Equality of materials or articles
other than those named or described in this Section will
be determined in accordance with the provisions of the
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
B. Tests : The Contractor agrees to accept as final the
results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory
engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy PAVING AND SURFACING
02500
1
w
04
i
chart specifications (Toronto specifications-see Harris, 1983) is
reached, whichever is less . Tunnelling should continue under the
�i central root system to reach the trench at the other side. Depth
i of the tunnel will vary but should be below the major zone of
absorbing roots (to be determined when digging the trench by hand) .
4 .4 - Excavation should be filled immediately after installation of
utility lines, leaving no air pockets. Exposed roots should be
! covered and kept moist .
f
4 . 5 . After serious root injury, the contractor shall be
responsible for a watering schedule determined in consultation with
j ' the Director of the Botanic Garden.
4 . 6 . Where paving is to extend within the drip lines of high value
trees to be preserved, or the grade over their root systems is to
be raised with non load-bearing soil , aeration systems must be
! installed following consultation with Botanic Garden staff .
4 . 7 . Lowering soil level and excavating for large buildings and
basements : in areas where trees are to be preserved and soil level
is to be lowered, retaining walls approved by the Director of the
botanic Garden, mast be installed, rather than grading. Excavation
towards the tree crust stop when 2" diameter roots are encountered.
walls are to be no closer that halfway between the drip line and
the trunk . KeeF soil and roots moist and shade soil with mulch .
Drainage alon<a foundations should be provided to handle seepage .
Prune and tie back branches tc height requirements of construction
equipment and. emergency vehicles prior, to construction_ A�i
pruning to be performed by an arborist according to guidelines in
Section 2 . 5 .
I
4 . 8 . If roots are to be cut for a project they should not be cut
during bud break or leafing out . If at all possible, roots should
be cut in early spring or late summer.
I ' 4 . 9 . New drainage patterns created by berms, banks, or grade
changes must be approved by the Director of the Botanic Garden and
the Foreman. of Grounds.
i 4 . 10 . Topsoil that is to be reinstalled shall be installed to a
minimum depth of 6" for lawn areas and 110" for all planting areas .
5. SITE STORAGE, TRAFFIC FLOW, AND PARKING
I
5. 1 . Areas requiring authorization by the Director of the Botanic
Garden include field of'-ice placement, construction parking, soil
stockpiling (in consultation with Foreman of Grounds) , haul roads,
material storage, chemical and fuel storage, and ccncrete washout
areas .
y . 2 . In areas of engineered fills, minimun, compact .or is tc be
i
- 5 -
I!
3 . STRIPPING A21D STOCKPILING SOI;"
3 . 1 . Frior to the start of general excavation, strip al:. topsoil , ..
P
eat , and organic silt from within areas to be occupied by
structures, paving, and lawns, as well as other areas to be
regraded in this contract, and stockpile. Do no stripping until
final approval of work area limit lines detailed in Section 1 .2 has
been reconfirmed by the Project Manager and the Director of the
Botanic Garden or his/her designate .
3 .2 . All topsoil, peat and organic silt encountered during the
stripping operat=ions, regardless of depth, shall be removed, and
stockpiled at a site designated by the Foreman of Grounds of the
Physical Plant department . No topsoil is to be removed from the
campus without the approval of the Foreman of Grounds. Topsoil
shall not be piled over root systems of existing trees and shrubs .
Areas raving greater depths of topsoil, peat or organic silt than
indicated on boring and test pit data sheets or reasonably
anticipated shall be stripped of all such material and fill shall
be used to bring such areas to the rough grade level . Sticks,
scones, and roots over 2 inches in any dimension shall be removed ,,
frcm. topsoil before stockpiling . All other stripped soil which can
be classified as fill as defined herein shall be used or stockpiled
for re-use in rough gadsrg. The Foreman of Grounds shall define
the storage area prior to pil: nc .
3 . 3 . piles o� topsoil shall b� located s� that the material can be
used readily for the finish surface grading but not where root ..
systems of trees and shrubs to be preserved can be compacted by
storage piles or equipment . Topsoil shall be protected and
maintained during the construction period .
3 . 4 . All unsuitable material as well as logs, stumps, roots,
brush, and other refuse from the clearing and grubbing operations
shall be removed from the site and legally disposed of by the
it Contractor as soon as practicable following the cutting, clearing, MW
or grubbing thereof .
4 . GRADE CHANGES AND EXCAVATIONS
4 . 1 _ The Director of the Botanic Garden must approve the location
of all utility and irrigation lines prior to bidding and again
j prior to installation.
4 . 2 _ The Contractor shall coordinate utility trench locations with
installation contractors . Consolidate utility trenches whenever
possible . Excavate trenches by hand in areas with roots larger
than 1 " . Tunnel under plant roots larger than 2" diameter .
4 . 3 . A trench can be mechanically dug toward a tree to its drip �
line or one-third of the tree's height from the trunk . whichever is
greater. The trench should be conCinued by hand until
el9ni;icant y large roots (determined ky Pot a!ti' Garde!':
representative) are encountered or a distant l;ld;.�dt�.' I'Y
4
�Aw
I�
I :
is
barricades/fencing shall be removed when no longer needed as
determined by the Project Manager and the Director of the Botanic
Garden.
2 .2 . Trees to remain shall not be used for crane stays, guys, or
other fastenings. vehicles shall not be parked within the areas
inside the drip line of trees or where damage may result to such
trees . Do not stockpile fill, equipment, or building supplies with
OW the areas inside the drip line of trees or within 5' of shrubs.
2 .3 . Damage no plant by burning, by pumping of water, by cutting
of live roots or branches, by operating internal combustion engines
AN beneath branches, or by any other means. If, in order to perform
excavation wo=k, it becomes necessary to cut roots of plants to be
saved, such roots must be neatly cut by Botanic Garden staff or by
'AM a professional Arborist who shall be notified in advance of the
excavation.
2 .-4 . The Contractor is responsible for all costs of establishing
and carrying oat a maintenance program for plants to be saved
throughout the time of construction. The program shall include
regular feeding, watering, spravina, and cabling, and pruning of
all dead or broken branches. Submit a schedule of the maintenance
to the Project Manager at the beginning of the job. Schedule and
procedures mus4 be approved by the Director or the Botanic Garden.
2. 5 . Pruning shall be done in a manner which does not chance the
natural appearance of the plant . Broken or badly bruised branches
shall be removed with a clean cut. All, pruning shall be done by
skilled professionals in accordance with specifications and
0 standards set by the International Society of Arboriculture and the
National Arborist Association appropriate to the type of plant and
to its special or individual requirements. The Contractor shall
meet with the Director of the Botanic Garden or his/her designate
40 before commencing the work of pruning .
2 .6 . Carefully remove branches of any tree to be saved which
60 endanger life or property. Remove dead branches of all trees to be
barricaded with the Contract Limit Line, and with the approval of
the Director of the Botanic Garden or his/her designate, desirable
branches which may interfere with construction or be damaged during
* construction must be properly tied out of the way where possible,
rather than removed. Prune and tie back branches to height
requirements of construction equipment and emergency vehicles prior
to construction. All pruning to be performed by an Arborist
according to guidelines in Section 2 .5.
2 .7 . Any existing plant scheduled to be protected and preserved,
that is injured or destroyed shall be replanted at the Contractor' s
expense as detailed in Section 1 .4 . Report all damage promptly to
the Director of the Botanic Garden so an Arborist can treat the
damaged plants quickly and appropriately.
t
shall be performed only under the direction of the Project Manager,
with the approval of the Director of the Botanic Garden unless
otherwise directed. Existing trees to be saved, which have, in the
opinion of the Project Manager and the Director of the Botanic
Garden, become damaged, shall be replaced with trees of similar
size and species . Replacement trees to be tagged in the field or "
sales yard by the Director of the Botanic Garden or his/her
representative . Planting specifications for all replacement
plantings will be provided by the Director of the Botanic Garden.
All expenses incurred shall be paid by the Contractor- If the tree Now
or shrub cannot be replaced because of size 'or peculiarity of
species, the College shall be reimbursed in accordance with the
Tree Evaluation Formula as described in "Guide for Plant Appraisal" •
and "Manual for Plant Appraisers" (latest editions) as published by
the Council, of Tree and Landscape Appraisers.
1 .5 . Exercise extreme care during grubbing and stripping
operations to prevent damage to surface roots of trees to be
preserved. Stripping of topso .l around trees to be saved will be
restricted to areas designated. by the Director of the Botanic
Garden . Woody vegetaticn located near remaining trees is to be cut
to ground level and left, or ground below grade (not pulled out! ,
in order to reduce root _. in;ury to remaining trees. When lowering
grade, scarifying and preparing sub grade for fills and structures s
within drip lines of trees to be saved, use retaining walls with
discontinuous footings to maintain natural grade as far as
possible . Excavated finish grade by hand and prune exposed roots
in accordance with Section 2 . 3 . Soil beyond cut face can be
removed by equipment sitting outside theldrip line of the tree.
1 . 6 . remove stumps and roots to a clear depth of not less that �
1 ' 0" below subgrade level except in areas where the Director of the
Botanic Garden has called for woody growth to be cut to ground
level . At lawns only, depth shall be 6" below finist1 grade. All
depressions excavated below the original ground surface for or by
the removal of stumps or roots shall be refilled with suitable
material compacted to the density, grade, and contour of the
surrounding earth .
` 2 . TREE/SHRUB PROTECTION
2. 1 . Plant materials selected to remain shall be protected by „
sturdy, temporary barriers erected prior to any construction or
excavation work on the site. These barricades shall be maintained
in good condition during the entire period of construction wore. on
the site . Unless otherwise specifically approved by -the Project *"
Manager and the Director of the Botanic Garden, use only new and
solid lumber of utility grade or better to construct temporary
barricades around plants designated to remain - Barricades shall be �
4"x4" wood corner posts with 3@ 2"x4" rails a 2'0" intervals to
" 6' 0" height for trees and 2C4' 2 11x4" rails c 2' 0" intervals to 4 ' 0"
height for shrubs . Barricades shall be set at the outer drip line
for shrubs, unless otherwise authorized by the Director cf the
Botanic Garden, taking special care nct to damage large routs . All
- 2
li
w�
f "rte" 'the 1k+S��;
nom,� �c A($liiifll C.otlCga
Nunharcilvusi,Mas,(;ichu9ms_s 01063
L.S.A.
ANA (413)585.2748
4
TREE AND SHRUB PRESERVATION
i SPECIFICATIONS
Foreword. Due to the high expense of follow-up care necessary to
offset construction damage to trees, shrubs, and soils, and the
importance of our tree and shrub collections to the overall quality
of life cn ou: campus, it is -expected that every effort will be
made to eliminate construction damage .
as
1. CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND REMOVAL
1. 1. All trees and shrubs, unless noted to remain, shall be cur_
and removed in their entirety. All stumps, brush, %,egetation,
rubbish and other perishable or objectionable matter shall be
cleared from the site . iJO on-site burning will be permitted. This
debris shall be - di-8V*S-ed—ef by the Contractor is an approved
dumping site in compliance with local codes and the wetlands
Protection Act .
1 . 2. Prior to starting site clearing operations or any other
construction work, stake out all limits of cut and fill, and groups
of trees and shrubs to be sated. promptly upon completion of
layout work and before any clearing or other construction work is
begun on the site, the Contractor shall arrange a conference on the
site with the Project Manager and the Director of the Botanic
Garden or his/her designate to identify and mark trees and areas of
r trees and shrubs which are to remain. After the conference, the
Contractor shall erect sturdy, temporary fencing along the work
area limits, separating it from protected areas . Minimum distances
from protected trees shall be to the outer drip lines around each
tree or group of trees and shrubs. Sensitive species may require
fencing at even greater distances from the main. trunk . Do no
clearing without a clear understanding of existing conditions to be
preserved.
1 .3 . Limits of clearing shall be those areas defined by the limits
of cut and fill . Removal of trees, shrubs, and herbaceous
► perennials outside those areas shall be done only as noted on the
drawings and as approved by the Project Manager and the Director of
the Botanic Garden .
1 . 4 . Fell trees in such a way as to not injure trees to be saved.
A representative of the Botanic Garden shall designate trees that
are to be carefully topped rather than felled. No trees shall be
removed until authorized by the Botanic Garden representative .
Excavation or Grading with the branch spread of trees to be saved
40
1 . At the option of the Architect and/or Owner, the
Contractor may be directed to surround any saved tree
with snow fence along the perimeter of the dripline in
addition to, or in lieu of, boxing as described above.
2 . During construction operations, the trunks of the
trees shall be effectively protected by timbers placed
as protective housing. Particular care shall be taken
in the use of heavy machinery during excavation
operations to prevent injury to roots and branches.
E. Any damage done to existing tree crowns or root systems,
including compensatory pruning for root loss, shall be
repaired immediately by an approved tree surgeon at the
direction of the Owner at no cost to the Owner.
3 . 02 CLEAN-UP
A. All areas within the project site shall be raked clean of
all trash, wood forms, and other debris upon completion of
the work specified herein, spoil piles leveled and excess
materials disposed of as directed by the Architect.
B. Any soil or similar materials, which has been brought onto
paved areas by hauling operations or otherwise, shall be
removed promptly, keeping these areas clean at all times.
C. Remove all rubbish caused by the work of this Section.
END OF SECTION
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SITE PREPARATION
02100
5
E. The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to keep
streets, over which equipment and service for project .�
travel, clean and free from dirt, dust, mud, and debris
resulting from construction operations.
F. The Drawings show the Project Property and Contract Limit %Ali
Lines for the sole purpose of identification. Not all
Contract work is necessarily confined within these lines.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS `
2 . 01 GENERAL
A. All materials shall be governed by the applicable portions
of the REFERENCE STANDARDS set forth in Part I above.
1 . All protection fencing as described and required in
Paragraph 2 . 1 of the attached tree and shrub
preservation specification or as directed by the
designated representative of the Botanical Gardens .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 DEFINITIONS
A. Any accidental injuries to the bark, trunk, and branches
shall be repaired immediately following consultation with
the Owner. Any branches which require removal to
eliminate obstructions shall be pruned by the Owner at the
request of the Contractor. „
B. Permanent tree-root protection shall be provided. The
area of tree-root protection shall be considered as that
of the outermost spread of the branches .
C. The Contractor shall slope or warp the grade around
existing trees to remain where required. Grades shall be
sloped from the edge of the branch spread to the
surrounding grade without any abrupt changes or
disturbances of the tree roots . Within the branch spread
of the tree, the Contractor will not cut or fill more than
6 in. unless directed to do so by the Owner.
D. All trees on the property, and all trees adjacent to the
property, shall be protected against damage during
construction operations by boxing or planking. No
material shall be stored, or construction operations
carried on, within drip line of any tree that is to be
saved.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SITE PREPARATION
02100
4
,...
1 . 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Reference Standards : All work herein shall be governed by
the requirements set forth in Standard Specifications for
Highways and Bridges, as published by the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts, Department of Public Work, 1988 Edition,
including all amendments thereto.
B. Requirements given herein may be affected by other related
requirements of the project Specification. Coordination
of Contract requirements is the responsibility of the
Contractor.
C. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies:
1 . Comply with all municipal, state and federal laws,
ordinances, rules, orders and regulations pertaining
to the work, specifically including applicable
portions of reference Standard Specifications referred
to 1 . 03 A above.
D. The Contractor shall notify the local "Digsafe" clearing
house prior to beginning operations .
1 . 05 JOB CONDITIONS
A. All protection work and general conditions shall be
governed by the requirements of OSHA, as most recently
amended, as well as by Local and State environmental
requirements .
B. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to visit the
site and to verify all existing conditions.
C. The Contractor shall take proper precautions not to damage
any existing site conditions specifically excluded or
excepted from the Contract and will be held solely
responsible for any damage occurring during the course of
the work under construction. The Contractor shall, at his
own expense, make any and all repairs as required to
"" restore, to the original condition, any area or item so
damaged or disturbed due to work required by this
Contract.
D. During the construction period, the Contractor shall take
special measures, including, but not limited to, wetting
down, applying approved dust palliatives, etc. to control
dust on site, in order to prevent annoyance and/or damage
to adjacent property, whether public or private.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SITE PREPARATION
02100
3
MW
surfacing, such as stabilized crushed stone, shall be
provided so that traffic may be restored as soon as
possible after completion of utility work. Temporary
paving or surfacing shall be maintained in a condition
acceptable to the Architect until permanent pavement
can be installed.
4 . Perform required site demolition operations as
necessary to accomplish the project work.
5 . Provide required erosion, sedimentation, and
environmental controls necessitated by site and
governing codes.
6 . Secure required permits and approvals from
municipality, utility companies, and other governing
bodies having jurisdiction.
7 . Provide all site protection, enclosures, and other
temporary construction and protection required by
conditions, ordinances, etc. , including all fences,
barricades, guard rails, warning lights, and other
items as necessary and required by life safety codes,
or as indicated on the Contract Drawings .
8 . Perform clean-up and maintenance of site and
surrounding accessways during entire project
operations .
9 . Protective 6 in. layer of bark mulch around all
existing trees in a diameter equal to the drip edge of low
existing branches . Refer to Sections 5.2 and 5. 3 of
attachment, "Tree and Shrub Specifications" by Owner.
B. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
1 . SECTION 02050 - DEMOLITION.
2 . SECTION 02500 - PAVING AND SURFACING.
3 . SECTION 02900 - LANDSCAPING.
4 . SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
S. SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING.
1 . 03 SUBMITTALS - NONE REQUIRED.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SITE PREPARATION
02100
2
SECTION 02100
SITE PREPARATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary and/or required for the complete execution of
all site preparation and protection work for this project
as required by the schedule, keynotes, and Drawings,
including, but not limited to, the following:
1 . Perform complete removal of existing vines on all
40 building exteriors as indicated on the Contract
Drawings . All vines shall be cut at base and
protected from damage as required by the Owner.
2 . Protect existing features, trees, and other items
designated to remain.
The Contractor is responsible for protection of all
existing on-site trees, shrubs, plantings, and built
environments which are not indicated to be removed.
The Contractor shall replace plantings "in kind" and
0-0 in matching size for any tree or plant which is
removed erroneously or damaged beyond satisfactory
repair, if in the event that tree or plant is damaged.
Botanical Gardens shall be the sole authority in
determining the extent of damage.
NOTE: Attention is directed to the attachment
entitled "Tree and Shrub Preservation Specifications"
prepared by the Botanic Garden of Smith College for
means, methods, and the like directed to protective
measures required by the Contract.
3. Excavations for utilities, etc. occurring in or across
streets or sidewalks shall be backfilled as soon as
possible after work is completed. Temporary paving or
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SITE PREPARATION
02100
1
�r
SECTION 02100
SITE PREPARATION
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Submittals 2
1 . 04 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 05 Job Conditions 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 General 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
r 3 . 01 Definitions 4
3. 02 Clean-Up 5
:k
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SITE PREPARATION
02100
0
.a
12 . Perform all other demolition work not specifically
described above or in other Sections of the
Specifications or Construction Drawings required to
provide a free, open and safe building envelope,
capable of receiving all new construction work
described in the Contract Documents.
13 . The term "New Construction" shall include alterations
within the existing building by other trades .
14 . The term "Remove" shall include the legal, off-site,
disposal of all removed items, except as otherwise
specifically noted to remain property of the Owner.
3 . 06 CLEANING
A. Upon completion of the work, remove all tools, materials,
plants, apparatus, temporary toilets, rubbish, and debris
of every sort.
B. Leave premises clean, neat, orderly, and ready to accept
the work of other trades .
END OF SECTION
moo
.ems
low
No
+r.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy DEMOLITION
02050
6
coping stone, and all other existing materials made
obsolete by new construction, as shown, or as
otherwise required to complete the work described in
the Contract Documents .
" 2 . Remove all doors, door frames, and hardware, where
noted on the Construction Drawings .
3. Remove all existing built-in equipment, including, but
not limited to, cabinets, storage units, counter tops,
shelving, appliances, fire extinguishing equipment,
and all other materials shown dotted or otherwise
' required to complete the project.
4 . Provide all new openings through existing foundations,
floors, walls, and roof as required by the new
construction, unless otherwise specifically called for
to be provided by other trades elsewhere in the
Specifications .
S. Remove all existing windows, counterweights, and trim
as indicated on the Construction Drawings .
6. Remove all existing plumbing fixtures, metal toilet
partitions, mirrors, accessories, all associated
supply, waste and vent piping, insulation, and all
other related materials, where noted in the Contract
Documents .
7 . Remove all existing fire alarms and all other related
materials, where noted in the Contract Documents .
8 . Remove all existing heating and cooling equipment,
ductwork, radiation, grilles, louvers, piping
controls, and all other related materials, where noted
in the Contract Documents .
9. Remove all existing electrical equipment, panels,
feeders, conduits, boxes, receptacles, fixtures, and
all other related materials, where noted in the
Contract Documents.
10 . Remove all miscellaneous telephone, alarm and cable
television, equipment, boxes, conduit, wiring, and all
other related materials, where noted in the Contract
Documents .
11 . Remove all adhesives and other floor finish materials
on existing floors scheduled to receive new flooring.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy DEMOLITION
02050
5
contaminating adjacent areas . All debris shall be
promptly placed in containers and removed from the
building site.
3 . All demolition and removal operations shall be
coordinated with asbestos and lead removal work being
performed under other trade Sections.
4 . Included in the scope of work of this Section is the
demolition, removal, and legal disposal of all
site-related items called for to be removed in the
Construction Documents, or otherwise required to
accommodate new construction and sitework. ,
B. Removal of Rubbish:
1 . Work under this Section shall include all labor, Aw
materials, and services necessary for, and reasonably
incidental to, the removal and legal off-site disposal
of construction debris from the property. All chutes,
tracks, ramps, slides, lifts, pulley systems, loading
devices, and so forth, as necessary for the demolition
and removal of all rubbish and materials, shall be
included the scope of work of this Section. low
2 . All construction and other debris, clean and
otherwise, resulting from the demolition shall be
removed from the site and disposed of.
3 . Remove and dispose of, as it accumulates, all
construction related debris, except as otherwise
specified, resulting from the demolition operations .
Do not store or permit debris to accumulate on site.
If the Contractor fails to remove the debris promptly, 7
the Owner reserves the right to cause same to be
removed at the Contractor' s expense.
3 . 05 GENERAL
A. Included under the scope of work of this Section, but not
limited thereto, are the following items :
1 . Remove all existing building components, including,
but not limited to, partitions (shown dotted) , wood ,
and metal framing, lintels, blocking, insulation,
concrete and brick masonry, drywall, plaster,
mouldings, trim, mirrors, paneling, wainscoting,
cornices, valances, hardware, structural members, wood
flooring, concrete flooring, exterior walls, chimneys,
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy DEMOLITION
02050
4
condition of the buildings on the site, nor the conditions
existing at the time of the signing of the Contract.
3. 02 PREPARATION
!s
A. Maintaining Traffic:
1 . Do not close or obstruct streets, sidewalks, alleys,
or passageways . Do not place or store material in
streets, alleys, driveways, or passageways .
2 . Conduct operations with no interference with roads,
streets, driveways, alleys, sidewalks, and facilities .
3. Provide, erect, and maintain lights, barriers,
barricades, and the like required by City of
Northampton and Smith College Physical Plant
regulations .
3 . 03 PROTECTION
A. Execute all demolition work in a manner as required to
protect adjacent areas against damage which might occur
from falling debris or other cause; do not interfere with
access to the buildings . Maintain free and safe passage
Ali to, from, and within the buildings at all times .
B. Repair damage done to building property or the property of
any other person or persons on or off premises by reason
of required work.
C. Provide all temporary measures not otherwise specifically
called for under other Sections of the Specifications,
required to protect, preserve, stabilize, and support
existing construction, the structural integrity of which
could be affected by work under this Section.
3 . 04 PERFORMANCE
A. Demolition. for Alterations and New Construction:
1 . The Contractor shall demolish and remove existing work
wherever necessary for alterations and for
installation of new work, as well as indicated on the
Drawings .
2 . During demolition operations, the Contractor shall
provide temporary safety barricades and drop cloths
and enclosures to prevent dust, dirt, and debris from
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy DEMOLITION
02050
3
MOM A.
..
B. Related Work: The following items are not included in
this Section and will be performed under the designated
Sections:
1 . SECTION 15300 - FIRE PROTECTION.
2 . SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING.
3 . SECTION 15500 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR
CONDITIONING.
1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies :
1 . All work shall conform to the Drawings and A
Specifications and shall comply with applicable codes
and regulations .
2 . The Contractor shall comply with all rules,
regulations, laws, and ordinances of the City of
Northampton, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and
all other authorities having jurisdiction. All labor,
materials, equipment, and services necessary to make
the work comply with such requirements shall be
provided without additional cost to the Owner.
3 . The Contractor shall procure and pay for all permits
and licenses required for the complete work specified
herein and shown on the Drawings . *�
1 . 04 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor shall assume all risks regarding damage or
loss, whether by reason of fire, theft, or other casualty
or happening to specified buildings from and after
Contract signing, and no such damage or loss shall relieve
the Contractor from his contractual obligation to complete
the entire demolition work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSPECTION
A. The Contractor shall accept the premises as found. The
Awarding Authority assumes no responsibility for the
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy DEMOLITION
02050 '
2
SECTION 02050
DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to complete the work of this Section, including,
but not limited to, the following:
1 . The demolition, removal, hauling, and legal disposal
of building and site components, equipment, finishes,
0 etc. , as indicated on the Drawings or as otherwise
required to produce the results shown thereon.
2. All temporary structural stabilization and support
required to preserve structural integrity of existing
construction which could be affected by demolition
operations .
3 . Removal of all posters, stickers, and other materials
applied, or attached, to all surfaces receiving new
AR finishes within the scope of work of this project.
4 . Careful removal and legal disposal of all existing
wall and floor coverings at all surfaces scheduled to
receive new finishes under the scope of work of this
project. These items include, but are not limited to,
existing vinyl and paper wallcoverings, existing
carpeting, existing resilient flooring, existing stair
tread coverings, existing stair nosing coverings, etc.
5. Removal and delivery, to the Owner, of all room number
plaques on doors or other locations .
6. Removal, storage, and re-installation of all existing
tackboards, bulletin boards in corridors and other
areas .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy DEMOLITION
02050
1
41
SECTION 02050
DEMOLITION
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Description of Work 1
1 . 03 Quality Assurance 2
1 . 04 Project Conditions 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 01 Inspection 2
3 . 02 Preparation 3
3 . 03 Protection 3
3 . 04 Performance 3
3 . 05 General 4
3. 06 Cleaning 6
F
s
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy DEMOLITION
02050
0
2. Submission to the Architect-Engineer of a certificate
of compliance to this requirement, signed by the Subcontractor and the Owner' s representative, shall be
a condition precedent to final payment.
END OF SECTION
10
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700
5
4
ow
3 . At the completion of the job, these prints shall be
submitted to the Architect-Engineer for final
inspection and comment. The prints will be returned
with appropriate comments and recommendations, and
then this Subcontractor shall, at his own expense,
prepare a complete set of record tracings by having
the corresponding revisions made on mylar
reproducibles of the original tracings .
4 . When this procedure has been accomplished to the
satisfaction of the Architect-Engineer, this
Subcontractor shall furnish to the Architect-Engineer,
for transmission to the Owner, two complete sets of
white prints on heavy paper, every print marked with
the legend "Record Drawings" and the date when
printed. The original shall also be furnished to the ....
Architect-Engineer for transmission to the Owner.
1 . 06 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
A. Instructions :
1 . Subcontractors, installers, and suppliers shall
furnish the Contractor with three sets of operating,
maintenance, and repair instructions of all
mechanical, electrical, and manually operated
equipment furnished or installed by them. Mechanical
and Electrical Subcontractors shall furnish
instructions as specified in their respective
Sections .
2 . The Contractor shall collect all of the above
instructions, bind them into three complete sets, and
submit them to the Architect-Engineer.
3 . Submission of operating and maintenance instructions
shall be a condition precedent to final payment. .
B. Instructions of Owner' s Personnel :
1 . Where specified in the individual Sections of the
Specifications, the Subcontractor shall instruct the
Owner' s personnel at the site in the use and
maintenance of equipment installed by them under the
Contract.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700
4
40
�r
finishes caused by cleaning operations shall be repaired
by the Contractor at his own expense.
L. Broom clean exposed concrete surfaces and paved surfaces .
Rake clean other ;surfaces of grounds.
M. Repair, to match existing, all areas of lawn, plantings,
and paving damaged in connection with work on this
project.
N. Wash, inside and out, all new and existing windows.
0. Owner' s responsibility for cleaning commences at the time
designated on the Certificate of Substantial Completion.
1 . 05 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. In order that the final record set of Drawings may be
produced with minimum of time and expense to all
concerned, the following instructions are to be carefully
followed:
1 . The Contractor shall maintain at the job, at all
times, a complete set of prints of the Mechanical
Drawings of this trade on which he shall mark clearly,
neatly, accurately, and promptly as the work
progresses :
a. Changes to be made where resulting from formal
Change Orders or other instructions issued by the
Architect-Engineer.
b. The Contractor' s daily progress, by coloring in
the various pipes, fixtures, apparatus, and
associated appurtenances exactly as they are
erected.
This progress shall incorporate both the changes noted
above and all other deviations from the original
Drawings, whether resulting from job conditions
encountered or from any other cause. Principal
dimensions of concealed work shall be recorded and,
for piping installation, valve numbers shall be added
" as soon as established.
2 . These marked-up and colored-in prints will be used as
a guide for determining the progress of the work
installed. They will be inspected monthly by the
Architect-Engineer and shall be corrected immediately
if found either inaccurate or incomplete.
�lAr
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700
3
G. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other
contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall
on wet, newly painted surfaces .
1 . 04 FINAL CLEANING
A. Final cleaning of all areas shall be done by the General
Contractor in addition to cleaning work called for under
the scope of work of other Sections of the Specifications .
B. Employ experienced workmen and professional cleaners for
final cleaning.
C. Use only cleaning materials recommended by the
manufacturer of the surface to be cleaned.
D. In preparation for Substantial Completion, conduct final
inspection of sight-exposed interior and exterior
surfaces .
E. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints,
and other foreign materials from sight-exposed interior
and exterior surfaces. This includes cleaning of the work �*
of all finishing trades when needed, whether or not
cleaning by such trades is included in their respective
Specifications .
F. Repair, patch, and touch up marred surfaces to specified
finish to match adjacent surfaces .
w
G. Clean and polish interior surfaces of all new and existing
glass on second and third floors, including stairwell
glass . Clean plastic glazing (if any) in accordance with
the manufacturer' s directions .
H. Do the final cleaning of resilient floors and carpeted
floors with professional cleaners .
I . Leave all architectural metals, hardware, and fixtures in
undamaged, clean conditions . .w
J. Leave pipe and duct spaces, plenums, furred spaces, and
the like clean of debris and decayable materials .
K. In cleaning items with manufacturer' s finish or items
previously finished by a Subcontractor, care shall be
taken not to damage such manufacturer' s or Subcontractor' s .►
finish. In cleaning glass and finish surfaces, care shall
be taken not to use detergents or other cleaning agents
which may stain adjoining finish surfaces . Any damage to
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy CONTRACT CLOSEOUT :.
01700
2
SECTION 01700
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
#, 1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
no REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. This Section supplements Article 3 . 15 of the General
Conditions .
B. Consult the individual Sections of the Specification for
cleaning of work installed under those Sections .
1 . 03 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with
local ordinances and anti-pollution laws :
1 . Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on
project: site.
2 . Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral
spirits, oil, cr paint thinner in storm or sanitary
drains ..
3 . Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways .
B. Wet down dry materials and rubbish to lay dust and prevent
blowing dust.
C. Do not allow materials and rubbish to drop free or be
thrown from upper floors, but remove by use of the
material hoist or rubbish chutes .
D. Provide on-site containers for collection of waste
materials and rubb:_sh.
E. At reasonable times during construction, remove waste
materials and rubb:Lsh from site and legally dispose of it.
F. Vacuum clean interior building area when ready to receive
finish painting, and continue vacuum cleaning on an
as-needed :basis until Substantial Completion.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700
1
IW
i
i
i
1
7
t
1
s
�ECTION 01700
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
PARAGRAPH TITLE
PAGE
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Related Documents 1
1 . 03 Cleaning During Construction 1
1 . 04 Final Cleaning 2
1 . 05 Record Drawings 3
1 . 06 Operating and Maintenance Instructions 4
tu,
i
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700
0
E
1 . 05 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Refer to CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, and
Specifications ' Sections for requirements pertaining to
transportation and handling of materials and equipment.
B. Transport products by methods to avoid product damage;
deliver in undamaged condition in manufacturer' s unopened
containers or packaging, dry.
C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by
methods to prevent soiling or damage.
D. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply
with requirements, that quantities are correct, and
products are undamaged.
1 . 06 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Refer to CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, and
Specifications ' sections for requirements pertaining to
storage and protection of materials and equipment.
B. Store products in accordance with manufacturer' s
instruction, with seals and labels intact and legible.
Store sensitive products in weathertight enclosures;
maintain within temperature and humidity ranges required "
by manufacturer' s instructions .
C. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on .►
sloped supports above ground. Cover products subject to
deterioration with impervious sheet covering; provide
ventilation to avoid condensation.
D. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a
well-drained area; prevent mixing with foreign matter.
E. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection.
Periodically inspect to assure that products are undamaged
and are maintained under required conditions .
END OF SECTION
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
01600
2
SECTION 01600
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
r 1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
40 1 . 02 PRODUCTS
A. Products including material, equipment, and systems.
B. Comply with Specifications and referenced standards as
minimum requirements .
► C. Components required to be supplied in quantity within a
Specification Section shall be the same and shall be
interchangeable.
D. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing
structures, except as specifically required, or allowed,
by the Contract Documents .
1 . 03 WORKMANSHIP
A. Comply with industry standards, except when more
restricted tolerances or specified requirements indicate
more rigid standards or more precise workmanship.
B. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship
of specified quality.
C. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices
designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, and
racking.
1 . 04 MANUFACTURER' S INSTRUCTIONS
A. When work is specified to comply with manufacturer' s
instruction, submit copies as specified in SECTION 01300 -
SUBMITTALS, distribute copies to persons involved, and
maintain one set in field office.
Me
B. Perform work in accordance with details of instructions
and specified requirements .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
01600
1
�
�
:
. �
m
. �
�
�
� . �
�
�
�
:
�
4
�
.\
7
SECTION 01600
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Products 1
1 . 03 Workmanship 1
f 1 . 04 Manufacturer' s Instructions 1
1 . 05 Transportation and Handling 2
1 . 06 Storage and Protection 2
}
2190 SC-CEJ) /lm MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
( Y
01600
0
General Contractor' s proposed methods for "Weather
Protection. "
C. Installation of weather protection and heating devices
shall comply with all safety regulations, including
provisions for adequate ventilation and fire protection
devices . Heating devices which may cause damage to finish
surfaces shall not be used.
"M D. The General Contractor shall furnish and install one
accurate Fahrenheit thermometer at each work area as
designated by the Architect-Engineer. However, one
additional accurate Fahrenheit thermometer shall be
provided for every 2, 000 sq. ft. of floor space where the
work area exceeds 2, 000 sq. ft. , located as directed by
the Architect-Engineer in order to determine if specified
temperatures are maintained.
E. The General_ Contractor may, with the approval of the
Architect-Engineer, elect to utilize the permanent heating
systems for temporary heat after it has been tested and is
ready to operate. However, it shall be the General
Contractor" s responsibility to have all portions of the
permanent heating system that are used for heating during
construction, thoroughly cleaned and restored to first
class condition to the satisfaction of the Architect-
Engineer.
F. The requirements of this paragraph of the Specifications
is supplementary to the requirements of Paragraph 6,
Temporary Heat.
1 . 16 PROJECT SIGN (None Allowed on this Project)
1 . 17 REMOVAL OF ON-SITE REFUSE AND CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS
A. Unless specifically called for to be provided by other
trades in other Sections of the Specifications, the
General Contractor shall furnish all labor and materials
required to provide ongoing removal and legal off-site
disposal of construction related debris during the entire
course of this project. Included under the scope of work
for this Section is the ongoing, regular, and frequent
cleaning of all areas of the building and site as required
to remove accumulation of construction related debris .
The construction site shall be kept clean, neat, and safe
at all times .
END OF SECTION
2190 (SC-CEJ) CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500
7
—wool I
9. Remove all temporary protection upon completion of
construction activities requiring such protection, and
patch or replace, as required, all items of existing ,■.
construction or site affected by the presence of such
temporary protection.
B. Roof surfaces and waterproofed surfaces shall not be
subjected to traffic, nor shall they be used for storage
of materials . Where some activity must take place in
order to carry out the work, adequate protection shall' be ••
provided.
C. After the installation of work by any Subcontractor is
properly completed, the Contractor shall be responsible
for its protection and for repairing, replacing, or
cleaning any such work which has been damaged by other
trades or by any other cause so that all work is in .�
perfect condition at the time of Substantial Completion.
D. Existing planting, including shrubs, grass, plants, and ,.
trees, shall be protected from damage relating to this
project at all times. Carefully remove, heel in, and
replant or relocate, as directed by the Architect-
Engineer, all existing planting as required to facilitate
or accomplish work under this Contract. All existing
plantings, including the above referenced items damaged in
connection with work under this Contract, shall be
replaced with new healthy plantings of like species and
size at the expense of the Contractor.
E. All built facilities, including walks, paving, steps, etc.
damaged in the course of work of this Contract, shall be
replaced with new undamaged components to match undamaged
existing. am
1 . 15 WEATHER PROTECTION
A. "Weather Protection" shall mean the temporary protection wr
of that work adversely affected by moisture, wind, and
cold; by covering, enclosing, and/or heating. The General
Contractor shall furnish and install all "Weather .�
Protection" material and be responsible for all costs,
including heating, required to maintain a minimum
temperature of 40 degrees F. at the working surface. This
provision does not supersede any specific requirements for
methods of construction and/or curing of materials .
B. Within 30 calendar days after the award of Contract, the .�
General Contractor shall submit, in writing, to the
Architect-Engineer, for approval, three sets of the
2190 (SC-CEJ) CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500 •
6
on
1 . 14 TEMPORARY PROTECTION
A. The Contractor Shall:
1 . Protect: building and materials, at all times, from
rain water, ground water, backing-up or leakage of
sewers, drains or other piping, and from water damage
of any origin; provide all pumps, piping, coverings,
and other materials and equipment as required by job
conditions .
2 . Provide temporary weathertight enclosures for openings
... in exterior walls and in roof decks when and as
required to protect new work and existing construction
from damage by inclement weather. Temporary
enclosures shall be provided with adequate means of
' ventilation to prevent accumulation of moisture in the
building.
3 . Provide=_ temporary wood doors for penthouse openings
and elsewhere as required. Permanent door enclosures
shall not be used as temporary enclosures .
4 . Protect sills, jambs, and heads of openings through
which materials are handled.
S. Protect decks and slabs to receive work by other
trades from soiling which will prevent proper adhesion
of subsequent work. Decks and slabs shall be left
clean and free of all blemishes at the time other
trades begin the application of their work.
6. Protect all areas of existing finished floors which
could be affected by construction related activities
with 1/4 in. thick membrane covered foam rubber
protective padding. All edges shall be lapped 6 in.
and taped. Tape to wall base with non-marking tape.
Material shall be Class II, Flame Spread of 26-75.
Install and maintain protection on floors until
Substantial Completion.
7 . Provide all temporary shoring, bracing, underpinning,
needling, etc. required for temporary support during
demolition and construction activities .
8 . Provide temporary overhead protection for people,
shrubs, and plantings in areas which might be
potentially subject to injury or damage due to falling
objects relating to demolition and construction
activities .
2190 (SC-CEJ) CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500
5
opinion, to ensure adequate protection of his and the
Owner' s interest .
1 . 10 FIRE PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to ..,
ensure against fire during construction. He shall be
responsible for ensuring that the area within Contract
limits is kept orderly and clean and that combustible
rubbish is promptly removed from the site.
B. Installation of equipment suitable for fire protection
shall be done as soon as possible after commencement of *••
operations. Fire protection shall be in accordance with
the requirements of Industrial Bulletin No. 12, Division
of Industrial Safety Department of Labor and Industries, ..
Commonwealth of Massachusetts .
1 . 11 WIND PROTECTION
MW
A. Should high wind warnings be issued by the U.S . Weather
Bureau, the Contractor shall take every precaution to
minimize danger to persons, to the work, and to adjacent .�
property.
1 . 12 NOISE AND POLLUTION CONTROL
A. All work performed under the Contract shall conform to the
requirements of Ma. G.L. , Ch. 11, Sec. 31C and 142D and
Rules and Regulations adopted thereto by the Commonwealth
of Massachusetts, Department of Public Health.
1 . 13 TEMPORARY STAGING, STAIRS, CHUTES
A. Except as otherwise specified in the individual trade
Sections of the Specifications, the Contractor shall
furnish, install, maintain in safe condition, and remove
all scaffolds, staging, and planking as required for the
use of all trades for the proper execution of their work.
B. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and
remove all temporary ramps, stairs, ladders, and similar
items as required for the use of all trades for the proper
execution of their work. „
C. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and
remove covered chutes from openings in the exterior walls
of upper floors. Such shall be in convenient locations
and shall permit disposal of rubbish directly into trucks
or disposal units .
2190 (SC-CEJ) CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500
4
of the entire floor and provide a sufficient number of
outlets located at convenient points so that extension
cords of not over 50 ft. in length will reach all work
requiring temporary light and power.
F. The General. Contractor shall install and maintain the
wiring and accessories for the office of the General
Contractor and the Owner' s representative.
G. The General Contractor and all Subcontractors,
individually, shall furnish all extension cords, sockets,
lamps, motors, and accessories for their work. They also
shall pay for all temporary wiring of construction offices
and buildings used by them, except as provided in the
preceding paragraph F. immediately above .
H. All temporary wiring and accessories thereto, installed by
the General Contractor, shall be removed by him after it
has served its purpose.
I . All temporary electrical work shall meet the requirements
of the National Electrical Code and the local authorities .
J. The General Contractor is required to perform and pay for
initial larnping-up for temporary lighting.
K. All lamps :installed in permanent lighting fixtures and
used as temporary lights during the construction period
shall be removed prior to the date of acceptance of the
work and replaced by the lamps required to be provided
under SECTION 16100 - ELECTRICAL WORK.
1 . 07 TEMPORARY ]SEAT (None Required this Project)
1 . 08 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FENCE
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing
temporary fencing or barricades around the construction as
may be necessary, in the Contractor' s opinion, to assure
the safety of all persons, authorized or unauthorized.
Such protective measures shall be located and constructed
as required by local, state and federal ordinances, laws
or regulations . Any such fencing or barricade shall be
maintained in an orderly condition.
1 . 09 SECURITY
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all
security precautions necessary, in the Contractor' s
2190 (SC-CEJ) CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500
3
am
facilities and leave the premises in proper order,
completing the cleaning and other operations called for by
the Contract . The materials resulting from the demolition
of all such items shall become the property of the
Contractor and shall be removed from the site immediately
after demolition. ..
1 . 04 SANITARY FACILITIES (Not Required this Project)
1 . 05 TEMPORARY WATER
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install any temporary
water connections and lines required for the construction
work and shall remove same when no longer in use.
B. Temporary hose connections shall be under the supervision .,
of the Contractor. He shall maintain and protect same
against damage.
C. If permanent water lines are laid, they may be used for
this purpose, but the Contractor will be responsible for
the maintenance of same in satisfactory conditions, and at
the completion of the project, any water line found in
unsatisfactory condition must be replaced, including all
costs, by the Contractor.
1 . 06 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY
A. The General Contractor shall provide temporary electric
feeders of sufficient size for electric light and power •�
requirements for the construction work.
B. Temporary light shall be based on one 200-watt lamp,
covering each 100 square feet of floor area in the
building. Sufficient wiring and outlets shall be
installed to ensure lighting in all stairwells and
corridors . ,.
C. The General Contractor shall furnish, install, and
maintain temporary lighting of at least three footcandles
over or near all places, in the ways traveled, obstructed,
or made unsafe by the Contractor in doing his work, over
or near all materials for the work placed herein.
D. Temporary power shall include motors up to and including
3/4 HP. Any special requirements in addition to the above
shall be paid for by the Subcontractor requiring same.
E. The General Contractor shall install and maintain a feeder
(or feeders) , of sufficient capacity, for the requirements
2190 (SC-CEJ) CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS ..�
01500
2
No
on
SECTION 01500
IM CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and
maintaining all temporary facilities until Substantial
Completion. Removal of such prior to Substantial
Completion must be with the concurrence of the
Architect-Engineer. The Contractor bears full
responsibility for reproviding any facility removed prior
to Substantial Completion if required for the work.
B. Removal of all temporary facilities shall be a condition
precedent to Substantial Completion unless directed
otherwise by the Architect-Engineer or specifically noted
in the Specifications .
C. Note: No parking is available for construction workers at
the site. Any such vehicle parked will be ticketed and
any unpaid tickets will be deducted from the final
Requisition for Payment.
1 . 03 SHEDS AND FIELD OFFICES
A. The Contractor shall provide his own storage sheds and
field office; storage sheds and field office shall be
neatly constructed and shall be easily accessible to all
agents of the Owner and the Architect-Engineer. The
Contractor shall provide a regular work table for easy
reference to Drawings, etc.
B. Owner' s Representative Office: (Not Required this
Project)
C. The offices shall be set in location approved by the
Architect-Engineer and shall be maintained by the
Contractor in a clean and orderly condition.
D. When instructed by the Architect-Engineer, the Contractor
shall relocate, demolish, or remove the above described
2190 (SC-CEJ) CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500
1
1
74
SECTION 01500
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 General Requirements 1
1 . 03 Sheds and Field Offices 1
1 . 04 Sanitary Facilities 2
1 . 05 Temporary Water 2
1. 06 Temporary Electricity 2
1 . 07 Temporary Heat 3
1 . 08 Temporary Construction Fence 3
1 . 09 Security 3
1 . 10 Fire Protection 4
1 . 11 Wind Protection 4
1 . 12 Noise and Pollution Control 4
1 . 13 Temporary Staging, Stairs, Chutes 4
1 . 14 Temporary Protection 5
1 . 15 Weather Protection 6
1 . 16 Project Sign 7
1 . 17 Removal of On-Site Refuse and
Construction Debris 7
2190 (SC-CEJ) CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500
0
O
am
fraud. The inspection of material and workmanship for
final acceptance as a whole or in part shall be made at am
the site.
END OF SECTION no
no
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy QUALITY CONTROL
01400
2
SECTION 01400
OUALITY CONTROL
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
1 . 02 INSPECTIONS
A. All materials and workmanship (if not otherwise designated
by the Specifications) shall be subject to inspection,
examination, and test by the Owner and the
Architect-Engineer at any and all times during manufacture
an and construction and at any and all phases where such
manufacture or construction are carried on. The
Contractor and his Subcontractors shall furnish all
« facilities and give such assistance for inspection,
examination, and tests as the Owner may direct or require,
and shall secure for the Owner free access to all parts of
any factories and plants in which any materials are being
!■"� manufactured or prepared, and to all parts of the work of
construction and erection. The Contractor shall furnish
to the Owner such advance notice of the preparation or
manufacture of any materials as will enable the Owner to
arrange for inspection at the place of preparation or
manufacture. The Owner shall have the right to reject
defective material and workmanship or require its
correction. Rejected material shall be promptly
segregated and removed from the premises and
satisfactorily replaced with proper material without
charge therefore. If the Contractor falls to proceed at
once with the correction of rejected defective workmanship
or material, the Owner may, by Contract or otherwise, have
the defects remedied or rejected material removed from the
site and charge the cost of the same against any monies
which may be due the Contractor, without prejudice to any
other rights or remedies of the Owner in the premises .
�. B. The decision of the Owner shall be final, except as
regards (1) latent defects, (2) departures from specific
.. requirements of the Contract and the Specifications and
Drawings made a part thereof, (3) damage or loss in
transit, or (4) fraud or such gross mistakes as amount to
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy QUALITY CONTROL
01400
1
4"
. �
. �
� � �
�
�
�
a
�
. �
. �
�
�
: f
�
. �
�
�
:
�
�
�
�
r
SECTION 01400
QUALITY CONTROL
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Inspections 1
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy QUALITY CONTROL
01400
0
aye.
L. The Contractor shall not resubmit alternative or
substitutive products, manufacturers, or shop drawings for
consideration subsequent to approval of the
Architect-Engineer for that/those component (s) .
END OF SECTION
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUBMITTALS
01300
9
number of tests required on material delivered for use
shall in all cases be at the discretion of the
Architect-Engineer. They may require laboratory or other
tests on samples submitted for approval or they may
approve materials on the basis of data submitted in
certificates with the samples .
G. Check tests shall be made on materials delivered for use
only as frequently as the Architect-Engineer considers .A
necessary to ensure compliance of materials used with
Contract requirements .
H. When a material has been approved, no change in brand or
make will be permitted unless:
1 . The manufacturer cannot make satisfactory delivery, or ,..
2 . The material delivered fails to comply with Contract
requirements .
I . Samples of materials not subject to destruction tests when
approved by the Architect-Engineer will be sent to the
building site or to the Architect-Engineer' s office or as
directed by the Architect-Engineer and kept there until
completion of the work. Samples that are not approved
will be returned to the Contractor only upon his request ,
and at his expense. If the return of such samples is not
requested within thirty days after rejection or
disapproval, they will be treated as unclaimed material . ..
The failure of samples to meet Contract requirements will
be sufficient cause for refusal to consider under this
Specification any further samples from manufacturers whose
materials have failed.
J. The Owner shall pay for all tests and labor and materials
related thereto, except as otherwise specified in any of
the Sections of the Specifications . The Contractor shall
pay for those tests, and labor and materials related
thereto, in which the materials tested are demonstrated to
be defective or inferior to the Specifications . The ..
Contractor shall also pay for the cost of additional tests
(if any) of materials which fail to meet Contract
requirements .
K. Approval and notations by the Architect-Engineer of shop
drawings and submittals shall not relieve the Contractor
of his responsibility to provide functional and
dimensional compatibility between all building components.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUBMITTALS
01300
8
OR
ON
D. Submit to the Architect-Engineer, in triplicate, a
certificate describing each sample submitted for approval,
" certifying that the material, equipment, or accessory
submitted complies with Contract requirements . The
certificate shall include the following information,
*� except that for materials required and certified to
conform with Federal Specifications or ASTM Standards,
physical and chemical data detailed in (3) will not be
,* required.
1 . Name and brand of the product, name of manufacturer,
and location of manufacturing establishment.
2 . Name and location of at least two structures on which
substantial quantities of the materials represented by
the same were used.
3 . An outline giving pertinent chemical and physical
data, showing chemical and physical properties of the
material represented by the sample submitted, and
giving the name of the laboratory or testing authority
which obtained the data, with the dates of the tests .
4 . If the statement originates with the producer, the
Contractor shall endorse all claims and submit the
statement in his own name; he shall also guarantee
that all materials furnished for use on the project
shall be in compliance with the samples and certified
statements .
E. Approval of any material shall be general only and shall
not constitute a waiver of the Owner' s right to demand
full compliance with Contract requirements . After actual
deliveries, the Architect-Engineer will make such check
tests as it deems necessary in each instance and may
reject materials and equipment and accessories; such
samples, as may be required for check tests, are to be
furnished by the Contractor without extra charge. If
materials, equipment, or accessories which fail to meet
check tests have been incorporated in the work, the
Architect-Engineer shall have the right to cause their
removal and replacement by proper materials at no
additional cost to the Owner.
F. Wherever materials are required to comply with ASTM
Standards or Federal Specifications, but such
". Specifications shall be accepted as establishing the
technical qualities and testing methods, they shall not
govern the number of tests required to be made. The
OR
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUBMITTALS
aw 01300
7
..s
as Noted, " retain two copies for his own use, and return
four copies to the Contractor. The Contractor shall
provide and distribute such number of additional copies as
required for his own and his Subcontractor' s use.
E. The Contractor shall maintain one full set of approved
Product Data at the site.
1 . 05 SUBMISSION OF SAMPLES, CERTIFICATES, AND TESTS
A. The Contractor shall furnish, for approval, all samples
(and certificates related to them) as stipulated under the
several Sections of the Specifications, as well as all
other samples as requested by the Architect-Engineer.
Samples shall be delivered with all transportation charges
prepaid to a location designated by the Architect-Engineer
and in ample time for proper consideration and action. In
general, 20 days is the minimum time required for making
tests .
1 . No samples shall be submitted with the bid documents
or before the award of the Contract and acceptance of
the Contractor' s bid.
2 . Samples shall be of adequate size to permit proper
evaluation of material . Where variations in color or
in other characteristics are to be expected, samples
shall show the maximum range of variation. Material
exceeding the variation of the approved samples will
not be approved on the work.
3 . The Contractor shall furnish, for selection by the
Architect-Engineer, color samples of all finish
materials, finishes, and components exposed to view.
Color samples shall include the manufacturer' s full
range of standard and premium colors. It shall be the
Contractor' s responsibility to submit all color *+
samples in a prompt and timely fashion. No color
selections shall be made until all color samples are
received.
B. Pack samples so as to reach their destination in good
condition; ship samples in paste or liquid form in tight
metal containers .
C. Label or otherwise properly mark on the container the
material or product represented, the place of origin, the
name of the producer, the name of the Contractor, and the
name of the project for which it is intended.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUBMITTALS
01300
6
�w
drawings to be submitted to the Architect-Engineer by
other than the General Contractor.
1 . All shop drawing approvals and notations by the
Architect-Engineer are subject to the General
Contractor' s ultimate responsibility to provide
functional and dimensional compatibility between all
building components . The fact that a submittal has
wM been approved or noted by the Architect-Engineer shall
not relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to
produce functional and dimensional compatibility
between all building components.
C. Drawings submitted for Architect-Engineer approval that
have not been checked, stamped "Approved, " and signed by
the General Contractor will be returned to the General
Contractor for checking, stamping, and signing before they
are checked by the Architect-Engineer.
D. When the Contractor calls attention to deviations, he
shall state in his letter to the Architect-Engineer
whether or not such deviations involve any extra cost. If
this is not mentioned, no extra cost will be allowed for
making the change. Letters regarding the work must be
submitted to the Architect-Engineer through the General
Contractor.
E. The Contractor shall maintain one full set of approved
shop drawings at the site.
1 . 04 SUBMISSION OF PRODUCT DATA
A. The Contractor shall submit to the Architect-Engineer six
copies of Product Data. All such data shall be specified
and identification of material or equipment submitted
shall be clearly made in ink. Data of general nature will
•A! not be accepted.
B. Product Data shall be accompanied by transmittal notice.
The Contractor's stamp of approval shall appear on the
printed information itself, in a location which will not
mar legibility.
C. Product Data returned by the Architect-Engineer with the
stamp "Disapproved" shall be resubmitted in seven copies
until Architect-Engineer' s approval is obtained.
D. When the Product Data are acceptable, the
Architect--Engineer will stamp them "Approved" or "Approved
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUBMITTALS
01300
5
ON
am
Subcontractor or Supplier
Date of Submission
MR
7 . Each drawing shall have a clear space on the right
hand side for approval stamps of both the
Architect-Engineer and the Contractor. The sm
Architect-Engineer' s stamp shall contain the following
data:
#1 Approved ""
#2 Approved as noted, resubmission
not required
#3 Approved as noted, resubmission required s
#4 Disapproved
The Architect-Engineer shall insert the date of action ow
taken and an identification of the person taking the
action.
8 . Shop Drawing Grading:
a. APPROVED: No corrections, no marks .
b. APPROVED AS NOTED: Resubmission not required. '
Minor amount of corrections, all items can be
fabricated without further corrections to original
drawing; checking is complete and all corrections
are deemed obvious without ambiguity.
c. APPROVED AS NOTED: Resubmission required. A,
Moderate amount of corrections; details of items
noted by checker are to be clarified further
before full approval can be given. Do not
fabricate. Submit new transparencies . '
d. DISAPPROVED: Drawing is rejected as not in
accordance with the Contract; too many corrections
or other justifiable reason. When returning
drawing, Architect-Engineer will state reasons for
rejection. Correct and resubmit. Do not
fabricate.
B. Shop drawings and schedules of all trades shall be
submitted only by this Contractor, who shall indicate by a
signed approval stamp on the drawings that he has checked
the shop drawings and that the work shown on them is in
accordance with Contract requirements and has been checked
for dimensions and relationships with the work of all
other trades involved. Under no conditions are shop
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUBMITTALS
01300 **�
4
0-•
w.
1 . Standard Manufactured Items - Submit a minimum of six
copies of manufacturer' s data sheets, showing
illustrated cuts of the item(s) to be furnished, scale
details, showing illustrated cuts of the items (s) to
be furnished, scale details, sizes, dimensions,
capacities, performance characteristics, wiring
diagrams, controls, and other pertinent information.
If more than one size or type is shown, indicate
clearly intended items (s) .
a. When approved or disapproved, the
Architect-Engineer will retain three copies .
,■. Submit sufficient copies for all other parties .
No "Disapproved" or "Resubmit" copies shall be
sent to the job site.
2 . For all other shop drawings, submit one reproducible
transparency of each drawing until final approval is
obtained. For reinforcing steel, structural framing
Drawings, and structural details, submit, in addition
to the transparency, a black and white print of each
transparency.
" 3. On completion of checking, the Architect-Engineer will
obtain record prints of each transparency, returning
the transparency to the General Contractor.
4 . Immediately upon receipt of transparencies returned
"approved" and/or "approval as noted, resubmission not
required, " as set forth below, the General Contractor
shall obtain and distribute adequate prints for
construction, including one print of each for the
Owner' s project representative, and then return the
transparencies to the Subcontractor or supplier from
whom lie originally received them.
5. Immediately upon receipt of transparencies returned
"resubmit" or "disapproved, " as set forth below, the
General Contractor shall first obtain a record print
and then forward them to source for correction of
original drawings, and resubmission of a new
transparency as above.
6. Each drawing shall have a title block on the right
hand side containing the following data:
Name of Project
Architect-Engineer
General Contractor
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUBMITTALS
01300
3
Am
no
accompanied by a transmittal notice stating name of
Project, date of submittal, "To, " "From, " (Contractor, .W
Subcontractor, Installer, Manufacturer, Supplier) ,
Specification Section or Drawing Number to which the
transmittal refers, purpose (first submittal,
resubmittal) , description, remarks, distribution 4W
record, signature of transmitter.
The Contractor's stamp of approval shall include the M
name of the General Contractor, the date of approval,
the signature of the approver, and the word "Approved"
and/or "Approved as Noted. " Submittals not bearing
the Contractor's stamp of approval as described above, 9W
or bearing exculpatory or qualifying statements, shall
be rejected and returned to the General Contractor
without being reviewed by the Architect.
4 . On the transmittal, or on a separate sheet attached to
the transmittal, the Contractor shall direct attention
to any deviations including minor limitations and
variations, from the requirements of the Contract
Documents . Deviations shall be highlighted on the
submittals .
S . When an item is submitted as an equal substitution for
the specific item, it shall be clearly so stated on Am
the transmittal .
6 . All costs for printing, preparing, packaging,
submitting, resubmitting, and mailing or delivering ••+
submittals specified in this Article shall be included
in the Contract Sum.
7 . No submittals shall contain items involving additions
to the Contract Sum unless previously authorized in
advance by Change Order, signed by the Awarding
Authority.
8 . No building component shall be delivered to the site
prior to the Contractor' s receipt of an approved
submittal from the Architect. All items delivered
prior to such approval shall be immediately removed
from the site by the Contractor at his own expense.
1 . 03 SUBMISSION OF SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Contractor shall furnish the Architect-Engineer with
copies of all shop drawings, product data, catalog cuts,
and schedules for approval .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUBMITTALS
01300
2
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications.
WA
1 . 02 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES
o► A. Related Documents:
1 . This :Article supplements Subparagraph 3 . 11 and
Paragraphs 3. 12 and 3 .27 of the General Conditions .
�u
2. Consult the individual Sections of the Specifications
for the specific submittals required under those
Sections and for further details and descriptions of
the requirements .
B. General Procedures For Submittal :
1 . The Contractor shall transmit each submittal to the
Architect-Engineer sufficiently in advance of
performing related work or other applicable
activities, so that the installation will not be
delayed by processing times, including disapproval and
resubmittal (if required) , coordination with other
submittals, testing, purchasing, fabrication,
delivery, and similar sequenced activities . No
extension of time will be authorized because of the
Contractor' s failure to transmit submittals to the
Architect-Engineer sufficiently in advance of the
work.
2. The Contractor shall transmit each submittal in a
sequence which will not result in the approval having
to be later modified or rescinded by reason of a
. � subsequent submittal which should have been processed
earlier or concurrently for coordination.
3. Only submittals received from, and bearing the stamp
of approval of, the Contractor will be considered for
review by the Architect-Engineer. Submittals shall be
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUBMITTALS
'"' 01300
1
on
71
.J
I
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
1 .01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and
Samples 1
1 . 03 Submission of Shop Drawings 2
1 . 04 Submission of Product Data 5
1 . 05 Submission of Samples, Certificates,
and Tests 6
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUBMITTALS
01300
0
IM
no
C. Alternate Bid Item No. 3 :
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 3 shall be the addition in 4*9
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
materials, and other costs in connection with new
handicapped ramp at the northwest porch of Emerson oft
House, new handicapped entrance door and hardware, new
handicapped toilet room, including walls, door,
hardware, finishes, plumbing fixtures, accessories,
supply and waste piping, all related HVAC, all related Aft
electrical and lighting, all related fire protection,
and all patching to match of existing finishes
disturbed as a result of this Alternate. .�
D. Alternate Bid Item No. 4 :
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 4 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for all costs in connection
with the installation of telephone, computer, CATV,
and power outlets in all dormitory student rooms as
shown on the Construction Drawings . Work of this
Alternate shall include all cables, conduit, wiring
devices, and all associated cutting and patching. „
E. Alternate Bid Item No. 5:
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 5 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor and
materials required to replace all existing underslab
sanitary piping as shown on the Contract Drawings.
This Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the
exact location of all buried lines and providing all
necessary cutting and patching of existing concrete
floor slabs.
F. Alternate Bid Item No . 6:
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 6 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
materials, and other costs in connection with
replacing all existing sprinkler heads on the first
through fourth floors and all attic spaces in the
Cushing, Emerson, and Jordan Houses.
END OF SECTION
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ALTERNATES
01030
2
SECTION 01030
' ALTERNATES
1 . 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of Specifications .
1 . 02 REQUIREMENTS
A. This Section lists the Alternates which appear in the
Contract Documents . Consult the individual Sections for
detailed :requirements of each Alternate.
B. Bid pricers for each Alternate shall include overhead,
profit, and all other expense incidental to the work under
each Alternate.
C. The Contractor and Subcontractors shall be responsible for
examining the scope of each Alternate generally defined
herein and for recognizing modifications to the work
caused by the Alternates and including the cost thereof in
the bid price, which shall be included on the General Bid
Forms .
1 . 03 ALTERNATES
A. Alternate Bid Item No. 1 :
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 1 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
materials, and other costs in connection with removal
of all remaining glass transom panels on the second,
� . third,, and fourth floors of Cushing, Emerson, and
Jordan House and installation of new 3/4 in. veneer
plywood panels.
B. Alternate Bid Item No. 2 :
1 . Alternate Bid Item No. 2 shall be the addition in
price above the Base Bid for furnishing all labor,
materials, and other costs in connection with new
flooring, ceilings, and wall finishes (as indicated on
the Finish Schedule Drawings) at the first floors of
Emerson and Jordan House. Included in this price is
all related demolition.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ALTERNATES
01030
1
01
SECTION 01030
ALTERNATES
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Requirements 1
1 . 03 Alternates 1
ra,3
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy ALTERNATES
01030
0
1 . 04 MEASUREMENTS J
A. Rules for measurements, where necessary in connection with 44
any change, shall be as specified in this paragraph or, if 4
not specified, shall be as stipulated in the order to
proceed with the work.
1 . 05 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
A. The following Unit Prices have been predetermined and
shall be used in establishing the value of any work coming
under the provisions of Paragraph 7 . 1 . 4 of the General
Conditions . Unit Prices listed under "Additions" have
been computed at net cost, plus overhead and profit;
prices listed under "Deductions" have been computed at net
cost alone.
ITEMS ADDITIONS DEDUCTIONS
1 . Duplex receptacle, complete
including wiring, each. $ 50 . 00 $ 40 . 00
END OF SECTION '
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy UNIT PRICES
01025
2
SECTION 01025
UNIT PRICES
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
1 . 01 General Provisions 1
1 . 02 Scope 1
1 . 03 Changes in the Work 1
1 . 04 Measurements 2
1 . 05 Schedule of Unit Prices 2
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy UNIT PRICES
01025
0
4
2190-CD-A•-29 Emerson Chimney Details
FIRE PROTECTION
2190-CD-FP-1 Cushing First and Second Floor plan
2190-CD-F]P-2 Cushing Third and Fourth Floor Plan
2190-CD-F]P-3 Cushing Basement Plant
2190-CD-FP-4 Emerson First and Second Floor Plan
2190-CD-FP-5 Emerson Third and Fourth Floor Plan
2190-CD-FP-6 Jordan First and Second Floor Plan
w 2190-CD-F]P-7 Jordan Third and Fourth Floor Plan
PLUMBING
2190-CD-P•-1 Cushing Basement plan
2190-CD-P•-2 Cushing First and Second Floor Plan
2190-CD-P--3 Cushing Third and Fourth Floor Plan
2190-CD-P•-4 Emerson basement Plan
2190-CD-P•-5 Emerson First and Second Floor Plan
2190-CD-P--6 Emerson Third and Fourth Floor Plan
2190-CD-P•-7 Jordan Basement Plan
2190-CD-P•-8 Jordan First and Second Floor Plan
2190-CD-P•-9 Jordan Third and Fourth Floor Plan
2190-CD-P•-10 Enlarged Bathroom Plans
2190-CD-P•-11 Enlarged Bathroom Plans
HEATING AND VENTILATING
2190-CD-HV-1 Cushing Basement Plan
2190-CD-HV-2 Cushing First and Second Floor Plan
2190-CD-HV-3 Cushing Third and Fourth Floor Plan
2190-CD-HV-4 Emerson Basement Plan
2190-CD-HV-5 Emerson First and Second Floor Plan
2190-CD-HV-6 Emerson Third and Fourth Floor Plan
2190-CD-HV-7 Jordan Basement Plan
2190-CD-HI-8 Jordan First and Second Floor Plan
2190-CD-HV-9 Jordan Third and Fourth Floor Plan
2190-CD-HV-10 Details
ELECTRICAL
2190-CD-E•-1 Cushing Basement Plan
2190-CD-E•-2 Cushing First and Second Floor Plan
2190-CD-E•-3 Cushing Third and Fourth Floor Plan
2190-CD-E•-4 Emerson Basement Plan
2190-CD-E--5 Emerson First and Second Floor Plan
2190-CD-E--6 Emerson Third and Fourth Floor Plan
2190-CD-E•-7 Jordan Basement Plan
2190-CD-E•-8 Jordan First and Second Floor Plan
2190-CD-E--9 Jordan Third and Fourth Floor Plan
END OF SECTION
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUMMARY OF THE WORK
01010
3
1 . 03 TIME FOR COMPLETION ,,
A. The work shall be commenced at the time stated in the
Notice to the Contractor to Proceed and shall be
substantially completed no later than August 18, 1995.
1 . 04 SETS OF DRAWINGS
A. Prints of the Drawings are bound in one Section. The
complete sets of prints of Drawings and the Specifications
may be seen at the office of the Architect-Engineer. .�
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
NUMBER TITLE
2190-CD-T-1 Title Sheet
DEMOLITION
2190-CD-D-1 Cushing, Emerson & Jordan Demolition Plan
ARCHITECTURAL
2190-CD-A-1 Cushing Basement Plan
2190-CD-A-2 Cushing First and Second Floor Plan
2190-CD-A-3 Cushing Third and Fourth Floor Plan
2190-CD-A-4 Emerson Basement Plan
2190-CD-A-5 Emerson First and Second Floor Plan
2190-CD-A-6 Emerson Third and Fourth Floor Plan
2190-CD-A-7 Jordan Basement Plan
2190-CD-A-8 Jordan First and Second Floor Plan
2190-CD-A-9 Jordan Third and Fourth Floor Plan
2190-CD-A-10 Room Finish Schedule
2190-CD-A-11 Enlarged Bathroom Plans
2190-CD-A-12 Bathroom Elevations and Details
2190-CD-A-13 Bathroom Elevations
2190-CD-A-14 Miscellaneous Details
2190-CD-A-15 Exterior Elevations no
2190-CD-A-16 Exterior Elevations
2190-CD-A-17 Exterior Elevations
2190-CD-A-18 Window Elevations and Details .w
2190-CD-A-19 Window Details
2190-CD-A-20 Door Schedule and Details
2190-CD-A-21 Door and Frame Details
2190-CD-A-22 Cushing Roof Plan and Chimney Details "W
2190-CD-A-23 Jordan Roof Plan
2190-CD-A-24 Cushing and Jordan Roof Details
2190-CD-A-25 Emerson Roof Plan ,m
2190-CD-A-26 Emerson Roof Details
2190-CD-A-27 Emerson Roof Details
2190-CD-A-28 Emerson Chimney Elevations and Details
oft
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUMMARY OF THE WORK wo
01010
2
.w
so
SECTION 01010
SUMMARY OF THE WORK
1 . 01 CONTRACT REFERENCES
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT, CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT, and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section
of the Specifications .
B. Equality of materials, articles, assemblies, or systems
other than those named or described in this Section shall
be determined in accordance with the provisions of Article
2 . 6 of the SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS.
1 . 02 GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK
A. The project site of the Dormitory Renovations is the
existing Cushing, Emerson, and Jordan House Student
Residences located at Smith College in the City of
Northampton, Massachusetts .
B. The work under this Contract consists of all labor,
.� materials, and equipment for the performance and
completion of all work required for the general
construction of Dormitory Renovations and all other work,
including demolition, removal, trim, cleaning,
architectural, mechanical, fire protection, electrical,
and patching for the entire project at the above described
project site, all in accordance with the requirements of
the Drawings and the Specifications . In addition to the
work within the project site, the bidder shall include all
other work which may be noted or indicated on the Drawings
or specified, which is outside the project site. The
bidder shall include, in this bid, the cost of all work to
be done by others at the expense of the General
Contractor.
C. In addition to work outside the project site, noted or
indicated to be part of the work of this Contract, the
• Contractor shall include the cost of the entire
restoration of work damaged or destroyed by encroaching
upon areas, adjacent to the work. All restoration work
shall be performed in accordance with applicable Divisions
of the Specifications .
D. The work of providing and removing, where appropriate, all
A temporary facilities .
w 2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUMMARY OF THE WORK
01010
1
OR
This insurance shall be in an amount equal to the
full insurable value thereof at all times and shall
be for the benefit of the Owner, the Contractor,
and each Subcontractor as their interest may
respectively appear. This insurance shall be
placed with such company or companies and, where
practicable, re-insured with such other company or
companies as may be acceptable to the Owner.
S. In the event that the form of any policy or
certificates of insurance required under this
Contract or the amount thereof, if not especially
specified herein, or the companies writing the same
are not satisfactory to the Owner, the Contractor
shall secure other policies or certificates in form
and amount and with companies satisfactory to the
Owner; the Contractor shall not cause any policies
to be cancelled or permit them to lapse, and all
insurance policies shall include a clause to the
effect that the policy shall not be cancelled or
r changed until 30 days after the Owner, as
hereinbefore defined, has received written notice
thereof as evidenced by return receipt of
registered letter. All certificates of insurance
shall contain true transcripts from the policy,
authenticated by the proper officer of the insurer,
evidencing in particular those insured, the extent
of the insurance, the location and operations to
which the insurance applies, the expiration date,
and the above mentioned notice of cancellation
clause. Failure to provide and continue in force
such insurance and aforesaid benefits shall be
deemed a material breach of this Contract and shall
operate as an immediate termination thereof at the
election of the Owner. Said insurance shall be
written with such company as may be acceptable to
the Owner for examination. Satisfactory
certificates of said insurance shall be filed with
the Owner in duplicate prior to the commencement of
operations by the Contractor.
6. If the Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a
portion or portions of the work prior to
Substantial Completion thereof, such occupancy or
use shall not commence prior to a time mutually
agreed to by the Owner and the Contractor and to
which the insurance company or companies providing
the property insurance have consented by
endorsement to the policy or policies. This
insurance shall not be cancelled or lapsed on
account of such partial occupancy or use. Consent
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 2
5
am
(4) Contractual Liability:
Bodily Injury: $2, 000, 000 per
occurrence.
Property Damage: $2, 000, 000 per
occurrence;
$2, 000, 000 aggregate.
(5) Personal Injury with Employment Exclusion
deleted: $2, 000, 000 aggregate.
b. Products and Completed Operations Insurance
shall be maintained for a minimum period of
two years after final payment, and the
Contractor shall continue to provide evidence
of such coverage to Owner on an annual basis
during the aforementioned period.
2 . The Contractor shall also carry Comprehensive
Automobile Liability Insurance (owned, non-owned,
hired) .
a. The limits are to be not less than:
(1) Bodily Injury: $2, 000, 000 each person.
$2, 000, 000 each accident.
(2) Property Damage: $2, 000, 000 each
occurrence.
3 . The Contractor will be charged with the
responsibility for similar public liability and
property damage insurance, as required under
Subparagraph 1 . of this Section for all of the
subcontract operations, and in the event that the
Contractor' s policy does not cover each and every
Subcontractor, certificates of insurance issued on
policies by companies that may be acceptable to the
Owner covering each and every Subcontractor, shall
be filed with the Owner prior to the commencement
of such subcontract operations.
4 . The Contractor shall effect and maintain insurance
against physical loss or damage by theft, vandalism
and malicious mischief, fire, lightning, wind
storm, cyclone, tornado, hail, explosion, riot,
riot attending strike, aircraft, vehicle and smoke
damage upon all work not in place, and all
materials stored at the building site, whether or
not covered by partial payments made by the Owner.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 2
4
00
employed under this Contract and shall continue
such insurance in full force and effect during the
term of this Contract. Failure to provide and
continue in force such insurance and aforesaid
benefits shall be deemed a material breach of this
Contract and shall operate as an immediate
termination thereof at the election of the Owner.
Said insurance shall be written with such company
as may be acceptable to the Owner and the policy
shall be submitted to the Owner for examination.
Satisfactory certificates of said insurance shall
be filed with the Owner in duplicate prior to the
No commencement of operations by the Contractor. The
Contractor will be charged with the responsibility
for proper and adequate workmen' s compensation
coverage for all his subcontract operations under
this bid, and in the event the Contractor' s policy
does not cover each and every Subcontractor,
certificates of insurance issued on policies by
companies that may be acceptable to the Owner,
covering each and every Subcontractor, shall be
filed with the Owner prior to the commencement of
such subcontract operations.
11 . 3 . 12 .2 COMPREHENSIVE INSURANCE:
1 . The Contractor shall carry Comprehensive General
Liability Insurance (including Premises-Operations;
Independent Contractors Protective; Products and
Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage) ,
including Smith College as an additional insured
with respect to the work to be performed under the
contract.
a. The limits are to be not less than:
(1) Bodily Injury: $2, 000, 000 per
occurrence;
$2, 000, 000 aggregate
00 (2) Property Damage: $2, 000, 000 per
occurrence;
$2, 000, 000 aggregate.
(3) Property Damage Liability Insurance shall
be written on a Broad Form and shall
include Explosion, Collapse, and
00 Underground Hazards .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 2
3
or it' s authorized representative, acting through its
Department of Physical Plant.
ARTICLE 3 . 6 - TAXES i
Add the following:
3 . 6.2 Payment of Massachusetts Sales Tax:
1 . Materials to be incorporated into this project are
exempt from the Massachusetts Sales Tax.
2 . The Owner' s certificate of exemption from the
Department of Corporation and Taxation shall be
supplied by the Owner.
ARTICLE 8 - TIME
8 . 1 .2 Add the following:
Construction work at the project site shall
commence at the basement only on April 12, 1995,
with all other work commencing on May 30, 1995. r�
8 .2 . 3 Substantial Completion shall be achieved no later
than August 18, 1995. All construction trailers
and materials stored on site shall be removed by c
the date of Substantial Completion.
ARTICLE 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
PARAGRAPH 9. 10 Add the following:
9. 10 . 5 Final completion shall be achieved no later than
August 25, 1995. The penalty per day shall be
$200 . 00 for every day over the date of final
completion.
ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE AND BONDS
Following PARAGRAPH 11 . 3 . 11 : Add the following which will be
substitutions for corresponding articles in the General
Conditions.
11 . 3 . 12 CONTRACTOR' S INSURANCE AMOUNTS :
1 . Before commencing performance of this Contract, the
Contractor shall provide by insurance for payment
of compensation and the furnishing of other
benefits under Ma. G.L. , Ch. 152 (the Workmen' s
Compensation Law so-called) to all persons to be
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 2
2
y:
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 2
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS
TITLE PAGE
General 1
Article 1 - General Provisions 1
Article 2 - Owner 1
Article 3. 6 - Taxes 2
Article 8 - Time 2
,+ Article 9 - Payments and Completion 2
Article 11 - Insurance and Bonds 2
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 2
0
4OW
am
under a Contract with the Contractor, then the
Contractor may, upon seven additional days AW
written notice to the Owner and the
Architect-Engineer, terminate the Contract and
recover from the Owner payment for all work
executed and for any proven loss sustained upon ow
any materials, equipment, tools, construction
equipment and machinery, including reasonable
profit and damages .
END OF SECTION
.w
M
Aft
ow
am
Inv
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
16
.a
At
Architect-Engineer shall consider the item equal
to the item so named or described, as provided by
law.
13 . 11 . 4 The equality of items offered as "equal" to the items
named or described shall be provided to the
satisfaction of the Architect-Engineer at the expense
of the Contractor or Subcontractor submitting the
substitution.
13 . 11 . 5 The Contractor or Subcontractor, as the case may be,
shall assume full responsibility for the proper
performance of any item submitted as "equal" to the
specific or specifics named and assume the costs of
any changes in his own work or in the work of other
++ trades which may be due to such substitution.
13 . 11 . 6 All materials shall be handled, stored, installed,
cleaned, and protected in accordance with best
practice in the industry and, except where otherwise
specified in the Contract Documents, in accordance
with the manufacturer' s specifications and directions .
13 . 11 . 7 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and the
Architect-Engineer that all materials and equipment
furn=ished under this Contract will be new, unless
otherwise specified, and that all work will be good
quality, free from faults and defects, and in
conformance with the Contract Documents . All work not
conforming to these requirements, including
substitutions not properly approved and authorized,
may be considered defective. If required by the
Architect-Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish
satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of
materials and equipment. This warranty is not limited
by the provisions of Article 12 .
ARTICLE 14 - TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT
u. 14 . 1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR
Delete in its entirety and substitute the following:
14 . 1 If the work is stopped for a period of 30 days
under any order of any court or other public
Authority having jurisdiction, or as a result of
++��+ an act of government, such as a declaration of a
national emergency making materials unavailable,
through no act or fault of the Contractor or a
Subcontractor, or their agents or employees, or
any other persons performing any of the Work
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
15
13 . 11 .2 Samples of materials shall be submitted for approval
when and as directed. Machinery, equipment, Ak
materials, and articles installed or used without such
approval shall be at the risk of subsequent rejection
and removal at the Contractor' s expense.
13 . 11 . 3 In accordance with Ma. G.L. , Ch. 30, Sec. 39M, "an
item shall be considered equal to the item so named or
described if (1) it is at least equal in quality,
durability, appearance, strength, and design, (2) it
will perform at least equally the function imposed by
the general design for public work being contracted
for or the material being purchased, and (3) it
conforms substantially, even with deviations, to the
detailed requirements for the item in the said
Specifications. "
a. However, the Contractor and the Subcontractors are
required to submit to the Architect-Engineer, for
consideration as to its equality, a written notice
containing the name and full particulars
pertaining to any items other than the specific or
specifics named or described in the Contract **
Documents. Such submittal shall in no event be
made later than 120 calendar days prior to the
incorporation of the item into the work, except in
any case in which (1) the period of time specified
in the Contract Documents of Substantial
Completion of the work is less than 120 calendar
days or (2) the item in question is to be
incorporated in the work prior to the expiration
of 120 calendar days from the time of execution of
the Contract. The aforesaid written notice shall
be submitted to the Architect-Engineer immediately
following the execution of the contract.
b. Upon receipt of such written notice, the
Architect-Engineer shall investigate whether the
item in question shall be considered equal to the
item named or described in the Contract Documents.
Upon conclusion of the investigation, the
Architect-Engineer shall, in writing, promptly
advise the Contractor that the item in question
is, or is not, considered the equal of the item "
named or described as aforesaid, and that said
item may, or may not, be furnished on the work
accordingly. Such notice must have the
concurrence of the Department to be valid.
c. In no case may an item be furnished on the work
other than the item named or described unless the
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
14 ,�
OR
the date of payment, and there shall be no deductions
or rebates on account of goods purchased, rent or
other obligations, but such obligations shall be
subject to collection only by legal process .
13 . 9 QUALIFICATIONS FOR EMPLOYMENT
13 . 9. 1 No person under the age of 16 years and no convict
do labor shall be employed in the development of the
project. No person whose age or physical condition is
such as to make his employment dangerous to his health
or safety, or to the health or safety of others, shall
be employed in the development of the project;
provided that this shall not operate against the
emplo,�nnent of physically handicapped persons,
otherwise employable, where such persons may be safely
assigned to work which they can ably perform.
13 . 10 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
ANTI-]DISCRIMINATION AND AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM
13 . 10 . 1 The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of
Executive Order No. 74, as amended by Executive Order
Nos . 116, 117, and 227, and of Ma. G.L. , Ch. 151B, as
amended, both of which are herein incorporated by
reference and made a part of this Contract.
13 . 10 .2 The Contract shall include an Equal Employment
Opportunity Anti-Discrimination and Affirmative Action
, ► Program as part of such Contract.
13 . 11 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
13 . 11 . 1 All workmanship, equipment, materials, and articles
incorporated in the work covered by this Contract are
to be of the best grade of their respective kinds for
the purpose. Where equipment, materials, or articles
are referred to in the Specifications as "equal" to
any particular standard, the Architect-Engineer shall
decide the question of quality. The Contractor shall
furnish to the Architect-Engineer, for his approval,
the name of the manufacturer of machinery, mechanical
and other equipment which he contemplates installing,
together with their respective performance capacities
and other pertinent information. When required by the
Specifications, or when called for by the
Architect-Engineer, the Contractors shall furnish to
the Architect-Engineer, for approval, full information
concerning the materials or articles which he
contemplates incorporating in the work.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
13
MR
4,0
PARAGRAPH 9. 10 . 1 : Add the following:
Final payment shall be made in accordance with Ma. G.L. ,
Ch. 30, Sec. 39K, quoted in SECTION ITB - INSTRUCTIONS TO
BIDDERS, Article 6, hereinabove, which Section takes
precedence over any contradictory provisions of Paragraph
9. 10.
ARTICLE 10 - PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
PARAGRAPH 10.2 .2 : Add the following:
1 . All work shall be done in accordance with, and all
machinery, equipment, and all other hazards shall be
guarded in accordance with, the safety provisions of
OSHA and the Manual of Accident Prevention of
Construction published by the Associated General
Contractors of America, to the extent that such
provisions are not in contravention of applicable laws .
2 . The Contractor shall enforce any instructions of the
Owner or the Architect-Engineer regarding signs,
advertising, fire, danger, signals, barricades, and ..
smoking.
3 . It shall be the duty and responsibility of the
Contractor performing any cutting or welding to comply
with the safety provisions of the National Fire
Protection Association "National Fire Codes" pertaining
to such work and the Contractor shall be responsible
for all damages resulting from a failure to comply.
ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE AND BONDS : See Supplementary Conditions,
Part 2, for specific insurance coverage.
ARTICLE 13 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
PARAGRAPH 13 : Add the following:
13 . 8 WEEKLY PAYMENTS
13 . 8 . 1 Every employee of the Contractor or Subcontractor
shall be paid in full, less deductions made mandatory
by law, not less often than once every week and in �►
lawful money of the United States, or check if the
Contractor provides or secures convenient and
satisfactory facilities approved by the Owner for the
cashing of the same without cost or expense to the
employee, in the full amount accrued to each
individual at the time of closing of the payroll,
which shall be at the latest date practicable prior to `
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
12
40
2 . The materials or equipment meet the requirements of the
Contract Documents and required submittals have been
approved by the Architect-Engineer.
3 . The Contractor can and will adequately protect the
materials of equipment until they are incorporated in
the work.
4 . The Contractor will pay storage charges and related
expense if materials or equipment are stored at some
other location agreed upon in writing.
PARAGRAPH 9.3 . 3 : Add the following:
1 . The Contractor shall not be required to warrant good
titles to any materials, supplies, or equipment
required to be installed in the project by or for any
public utility company or corporation or the Owner
whereof to which title remains in the installing body
due to laws, rules, or regulations of such body. He
shall, however, inform the Owner (in writing) as to the
conditions of title and as to location where the
materials, supplies, or equipment are installed in the
work.
PARAGRAPH 9. 6. 4 : Add the following:
See SECTION ITB - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS for
Subcontractors Payments as required by law.
PARAGRAPH 9. 9: Add the following:
9. 9. 4 The Owner will, prior to any such partial occupancy,
give notice to the Contractor thereof and such
occupancy shall be upon the following terms:
1 . The one-year guarantee period called for by the
General Conditions of the Contract Specifications
shall not begin to run until the final acceptance
of all work under the Contract.
2 . The Contractor shall be relieved of all maintenance
costs on the portion of the project occupied under
this agreement.
3 . The Contractor shall not be responsible for wear
and tear or damage resulting from occupancy.
4 . The Owner shall assume risk or loss with respect to
any portion of the project occupied by it under the
terms of this agreement.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
11
deductions are ordered, the credit shall be
computed at net cost. Among the items to be
considered as overhead are insurance, other than as
mentioned above, bond or bonds, supervision,
superintendents, supervising, foremen not directly
attributable to the change, timekeepers, clerks,
watchmen, use of small tools, incidental job
burdens and general office expenses, and other
items not included in "cost" as herein defined.
Layout work by field engineer incidental to Change
Orders shall be considered as overhead.
ARTICLE 8 - TIME "
PARAGRAPH 8 . 3.2 : Delete in its entirety and substitute the
following:
Apart from extension of time for unavoidable delays, no
payment or allowance of any kind shall be made to the
Contractor as compensation for damages because of hindrance
or delay from any cause in the progress of the work,
whether such delays be avoidable or unavoidable. The
Contractor hereby agrees that he shall have no claim for
additional costs or damages of any kind on account of any
delay or suspension of any portion of the work, whether
such delay is caused by the Owner, the Architect-Engineer,
or otherwise. °`
ARTICLE 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
PARAGRAPH 9 . 3 . 1 : Add the following:
See SECTION ITB - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS for Payments to «b
Contractors; provisions therein shall govern such payments .
PARAGRAPH 9. 3.2 : Add the following:
The Owner may approve payment for items stored off-site in
accordance with the Specifications.
In no event may materials or equipment be deemed delivered
and suitably stored at the site (or at some other location
agreed upon in writing) , unless the following requirements
are met:
1 . The materials or equipment are ready for and actually
scheduled for prompt use, as so-called stockpiling is
expressly forbidden, except as otherwise specified or
permitted by the Architect-Engineer.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
10
00
3 . All papers, except bid documents required to be
delivered to the Owner, shall, unless otherwise
specified to the contrary, be delivered to the
office of said Owner, or deposited in the United
States mail in a sealed, postage-prepaid envelope,
or delivered, with charges prepaid, to any
telegraph company for transmission, in either of
said last two cases to said Owner at such address,
or to such other representative of the Owner at
such other address as the Owner may subsequently
specify in writing to the Contractor for such
purpose.
4 . Except as otherwise expressly provided, any such
notice shall be deemed to have been given as of the
ow time of actual delivery or (in the case of mailing)
when the same should have been received in due
course of post, or (in the case of telegrams) the
time of actual receipt, as the case may be.
ARTICLE 4 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
PARAGRAPH 4 . 1 . 1 : Add the following:
1 . The "Architect" or "Architect-Engineer" is specifically
Alderman & MacNeish, Architects and Engineers, 594
Riverdale Road, West Springfield, Massachusetts 01089,
or its authorized representative .
.► ARTICLE 7 - CHANGES IN THE WORK
PARAGRAPH 7 . 1 : Add the following:
7 . 1 . 5 Detailed estimates and proposals for changes or extra
work shall be supplied by the Contractor promptly upon
request.
PARAGRAPH 7 . 1 : Add the following:
7 . 1 . 6 For extra work performed by the General Contractor, the
cost to the Owner may include an allowance for overhead
and profit not to exceed 10 percent of the net cost of
the work as defined and modified below.
Lei►
1 . "Net Cost, " as used herein, may include all items
listed above in 7 . 1 . 6. 1 However, no percentage for
overhead and profit shall be allowed on items of
social security, health and welfare, old age and
unemployment insurance, contributions to pension
funds, education and training funds, industry
improvement funds, and similar fringe benefits . If
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
9
err
also furnish a detailed estimate giving a complete
breakdown of the Contract price, periodical itemized
estimates of work done for the purpose of making
partial payments thereon. The values employed in
making up any of these schedules will be used only for
determining the basis of partial payments and will not
be considered as fixing a basis for addition to, or
deduction from, the Contract price.
2 . The Progress Schedule shall show, by bar graph method,
the percentage of completion and the dollar value of
the first day of each month for the work in each
Section of the Specifications and also for the entire Ak
work. The graph shall also show the date that the work
in each Section commenced. A copy of the Progress
Schedule shall be kept in the Contractor' s field office
and be brought up to date each month to show the actual 4W
progress of the work. The Contractor shall provide the
Architect-Engineer with copies of each updated Progress
Schedule on a monthly basis . *•*
FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH 3. 18 : Add the following:
3 . 19 TRAFFIC
1 . The Contractor shall not close or obstruct any
streets, sidewalks, or passageways until he shall
have first secured all necessary municipal or other
permits therefore. No material whatsoever shall be
placed or stored in streets or passageways . The
Contractor shall so conduct his operations as to
interfere as little as possible with the use
ordinarily made of any roads, streets, driveways,
sidewalks, or other facilities near enough to the
work to be affected thereby.
3.20 COMMUNICATIONS
1 . All notices, demands, requests, instructions,
approvals, and claims must be in writing.
2 . Any notice to, or demand upon, the Contractor shall
be sufficiently given if delivered at the office of
the Contractor specified in the bid (or at such
other office as the Contractor may from time to
time designate to the Owner in writing) or
deposited in the United States mail in a sealed, A
postage-prepaid envelope, or is delivered, with
charges prepaid, to any telegraph company for
transmission, in each case addressed to such
office. AW
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS �.
PART 1
8
PARAGRAPH 3.7 : Add the following:
3 .7 . 5 Wherever any notice is required to be given by the
Owner or the Contractor to any adjoining or adjacent
landowner, or other party before commencement of any
work, :notice shall be given by the Contractor. The
Contractor shall indemnify the Owner and save it
harmless from any damages on account of settlement or
the loss of lateral support of adjoining property and
from all damages for which the Owner may become liable
in consequence of such injury or damage to adjoining
and adjacent structures and their premises .
PARAGRAPH 3 . 9: Add the following:
3 . 9.2 At any time during the course of construction, the
Architect-Engineer and Owner may require the Contractor
to replace the Superintendent if they deem it
necessary. The Contractor may not remove or replace
the Superintendent without written consent of the
Architect-Engineer and the Owner.
lip PARAGRAPH 3 . 10 . 1 : Add the following:
1 . Within. five (5) days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal
holidays excluded, after execution and delivery of the
"! Contrast, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a
building Progress Schedule and a Schedule of Values in
form satisfactory to the Owner, showing the proposed
dates of commencement and completion of each of the
various subdivisions of work required under Contract
Documents and the anticipated amount of each monthly
payment that will become due to the Contractor in
accordance with the Progress Schedule. The purpose of
the Progress Schedule is to state the best estimate of
the Contractor for the completion of the work and the
0% Owner' s acknowledgement of the receipt of such schedule
does riot either affirm or deny that the Contractor, by
diligence, can conclude the work within the time
specified. The Schedule of Values shall contain cost
amounts allocated to the various portions of the work,
prepared in such a form and supported by such data to
substantiate its accuracy as the Architect-Engineer may
require . This Schedule, unless objected to by the
Architect-Engineer, shall be used only as a basis for
the Contractor' s Application for Payment. The Schedule
of Values shall contain a separate item for each
Section of these Specifications broken down in such
form as the Architect-Engineer may require. Each item
in the Schedule of Values shall include its proper
share of overhead and profit. The Contractor shall
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
7
Im
.W.
subject to the check and review of the
Architect-Engineer.
3 . 3 . 6 The Contractor is responsible for the coordination of
the work of all trades and parties providing materials
and/or services in connection with the work of this
Contract.
3 . 3. 7 The Contractor is ultimately responsible for the
dimensional and functional coordination of all
components required in connection with this Contract.
Previous approvals of shop drawings or of other
submittals by the Architect shall not relieve the
Contractor of this responsibility.
3 . 3 . 8 The Contractor is responsible for the delegation of all
work under this Contract, whether the work is called
for in only the Drawings, only the Specifications or
both. The Contractor shall not request that the
Architect or Owner designate which sub-trade is w.
responsible to perform any item of work or to supply
any item of materials . The Contractor has the ultimate
responsibility to see that all items called for in the
Drawings and all items called for in the Specifications
are provided within the Contract amount.
PARAGRAPH 3 . 5: Add the following:
3 . 5. 2 All guarantees and warranties required in the various
Sections of the Specifications which originate with a
manufacturer must be delivered to the
Architect-Engineer before final payment to the
Contractor may be made for the amount of that phase of
work to which the guarantee or warranty relates .
3 . 5. 3 The failure to deliver a required guarantee or warranty
shall be held to constitute a failure of the
Subcontractor to fully complete his work in accordance
with the Contract Documents .
3 . 5. 5 Neither the final Certificate of Payment, nor any
provisions in the Contract Documents for partial or
entire use or occupancy of the premises by the Owner
shall constitute an acceptance of work not done in
accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve the
Contractor or his sureties of liabilities in respect to
any warranties or responsibilities for faulty materials
and workmanship.
Akl
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
6
ow
ARTICLE 2 - OWNER
PARAGRAPH 2 . 1 . 1 : Add the following:
1 . The term "Owner" and "Awarding Authority" are
interchangeable.
ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACTOR
PARAGRAPH 3 . 1 . 1 : Add the following:
1 . The term "Contractor" means the Contractor for the
entire project. The terms "General Contractor" and
"General Bidder" are interchangeable and mean the
"Contractor. "
2 . Only one Contractor, namely, the General contractor, is
recognized as a party to this Contract. Where the term
"Contractor" is used, the General Contractor or General
Bidder is referred to, except that where the term
"Contractor" is used in those Sections which are
designated in the General Contractor' s Bid Form under
Item 2,, the Subcontractor designated in such bid form
is referred to. Such designation or use shall not,
however, create any contractual relation, after the
execution of the general Contract, between the Owner
and such Subcontractor. For convenience, the
Specification has been divided into separate headings
or Sections to cover the various trades represented in
the work, and where such Subcontractors are "Mason
Contractor, " "Carpenter Contractor, " and other possible
Subcontractors are referred to, it has been for
convenience only. Such specified reference shall not
be construed as a determination or indication that the
Owner considers such possible Subcontractors major
Subcontractors.
PARAGRAPH 3 . 3: Add the following:
3 . 3 . 5 The Contractor shall lay out his own work and he shall
be responsible for all lines, bench marks, elevations,
and measurements of the building, grading, paving, and
other work to be executed by him under the Contract.
He shall provide all templates, stakes, ranges, spikes,
nails, and boards . He must exercise proper precaution
to verify the figures shown on the Drawings before
laying out the work and will be held responsible for
any error resulting from his failure to exercise such
precaution whether or not the figures shown on the
Drawings are correct. The lines or grades shall be
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
5
4 . "Approved, " "acceptable, " "satisfactory, " and
similar words shall mean "approved by (acceptable
or satisfactory to) the Architect-Engineer. "
5. "Necessary, " "reasonable, " "proper, " "correct, " and
similar words shall mean "necessary (reasonable,
proper, or correct) in the judgement of the
Architect-Engineer. "
6. "Similar" is used in the general sense, and not as
meaning identical, and all details shall be worked
out by the Contractor in relation to their location
and their connection to other parts of the work.
1 .2 . 10 Words in the singular shall also mean and include the
plural, wherever the context so indicates, and words in
the plural shall mean the singular, wherever the
context so indicates.
FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH 1 . 5: Add the following: •
1 . 6 REFERENCE TO MATERIALS BY NAME:
1 . 6. 1 Specific reference in the Specifications to any
article, device, product, material, fixture, form or
type of construction, etc. , by name, make, or catalog
number shall be interpreted as establishing a standard
of quality and shall not be construed as limiting the
competition, and the Contractor, in such cases, may, at
his option, use any article, device, product, material, .�
fixture, form or type of construction which, in the
judgement of the Architect-Engineer, is equal to that
named and, further provided, approval of any
manufacturer' s product not specifically mentioned is '
obtained prior to the close of the interpretations
period as set forth in SECTION ITB, INSTRUCTIONS TO
BIDDERS . ,"
1 . 6.2 An item shall be considered equal to the item named or
described if, in the opinion of the Architect-Engineer,
(1) it is at least equal in quality, durability,
appearance, strength, and design; (2) it will perform
at least equally the function imposed by the general
design; and (3) it conforms substantially, even with «
deviations, to the detailed requirements for the item
in the Specifications .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
4
typical. for all similar conditions or areas of the
building. Absence of a particular section, elevation,
*" or detail shall not release the Contractor from his
obligation to provide the labor and materials required
to construct all components necessary to complete the
project: using methods and materials of construction
consistent with that called for elsewhere on the
Drawings or in the Specifications.
PARAGRAPH 1 .2 : Acid The following:
1 .2 . 6 Where used in conjunction with the Architect-Engineer' s
e response to submittals, requests, applications,
inquiries, reports, and claims by the Contractor, the
meaning of the term "approved" will be held to the
limitations of the Architect-Engineer' s
responsibilities and duties as specified in the General
and Supplementary Conditions . In no case will
"approval" by the Architect-Engineer be interpreted as
po an assurance to the Contractor that the requirements of
the Contract Documents have been fulfilled.
1 .2 . 7 Where :reference is made to standards or trade
of association publications, it shall mean to refer to the
latest edition and revision thereof, if any, in effect
on the date of the Contract Documents.
1 .2 . 8 Wherever, in the Specifications, the phrase "shall
conform to applicable requirements of ASTM Standards or
Federal Specifications" occur, the latest revision,
amended, of the ASTM Standards or Federal
Specifications listing as governing each material shall
be accepted as establishing the technical qualities and
10 testing methods which shall be complied with.
1 .2 . 9 Except as otherwise defined in context, the following
words, terms, and phrases shall mean the following:
1 . "As shown, " "as indicated, " "as detailed, " or "as
noted" shall mean "as shown (indicated, etc. ) on
Drawings or any other diagrammatic or written
reference on the Drawings . "
2 . "Provide" shall mean "furnish and install, complete
and ready for intended use. "
3 . "Directed, " "required, " "permitted, " "ordered, "
"designed, " "prescribed, " and similar words shall
mean the "direction (requirement, permission,
order, designation, or prescription) of the
Architect-Engineer. "
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
3
occurs and shall also apply to all other similar parts
of the work, unless otherwise indicated.
3 . Where "by others" appears in the Specifications, or as
noted on Drawings, it shall be used in the general
sense of "specified under other Sections of the
Specifications. "
4 . The figures and notes on the Drawings, showing the
indicating dimensions, shall be used instead of
scaling. Dimensions shall not be determined by
scaling, except for details drawn to a 3 in. scale or
larger, and these only when dimensions are not given or
implied.
S. In case of differences between small and large scale
Drawings, the larger scale Drawings shall take
precedence, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6,
next below.
6. In case of inconsistent requirements in the Contract
Documents, the requirements of the greater cost shall
take precedence and shall be the Contract requirements .
7 . It is the intent of the Contract Documents to include
all work and materials necessary for erecting complete,
and ready for continuous and proper use, all components *�
required to complete this project, including, but not
limited to, architectural, mechanical, electrical, and
special systems as shown on the accompanying Drawings,
or as hereinafter described, even if not specifically
shown or called for in the Construction Drawings or
Specifications . These Drawings shall be taken in a
sense as diagrammatic; sizes of pipes, ducts, conduits,
conductors, and general routes for running them are
shown, but it is not intended to show every offset and
fitting, nor every structural difficulty that will be
encountered during the installation of the work.
8 . The Contractor agrees to indemnify and save the Owner
and the Architect-Engineer harmless from and against
liability of any nature or kind, including costs and
expenses for, or on account of, all work which is
consistent with, and reasonably inferable from, the ,
Contract Documents as being necessary to produce the
intended results, even if the work itself is not
specifically called for in the Contract Documents .
9. Unless otherwise specifically called for on the
Drawings, all wall sections, elevations, details, and
schedules shown on the Drawings shall be considered �*•
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
2
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
GENERAL
The following supplements shall modify, delete, and/or add to the
General Conditions . Where any article, paragraph, or subparagraph
+r► in the General Conditions is supplemented by one of the following
paragraphs, the provisions of such article, paragraph, or
subparagraph shall remain in effect. Where any article,
paragraph, or subparagraph in the General Conditions is amended,
ft voided, or superseded by any of the following paragraphs, the
provisions of such article, paragraph, or subparagraph not so
amended, voided, or superseded shall remain in effect.
ARTICLE 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS
PARAGRAPH 1 . 1 . 1 : Add the following:
1 . The "Contract Documents" consist of the following:
(1 . 1) Modifications .
(1 . 2) The Agreement (Owner-Contractor Agreement) and
Conditions of the Contract.
(1 . 3) Any Addenda to the Specifications and Drawings .
(1 . 4) The Specifications .
(1 . 5) The Drawings .
PARAGRAPH 1 .2 . 3 : Add the Following:
1 . The general configuration and character of the detail
work is shown on the Drawings, but minor modifications
may be! made in the detail Drawings . The Contractor and
the Architect-Engineer shall, from time to time,
prepare schedules showing the dates on which the
o+ various detail Drawings will be required, and the
Contractor shall not attempt to execute any part of the
work requiring such Drawings until he has received the
same.
2 . Where, on the Drawings, a portion of the work is drawn
out and the remainder is indicated in outline, the
parts drawn out shall apply to all other like portions
of the work. Where ornament or other detail is
indicated by starting only, such detail shall be
continued throughout the course or part in which it
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
1
IM
1
1
7
1
7
3
1
7
1
}
1
1
7
1
7
1
i
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
TITLE PAGE
General 1
Article 1 - General Provisions 1
Article 2 - Owner 5
Article 3 - Contractor 5
Article 4 - Administration of the Contract 9
Article 7 - Changes in the Work 9
Article 8 - Time 10
Article 9 - Payments and Completion 10
Article 10 - Protection of Persons and Property 12
Article 11 - Insurance and Bonds 12
Article 13 - Miscellaneous Provisions 12
Article 14 - Termination or Suspension of the
Contract 15
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1
/ 0
SAMPLE
CERTIFICATE OF VOTE OF AUTHORIZATION
19
I hereby certify that a meeting of the Board of Directors of
duly called and held at
on the day of 19
at which a quorum was present and acting, it was noted that
of
(Officer)
be and hereby is authorized to execute and deliver for, and in
behalf of, the Corporation a Contract with the Trustees of Smith
College for Dormitory Renovations of Cushing, Emerson, and Jordan
House at Smith College in Northampton, Massachusetts, which
Contract was present at, made a part of, the records of said
meeting.
I further certify that
is the duly qualified and acting *
of the Corporation and that said vote has not been repealed,
rescinded, or amended.
A true copy of the Record.
ATTEST:
(Clerk of the Corporation)
(Corporate Seal)
END OF SECTION
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ITB
14
40
IN WITNESSETH WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to
be signed and sealed in the day and year first above written.
(Contractor)
WITLESS : BY:
TRUSTEES OF SMITH COLLEGE
BY: , Chairman
Smith College, without personal liability of the members thereof.
APPROVED AS TO FORM APPROVED AS TO APPROPRIATION
The Contractor shall, before commencing performance of this
Contract, provide insurance for the payment of compensation and
the furnishing of other benefits under Ma. G.L. , Ch. 152, to all
persons to be employed under this Contract, and the Contractor
shall continue such insurance for full force and effect during the
term of this Contract. Sufficient proof of compliance with this
clause shall be provided upon the signing of this Contract.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
I TB
13
.ap
,M
but such changes or any requirement for a corrected periodic
estimate shall not affect the due date for the periodic payment or
the date for the commencement of interest charges on the amount of **
the periodic payment computed in accordance with the changes made,
as provided herein; provided, that the Awarding Authority may,
within seven days after receipt, return to the Contractor for
correction, any periodic estimate which is not in the required
form or which contains computations not arithmetically correct
and, in any event, the date of receipt of such periodic estimate
shall be the date of receipt of the corrected periodic estimate in
proper form and with arithmetically correct computations . The
date of receipt of periodic estimate received on a Saturday shall
be the first working day thereafter. "
The Contractor shall perform all the work required by this
Contract in conformity with the Drawings and Specifications
contained herein. No willful or substantial deviation from said
Drawings and Specifications shall be made unless authorized in
writing by the Owner or by the Architect-Engineer in charge of the
work who is duly authorized by the Owner to approve such
deviations .
In order to avoid delays in the prosecution of the work required
by such Contract, such deviation from the Drawings and
Specifications may be authorized by a written order of the Owner
or such Architect-Engineer so authorized to approve such
deviation, within 30 days thereafter, such written order shall be
confirmed by a certificate of the Owner stating: (1) if such
deviation involves any substitution or elimination of materials,
fixtures or equipment, the reason why such materials, fixtures or
equipment were included in the first instance, and the reasons for
substitution or elimination and, if the deviation is of any other
nature, the reason for such deviation, giving justification
therefore; (2) that the specified deviation does not materially +
injure the project as a whole; (3) that either the work
substituted for the work specified is of the same cost and
quality; or that an equitable adjustment has been agreed upon
between the Owner and the Contractor and the awarding dollars of
said adjustment, and (4) that the deviation is in the best
interest of the Owner.
..
Such certificate shall be signed under the penalties of perjury
and shall be a permanent part of the file record of the work
contracted for.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
I TB ,..�
12
ON
No
ARTICLE 6, PAYMENT'S TO CONTRACTORS : "Within fifteen days after
receipt from the Contractor, at the place designated by the
Awarding Authority, of a periodic estimate, in six copy form,
requesting payment of the amount due for the preceding month, the
Awarding Authority, will make a periodic payment to the Contractor
"M for the work performed during the preceding month and for the
materials not incorporated in the work but delivered and suitably
stored at the site (or at some location agreed upon in writing) to
which the Contractor has title or to which a Subcontractor has
title and has authorized the Contractor to transfer title to the
Awarding Authority, less (1) a retention based on its estimate of
the fair value of its claims against the Contractor and less (2) a
retention for direct payments to Subcontractors based on demands
for same in accordance with the provisions of Ma. G.L. , Ch. 30,
Sec. 39F, and less (3) a retention not exceeding five percent of
the approved amount of periodic payment. After the receipt of a
periodic estimate requesting final payment and within sixty-five
days after (a) the Contractor fully completes the work or
substantially completes the work so that the value of the work
,�. remaining to be done is, in the estimate of the Awarding
Authority, less than one percent of the original Contract price,
or (b) the Contractor substantially completes the work and the
Awarding Authority takes possession of occupancy, whichever occurs
first, the Awarding Authority shall pay the Contractor the entire
balance due on the Contract less (1) a retention based on its
estimate of the fair value of its claims against the Contractor
and of the cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory
items of work and less (2) a retention for direct payment to
Subcontractors based on demands for same in accordance with the
provisions of Ma. G.L. , Ch. 30, Sec. 39F or based on the record of
payments by the Contractor to the Subcontractors under this
Contract if such record of payment indicates that the Contractor
has not paid Subcontractors as provided in Ma. G.L. , Ch. 30, Sec.
+ " 39F. If the Awarding Authority fails to make payment, as herein
provided, there shall be added to each such payment daily interest
at the rate of five percent per annum commencing on the first day
after said payment. is due and continuing until the payment is
delivered or mailed to the Contractor; provided, that no interest
shall be due, in any event, on the amount due on a periodic
estimate for final. payment until fifteen days after receipt of
such a periodic estimate from the Contractor, at the place
designated by the Awarding Authority, if such a place is so
designated. The Contractor agrees to pay to each Subcontractor a
portion of any such interest paid in accordance with the amount
due each Subcontractor. "
"The Awarding Authority may make changes in any periodic estimate
M1A° submitted by the Contractor and the payment due on said periodic
estimate shall be computed in accordance with the changes so made,
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
a� I TB
11
CONTRACT FORM
THIS AGREEMENT made this day of
in the year Nineteen Hundred and Ninety by and between
hereinafter called the "Contractor, " and Trustees of Smith
College, Northampton, Massachusetts, hereinafter called the
"Owner. "
WITNESSETH, that the Contractor and the Owner for the
consideration stated herein agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1, STATEMENT OF WORK: The Contractor shall furnish all
labor, materials, equipment, and insurance and perform all work
required for the construction of Dormitory Renovations, Cushing,
Emerson, and Jordan House, in strict accordance with the General
Conditions and Specifications and Drawings for the construction of
Dormitory Renovations, Cushing, Emerson, and Jordan House, in the
City of Northampton, Massachusetts, dated March 30, 1995, the
Addenda thereto numbered , and , and the •®
Drawings referred to therein, all as prepared by Alderman &
MacNeish, Architects and Engineers, and said Drawings and said
Specifications and General Conditions are incorporated herein by
reference and are made a part thereof; provided, however, since
this is a governmental agency Contract, that the terms of any of
these documents inconsistent with applicable law shall have no
effect and, further provided, that any provisions of the General
Laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts required to be inserted
herein shall be incorporated herein by reference.
ARTICLE 2, TIME OF COMPLETION: The Contractor shall commence work
under this Contract on the date specified in the written notice of
the Owner to proceed and shall complete all work hereunder within
the time stated in the General Conditions.
ARTICLE 3, THE CONTRACT SUM: The Owner will pay the Contractor
for the performance of the Contract, in current funds, the sum of
Dollars ($
ARTICLE 4, ALTERATIONS : The following changes were made in the
Contract Documents before this Contract was signed by the parties
hereto:
ARTICLE 5, ALTERNATE BIDS : Alternate Bid Prices will be
considered only as called for in the Contract Documents and will
be reflected in Article 3 of this Agreement.
.m
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
I TB •m
10
oft
No
13 . BIDDERS ' REPRESENTATION
A. Each General Bidder (hereinafter called "Bidder") by
making a bid (hereinafter called "bid") represents that:
1. The Bidder has read and understands the Contract
Documents and the bid is made in accordance
therewith.
2 . The Bidder has visited the site and is familiar with
the local conditions under which the work has to be
performed.
B. Failure to so examine the Contract Documents and site
shall not relieve any Bidder from any obligation under
the bid as submitted.
14 . TAXES
A. The Awarding Authority is exempt from payment of the
Massachusetts Sales Tax. The Contractor will be provided
a Certificate of Exemption number prior to commencement
of work.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
I TB
9
ow
fully acquaint himself with circumstances and conditions
relating to the entire project as they exist so that he
may fully understand the facilities, difficulties, and �*
restrictions attending the execution of the work under
his Contract. Bidders shall also thoroughly examine and
be familiar with the Drawings and the Specifications .
The failure or omission of any bidder to receive or
examine any form, instrument, document, or to visit the
site and acquaint himself with conditions there existing
shall in no way relieve any bidder from any obligation
with respect to his bid. By submitting a bid, the bidder
agrees and warrants that he has examined the site and the
Specifications and Drawings and, where the Specification
and Drawings require in any of the work a given result to
be produced, that the Specifications and Drawings are
adequate and the required result can be produced, under
the Specifications and Drawings. No claim for any extra
or any alleged damage due to delay will be allowed
because of alleged impossibilities in the production of
the results specified or because of inadequate or .,
improper Drawings and Specifications and, whenever a
result is required, the successful bidder shall furnish
any and all extras and make any changes needed to
produce, to the satisfaction of the Awarding Authority,
the required results .
11 . BIDDERS PRESENT
A. At the time for opening bids, their contents will not be
made public for the information of bidders .
12 . EXPEDITE DECISIONS
A. Every Contract which requires the Awarding Authority, any �*
official, its Architect or Engineer to make a decision on
interpretation of the Specifications, approval of
equipment, material or any other approval, or progress of
the work, shall require that the decision be made
promptly and, in any event, no later than 30 days after
the written submission for decision; but if such decision
requires extended investigation and study, the Awarding
Authority, the official, Architect or Engineer shall,
within 30 days after the receipt of the submission, give
the party making the submission written notice of the ..
reasons why the decision cannot be made within the 30 day
period and the date by which the decision will be made.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
I TB
8
responsibility will attach to an officer for premature
opening of a bid not properly addressed and identified.
C. No general bid received by the Awarding Authority after
the time established herein for the opening of general
bids will be considered, regardless of the cause for delay
in the receipt of any such bid.
8 . WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
A. Any bid may be withdrawn by written or telegraphic request
dispatched by a general bidder in time for delivery in the
!" normal course of business prior to the hours fixed for the
opening of general bids . Prior to such hour, telegraphic
withdrawal of bids must be confirmed over the signature of
the bidders by written notice deposited in the United
States mail, post marked on or before the date and time
set for receipt of bids .
B. Withdrawn bids may be resubmitted up to the time
designated for the receipt of bids .
C. No bid of the general bidders shall be withdrawn within 30
days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded,
after the opening of the general bids .
9. INTERPRETATIONS
A. No oral interpretations will be made to any bidder as to
the meaning of the Drawings and Specifications . Every
request for such an interpretation shall be made in
writing by a general bidder and addressed and forwarded to
Alderman & MacNeish, Architects and Engineers, 594
Riverdale Road, West Springfield, Massachusetts 01089. No
inquiry received within five days of the date fixed for
opening of general bids will be given consideration.
Every interpretation made to a bidder will be in the form
of an Addendum to the Specification which, if issued, may
be sent as promptly as is practicable to all persons to
whom the Drawings and Specifications have been issued.
All such Addenda shall become a part of the Contract
Documents . Failure of the Awarding Authority to send, or
of any bidder to receive, any such interpretation shall
not relieve any bidder from any obligation under his bid
as submitted.
10. EXAMINATION OF SITE, DRAWINGS, ETC.
A. Each bidder shall visit the site of the proposed work and
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ITB
7
S. GENERAL
A. General bids shall be for the complete work as specified
and shall include the names of sub-bidders and the amounts
of their sub-bids, and the General Contractor shall be
selected on the basis of such general bids . Every general „
bid which does not conform with these Specification, or
which is on a form not completely filled in, or which is
incomplete, conditional or obscure, or which contains any
options or additions not called for, shall be invalid, and
the Awarding Authority shall reject every such general
bid. No such general bid shall be rejected because of the
failure to submit prices for, or information relating to,
any item or items for which no specific space is provided
in the general bid form furnished by the Awarding
Authority, but this sentence shall not be applicable to
any failure to furnish prices or information required by
this Section to be furnished in the above "Form for
General Bid. " General bids will be opened and read by the
Awarding Authority in private after the time limit for the *�►
filing thereof. The Awarding Authority reserves the right
to select the Contractor regardless of the bid price.
B. The general bid price shall be the price set forth in
paragraph C. of the "Form for General Bid. " No general
bid shall be rejected because the Drawings and
Specifications do not accompany the bid or are not *�
submitted with the bid.
6. ALTERNATE BIDS
A. Alternate bids will be received only if, and as, called
for in Division 1, General Requirements .
7 . TIME FOR RECEIVING BIDS
A. Bids of general bidders will be received by the Awarding
Authority until Two O'Clock (2 : 00) P.M. , Tuesday, April 4,
1995, at which time and place all general bids will be
opened in private.
B. Bids received prior to the time established herein for the
opening of bids of the General Contractors will be
securely kept, unopened. The officer whose duty it is to
receive and to open all bids will decide when the
specified time has arrived for the opening of bids of
General Contractors . At the times established, opening of
bids of General Contractors will be done in private. No
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
I TB •
6
Owner, execute a Contract in accordance with the terms of this
general bid.
I . The undersigned hereby certifies that he is able to furnish
labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of
labor employed or to be employed on the work.
J. The undersigned further certifies under penalties of perjury
that the said undersigned is not presently debarred from doing
public construction work in the Commonwealth under the
provisions of section twenty-nine F of chapter twenty-nine, or
any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter
of the General Laws or any rule or regulations promulgated
thereunder.
Date:
(Name of General Bidder)
By:
Title:
Business Address
City, State, and Zip Code
Business Telephone
If a corporation, it must be signed and sealed by a duly
authorized officer.
If a partnership, so state and give names of all partners .
If an individual, so state and sign.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ITB
5
15400 Plumbing
15500 Heating, Ventilating
and Air Conditioning
16100 Electrical
or
Communications Sub-Sub
E. The Contractor shall conduct the required work of this +o
Contract with regard to the following dates:
1 . Commence work in basement level of all buildings no later MW
than Wednesday, April 12, 1995.
2 . Commence work on the remainder of the required work no
later than Tuesday, May 30, 1995.
3 . Substantial Completion of the work shall be accomplished
no later than Friday, August 18, 1995.
4 . Complete the required work no later than Friday, August
25, 1995.
F. Unit Costs: Repair or replacement of existing bulging,
cracked, missing, or otherwise defective plaster and drywall
currently concealed under vinyl wallcovering or wallpaper, as
required to provide a sound, flush, and uniform substrate to
receive paint or vinyl wallcovering as called for in the
Construction Documents .
Each Wall Requiring Under 10 S . F.
of Repair or Replacement $ /S . F.
Each Wall Requiring Over 10 S . F.
of Repair or Replacement $ /S .F.
G. In submitting this bid, it is understood that the Owner
reserves the right to reject any or all bids of the general
bidders and to waive any informalities in bidding, if it be in
the Owner' s interest to do so. The Owner also reserves the
right to reject any or all Contractors . It is also agreed
that this bid may not be withdrawn within thirty (30) days of
the receipt of bids, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays
excluded.
H. The undersigned agrees that if he is selected as General
Contractor, he will, within five days, Saturdays, Sundays, and
legal holidays excluded, after presentation thereof by the
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
I TB
4
FORM FOR GENERAL BID
BIDDER:
TO: The Awarding .Authority - Trustees of Smith College
126 West Street
Northampton, MA 01060
A. The undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials
ow required for construction of Dormitory Renovations, Cushing,
Emerson, and Jordan House, Smith College, Northampton,
Massachusetts, in accordance with the accompanying Drawings
and Specifications prepared by Alderman & MacNeish, Architects
and Engineers, 594 Riverdale Road, West Springfield,
Massachusetts 01089, for the Contract price specified below,
subject to additions and deductions according to the terms of
the Specifications .
B. This bid includes Addenda numbered and
C. The proposed Contract price (Base Bid) is
w
Dollars ($ ) .
For Alternate No. 1 : Add $ Subtract $
For Alternate 'No. 2 : Add $ Subtract $
For Alternate 'No. 3 : Add $ Subtract $
For Alternate No. 4 : Add $ Subtract $
For Alternate No. 5: Add $ Subtract $
For Alternate No. 6: Add $ Subtract $
D. The undersigned certifies that, if awarded the Contract for
this project, the following Subcontractors shall be used:
SECTION TRADE SUBCONTRACTOR
07200 Roofing and Flashing
08610 Wood Windows
09900 Painting and Wall
Covering
15300 Fire Protection
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
! • I TB
3
w
w
am
4 . BIDDING PROCEDURE
A. Bid documents submitted by all bidders to the Owner shall ON
be submitted and enclosed in a single envelope which shall
be sealed and clearly labeled with the words "BID
DOCUMENTS, " the project name, and firm name of the bidder. me
AM
am
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ITB
2
SECTION ITB
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1 . SPECIAL NOTICE TO BIDDERS
A. Attention is directed to the fact that each set of the
Specifications has bound thereto a complete set of bidding
and general Contract forms. These forms are for reference
and convenience only of bidders and are not to be detached
from the Specifications or filled out or executed.
+! ► B. The Owner shall furnish forms to General Contractors for
filing bids. These forms will be available at the office
of Alderman & MacNeish, Architects and Engineers, 594
Riverdale Road, West Springfield, Massachusetts 01089.
C. Bids must be filed on the forms provided. All items on
the bid forms must be filled in completely and accurately.
Inclusion of alternative proposals with bids, or use of
alternative bid forms, or submission of incomplete or
qualified bids shall be cause for rejection.
D. The award of the Contract in connection with this work,
after approval of an officer, board, or agency, will be
made within 30 days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal
holidays excluded, after such approval; and the award of
this Contract will be made within 30 days, Saturdays,
Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after the opening of
so the bids therefore. If the bidder, selected as the
General Contractor, fails to perform his agreement to
execute a Contract in accordance with the terms of his
bid, an award shall be made to the next responsible and
eligible bidder. The 30 day time limit shall not be
applicable to a second or subsequent award made after
expiration of the time limit with the consent of said next
responsible and eligible bidder, and made because the
original award made within the time limit was invalid, or
because the bidder failed to execute the Contract.
2 . BID SECURITY: NONE REQUIRED.
3 . REJECTION OF BIDS
A. In inviting bids, the Awarding Authority shall reserve the
right to reject any or all such bids, if it be in its
interest to do so.
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ITB
1
7
1
7
7
1
7
7
7
i
1
7
7
7
7
1
SECTION ITB
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE
1 . Special Notice to Bidders 1
2. Bid Security 1
3. Rejection of Bids 1
4 . Bidding Procedure 2
Form for General Bid 3
5. General 6
6. Alternate Bids 6
7 . Time for Receiving Bids 6
8 . Withdrawal of Bids 7
9. Interpretations 7
10. Examination of Site, Drawings, Etc. 7
11 . Bidders Present 8
12 . Expedite Decisions 8
13. Bidders' Representation 9
14 . Taxes 9
Contract Form 10
Sample - Certificate of Vote of
Authorization 14
tNi
p
21 90 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
(S C-CEJ) /lm y
ITB
0
E;
4W
The Contract Documents may also be seen, but not removed at:
Alderman & MacNeish, Architects and Engineers
594 Riverdale Road, West Springfield, Massachusetts
The Awarding Authority also reserves the right to waive any
informalities in, or to reject any, or all, bids if it be in
their interest to do so.
The Trustees of Smith College
wo
Am
am
A
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
NTC ..
2
an
NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
DORMITORY RENOVATIONS
CUSHING, EMERSON, AND JORDAN HOUSE
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
The Trustees of Smith College invite sealed bids for the
Dormitory Renovations of Cushing, Emerson, and Jordan House
Student Residences at Smith College, Paradise Road, Northampton,
Massachusetts .
Bids shall be received at Smith College, 126 West Street,
Northampton, Massachusetts, up to the time specified below. Bids
must be received before that time to be considered.
The project will consist of renovations to the existing buildings
as necessary for completion of the work indicated on the
Construction Documents .
General bids will be received until Two O'Clock (2 : 00) P.M. ,
Tuesday, April 4, 1995, at which time all general bids will be
opened in private.
A representative of Alderman & MacNeish will be present at the
site to conduct a tour on Monday, March 20, 1995, starting at
10: 00 A.M.
If mailed, bids shall be sent to the Awarding Authority at the
above address .
Bid documents will be available for pick-up at the office of
Alderman & MacNeish, Architects and Engineers, 594 Riverdale
Road, West Springfield, Massachusetts, after Two O'Clock (2 : 00)
P.M. on Monday, March 13, 1995.
Bidders will be allowed up to two (2) sets of Contract Documents .
Contract Documents may be obtained upon deposit of a certified,
cashier' s or treasurer' s check, or money order for $125. 00 per
set, payable to Alderman & MacNeish. The deposit will be
refunded for up to two (2) sets for each bidder, upon the return
of the sets in good condition, within 14 calendar days after the
opening of the general bids, otherwise the deposit shall become
the property of Alderman & MacNeish.
Bidders requesting Contract Documents to be mailed to them shall
include, with the document deposit, a separate check (non-
""" refundable) in the amount of $25. 00 (certified, cashier' s or
treasurer' s check,, or money order) , payable to Alderman &
MacNeish, for each set to cover mailing and handling costs .
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
NTC
1
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
Section 08100 - Metal Doors and Frames
Section 08210 - Wood Doors
Section 08610 - Wood Windows (Metal Clad)
Section 08700 - Finish Hardware
Section 08800 - Glass and Glazing
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
Section 09205 - Plaster Patching
Section 09215 - Veneer Plaster
Section 09250 - Gypsum Drywall
Section 09510 - Acoustical Ceilings
Section 09550 - Wood Flooring
Section 09680 - Carpet 0%
Section 09700 - Resilient Floors
Section 09900 - Painting and Wall Covering
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
Section 10010 - Miscellaneous Specialties
Section 10150 - Metal Toilet Partition Doors and Frames
DIVISIONS 11 THROUGH 14 - NOT USED
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
Section 15300 - Fire Protection
Section 15400 - Plumbing
Section 15500 - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL WORK
Section 16100 - Electrical
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy TABLE OF CONTENTS
TOC
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE
Title Sheet
Table of Contents
Notice to Contractors
BIDDING REQUIREMENTS
Instructions to Bidders
A.I .A. General Conditions
Part 1 - Amendments to A.I.A. General Conditions
Part 2 - Additional Conditions
SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 01010 - Summary of the Work
Section 01025 - Unit Prices
Section 01030 - Alternates
Section 01300 - Submittals
Section 01400 Quality Assurance
Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
Section 01600 Material and Equipment
Section 01700 - Contract Closeout
DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK
Section 02050 - Demolition
Section 02100 - Site Preparation
Section 02500 - Paving and Surfacing
Section 02900 - Landscaping
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
Section 04100 - Masonry
DIVISION 5 - METALS
Section 05100 - Miscellaneous and Ornamental Iron
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS
Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry
Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry
Section 06700 - PVC Finish Panels
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
Section 07100 - Waterproofing, Dampproofing, and Caulking
Section 07200 - Roofing and Flashing
Section 07270 - Firestopping
2190 (SC-CEJ) /lmy TABLE OF CONTENTS
TOC
1
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
FOR
DORMITORY RENOVATIONS
CUSHING, EMERSON, AND JORDAN HOUSE
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SPECIAL NOTE: BIDDER'S INSPECTION OF THE PROJECT SITE SHALL BE MADE:
MONDAY, MARCH 20, 1995 AT 10 : 00 A.M.
t STARTING AT THE MAIN ENTRANCE
OF EMERSON HOUSE
OF M RED AR�'�i
Llf
o= GEORGE yG �
THEODORE �, o z No. 2892
o KLOTSAS
.�,
10767 a l o us• ��
MAO: -�-- of
MI
ALDERMAN & MAC NEISH
ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS
594 RIVERDALE ROAD
WEST SPRINGFIELD, MASSACHUSETTS 01089
JOB NO. 2190
SET NO. DATE: MARCH 3, 1995
1/2"H & C & DN.
KITCH DN 10 1-1/2"W UP &
300K
EXTEND NEW 1-1/2"V D ❑
AND CONN. TO EX.
AS REO'D STAIR 1
O ��S I
1/2"H &CW DN.
1-1/2"W DN.
1-1/2"V UP
UP
THIRD FLOOR [--flo `
FIRST FLOOR'
CONN.CONN. 1-1 2'W TO
4"SAN.
CONN. 11f
H & CW ro
CLOS.
223A - - — - -
i
1/2"
1/2" & CW UP & DN.
1-1 W UP & DN. -1/2"W
STUDENT RM. i
223
(2G) STAIR 1
�-o
1/2"H & CW UP
SECOND FLOOR 1-1/2"W UP
BASEMENT PLAN
2190 SCALE yr EMERSON PLBG.-PART PLANS Alderman & MacNeish
DATE 27 MAR 95
ADDM-1 DRWN WP DORMITORY RENOVATIONS ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS
CHKD TK JORDON, EMERSON, CUSHING HOUSE 696 R I I V E F R D A L E R O A D,ACD-6 NOTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS WEST SPRNGIELD . NASS
01009
�I -iC/11 \, l / CJ(-,-`-_- �i I,, I A R C H I T E_ C T ', A N L, E F E_ A .
facilities "containing twenty (20) or more units, at least five percent (5%) of
the units and public areas shall be made accessible." "In applying the five
percent (5%) rule contained in Section 8.1 to apartment building, lodging or
residential facilities, which consist of more than one building, all of the units in
the entire complex or project shall be added together." Currently, Smith
College has a total of eight (8) fully accessible student rooms with handicapped
toilet facilities. Additionally, six (6) units are being constructed at Emerson
House and five (5) more throughout the campus bringing the total to 19
handicapped units in 1995.
6. Installation of new sprinkler alarm valves and backflow preventers.
7. Renovations to the existing steam heating system.
Should you require any additional information, please do not hesitate to call.
Very truly yours,
�ino J. D'Angelo
Director of Engineering Services
ALDERMAN & MAC NEISH
djd:mfd
cc: Gary Hartwell
Ade,rr-ror 1 >
594 RIVERDALE ROAD, WEST SPRINGFIELD, MASSACHUSETTS 01089
TELEPH.ONE (4'13) 739-4758
.., MARK L SI RU L N I K A!A
EORGE T K L Ol A I F_
,,
` .ltiN L SIRANf ERG
February 28, 1995 ° N D A�G E E
f DONALD R SANDERS PE
_
tOwl RO A FRYORYK PC.
L > _
WIL
A M A PAP 0
JA M ES G`F MF
L APP(-.- AIA
Northampton Building Department
212 Main Street
Northampton, MA 01060
Attn: Mr. Francis X. Sierlkiewicz
Building Commissioner
Re: Dormitory Renovations
Cushing, Emerson and Jordan House
Smith College
Northampton, MA ID 1060
A&M File No. 2190
Dear Mr. Sienkiewicz:
The purpose of this letter is to provide a written summary of the work scheduled to be
performed at the above referenced project. In addition, as per your request, referenced
sections of the applicable Building and Life Safety Codes have been included where pertinent.
The general summary of the work for this project is as follows:
1. Installation of new slate roof to replace existing.
2. installation of��ew aluminum clay' wood windows to replace existing units.
3. Installation of new illuminated exist lights as required by Massachusetts
Building Code Section 823.
4. Installation of new fire separation doors at the existing stairwell enclosures.
The proposed new doors would include 45 minute "C" label wood doors with
1,296 sq. in.. maximum of clear wire glass hung in fire rated hollow metal
frames. This system is recommended in order to maximize the fire rating of
the existing stairwell while maintaining the aesthetic character of the building.
5. Renovation of all existing bathroom facilities with handicapped accessible units
being provided on the first floor of Emerson House. Reference is made to
Massachusetts Architectural Access Board, Section 8, wherein residential
03106/1995 1y�5::2224 413�7Y/37�05000 ALDERMAN & MACNEISH PACE 03
Al �y l 1 on I //�\ -rJ\Lc %h . . C H 1 7 E C T 5 P N n f N V - N l l N 5
&cilitles "Containing twenty (20) or more units, at least five percent (5%) of
the units and public areas shall be mane accessible:' "In applying the five
percent (5%) rule contained in Section $.1 to apartment building, lodging or
residential facilities, which consist of more than one building, all of the units in
the entire complex or project shall be added together." Cumently, Smith
College has a total of eight (9) fully accessible student rooms with handicapped
Wild facilities.. Additionally, six (6) units are being constructed at Emerson
House and sixteen(5) more throughout the campus bringing the total to 19
handicapped units in 1995.
6. Installation of new sprinkler alarm valves and backflow preventers.
7. Renovations to the existing steam heating system.
Should you require any additional information, please do not hesitate to call.
very truly yours,
' J�� r
.gge
Director of Ettgineerfng Services
ALDERMAN & MAC NEISH
djd:mfd
cc: Gary Hartwell
03/06/1995 15:24 41373705000 ALDERMAN & MACNEISH PAGE 02
Adam & Mccleish 6RCNIT6CTS DND 6NGI JH6 Of.
594 RIVE RDA LE ROAD, WEST SPRINGFIELD, MASSACHUSETTS 01089
TELEPHONE(413)739.4751
MAAP l SIRGIff IK AIA
GEOPSE T KlOTBAS PE
J t)IIN J TIp7%I AIA
.10" 1. YIIIANbtlEMC: VA
!71NO.I D ANGELO
Fcbnmy , 1995 DONALD P SANDEPS PE
EO�ND A IRYO WK PF
W11tIAM A 9APK0 PE
,IAMI S 1 III MPS!Y
CEIIA I AFPF) AIA
Northampton. Building Department
212 Main Street
Northampton, MA 01060
Attn: Mr.-,Francis X. Sienkiewicz
Building Commissioner
Re: Dormitory Renovations
Cushing, Emerson and Jordan House
Smith College
Northampton, MA 01060
A&M File No. 2190
Dear Mr. Sienldewicz:
The purpose of this left, is to provide a written summary of the work scheduled to be
performed at the above refw mced project. In addition, as per your request, referenced
sections of the applicable Building and Life Safety Codes have been included where pertinent.
The general summary of the work for this project is as follows:
1. Installation of new slate roof to replace existing.
2. Installation of new aluminum clad wood windows to replace existing units.
3. Installation of new illuminated exist lights as required by Massachusetts
Building Code Section 823.
4. Installation of new fire separation doors at the existing stairwell enclosures.
The proposed new doors would include 45 minute 11C" label wood doors with
1,296 sq. in. maximum of clear wire glass hung in fire rated hollow metal
ft ones. This system is recommended in order to maximize the fire rating of
the existing stairwell while maintaining the aesthetic character of the building_
5. Renovation of all existing bathroom facilities with handicapped accessible units
being provided on the first floor of Emerson House. Reference is made to
Massadhoetts Architeehiral Access Board, Section 8, wherein residential
I I mo i011p�^
�NDEO Physical Plant Department
Smith College
jj N,, i6mpton,Massachusetts 01063
R! 44'13)585-2400 FAX(413)585-2444
Accessable Dorm Units f 5
3
4/5/95 s
Traditional Undergraduate Housing: Total
Existing Units: 8 8
Green St.- 2 Units ( 1 at Washburn, 1 at Hubbard)
West Elm - None;
East Elm - 4 Units ( 1 at Lamont, 2 at Northrup, 1 at Friedman)
Quad - 2 Units ( 2 at King)
Proposed Units for 1995: 18 26
Green St.- None
West Elm - None
East Elm - 10 Units ( 3 at Chase, 3 at Ducket, 4 at Capen)
Quad - 8 Units ( 8 at Emerson) �5 714Av
Proposed Units for 1996: 11 37
Green St.- None
West Elm - Potential of 4 ( 4 at Chapin House)
East Elm - Potential of 3 ( 2 at Sessions, 1 at Sessions Annex)
Quad - Potential of 4 ( 4 at Morrow)
Enow
allowable area requirements, or that code approved fire glass is used to achieve
required fire ratings. Of particular interest are the arched door ways in Cushing and
Jordan House. A&M to investigate using fire glass in these areas.
6. After review of the new exit in the Cushing House dining room, all parties agreed that
exterior steps would not be necessary as long as the existing grade could be altered to
permit a proper egress.
7. A&M will investigate the Architectural Barriers Board requirements for handicapped
toilets on all upper floors. Mr. Sienkiewicz noted that all handicapped lavatories must
have insulated or protected fittings and whist blade handles.
8. Mr. Sienkiewicz recommended that the latest ABB Codes be used to establish
handicapped requirements.
9. After review of the roof access as a means of egress, it was agreed that these
conditions meet Cade as long as proper rails are installed at the roof s edge.
Any omissions or errors to the above minutes should be submitted in writing to Alderman &
MacNeish.
Respectfully submitted,
Dino J. D'Angelo
Director of Engineering Services
ALDERMAN & MAC NEISH
djd:mfd
cc: All Attendants
Page 2 of 2
ALDERMAN & MAC NEISH r: � N P
Architects and Engineers r .�
594 Riverdale Road 1'1 11,€' 1 5 199, February 28, 1995
West Springfield, MA 01089 A&M File No. 2190
€
DORMITORY RENOVATION
CUSHING, EMERSON, JORDAN HOUSE
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
FEBRUARY 27, 1995 MEETING MINUTES
Present:
Gary Hartwell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smith College
Francis X. Sienkiewicz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Building Inspector
James Tobin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alderman & MacNeish
Dino J. D'An.gelo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alderman & MacNeish
Items Discussed:
1. Mr. Sienkiewicz noted that all documents must conform to Article 127 of the Mass.
general laws and will require a Mass. register. Architect and Engineer to stamp and
sign all documents.
2. A&M will forward all a copy of all construction meeting minutes to the Building
Department.
3. A general overview of the scope of the project consisting of the following:
a. Total project budget is $3,500,000.00.
b. New Roof.
C. New windows.
d. New exist lights.
e. Replacement of selected stairwell and fire separation doors.
f. Renovation of all bathrooms in Cushing, Emerson and Jordan House.
g. A new domestic hot water heating system.
h. New alarm check valves and backflow preventers on the existing sprinkler
entrance.
i. Renovation to the existing steam heating system.
4. A&M agreed to forward a letter to the Building Department describing the scope of
work and all related Building Code issues.
5. A&M will review all new fire and stairwell doors to ensure that glass areas are within
Page 1 of 2
��I.3-20-1995 04:21PM FROM PHYSICAL PLANT TO 9-2786 42535863726 P.03
Capers (Peter Collins Architect - Livermore, Edwards & Associates
Mar 3, 1995 Request for proposals - construction management
Mat' 13, 1995 Proposals due
Mar.' 17, 1995 Award to construction manager
Apr 14, 1995 Complete value engineering
Apr 24, 1995 Complete bid documents, apply for permit
May 1, 1995 laid to sub contractors
May 12, 1995 Review sub bids
May 19, 1995 Approve final GMP
May 24, 1995 Start work
Aug 25, 1995 Substantial completion
Sept 1, 1995 Complete construction
i
Pierce (Gary Hartwell) Architect - Goody, Clancy & Associates
Feb 3, 1995 Invitations to bid
Feb 8, 1995 Plans and specs available
Feb 15, 1995 'Walk through
.Mar 8, 1995 Bids due
Mar 17, 1995 Award contract
Mar 20, 1995 Start work
Aug 1, 1995 Substantial completion
Aug 18, 1995 Complete construction
,JA-20-1995 04:21PM FROM PHYSICAL PLANT TO 9-2786 42535863726 P.02
FT
Memomdum
Subject Summer '95 Construction � March 20, 1995
.. Date
To Tony PatiIlo Fzom Charlie Conant
Physical Plant
DE
The following is a list of key dates for major construction and renovation projects to be
performed this summer:
Cushing, Emerson & Jordan (Gary Hartwell), Architect - Alderman & MacNeish
Mar 8, 1995 Invitations to bid
Mar 13, 1995 Plans and specs available
Mar 20, 1995 Walk through
Apr 4, 1995 Bids due
Apr 11, 1995 Award contract
Apr 12, 1995 Preliminary work in basement
May 30, 1995 Start work
Aug 18, 1995 Substantial completion
Aug 25, 1995 Complete construction
Chase and Duckett (Charlie Conant , Architect - 3uster, Pope, Frasier
Jan 20, 1995 Request for proposals - construction management
Feb 61 1995 Proposals due
Feb 8, 1995 Award to construction manager
Apr 14, 1995 Complete value engineering
Apr 24, 1995 Complete bid documents, apply for permit
May 1, 1995 Bid to sub contractors
May 12, 1995 Review sub bids
May 19, 1995 Approve final GMP
May 24, 1995 "Mart work
Aug 25, 1995 Substantial completion
Sept 1, 1995 Complete construction
EXISTING WALL FRAMIING,WOOD LAM AND
RASTER OR GYPSLM DRYWALL TO REMAIN EXISTING EXTERIOR MASOF4Y WALL
EXISTING FLQPING TO REMAIN VERIFY n4C*F%N FIELD
EXISTING RASTER AND LATH OR GTPSUM DRTWALL
TO REMAIN
mz
3 - 3
REMOVE 51/7 OF EXISTING RASTER APO LATH OR GYPSUM BD. - ���- REMOVE 5 I/7 OF EXISTING PLASTER AND LATH OR GYPSIW BD.
AT BASE OF WALL ASS140M AT BASE OF WALL ASS-IOWN
PROVIDE 1 X6 BLOCKING BETWEEN STXS W/I/A' PROVIDE BLOCKING BETWEEN FLRRING W/114'
IVLTIPLY LI DERI AYNENT OVER AS SHOWN M LTIPLY L6DEP AYAENT OVER AS SHOM
WOOD TRANSITION STRIP OR AS REOD.BY FLOCK NWIF. — WDCO TRANSITION STRIP OR AS REOD.BY FLOOR
NEW WELDED VINYL FLOORING SYSTEM OVER 114' NEW WFJ.DED VINTL FLOORING SYSTEM OVER 114
MLLTIPLY L DE2LAYNENT MLLTIPLY U.DEM.AYAENT
EXISTING SLBFLOOR
EXITING SLBFLOOR
21L.0 EX15T. INTERIOR ATH A 2 TAI I ATII WALL
O41,-2.. O
BATHROOM
200T1 1 -
_ � A
D .0
LA_ L�L/T--j \ i"\
SECOND FLOOR PLAN - JORDAN WOUSE
SCALE. W • ,•-0•
VINYL COaf.Ei2 BEAD,TAPE DEMOLITION NOTES
AND FINISH TO EXIST SLRFACE
OREMOVE EXISTING VINYY FLOORING
/ REMOVE EXISTIPC FL"MT.WATER CLOSETS AND TOILET PARTITIONS
/ FARDN/OOD I14 ROLND CCNfT NIOLIS LSE CARE RRrsG REMOVAL AS TI-ESE V/ILL BE REf I5TALLE9
AS SHOVM-PAINT /�
( C ) REMOVE EXISTING WOOD OR VINYL BASE
3 BASE DETAIL O NEW FLOORIIG IS RIC-FLOORING WILL BE SLPPLIED AM INSTALLED
bCALE. 3 r1'-0• BY FORGO FLOOD COVERIM S
21W SCALE AS NOTED SECOND FLOOR PLAN-JORDAN HS. Alderman & MacNeM
�vv DATE 27 MAR 95
DORMITORY RENOVATIONS A R C H I T E C T S T AND ENGINEERS
AMM-1 DRWN )M7 59 RIVER DALE ROAD,
CHKD MLS CUSHIM;. EMERSON. JORDAN HOUSE CST SPRINGFIELD . MASS OOV
ACID-1
NOTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
DRAWINGS
A. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-P-4
1. Emerson first floor plan - Add the following note:
"All plumbing work in connection with Toilet Room 100HCT1 shall be performed
under Alternate No. 3 including, but limited to, all piping, fixtures and related labor.
2. Add the following at the grease trap note: "The two exterior grease traps shall be
cleaned out and all piping discharging into the traps and leaving the traps shall be
routed out as required.
END OF ADDENDUM NO. 2
2190 (Smith - C, E, & J) - Add. #2/mfd Page 2 of 2
ALDERMAN & MAC NEISH
Architects and Engineers
594 Riverdale Road March 28, 1995
West Springfield, MA 01089 A&M File No. 2190
DORMITORY RENOVATIONS
CUSHING, EMERSON, AND JORDAN HOUSE
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
ADDENDUM NO, 2
SPECIFICATIONS
A. RE: SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING
1. Re: Para. 2.15: Delete in its entirety.
2. Re: Para. 2.13 E: Change to read as follows:
"E. Showgr and Drying Stall (P-3)
Aquarius double compartment shower receptor with two (2) drain openings
shall be furnished by the Owner, set in place and flashed in by the General
Contractor. This Contractor shall be responsible to furnish and install shower
drains and perform all piping. Drains to be equal to Wolverine Model 50737.
Plumbing Contractor shall furnish, for installation by the General Contractor, a
36 in. wide shower doors, equal to Ace Model 740-D-35 with opal laminated
glass. Note: This Contractor shall protect shower basins throughout the
course; of construction and shall be responsible for all, or any, damage to
showers.
1-100-X Symmons Safetymix pressure balanced concealed
shower valve, consisting of: 4-500 valve, 4-131-M
super shower head with spray control and Nu-Arm
head bracket and integral stops.
B. RE: SECTION 15500 HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
1. Re: Para 1.02 AA: Change the last sentence to read as follows:
"The college shall be billed directly for all testing and balancing. Both temperature
control subcontractors shall submit pricing to the HVAC Contractor."
2190 (Smith - C, E, & J) - Add. 42/mfd Page 1 of 2
Y. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD- Y-I
1. Basement Floor Plan - .Add the following note: "Insulate the existing 4 in. STM and 1 1/2 in. cond.
line in existing crawl space. See Specifications for insulation thickness and type."
Z. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD- Y-7
1. Basement Floor Plan - .Add the following note: "Insulate the existing 4 in. STM. and 1 1/2 in.
cond. line in crawl space. See Specifications for insulation thickness and type."
AA. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-HV-10
1. Water Heater Steam Piping Diagram - Add the following note: "All water heater steam control
valves (8 required) will be furnished by the Owner and installed by this Contractors. New valves
are Tour and Anderson Modine 1 1/4 in. V283-FM-10."
BB. RE, 2190 CD-E-2
1. First Floor Plan - Furnish and install a door alarm system at the new door on the west side of Dining
Room 102. New alarm system shall consist of door contacts, bell and key operated switch on the
hinged side of the new door. Connect new door alarm to nearest unswitch 120 volt power supply.
2. Second Floor Plan - Furnish and install a new duplex power outlet in Room 208 adjacent to new
voice and data outlets. Run power from existing outlet and run in new surface mounted wire mold
(Alternate No. 4).
CC. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-E
1. Second Floor Plan - Furnish and install a new duplex power outlet adjacent to the new voice and data
outlet in Rooms 223, 224, 226, 231, and 232. Run power wiring from existing wall outlet in new
surface mounted wiremold.
DD. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-F_$
1. First Floor Plan - Furnish and install a door alarm system at the new door on the east side of Dining
Room 100DR. New alarm system shall consist of door contacts, bell and key operated switch on the
hinged side of the new door. Connect new door alarm to nearest unswitch 120 volt power supply.
EE. RE: ALL ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
1. Wiring to new student dormitory room power outlets shall be run in surface mounted wiremold in all
rooms where wiremold already exists.
FF. RE: ALL HVAC DRAWINGS
1. All temperature control wiring from the thermostat to the control valve shall be run concealed, where
possible, snaked above existing ceilings. Exposed wire mold shall be limited to the vertical run from
the baseboard to the control valve as detailed on Sheet HVAC-10. This Contractor shall coordinate a
cutting and patching required to perform this work with the General Contractor prior to submitting
his bid.
END OF ADDENDUM NUMBER 1
2190 (Smith- C, E, & J - A.dd.#1)/mfd Page 17 of 17
2. At frames C13, C20, C27, E21 . . . add the following: "frame No. E12A, E12B."
3. At frames E24, E31, E39, E45, omit reference to frame No. E12, in addition, provide casing (one
side only) as detailed in section K-A-21.
4. At frame Nos. to receive hardware only change frame numbers to read as follows: "CIO, C28, E6,
E7, E14, E15, E51, E52, E53, J19, J21, J22."
5. Refer to Drawing 2190 Addm. 1, ACD-3 for clarification and/or additional detail.
R. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-A-21
1. Refer to Drawing 2190 Addm 1, ACD-4 for additional detail.
S. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD- 'P-2
1. Add the following note at the fourth floor plan: "Note: Alternate No. 6 - Replace all existing
sprinkler heads in attic space (approx. 85 heads)."
T. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD- 'P-5
1. Add the following note at the fourth floor plan: "Note: Alternate No. 6 - Replace all existing
sprinkler heads in attic space (approx. 65 heads)."
U. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-F�P-7
1. Add the following note; at the fourth floor plan: "Note: Alternate No. 6 - Replace all existing
sprinkler heads in attic space (approx. 85 heads)."
V. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-F)-3
1. Relocate the new 1/2 in. H & CW and 1 1/2 in. S run above ceiling in rooms 31 and 32 to run in
new soffit and rise up in closet 315-A.
W. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-P=4
1. Add the following note at water heater piping schematic: "Note: The eight Viesman and two gas
fired water heaters have been pre-purchased by the college. This Contractor shall arrange delivery
and install all systems as specified."
X. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-lam
1. Relocate the 1/2 in. H & CW, 1/2 in. HWR, and 1 1/2 in. W risers in parlor 101 to the northeast
corner of this room to rise up in new chase. Extend new lines in new soffit to new risers in the
southeast corner of the room.
2. Extend a new 4 in. S, 1 in. CW, and 1/2 in. HW from the new mains in the existing crawl space,
and reconnect to existing lines presently serving the existing first floor handicapped toilet.
2190 (Smith- C, E, & J - Add.41)/mfd Page 16 of 17
JORDAN HOUSE: Corridors: 200C 1, 300C 1, 400C 1
Halls: 200C2, 300C2, 400C2
6. Refer to Drawing 2190 Addm. 1, ACD 5 for clarification and/or additional detail.
L. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-A-11
1. At detail 7-A5, first floor H.C. east, provide P.V.C. wall finish at the three sides of tub/shower.
2. At Typical Construction Notes add the following:
"F. All second, third, and fourth floor bathrooms of Cushing and Emerson House shall have the
new vinyl flooring turned up at all walls so as to form a base. Refer to revised details 5 and
6 on Drawing A-12 and also details on Addendum Drawing 2190 Add-1 Drawing No. ACD-1
for various base conditions."
3. At detail 4/A-3 add P.V.C. wall finish at plaster wall (not shown to have P.V.C.) inside toilet stall.
4. At details 10/A-3 & 11/A-3 add P.V.0 wall finish at plaster walls (not shown to have P.V.C.) inside
toilet stalls.
5. Add P.V.C. wall finish at all window jambs and head returns which fall within a shower stall.
6. At details 2/A-2, 3/A-2, 10/A-2, and 11/A-2 add metal stud and cement board wall with P.V.C. wall
finish at the ends of each bathtub shown (Wall to be as indicated at note "E" on this sheet). Doors
and hardware shall be same as at shower stalls.
M. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-A-12
1. Refer to Drawing 2190 Addm. 1, ACD-2 for clarification and/or additional detail.
N. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-A-15
1. At east and west elevations, scrape, clean, and repaint all existing entrance frames and trim in their
entirety. Typical of 4. (Base Bid)
O. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-A-1
1. At east and west elevation at underpass, scrape, clean, and repaint existing entrance frames and trim
in their entirety. Typical of 2. (Base Bid)
P. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-1-A-1
1. At east and west elevations, scrape, clean, and repaint all existing entrance frames and trim in their
entirety. Typical of 4. (Base Bid)
Q. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-A=20
1. At frames C2, C9, J2, J4, provide new fire glass (one side only) at existing transoms.
2190 (Smith- C, E, & J - Add.#1)/mfd Page 15 of 17
2. At Construction Notes add the following:
"The General Contractor shall be responsible for all coordination of, and all cutting and patching of
existing lath and plaster finish at any or all Student Rooms or other rooms as required for the
installation of new temperature control wiring, electrical, heating and ventilating, plumbing, and fire
protection refer to Mechanical and Electrical Drawings for extent of work.
Finishing of effected areas shall be limited to that area only, and shall match as close as possible the
adjacent finish."
3. Refer to Drawing 2190 Addm. 1, ACD-1 for work related to new flooring at Jordan House
bathroom 200T 1.
J. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD- �-9
1. At Hall 300-C2, patch plaster walls as required after removal of existing vinyl wall covering, and
paint all surfaces including trim.
2. At Construction Notes add the following:
"The General Contractor shall be responsible for all coordination of, and all cutting and patching of
existing lath and plaster finish at any or all Student Rooms or other rooms as required for the
installation of new temperature control wiring, electrical, heating and ventilating, plumbing, and fire
protection refer to Mechanical and Electrical Drawings for extent of work.
Finishing of effected areas shall be limited to that area only, and shall match as close as possible the
adjacent finish."
K. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD- k-10
1. At room finish schedule (alternate bid item #2) remove reference to alternate No. 6.
2. At room finish schedule (alternate bid item #2) Jordan House Dining Room 106, change existing
floor material room "carpet" to "sheet vinyl".
3. At Cushing House second, third, and fourth floor change existing floor material at kitchenette from
"vinyl" to "ceramic the".
4. At Jordan House second, third, and fourth floor change existing floor material at kitchenette from
"vinyl" to "ceramic the".
5. Install new plywood underlayment at all corridors, lounges, and halls scheduled for new carpet.
Corridors and halls as follows:
CUSHING HOUSE: Corridors: 200C1, 300C1, 400C1
Halls: 200C2, 300C2, 400C2
EMERSON HOUSE: Corridors: 200C1, 200C2, 200C3, 300C1, 300C2, 300C3, 400C1
Lounges: 200C 1 A, 300C 1 A
2190 (Smith- C, E, & J - Add.#1)/mfd Page 14 of 17
protection refer to Mechanical and Electrical Drawings for extent of work.
Finishing of effected areas shall be limited to that area only, and shall match as close as possible the
adjacent finish."
11. With reference to new handicapped ramp at Dining Room IOODR, change Alternate Bid Item No.
from "4" to 113".
12. Change bathroom 100HCT1 from Alternate Bid Item No. from "4" to 11311
.
G. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-A-6
1. Relocate duct chase at Student Room No. 309 to Student Room No. 310.
2. At closet 400 42 construct duct chase as required. Refer to H.V. drawings.
3. At Construction Notes add the following:
"The General Contractor shall be responsible for all coordination of, and all cutting and patching of
existing lath and plaster finish at any or all Student Rooms or other rooms as required for the
installation of new temperature control wiring, electrical, heating and ventilating, plumbing, and fire
protection refer to Mechanical and Electrical Drawings for extent of work.
Finishing of effected areas shall be limited to that area only, and shall match as close as possible the
adjacent finish."
H. RE: DRAWING 2190-CD-A-7
1. Demolish approximately 20 l.f. of 2 x 4 and wire mesh partitions x +/- 9'-0" high.
2. At Laundry Room No. 00133 core drill (6) six 5 in. +/- dia. holes through existing 22 in. thick
concrete foundation wall for new drier vents.
3. At Construction Notes add the following:
"The General Contractor shall be responsible for all coordination of, and all cutting and patching of
existing lath and plaster finish at any or all Student Rooms or other rooms as required for the
installation of new temperature control wiring, electrical, heating and ventilating, plumbing, and fire
protection refer to Mechanical and Electrical Drawings for extent of work.
Finishing of effected areas shall be limited to that area only, and shall match as close as possible the
adjacent finish."
I. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-A=8
1. At Hall 200-C2, patch plaster walls as required after removal of existing vinyl wall covering, and
paint all surfaces including trim.
2190 (Smith- C, E, & J - Add.#1)/mfd Page 13 of 17
4. At new Mechanical Room OOB 13 add new 2 x 4 and welded wire mesh partition and door at the
front wall of this space. Provide new hardware at door as listed in hardware set No. 1.
5. At Construction Notes add the following:
"The General Contractor shall be responsible for all coordination of, and all cutting and patching of
existing lath and plaster finish at any or all Student Rooms or other rooms as required for the
installation of new temperature control wiring, electrical, heating and ventilating, plumbing, and fire
protection refer to Mechanical and Electrical Drawings for extent of work.
Finishing of effected areas shall be limited to that area only, and shall match as close as possible the
adjacent finish."
F. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-k-5
1. At doors E2, and E10, omit reference to note A.
2. At bath 101-AT, construct new partition at shower and closet (as shown) of metal studs (size as
required) at 16" o.c. with gypsum lath on both sides and 1/8" plaster skim coat. Base and ceiling
trim to be same as existing.
3. At bath 101-AT and 102-AT, provide (3) 2 x 12's as required at new opening (for showers) in
existing bearing wall.
4. At bathroom 200-T2 frame in existing 36" x 36" floor opening with framing and subflooring to
match existing, or as required.
5. For new plumbing risers located at Emerson House Dining Room (100 DR) remove plaster, lath,
and all trim as required for pipe installation. Patch to match all surfaces.
6. Note closet 100 42 as bookcase, remove bookshelves and side supports, modify existing framing as
required for plumbing risers, reconstruct bookcase to its original configuration.
7. At Student Room No. 205 and 233, construct new wall as required for plumbing pipe chase (refer to
plumbing drawings) wall construction shall be of 20 oa. steel studs at 16" o.c. with 1/2" gypsum
lath and 1/8" plaster skim coat. Reapply existing trim or provide new trim to match.
8. At pantry 100-KA, new duct chase is located at an area of existing base cabinets with four shelves
above. Cut base cabinets counter top and shelving as required for new duct, and reconstruct to
match existing.
9. At corridors 200-C2, 200-0, 300-C2, and 300-0 provide 1 x 4 oak trim at the (2) existing steps to
the same length as the handrailings. Mount securely to the wall and fasten handrailings to oak trim.
Typical at (8) steps.
10. At Construction Notes add the following:
"The General Contractor shall be responsible for all coordination of, and all cutting and patching of
existing lath and plaster finish at any or all Student Rooms or other rooms as required for the
installation of new temperature control wiring, electrical, heating and ventilating, plumbing, and fire
2190 (Smith- C, E, & J - .Add.#1)/mfd Page 12 of 17
3. Remove existing plaster and lath at kitchenette 200-K and storage 200-J1 as required for new
plumbing. Patch to match all surfaces.
4. At Hall 200-C2, patch plaster walls as required after removal of existing vinyl wall covering, and
paint all surfaces including trim.
5. At Construction Notes add the following:
"The General Contractor shall be responsible for all coordination of, and all cutting and patching of
existing lath and plaster finish at any or all Student Rooms or other rooms as required for the
installation of new temperature control wiring, electrical, heating and ventilating, plumbing, and fire
protection refer to Mechanical and Electrical Drawings for extent of work.
Finishing of effected areas shall be limited to that area only, and shall match as close as possible the
adjacent finish."
D. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-k-3
1. At Storage 300-J1, closet 314-A, bathroom 300-T1, bathroom 400-T1, bathroom 400-T2, Student
Room 410, closet 409 provide duct and pipe chase enclosures as outlined in "Duct Chase
Construction Notes" on Drawings.
2. At Student Room 316, remove reference to "New plumbing piping exposed at CLS."
3. Remove existing plaster and lath at kitchenette 300-K, storage 300-J1, and kitchenette 400-K as
required for new plumbing. Patch to match all surfaces.
4. At Hall 300-C2 and 400-C2 patch plaster walls as required after removal of existing vinyl wall
covering, and paint all surfaces including trim.
5. At Construction Notes add the following:
"The General Contractor shall be responsible for all coordination of, and all cutting and patching of
existing lath and plaster finish at any or all Student Rooms or other rooms as required for the
installation of new temperature control wiring, electrical, heating and ventilating, plumbing, and fire
protection refer to Mechanical and Electrical Drawings for extent of work.
Finishing of effected areas shall be limited to that area only, and shall match as close as possible the
adjacent finish."
E. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-A-4
1. Sliding fire door at east end of Emerson House basement shall be repaired as outlined at the west
end fire door.
2. Trunk Room shelving to be as shown at detail 3-Al.
3. Remove approximately 13 l.f. of existing 2 x 4 and wire mesh partition +/- 9'-0" high.
2190 (Smith- C, E, & J - .Add.#1)/mfd Page 11 of 17
product and must be thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are
completely familiar with the specified requirements and methods needed for proper
performance of the work of this section."
K. RE: SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
1. Re: Para. 1.02 A: Delete item 7 in its entirety.
DRAWINGS
A. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-l -1
1. Add the following general note: "All items shown dotted shall be removed."
2. With reference to detail 11A/A5, remove existing vertical skylite chase, located between existing
bathtubs.
B. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-.A-1
1. Demolish all (approximately 110 11) existing 2 x 4 and wire mesh partitions x +/- 9'-0" high
located at the Cushing; basement.
2. At Laundry Room No. OOB2 core drill (6) six 5 in. +/- dia. holes through existing 22 in. thick
concrete foundation wall for new drier vents.
3. At Trunk Shelving detail 3/A-1 provide W.W. mesh on one side of wall only.
4. At trunk shelving Detail 3/A-1 and at all other trunk room walls change spacing of"2 x 4 framing"
to "48 in. o.c."
5. At Construction Notes add the following:
"The General Contractor shall be responsible for all coordination of, and all cutting and patching of
existing lath and plaster finish at any or all Student Rooms or other rooms as required for the
installation of new temperature control wiring, electrical, heating and ventilating, plumbing, and fire
protection refer to Mechanical and Electrical Drawings for extent of work.
Finishing of effected areas shall be limited to that area only, and shall match as close as possible the
adjacent finish."
6. At Trunk Room door detail 2/A-1 change "Mortise lock set" to "Mortise dead bolt".
C. RE: DRAWING 2190 CD-A-2
1. With reference to detail 3/A-2 "New entrance at Cushing Dining Room" at existing catch basin,
drain line to be cleaned to street.
2. Remove existing plaster and lath at bathrooms 101-AT and 102-AT as required for new plumbing.
Patch to match all surfaces.
2190 (Smith- C, E, & J - Add.#1)/mfd Page 10 of 17
HEADING 26
Single Door E16
*E5 Alternate Bid Item No. 4.
1 Hinges FBB222BT 5 x 4-1/2 NRP US 10
1 Exit Device CD9975NL x 992L-M-
Rigid x 17 Lever US 10
2 Mortise Cylinders 1000-114-A02-6 612
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush Light Bronze
1 Kick Plate 16 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. US10
1 Set head and jamb weatherstripping
J140DURO4BL Duro
1 Sweep B210DURO5BI, Duro
1 Threshold 271D x W.S./L.S. Duro
1 Mortise Cylinder 1080-114
I.
RE: SECTION 09680 - CARPET
1. Re: Para. 1.02 A: Change item 2 the to read as follows:
"2. The preparation of all floors (including leveling cementitous flashing material) at all areas to
receive new carpet."
2. Re: Para. 1.02 B: Add the following:
"2. SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY"
3. Re: Para. 2.01 A: Change second sentence to read as follows:
"Carpet shall be "Entry SD" as manufactured by Mohawk or Karastan Bigelow."
4. Re: Para. 3.02 B: Change to read as follows:
"B, Leveling: Make all substrates level and free from irregularities. Assure one constant floor
height after carpet is installed, by grinding or sanding high spots and filling low spots with
Cementitous Floor Leveler as required."
5. Re: Para. 3.06 A: Delete in its entirety.
J. RE: SECTION 09700 - RESILIENT FLOORS
1. Re: Para. 1.02 A: Change item 3 to read as follows:
"3. Preparation of all floors (including leveling with cementitious leveling material) at all areas to
receive new resilient flooring."
2. Re: Para. 3.01: Add the following:
"D. All vinyl flooring installers must be certified as qualified by the manufacturer to install their
2190 (Smith- C, E, & J - Add.41)/mfd Page 9 of 17
HEADING 20
Single Door E16
4 Hinges FBB191BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP US10
1 Exit Device CD99NL x: 992-L-rigid
by 17 Lever US10
1 Rim cylinder 3080-200-6 612
1 Mortise cylinder 1000-114-A02-6 612
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush Light Bronze
1 Kick Plate 16 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. US10
1 Set weatherstrip J140DURO4BL Duro
1 Sweep B210DUROBL Duro
1 Threshold T612MIL x W.S./L.S. AL
HEADING 21
Single Doors E20, E27, E38, E44
3 Hinges FBB168BT 5 x 4-1/2 US10
1 Exit Device 99L-F-BE x 17 Lever US 10
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush Light Bronze
1 Kick Plate 8 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. US10
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
1 Wall mounted magnetic door holder
SEM 830 Light Bronze
HEADING 24
Single Door E4
1 Hinges FBB212BT 5 x 4-1/2 NRP US10
1 Exit Device 99L-F x 17 Lever x 4 Ft. US 10
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush Light Bronze
1 Kick Plate 16 x 34 US10
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
HEADING 25
Single Door E13
1 Hinges FBB212BT 5 x 4-1/2 US10
1 Exit Device 99L-F-BE; x 17 Lever
x 4 Ft. US 10
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush Light Bronze
1 Kick Plate 16 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. US10
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
2190 (Smith- C, E, & J - Add.#1)/mfd Page 8 of 17
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
1 Threshold 171A x W.S./L.S. AL
HEADING 9
Single Doors C13, C20, E21, E28, E35, E41, E49
3 Pair Hinges FBB179BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US26
1 Push Plate #71C USIO
1 Door Pulls 4107 x 71C US32
1 Concealed O.H. Door Stop GJ413S
- 90 degrees US26
1 Kick Plate 8 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. US10
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
1 Door closer 4011 AL
HEADING 10
Single Doors C14, C21, E23, E29, E36, E42, E50
3 Hinges FBB179BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP US26
1 Locksets ML225 x NSA x MR x M22 US26
I O.H. Door Stops 4535 - 90 degrees
(Doors E23, E29, E36, E42, E50) US26
I Bumper Stop 471B (Doors C14, C21) US26
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
HEADING 12
Single Doors C17, C24, J I, J15
3 Hinges FBB179BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP USIO
1 Lockset ML225 x NSA x MR 612
1 Door Closer 4111 Light Bronze
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
HEADING 19
Single Doors E12
3 Hinges FBB179BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 USIO
1 Lockset ML225 NSA x MR 612
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush x T.B. Light Bronze
3 Door Silencers 20R Gray
2190 (Smith- C, E, & J - 4kdd.#1)/mfd Page 7 of 17
I Kick Plate 16 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. IOB
1 Set head and jamb weatherstripping
J140DUROBL Duro
1 Sweep B210DURO5BL Duro
1 Threshold 171D x W.S./L.S. Duro
HEADING 3
Single Doors C7, J6
3 Hinges FBB199BT 5 x 4-1/2 NRP US10B
1 Exit Device CD99NL-OP x 4 Ft. 313AN
1 Exit Device trim 1121 x drilled
and tapped to accommodate
a 10/24 through bolt IOB
1 Screw cover 0129 (for bottom bolt
of 1121 trim) IOB
1 Cylinder collar 1121-1 IOB
1 Mortise cylinder 1000-114-A02-6
(for cylinder dogging) 613
1 Rim cylinder 3080-200 613
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush Dark Bronze
1 Armor Plate 30 x 2 in. L.W.O.D. IOB
1 Set head and jamb weatherstripping
J 140DURO4BL Duro
1 Sweep B l ODUROBL Duro
1 Threshold 171D x W.S./L.S. Duro
HEADING 4
Pair Doors C2, C9, J2, J4
6 Hinges FBB179BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 USIO
1 Exit Device 9927L-F-BE x 304L
x 17 lever US I O
1 Exit Device 9927EO-F x 304L US10
2 Door Closers 4111 Cush Light Bronze
2 Door Silencers 20R Gray
2. Wall mounted magnetic door holder
SEM 830 Light Bronze
HEADING 7
Single Door C5
3 Hinges FBB179BT 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP US10
I Exit Device 99L-F-BE x 17 Lever US 10
1 Rim Cylinder 3000-200-6 612
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush Light Bronze
2190 (Smith- C, E, & J - Add.#1)/mfd Page 6 of 17
F. RE: SECTION 07200 - ROOFING AND FLASHING
1. Re: Para 3.08 B: Omit "two" rows and insert "three" rows.
G. RE: SECTION 08210 - WOOD DOORS
1. Re: Para. 2.01 B: Delete the last sentence in its entirety as follows:
"Doors shall be pre-hung in frames by the manufacturer."
H. RE: SECTION 08700 - HARDWARE
1. Re: Para. 1.03 D: Delete in its entirety.
2. Re: Para. 2.04 A: Change to read as follows:
"A. Locks shall be heavy-duty mortise locks, federal type 86 with cast brass or bronze levers and
knobs by CorbimRusswin. NO SUBSTITUTIONS."
3. Re: Para 2.14 A & B: Delete in their entirety.
4. Change hardware headings to read as follows:
HEADING 1
Typical trunk room doors (xx)
3 Heavy-duty tee hinges 908-6 in. US2C
1 Deadbolt DL4011 US10
1 Cylinder pull #90 modified to
accommodate a Russwin/Corbin
cylinder US 10
HEADING 2
Single Doors Cl, C8, E2, E10, J1, J3
3 Hinges FBB 199BT 5 x 5 NRP US l OB
1 Exit Device CD99NL--OP x 4 Ft. (for
2-1/4 in. thick door) 313AN
1 Exit Device trim 1121. x drilled
and tapped to accommodate
a 10/24 through bolt lOB
1 Screw cover 0129 (for bottom bolt
of 1121 trim) 1013
1 Cylinder collar 1121-1 1013
1 Mortise cylinder 1000-114-A02-6
(for cylinder dogging) 613
1 Rim cylinder 3080-200 613
1 Door Closer 4111 Cush Dark Bronze
2190 (Smith- C, E, & J - .Add.#1)/mfd Page 5 of 17
d. Set posts in POR-ROC anchoring cement.
e. Fabricate as indicated on the Drawings with fittings as follows: (Julius Blum Nos.)
(1) Han&aaila: No. 4441 steel.
(2) Wall Brackets: No. 401 steel.
(3) Channels: 1-1/2 in by 1/2 in. by 1/8 in. steel.
(4) Stal:Wig & Intermediate Posts: 1-1/2 in. by 1-1/2 in. by 10 gauge C1010 steel.
(5) Base Flange: No. 369 cast-iron.
(6) Ballusters: 3/4 in. by 3/4 in. solid steel bars.
(7) Make all railing connections with continuous welds ground smooth. Cope
intersections of rails and posts, weld joints, and grind smooth. Butt weld end to
end joints of railings for use welded connections."
E. RE: SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY
1. Re: Para. 1.02 A: Add the following:
"12. New 1/4 in. multiply underlayment at all bathrooms scheduled for new vinyl flooring.
13. New 1/4 in. plywood underlayment at all corridors, halls, and lounges scheduled to receive
new carpet."
2. Re: Para. 2.0l.A.2: Change item "f'; add item "g" as follows:
USE GRADE SPECIES
'T Bathroom underlayment Premium quality hardwood Multiply underlayment
48" x 48" x 1/4" veneers by MacMillan Bloedel
g. Carpet underlayment APA rated exterior glue C-D INT-APA
underlayment (exterior glue)"
3. Re: 3.01 A: Change item 6 to read as follows:
"6. Miscellaneous wood blocking between metal and wood studs, and all other wood blocking as
required for the work outlined in the drawings, is included in this scope of work."
4. Re: 3.01: Add the following at the end of this section:
"G. Multiply underlayment (48" x 48" x 1/4" sheets) shall be installed over existing underlayment
or on top of new raised subfloor in all bathrooms requiring new vinyl flooring. Installation,
fastening, filling, and sanding shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturers
instructions."
H. Install new 1/4 in. plywood underlayment directly over existing substrate at all corridors, halls,
and lounges scheduled for new carpet."
2190 (Smith- C, E, & J - Add.#1)/mfd Page 4 of 17
well as the installation of all power outlets in all dormitory student rooms as shown on
the Construction Drawings. Work of this Alternate shall include all cables, conduit,
wiring devices, the demolition of all existing telephone outlets and surface mounted
raceway, and all associated cutting and patching."
2. Add the following paragraph:
"G. Alternate Bid Item No 7:
1. Alternate Bid Item No. 7 shall be the addition in price above the base bid for furnishing
all labor, materials, and other costs in connection with cleaning, scraping, priming and
finish painting all exterior wood trim at Cushing, Emerson, Jordan House."
C. RE: SECTION 04100 - MASONRY
1. Re: Para. 1.02 A: Change item number 1 to read as follows:
"l. All exterior brick. and stone masonry work."
2. Re: Para. 1.03 C: Add the following:
"3. Bluestone sample."
3. Re: Para. 1.06 A: Change the first sentence to read as follows:
"Prior to commencement of any masonry work, erect, at the job site, one (1) sample mock-up of
each chimney condition, and new exterior steps where directed, for approval by the
Architect/Engineer."
D. RE: SECTION 05100 MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON
1. Re: Para. 1.02 A: Add the following:
"5. Pipe railings at new handicapped ramps.
6. Ornamental handrailings at new steps of Cushing 7 Jordan House."
2. Re: Para. 2.01: Add the following:
"G. Ornamental Iron Handrailings: (Malleable Iron)
a. Furnish and install iron handrails at new Cushing and Jordan steps. Rails shall be as
indicated on the Drawings and meet all Code requirements.
b. Handrail assemblies shall be as manufactured by Julius Blum & Co., Newman Brothers,
Inc., or Architectural Art Manufacturing, Inc.
C. To be complete with all fittings, wrought bolts, caps, returns, and flanges. Drill 4 in.
deep holes into existing granite steps for posts.
2190 (Smith- C, E, & J - Add.#1)/mfd Page 3 of 17
4. Article 11, Para. 11.1.3 - Contractors Liability Insurance: Insert the following sentence at the end of
the second sentence in this Article: "The Contractor, at the Owner's request, may be required to file
a copy of each policy with the Owner before an exposure to loss may occur or at any time during
the construction period."
5. Article 11, Para. 11.3.1.1 - Property Insurance: Add the following to the end of the paragraph:
"Notwithstanding the definition of the "Work" in Article 1.1.3, and the foregoing wording in this
Article 11.3.1, the Contractor assumes all responsibility for the safety and keeping of all tools and
equipment and any materials or products used to complete or perform the Work, and which do not
form a permanent part of the work, including any temporary structures for the Contractor's sole use
such as trailers, sheds, bridges, etc., the capital value of which is not included in the work. The
Contractor waives all rights against the Owner and Architect, Architect's consultants, and their
employees and agents for any loss or damage to any such tools, equipment or any materials or
products used to complete or perform the Work, and which do not form a permanent part of the
work. The Contractor shall require similar waivers in favor of the Owner and Architect, Architect's
consultants, and their employees and agents from all Subcontractors and sub-subcontractors, agents
and employees of any of them."
6. Article 11, Para. 11.3.1.3 - Property Insurance: Change last sentence to read as follows: ". . . the
Owner shall pay costs not covered because of deductible, except for those losses caused by the
Contractor, Subcontractors, or Sub-subcontractors, as per Article 10.2.5., in which case the
deductible amount shall be fully paid by the responsible party."
7. Article 11, Para. 11.3.1.4 - Property Insurance: Delete this paragraph in its entirety and add the
following: "The Contractor shall provide insurance coverage for portions of the Work stored off the
project site after written approval of the Owner at the value established in the approval, and also for
portions of the Work in transit."
8. Article 11, Para. 11.3.6 - Property Insurance: Insert the following sentence at the end of the first
sentence: "The Owner shall have the option of filing certificates of insurance on each policy, in lieu
of copies of the policies."
9. Article 11, Para. 11.17 - Property Insurance: Change the first sentence to read as follows: "The
Owner and Contractor waive all rights against: (1) Each other and any or their Subcontractors, Sub-
subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) The Architect, Architects
consultants, separate Contractors described in Article 6, if any, and any of their Subcontractors, Sub-
subcontractors, agents and employees for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent
covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Article 11.3, or any other property insurance
applicable to the work, except for deductible amounts which the Contractor, his Subcontractor and
Sub-subcontractors is responsible as per Article 10.1, and except such rights as they may have to
the proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary.
B. RE: SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES
1. Re Para. 1.03 D: Change to read as follows:
"D. Alternate Bid Item No. 4:
1. AIternate Bid Item No. 4 shall be the addition in price above the Base Bid for all costs
in connection with the installation of telephone, computer, and CATV in all spaces as
2190 (Smith- C, E, & J - Add.#1)/mfd Page 2 of 17
ALDERMAN & MAC NEISH
Architects and Engineers
594 Riverdale Road March 22, 1995
West Springfield, MA 01089 A&M File No. 2191
DORMITORY RENOVATIONS
CUSHING, EMERSON, AND JORDAN HOUSE
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
ADDENDUM NO, 1
SPECIFICATIONS
A. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
1. Article 3, Para. 3.18.1 - Indemnification: Change the first sentence to read as follows: "To the
fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify the Owner, and their present or
former trustees, directors, officers, administrators, employees, volunteer workers and agents."
2. Article 10, Para. 10.2.5 - Safety of Persons and Property: Change paragraph 10.2.5 to read as
follows: ". . . The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss to property at the site,
(including damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the contract documents) to
property referred to in clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or inpart by any act or failure
to act of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them, or by anyone whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor
is responsible under Subparagraphs 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3, except for damage or loss attributable
solely to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect, or by anyone for whose acts either of them
may be liable, and not attributable to any fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing
obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under paragraph 3.18."
3. Article 11, Para. 11.1.1 - Contractors Liability Insurance: Add the following at the end of
this paragraph:
"The clauses is amended to include the following wording.
Insurance Companies providing insurance to Contractors, Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors shall
be rated not less than A-, XI by Best's.
The Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall add Smith College, its trustees,
employees, volunteer 'workers and agents as additional insureds to the General Liability, Auto
Liability, Employers Liability and Excess Liability policies as their interests may appear. The
certificates of insurance shall indicate the additional insured status, using the following wording in
the "Special Items" box:
The trustees of Smith College, and any present or former trustee, director, officer,
administrator, employee, volunteer worker or agent is added as an additional insured to the
General Liability, Auto, Employers Liability and excess Policies, as their interests may appear.
or by attaching a copy of the endorsement adding the additional insured status to the certificate."
2190 (Smith- C, E, & J - .Add.#1)/mfd Page 1 of 17
° � D °
ZJ
vv
CD
z D
A < z ? z
n- r M z m „-, z C) n S m
n n o -7-1 _ o ° C C Z m Z7
c- O m y r� D
o Z A Q m = n y T N
° CD r r
can z F Lnn Z
n
o z
z CID n y o
_ M N r7
n
fT o m D z
z °
>x n m ° ;x
m O N C y O
n" O m
° d r O
O
n r'�£ O
Q n ° y D
n
n O
r
N ~
� fn
Z ?1
m m N
L 7 D c z
K T� Zm T
G7
D O
eu C13
Km
r�* _" f�" � CD
rl fTl � D >m N
Z f
M ° -< A m n
o
T o � T
M n N Z m
= 0 = Lo om
x H c
C N CA D N
CA
MO r r
II' m
m
3E D M am
D
z z
� m N rn
>
m A D N z
L.
rn
zx
Zm ao
z_ rn x
Z r _
s z G7 c z
m m 3£
r
mm mm
m m =3E w#+
zm �m w
N N N c-
9 W cD c-
(9
O O
Z z
O O
H ---11
M M
cn N
_ D NEW DOOR FRAME AND DETAILS
n N Z M 7 Alderman & MacNeish
DORMITORY RENOVATIONS ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS
N 3 V r 594 R I V ERDALE ROAD ,
i O CUSHING, EMERSON, JORDAN HOUSE
WEST SPRINGFIELD , MASS 01089
b NOTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1'-2"±
NEW COPPER ROOFING AND FLAS ING
OVER 5/S" EXT GRADE PL` woo
SEE ROOFING DWGS, FOR DETAIL
2 X S AT WALL TAPER AS READ.
2 X S NIP RAFTERS TAPER ASR QD, �
2 X & AS SHOWN \
EXISTING MASONRY UALL
N
CROWN MOULDING
1 X FASCIA AS READ.
-� EXISTING WIN OW TRIM
TO REMAIN
\
1/2" MDO PLYWOOD SOFFIT
N
EXISTING WOOD TRIM
TO REMAIN
N
N
EXIST. M SONRY WALL
NEW WOOD TRIM AS SHOWN
1/2" MDO PLYWOOD
1/2" MDO PLYWOOD
NEW WOOD TRIM AS 5�40WN �" I 112"
PAINT ALL NEW SURFACES
3 JAMS DETAIL 2 HEAD F 6 rA LE, 1 i/2" = 1'-O" SCALE: 1 1/
SEE DWG, NO, ACD 3 FOR ADDL. DETAIL
> ENTRANCE FRAME & ROOF DETAILS
0 N o � rn m
Alderman & MacNeish
�
Q /n 3 3 rJ ` DORMITORY RENOVATIONS ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS
`�/ cn 3 N 594 RI VERDALE ROAD ,
�I 10 CUSHING, EMERSON, JORDAN HOUSE
WEST SPRINGFIELD MASS 01089
b NOTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2'-11/4" 13/4'
n �
LD
r �
rn �
r o
< o
.p.
IT m X X
F O zE � Fp
0-n -4 O z z
-4 r
M -f ;1 0
3 rn I3 T
N U XN Z
G)
(' N N -1 r
0 � -4
�� D m Xl
N
3 3/4"± 5 1/2" Z 0
_ rn
M z
Lo x
X
N rn
3
m O X -�
(p �?
3
D O
- O
Z (P A m
m"' p
z
O
� -H > NEW DOOR FRAME AND DETAILS
D 2 X D D
n .N .z m ; Alderman & MacNeish
DORMITORY RENOVATIONS ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS
D N CUSHING, EMERSON, JORDAN HOUSE 594 R I V E R D A L E R O A D
W X — WEST SPRINGFIELD , MASS 01089
6
NOTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
VARIES FROM 3" TO 5" TO FINISH FL.
5-Il1'
Z
E N
M
CP z
-f � z
Z r� D
W Z 0 O
cf) ® � -[.p � � r� cn f7 D Dco QoOrn
0 D 0 > ° rn Do P � Fz C)o z� Ncwn boo
r o -< � � CEO N -{ -< z �Drn c Q
7C7 K �' n p -Iz x N =r O _ ,, � �Cl? 20 ��
r M =rn r1-1 1X13
�L z 0 r
_ r-10 �a rnz nc �� O ' �� noD �Ocn
Z 6 ° v0 --< , G�=Sr�Dr z� aaD �op z �
W 0rn - Z n7O �D� 0 ; in 7 �C G5 -+D
�} X � � '� D� �0 SAC n° �' OtQOCCrnDno „Oa
-� ZX �ij 0 0M A7!Cz_J � �D zZ �] S0 7Cj ® > D
�O !� 2u cn O G� rn cnn =D D z D Z n° z�=
0 ° ° � Zg =O -u f-- co �n� �0 G� -
�� Z° z Cnz : o LL� Fn DOS O �
0 c� co °rng p rn � rnD rn
cn r
3 Fz O � D D
E G' r
� r
00
Cn� rnF ODD Z
M = OD �' O
ZOOcn" x m
ono _ I � c p
� o ' � QQ_ (P
z
O � ° car
0 iii
C � JC7rnt � DZ
° D
z F m
° °
r
o->
� C' j> rn CDi> zcznOzrn O
bm G75 { rcT) cn ° D � ° O z� �rzii x x x
M X ® C D rn 0 rn F D czn 0 ° - cn Cn cn
M � CD7O z � = Do O 0 � D Z �rnti�,
C
/V Cn rn rn F Cn D
l9 °:� rnDr 0 20 cnpz n ° � � � '° 0 Co M
S, D z� zpOpx � ° 0 � Q t Mro � D z O
IfT711 a to (,".,r) 27 g D rn o
ul OzPa4 � Oz � ° D p0R 6 a8 < A
rn ��- 0 r � OF5D > 0 Pr - _ � � o� D D
x � - C-�I p cDi� rcnrn D � � � � D = D
O Cn N =�Tl Q7 --I r D 1p D � Z r z Cn Z
T ° O4C -n �° DZ = z z � D U� z ) 0 z
,ll r > I: DD �_pa ° m ODD
O � O zzD -rto
rn D
o ° D Q:) cn D �r n z
3 7O _ > cn rn D - D
C p �J
D
r
j— ---VARIES FROM 3" TO 5' TO FINISH FL.
® ° `� FLOORING & BAES DETAILS
D D �
® Z rn M Alderman & MacNeish
p 3 N cN RENOVATIONS DORMITORY ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS
v H 594 RI V ERDALE ROAD,
I- CUSHING, EMERSON, JORDAN HOUSE
O � WEST SPRINGFIELD MASS 01089
cn N J
NOTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
..s
*�,
•s
c
.w.
S P E C I F I C A T 1 0 N S
DORMITORY RENOVATIONS
CUSHING, EMERSON,, JORDAN HOUSE
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
A R C H I T E C T S A N D E N G I N E E R S